eh ht ae te Ce Nig ee te ER Cg SS ee — eth a eet a ic i sR Rath I Stn Am Ah Ri rr le Hn as as i a ole Ba A Re ea He Bitrate tet Mati Gir Te oe tlt easter ardl A ie Ci re Om eo a Bm No ta ee Fin pont ge tae ll a Mt igen ae aka Me i Mae tm NE a Hm FORA ORL Oe Ee a (ll ia BE ee Ee Ah et ly non = lg A ABA et Yo i ONE me add AO Reeth ld 9 Oe Ramat mtg etn Me ett lm ar ae se te a hh tl A rp Rl Nh re PN rere ee Cen al a il ce BOR ih i lit A i Rn la Ce ee Se ne) ee eeeiad (By tg tal Be a Rin Bit tt Ma Nn Bh A Al inc itm Ha ee Gp Rin en tp ental tm an mir el Bt At Sennett oad Aina rane or Da ee at aden A Nh Bent AA ll ae A> oe tin torte =i ot Miny Hi Mm A ie ab a ee eh as A a Bn i ig AT A 3 he Pm Be thin nar Ae er eee ee ee ee het Ol Bin i Oe A ita te Wnt sie ie itt pel ent a aston in eel aa ote A ERO nl I BA hs th Aen RA Bin a Mn A AE nrg ith cn inh Rie a Crt War a te BM i ir ot et ado ttn th. > Pate nh A inl an IGN ey pn Bcc Mi eh A Bade ee ee aA tr iA A hl At a PD Oe a re ee oe os ee ee BD hee A Mon Be ee ie mA te a i ape A A Gn Hie te he nt ie Aa die et 1 nl ar He Sgn team HeP he Bo Get ee od PN Ree elli P A Ct ls A Ai Cg hit im AE Mae De rab in Rpt ts, tl im MA Oe itm Am alts Gor eta Cg at ie Si te Oo A Et a “elt CE ile neti tt niente he Hore oa il Ae Do Cin he all ae Oe Rw at ee ee ee hl CT A it tel Woo Ae A MA pi Ala GN i in A ace Me hey tins “ . ery ee eee ee wee el ett Der rina ie MMe usted - 1H) “ ~~ SE eee ere ee en ee ee I eH Oren ee He Ath st A Sin A PA re BAA a Arne pn A 6 la ema A lo eA I I Gt Mn? as ee —— a arrears - - a a te An bP tm se ie a ht Tere ee A ae a am A A Ot Ply Fan Mp arts Mee Pow Pein Hae es a pen eels tno! ay tag in, A as os tm cts bere the tebe Sc Tab fi time na lt gO i Nh Ae Ot Ni i ee tS et tr i tn motes he he teeth tome te le Ge Peet Cm le Kee tae te Be gioding Oe ee oe ed (ie ca i tee B,D Pests ha, Bute Mae bp weedy ae F ~ r gs Viton tin ter he ten ine Pe 0 de et ae ee rR ere : ita tg ie tne AE tre tane Com a < warars wera ares Poem we the oe . Peer Rete” Veta =e ~ gralin nto th Me Vet Pam NON OO WO we © RO re . ON he i th ENS er ee ee an oe eet z. eT eee ‘Goutnnties Prenat hg lata a £0 Migs She i ots Ce en he AP Ale = Se ome A A a ae Ae te My iy Te ce at itll ete ta My iy A I OID LESAN AP AA SS ee ee al Py RE OM HM GMP OAD HE RO SNe Cet re ya & & me ee ole Eee p ° ‘ nda Ahi isdd des te Dh Mees Bodh tne te a BF tera eee tA” AOA SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA _ (INCORPORATED). es TY OE ee Fs. ([Wirn Firry-rour PLates AND TWENTY-ONE FiguRES IN THE TEXT.] ~ EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, EGS, 3 ——— BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S. mee “PRICE, TWENTY. = Si Peniisiep By THE Society, Roya Socrnry Rooms, NortH Tunnacr. eae "DECEMBER 23, 1916. Fs ak ee oa Dice nea ae x - ie che PRINTED BY- Hussey & GILLiIncHAM Lawrren, 106 AND 108, Connie Re ra ” aa - sree STREET, ADELAIDE, SourH AUSTRALIA. ~~ ae pape (RNA eo Ra pS eet, Sees “ d ; : : : re ess ee — a -——— = 3 = cx oe ; ; ‘ ee oa —s oc * Ue. “age Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society. of South Aus-— . tralia;from the United States of America can be forwarded — A sae teroseh. Sire, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. Be ks 2 = ee re en] te, TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA (INCORPORATED). IN, Coa) ORS Sete [Wits Firry-rour Puates AND TWENTY-ONE FIGURES IN THE TEXT. | EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S., Assistep sy ARTHUR M. LEA, F.ES. ‘a H | iw \ Be Z 9 4 \ - \ Vebr h& O4- XY ¢_ ~ ‘lana! \ ‘a 7Nal Mus® Pelere TWENTY (SHILLINGS a, +} si y 4 Adelarde : PUBLISHED BY THE Society, Roya Socinrry Rooms, NortH TERRACE. DECEMBER 23, 1916. PrintED BY Hussgy & Git~tiIncHAmM Limirep, 106 anp 108, CurRRIE Street, ADELAIDE, SoutH AUSTRALIA. Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. vi. Koprl Society of South Australia (INCORPORATED). Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY, K.C.M.G., D.S.O. — oip— — OFTICERS FOR (1916247, President: JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S. Vice=Presidents: PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S. R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D. tbon. Treasurer: be -— *. F “ POG E> W. B. POOLE. fbon. Secretary: WALTER RUTT, C.E. Members of Council: EK. ASHBY. R. H. PULLEINE, M.B. SAMUEL DIXON. PROF. T. G. B. OSBORN, M.Sc. PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E. W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor). Auditors: W. L. WARE, J.P. A. WHITBREAD. Vil. CONTENTS. —xapo— Ossorn, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the Occurrence and Method of Formation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Aanthorrhoea quadrangulata. Plates i. to iii. Dopp, AtAN P.: Australian Hymenoptera: ih toes No. 4 nen ody ee a, pe A tes Wueeter, W. M.: Prodiscothyrea, a New Genus of Ponerine Ants from Queensland. Plate iy Map ty. aye AsHwortH, J. H.: On the Occurrence. of Arenicola loveni, Kinberg, on the Coast of South Australia LeigH-SHarre, W. Harorp: A New eae of Leech from South (Aueeralia . Buack, J. M.: Additions to Me week of South pee eRe No. 9, Plates Vo bO.ViNt. Carter, H. J.: Revision of the Genus Siiguindent ana / Descriptions of some New age of Mua has Plates Uk ane xX. e: he we: nis oe 4 Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord ene Island Piigeias and on an Associated Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii. ErueripeGr, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge from the Ordovician Rocks ~ of the MacDonnell Ranges. Plate xviii. Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Observations at the Cape Roya Station, Antarctica. Plates xix. and xx. ... Wuerter, W. M.: The Australian Ants of ae Genus Aphaenogaster, Mayr. Plates xxi. and xxii. ; ae: Banks, N.: Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant-nests. Plates xxili. to xxx. LoweEr, Oswatp B.: The eae of Broken Hill, Nise South Wales.—Part IT. Howcuin, Water: Notes on a High: level Oncurrsneds e a Fossiliferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic aoe e in the es bourhood of the Murray Plains Ms Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi. Cooke, Dr. W. T.: Chemical Notes on Davidite Bet Sranutey, E. R.: A Noteworthy Oecurrence of Biotite Mica Lea, A. M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Species. Plates xxxil. to xxxix. McCunitocy, ALLAN R., and Enear R. Warre: Additions to the Fish-fauna of Lord Howe Island. Plates xl. to xliii. Page. Vill. WaitkE, Epear R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Indication of their Range to Lord Howe Island, KKermadec Island, Australia, and New Zealand. Plates xliv. to ee Brack, J. Additiegte to the “BSE of South Australia, Nos 10; ce xlvil. and xlviii. Barn, §. T.,: and H.'G) Jaana oA Roe on the Eucalypts ‘of South Australia and their Essential Oils. Plates xlix. to li. TurNER, A. JEFFERIS: New Ai ied ah Lepidoptera of the Family Tortricidae % Lower, Oswatp B.: Descrinunne. of New yiercliiat Minnad Lepidoptera Howcnin, Water: The ee of Rian: ‘Bena with Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Thiele. Plates liii. and liv. of ApsTRACT OF PRocEEDINGS ANNUAL REPORT BALANCE-SHEETS Donations TO LIBRARY List or MEMBERS APPENDICES— Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc. Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee : Malacological Section: Annual Report, ete. INDEX THE Transactions OF The Royal Society of South Australia. Vol. XL. A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE AND METHOD OF FORMATION OF THE RESIN (YACCA GUM) IN XANTHORRHOEA QUADRANGULATA. By Professor T. G. B. Osporn, M.Sc. [Read April 13, 1916.] Puates I. ro iif. References to the utilization of the resin of Xanthorrhoea species (the Australian “Grass Tree’), commonly known as “Yacca Gum,’’ as a source of picric acid, in addition to its value as a varnish, are to be found in various encyclopaedic works.{) In September last the Faculty of Science of the University of Adelaide was asked by the Hon. the Minister of Agriculture to investigate the matter further, with, amongst other things, a view to the more profitable working of the natural supplies existing in parts of this State, especially on Kangaroo Island. The majority of the questions asked were upon chemical points, but some referred to the possibility of methods of harvesting the resin other than that at present in vogue, which involves a destruction of the grass trees. It was necessary, therefore, to enquire into the way in which the resin is formed by the plant, but upon consulting the literature available @ no definite information could be obtained. An examination of specimens of one of the species, Xanthorrhoea quadrangulata, was made, and the method of Q) Watts: “Dictionary of Chemistry’; Maiden, J. H.: ‘‘The Useful Native Plants of Australia,’ p. 231, 1889. (2)1 have not been able to consult—Tschirch: ‘‘Angewandte Pflanzenanatomie’’; Wiesner: ‘‘Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreiches.’’ B 2 formation of the resin was observed to be peculiar, nor could references to a similar method be found in such literature as it was possible to consult. Since the points raised are of some interest, the pre- liminary results are presented here. It is hoped at a later date to publish more fully upon these and other points of morphological interest concerning the genus. EXTERNAL APPEARANCE OF THE PLANT. The plant of X. quadrangulata examined was a compara- tively small specimen with a stem some 24 cm. high. As will be seen from pl. 1., fig. 1, numerous adventitious roots arose from the base of the stem; above them, in the portion of the stem buried in the ground, the external covering for a height of some 4-6 cm. © was / an apparently homogeneous layer of resin, about 1 cm. thick, the external diameter of the stem in this region being 14°5 cm. Proceeding upwards the stem was covered by closely-set leaf bases, the apices of which were charred by fire; these increased the external diameter to some 22 cm. Still higher up the leaf bases bore the full length of lamina of the wirelike form well known in this species; the laminas, however, were all dead and strongly reflexed (they are cut off in pl. 1., fig. 1). The crown of functioning foliage was composed of a very large number of leaves arranged in a dense spiral. In the centre of the crown the leaves stood erect, shielding the younger ones at the growing apex. Below they made an angle of 15° to 30° with the perpendicular, falling outwards towards their apices in a graceful curve. MaAcROSCOPIC STRUCTURE OF THE STEM. The stem was cut with a saw into three transverse sec- tions—one immediately above the roots, a second 4 cm. above this (pl. u., fig. 1); the third was some 5 cm. thick and passed through the lower part of the region covered with leaf bases (pl. u1., fig. 2). The remainder of the trunk was split vertically as nearly as possible along a diameter (pl. 1., fig. 2). The stem is seen (pl. i., fig. 2) to consist of a column of ground tissue through which the vascular bundles to the leaves run. The growing apex is slightly depressed. The youngest leaves can be seen at the centre of the depression ; passing outwards from this point they rapidly elongate till at the shoulder of the depression they stand erect. Progress- ing from this point downwards they gradually become hori- zontal, and finally strongly reflexed. Ultimately the distal ends of the leaf bases take on a strong hyponastic curvature, 4 so that the trunk is invested in an armour of leaf bases each bearing its downwardly-directed leaf blade, more or less of which is ultimately broken off by accident or burnt away by fire. The downwardly-directed leaf bases are well shown in pl. u., fig. 2, where they are viewed from above, cut obliquely in the transverse section of the stem. The course of the leaf bundles within the stem offers points of morphological interest, but they are not germane to the questions at issue. The individual leaf is seen to have a long terete blade some 75 cm. in length and only 125 mm. in cross section, which is almost square. At the proximal end it passes into an enlarged leaf base, expanded laterally into wings. The base is some 5 cm. long and about 1°4 cm. in its greatest width, while the thickness is at most about 4 mm. (text fig. 1). In sec- tion it has a horizontally elongated diamond shape, but at the proxi- mal end the wings become much thinner, almost membranous. The leaf is at first attached by the whole base, but as it gets older the wings become free from the stem cortex, as will be seen below. When young the leaf base is whitish-yellow and has a highly- polished appearance, being slightly Front and side view of viscid to the touch. -As it becomes leaf base of Xanthorrhoea older the colour is more yellowish quadrangulata showing and small flakes of resin appear wings and marked hypo- pon it. When old the leaf base nastic curvature of the oldilesf, base: x1. becomes very hard and tough, loses : its sheen, and takes on a brown colour, often being coated with resin. The leaf bases remain living for a much longer period than the laminas, probably for several years, but by “the time they have attained a horizontal position with regard to the trunk they are dry and dead. The longitudinal section of the stem (pie i. figs 2) 1s instructive, for it shows that the quantity of resin accompany- ing the leaf bases increases as one passes basipetally down the stem. This appearance, coupled with certain other observa- tions, leads at first to the conclusion that the resin was secreted by the leaf bases themselves. If the figure be carefully examined there is seen to be a denser layer of tissue immediately below the periphery of the stem. This is shown B2 4) Pie. 1: + ULL: PIGATS pteloleye) most clearly at A, and is seen in greater ee detail in pl. i1., fig. 1. A similar tissue was observed in all sections of the stem, even those near to the base (see pl. iii., fig. 2, which is a portion of pl. ii., fig. 1, enlarged). Microscopic STRUCTURE. A microscopical examination of the leaf base shows that it is bounded by. layers of cellulose fibres. The epidermis is strongly sclerized except for occa- ISS : ae sy) b= sional thin-walled cells, which show Prothts large granular nuclei. Except for these oe rrr cells there is no tissue of a glandular e = KE eee as: nature in the leaf base, and even if i to these cells be unicellular epidermal nee glands it is very doubtful if they SEY Es rt could secrete the quantity of resin als ree found about the stems, especially Lf ele ve ai hal a eaten ‘~* when it is remembered that at the Ip SS, TESTES PLT lower end of the stem the leaf bases are CIRO TMI > dead and even decayed away, whil s ris tpy 6dead and even decayed away, while it SPOTS one is there the resin sheath is thickest. ART ARN A careful examination of the peri- gee 2 Seon pheral region of the stem was therefore S=se-s=ea= made, this region having shown, as =ss55S==== mentioned above, a point of special in- eS terest. Text fig. 2 represents a trans- =2=s2SSs== verse section of the outer layers of the =sanss==== stem taken near the base. Below the Sofas] 2s investing layer of resin are several ges2es=222 layers of parenchyma cells showing Zeesee===s large granular nuclei. Still deeper is S25 ie) | a wide parenchymatous region contain- 2oss52== ; ing numerous cells with raphides. This Eee region passes into a broad zone of Sesscess2= cambium cells, which is succeeded i==s SSeS internally by the ground parenchyma sors \\ i \ Fig. 3. Transverse section of stem showing peripheral cells of cortex with their enlarged nuclei. The irregular abutment of cortex on the resin layer is shown, also several cells similar to those of cortex embedded in the resin. Camera lucid outlines from a section through fresh material. 7 appearance to that of the outermost layers of the cortex. In one experiment a fragment some 1 x 1 x ‘5 cm. from the investing layer of resin near the base of the trunk was treated with alcohol and all the resin removed. The residue was a solid mass of cellular structure the size and shape of the original fragment. Many of the thin flakes of resin to be found between the leaf bases in the upper region of the stem also showed fragments of cellular structure. A small feature of additional interest has been found in examining these residues. In many cases, in addition to the cortical cells of the stem, there was present a greater or less amount of a thin septate fungus mycilium. No sign of spores or fructification has been noted, but it appears as if the _ fungus was saprophytic upon the dead leaf bases or even upon the cells occluded in the resin. In further confirmation of the hypothesis that the resin is, In the main, an intracellular secretion of the cortical cells of the stem, a number of fragments of Kangaroo Island grass tree (X. Tater) ‘‘gum,’’ from a commercial source, was selected for examination. It was quickly recognized that amongst the fragments were two kinds, differing in appearance. The resin in some cases was clear and translucent, in the other it appeared much denser, almost opaque, when held up to the light. The residues of samples of each kind were examined as above. The transiucent resin showed many cells similar to those found in the resin of -Y. quadrangulata. The denser resin also showed a few such cells, but in this case the bulk of the residue was a mass of almost pure fungus hyphae. CONCLUSIONS. The resin of Xanthorrhoca quadrangulata is an intra- cellular secretion, principally of the peripheral cortical cells of the stem. The resin so formed is moulded by pressure between the persistent leaf bases clothing the stem, and, at sun heat becoming viscous, flows to a certain extent, destroying the original cellular matrix, but still retaining fragments, as can be seen by an examination of the residues of alcoholic solutions of the “gum.” It follows, therefore, that there is little likelihood of any method of collecting the resin other than by destroying the tree. Any method of stripping the trunk, assuming one could be devised that should be commercially possible, must kill the plant, since it would expose unprotected parenchyma tissues to the atmosphere and open the way for fungal and animal attacks. 8 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Prate I. Fig. 1. Photograph of a plant of X. quadrangulata. Numerous adventitious roots are noticeable. Above them a region of stem protected. only by a resin sheath. Then follows a zone protected by the persistent leaf bases, the ends of which were charred by fire. Above this again the laminas of the leaves were persistent, though dry and dead; since they were pendent owing to the strong reflexion of their bases they were cut away to expose the trunk. The leaves remaining were all green and functional. Diameter of trunk immediately above roots, 14 cm. . Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of trunk at apex. The increasing accumulation of resin at the leaf bases is noticeable as one descends. the trunk, particularly on the right hand side. At A the cambium zone in the cortex is clearly seen. Puate IT. Fig. 1. Transverse section of trunk about 4 cm. above the point of emergence of the uppermost roots, in the region of the stem protected by the resin layer only. The majority of the leaf traces are cut transversely ; a few can be seen passing out through the stem, simulating the appearance of medullary rays. The cambium zone and cortex is best seen on the left of the figure at the bottom. Diameter of the stem, about 15 cm. Fig. 2. Transverse section of stem at a point some 5 em. above that shown in the previous figure, passing through the region pro- tected by the downward-projecting leaf bases at the top of the figure. These are seen cut in oblique section and cemented together by resin. Diameter of section (stem and leaf bases), about 20 cm. N.B.—Figs. 1 and 2 of this plate are photographed on different scales. The diameter of the stem in each case is approximately the same—about 12 cm. Prats ITT. Fig. 1. Portion of longitudinal section shown at A, pl. i., fig. 2, photographed on a larger scale. The leaf traces in the ground tissue of the stem, the cambium, and cortex are clearly shown. The ruddy brown of the resin shows almost black in con- trast to the white of the cortex at the proximal ends of the leaf bases. xi. Fig. 2. Portion of section shown in pl. i1., fig. 1, photographed on a larger scale. The resin sheath with its irregular abutment on the cortex is clearly seen. The ends of several leaf traces will be noticed, though the leaves themselves and leaf bases have long rotted away. The cambium is best seen at C. AUSTRALIAN HYMENOPTERA: PROCTOTRYPOIDEA. No. 4. By Awan P. Dopp. [Read May 11, 1916.] Family PLATYGASTERIDAE. Do.icnotRyPeEs, Crawford and Bradley. A peculiar genus, formerly containing only the type species, D. hopkinsi, Craw. and Brad., from North America. DOLICHOTRYPES IDARNIFORMIS, HN. Sp. Q. Coal-black; coxae concolorous, the legs reddish- yellow, the femora and apical half of posterior tibiae dusky ; antennal scape red, suffused dusky at apex, the pedicel and funicle joints a little suffused with red. Head transverse ; with fine, dense, raised, polygonal reticulation; eyes large, bare; ocelli rather wide apart, the lateral ones somewhat nearer to the eye margins than to the median ocellus. ‘Thorax convex dorsad; the pronotum and mesonotum with sculpture similar to that of the head; scutum long, distinctly longer than greatest width, the parapsidal furrows delicate, approaching each other caudad, not quite attaining anterior margin; scutellum convex, with a short blunt tubercle or projection caudad, with silvery pubescence. Abdomen composed of five visible segments ; segments 4-6 forming a long linear stylus, longer than rest of “body, the sixth some- what longer than fifth, which is longer than the fourth; second (first body) segment and third convex above and below, stout; second smooth and shining, about one-third longer than wide, the third transverse, 3-6 with fine surface sculpture. Legs slender; tarsi 5-jointed; proximal joint of posterior tarsi almost as long.as other four united. Forewings long, broad, the apical margin broadly rounded; hyaline: marginal cilia absent, the discal cilia practically so ; wholly without venation. Antennae 10-jointed ; scape long and slender; pedicel longer and a little wider than funicle joints, over twice as long as wide; first funidle joint small, one-half longer than wide; second distinctly longer: third shorter than second, as long or slightly longer than first ; fourth slightly longer than wide; club abrupt, 4-jointed, the joints fully as long as wide, the first very slightly the longest. Length, to apex of stylus, 2°75 mm.; to base of stylus, 1:20 mm. 10 H/ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female on foliage of sugarcane, June, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5403, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide. POLYGNOTUS AUSTRALIS, Nn. sp. Q. Shining-black ; coxae concolorous, the legs otherwise bright golden-yellow, also the antennal scape, the pedicel and funicle joints a little suffused dusky, the club brown; femora and tibiae slightly dusky in centre. Head transverse, as wide or slightly wider than the thorax; occiput finely circularly striate ; viewed from in front the head is distinctly wider than long; frons with exceedingly fine, dull surface sculpture ; eyes. large, bare. Thorax convex dorsad; scutum a little longer than greatest width, with fine, dense, polygonal, scaly sculpture ; parapsidal furrows delicate but complete ; scutellum circular, well separated from the scutum, smooth except for sparse whitish pubescence; metanotum very short at meson ; thorax stout. Abdomen oval; widest near posterior margin of second segment; from lateral aspect somewhat convex above, less so beneath; first segment about twice as wide as long, strongly striate; second occupying about one-half of surface, finely striate for basal half, the apical half alutaceous. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; hyaline; broad ; discal cilia fine and sparse. Antennae 10-jointed; scape long and moderately stout; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint very small, distinctly narrower than preceding or succeeding joint, cupuliform, as long as wide; second and third a little longer than wide; club 5-jointed, somewhat wider than funicle, joints 1-4 somewhat longer than wide, the fifth longer, the first cupuliform. Length, 1 mm. d. Like the female, but flagellar joints all darker, club not distinct, the second and third funicle joints not distinctly narrower, and the first club joint not cupuliform. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin. Many specimens of either sex, labelled “Bred from galls on buds of Careya australis, 17/10/14, G. F. Hill.” Type.—I. 5404, South Australian Museum. Two females: on a tag, a male and female on a slide. SACTOGASTER SACCHARALIS, n. sp. @. Shining-black: coxae and hind femora and tibiae dusky-black, other femora and tibiaeslightly dusky, the rest of the legs bright golden-yellow, also antennal scape, the funicle dusky, the pedicel and club black. Head very transverse ; ocelli rather far apart, the lateral pair separated from the eye margins by more than their own width: with fine, very RL dense polygonal, scaly sculpture. Pronotum and scutum with similar sculpture to the head; scutum distinctly longer than its greatest width ; parapsidal furrows feeb%e, hardly discern- ible, approaching rather close together posteriorly ; scutellum rather short, produced into a thorn at apex, this not as long as body of scutellum, covered with short, dense, silvery pubescence, without sculpture. Abdomen, viewed from above, as long or slightly longer than the thorax, the second segment smooth and occupying over one-half of surface, the remainder with fine sculpture and narrowed, the third shortest ; viewed from the side, the second segment is deeply inflated ventrad, the rest very thin and curved somewhat downwards. Tarsi 5-jointed ; basal joint of posterior tarsi over twice length of second. Forewings reaching somewhat beyond apex of abdomen ; moderately broad; hyaline; discal cilia very fine, not very dense; without venation. Antennae 10-jointed ; scape as long as pedicel and funicle joints united; pedicel one-half longer than wide; funicle joints narrower, the first and third almost subequal, no longer than wide, the second twice as long, the fourth wider than long; club distinct, 4-jointed, first joint rather small, 1-3 distinctly wider than long. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Frequently taken on leaves of sugarcane. Type.—l. 5405, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, a female on a slide. Family BELYTIDAE. ACLISTOIDES, n. g. Q. Head transverse; the eyes large, bare. Pronotum ‘distinctly visible, its latero-anterior angles acute; parapsidal furrows deep and distinct anteriorly, vanishing posteriorly ; scutellum with a very large, deep, circular fovea at base; metanotum pilose, without teeth or spines. Petiole long and slender, several times as long as wide, its dorsum faintly carinate ; convex above from lateral aspect ; body of abdomen ‘in three portions, caused by segment 3 (second body segment) being retracted at base and apex and 4 retracted at base, the three portions consisting of segments 2 (first body seg- ment), 3, and 4-7 respectively ; 4-7 appearing as one through ‘their delimiting sutures being very faint; 2 one-half longer than petiole; 3 about one-third length of petiole, somewhat wider than long; 4 one-third longer than 3; 5 and 6 very short; 7 conical, a little shorter than 4. Legs normal, slender, the femora clavate. Forewings normal, ample; marginal vein long, less than one-third length of submarginal, 12 the stigmal short, perpendicular; no radial cell; basal vein a distinct brown line, the median and recurrent very faint ones. Hindwings*without a closed cell. Antennae 15-jointed , scape slender; flagellum without a distinct club, the apical joints feebly thickened. The structure of the abdominal segments, in conjunction with the wing venation, readily separates the genus. Allied with Stylaclhista, Dodd, but differs in the form ofthe abdomen. Type.—The following species. ACLISTOIDES RETRACTUS, N. sp. @. Black, the apical abdominal segment ferruginous ; coxae fuscous, the legs brownish-yellow, the femora and posterior tibiae more or less dusky; antennae black, the apical joint pale lemon-yellow. Head, scutum, and scutellum smooth, shining, also the abdomen, the segments after 2 with scattered, long, fine setae. Forewings long and broad; sub- hyaline; discal cilia coarse and dense; venation fuscous ; stigmal vein boot-shaped, with the apex pointing distad. Scape slender, barely as long as the three following joints: united; pedicel nearly twice as long as wide; first funicle joint one-half longer than pedicel, second about as long as pedicel, the others shortening, the penultimate as wide as long, the last joint almost twice as long as preceding. Length, 2°50 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, low- land jungle, October, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5406, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. @o? PANTOLYTOIDEA PSEUDOCLAVATA, Nl. sp. Q. Black, the thorax and petiole very deep-red; legs golden-yellow ; first seven antennal joints red, the next five black, the last three contrasting intense lemon-yellow. With the general structure of the other species of the genus. Head much more transverse than in the other species : perpendicular from ocelli to antennal prominence, the latter thus much less distinct from dorsal aspect. .Abdomen rather more than twice as long as greatest width. Forewings uniformly lightly infuscate ; stigmal vein fully one-half as long as the marginal. Antennae without a distinct club, the last eight joints only slightly thickened ; pedicel twice as long as wide; first funicle joint much longer, four times as long as wide, 2-5 shortening, the fifth not twice as long as wide; 6-12 very gradually shortening, the twelfth quadrate. Length, 2°40 mm. 13 Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Two females, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5407, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. PANTOLYTOIDEA BIFOVEATA, N. Sp. @. Dull-black; legs wholly bright reddish-yellow ; antennal scape black, pedicel and funicle red, club black. Head rather transverse, as in pseudoclavata. Scutellum at base with two circular foveae. Petiole one-half longer than wide, carinate, its sides straight or nearly so; body of abdomen wider than thorax; about as long as head and thorax united ; faintly depressed at extreme base, with a short median carina and shorter lateral ones; twice as long as its greatest width; apical segment shorter than two preceding united. Marginal vein quadrate or nearly so, somewhat shorter than the stigmal. Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the funicle joints narrower, first one-half longer than wide, the others shortening, 5-7 ‘distinctly wider than long; club 6-jointed, first joimt narrower than others, 1-5 much wider than long, the last joint as long as two preceding united. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland. Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5408, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. The two foveae at base of scutellum readily distinguish the species. Family DIAPRITDAE. TRICHOPRIA GIRAULTI, Nn. sp. Q. Brownish-black, the petiole, legs, and antennae (except the club) reddish- -yellow ; antennal club black. Head normal, subglobose; with a few scattered setae. Thorax normal ; scutellum at base with one shallow fovea, without a median carina; metanotum with a subacute triangular raised scale medially at base. Petiole one-half longer than wide, carinate, and with distinct pubescence; body of abdomen raised from petiole, stout, pointed conic-ovate, the second segment fully twice as long as following united. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen: moderately broad; subhyaline ; marginal cilia long, the longest equal to one-fourth greatest wing width: venation terminating in a triangular marginal vein at one-third wing length. Antennae 12-jointed; scape slender; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first thrice as long as wide, 2-5 almost subequal, about twice as long as wide; club 5-jointed, 14 first joint narrower than others, a little longer than wide, 2-4 a little wider than long, the fifth one-half longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm. fiab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.’’ Type.—I. 5409, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. TRICHOPRIA QUADRATA, 0. sp. Q. Dull-black; the tegulae, petiole, all of legs, and -antennae (except the club) reddish-yellow. Head, dorsal aspect, quadrate, as long as wide; ocelli situated at half its length; eyes rather small, situated far forward and almost against antennal prominence. Thorax normal; scutellum without a median carina, at base with a large shallow fovea. Petiole not much longer than wide; body of abdomen well raised from petiole, rounded posteriorly, the second segment over thrice as long as following united. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad; subhyaline; marginal cilia rather long; venation yellow. Antennae 12-jointed ; pedicel barely twice as long as wide; first funicle joint hardly narrower, fully twice as long as wide; second a little longer than wide, the sixth slightly wider than long; club abrupt, 4-jointed, joints 1-3 about subequal, a little wider than long, the fourth one-half longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Muswellbrook. One female, labelled “Sweeping native flora in park, October 26, 1914, A. A» Givaultny Type.—-I. 5410, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. PHAENOPRIA GLOBICEPS, n. sp. Q. Black, the antennae concolorous; legs dusky-black, the trochanters, base and apex of the tibiae, and the tarsi golden-yellow. Head, dorsal aspect, globular, as long as wide ; eyes situated far forward and almost against antennal prominence. Thorax slender, twice as long as greatest width ; smooth and shining; scutellum very gently convex, without a median carina, somewhat depressed at base but without a basal fovea; metanotum without a raised scale at base. Petiole no longer than wide, pubescent; body of abdomen slender, a little longer than thorax, pointed conic-ovate, the second segment twice as long as the following united. Fore- wings attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; hyaline ; venation dark, terminating in a triangular marginal vein at basal third of wing. Antennae 12-jointed; scape slender; 15 pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints narrower, the first twice as long as wide, the others gradually shortening, the seventh as long as wide; club abrupt, 3-jointed, first joint as long as wide, the second a little wider than long, the third twice as long as preceding. Length, 1°50 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.”’ Type.—I1. 5411, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. BotTuriopria, Kieffer. Synonym, Polypria, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 410. The finding of the species connectens reduces the genus Polypria to synonymy with Bothriopria, and the type species, nigriventris, Dodd, must be considered as merely a diverse form of the latter genus. BOTHRIOPRIA CONNECTENS, Nn. sp. Q. Like mgriventris, but the legs wholly golden- yellow; thorax brighter reddish, the metathorax and venter black; penultimate antennal joint not yellowish; vertex of head smooth except for a very few rather large punctures far laterad; medium lobe of scutum without depressions, the lateral lobes plainly depressed ; foveae of scutellum less large; pedicel a little longer and wider than first funicle joint; blotch beneath marginal vein very indistinct. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, muoust, 1915 (ALP. Dodd). . Type.—I1. 5412, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. BOTHRIOPRIA NIGERRIMA, N. sp. ¢. Black; antennae wholly concolorous; legs concolor- ous, the base and apex of trochanters, apex of tibiae, most of anterior tibiae, and anterior tarsi, ferruginous, the other tarsi suffused reddish. Head normal; smooth, with a very few scattered setae. Scutum without depressions, the parap- sidal furrows distinct and complete, with several small setigerous punctures on either side; scutellum with two large oval foveae at base, situated rather obliquely to each other, the lateral foveae narrow and obscure, the posterior margin foveate ; metanotum rugose, with a plain median carina, the posterior margin concave. Petiole one-third longer than wide, with several strong carinae dorsad; body of abdomen no longer than thorax, rounded posteriorly, the second segment / 16 nearly thrice as long as the following united. Forewings long and broad ; subhyaline ; venation fuscous ; marginal vein stout, barely twice as long as wide, the stigmal shorter, the basal well-marked, the median hardly indicated. Scape normal ; pedicel twice as long as wide; first funicle joints somewhat narrower, somewhat over twice as long as wide, the second and third subequal, a third longer than wide, the fifth a little wider than long; club not differentiated, hardly wider than funicle, the joints (except the last) a little wider than long. Length, 3 mm. Hab.--New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.” Type.—I1. 5413, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. | Nearest to victoriae, Dodd, but the legs are darker, the metanotum does not bear a raised scale at base, and the foveae at base of scutellum are situated obliquely to each other. SPILOMICRUS GRACILIS, Dodd. One female, jungle, 1,200 feet, Cairns district, July, 1915 (A..F. Doda): Family CERAPHRONIDAE. CERAPHRON ERYTHROTHORAX, Nn. Sp. ©. Of stout form. Head and abdomen black; thorax rich ochreous, the sides and venter more or less blackish, also centre of scutellum posteriorly ; legs golden-yellow, the intermediate coxae darker; antennae black, the scape yellow at base. Vertex of head rather broad; eyes large, pubescent ; face well depressed for its entire length, with a few transverse obscure rugae; head otherwise smooth, except for scattered setae. Thorax stout, its dorsum somewhat convex; without sculpture, but with whitish pubescence, this very sparse in centre of scutellum; median groove of scutellum distinct ; scutellum plainly longer than wide; post-scutellum with a distinct blunt central spine or tooth; latero-posterior angles of metanotum with blunt prominences. Abdomen stout, broad; no longer than head and thorax united; acute and upturned at apex; with a few striae at base, smooth for the rest ; second segment occupying most of surface. Forewings long; broad, rather broadly rounded at apex; a little infus- cate; discal cilia very dense, fine; venation yellowish; marginal vein barely one-fourth as long as the long stigmal, the latter curved, its apex distant from the costa by nearly 17 one-fourth its own length. Antennal scape rather stout, nearly as long as next three joints combined; pedicel fully twice as long as wide; the first funicle joint one-half longer than pedicel, the second a little shorter than pedicel, the fourth as wide as long, the fifth rather abruptly larger than fourth, 5-7 as long or a little longer than wide, the last joint nearly twice as long as wide. Length, 1°70 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5414, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewings on a slide. A striking and distinct species. ® CERAPHRON PULCHER, Dodd. A female, which could not be distinguished from this species, was captured by sweeping on edge of jungle, 1,200 feet, Cairns district, February, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). MEGASPILUS SCABRICEPS, n. sp. 2. Of stout form. Golden-brown, the abdomen a little dusky; eyes and ocelli black; antennal scape yellow, the pedicel suffused with yellow, the rest dark fuscous. Head transverse, as wide or slightly wider than the thorax; finely rugulose or scabrous; eyes not large, pubescent; ocelli very close together; mandibles large, bidentate, the outer tooth long. Thorax stout; median and parapsidal furrows of scutum complete and distinct ; scutum with scattered setiger- ous pin-punctures, the median lobe appearing faintly alutaceous, the parapsides shining; scutellum longer than wide, smooth, impunctate : post-scutellum with a stout spine. Abdomen no longer or wider than the thorax; not twice as long as greatest width; the apex upturned; second segment occupying slightly over half of surface, striate at base, smooth for the rest; remaining segments with fine scattered pubescence. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; very broad; rather deeply infuscate; stigma semicircular, the stigmal vein nearly twice its length. Scape moderately stout ; pedicel one-third longer than greatest. width; first funicle joint rather longer and wider, cupuliform, one-third longer than greatest width; 2-8 almost subequal, nearly twice as wide as long, the last joint nearly twice as long as wide. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,700 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5415, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. . 18 CoNOSTIGMUS UNILINEATUS, Dodd. Lygocerus unilineatus, Dodd: Ante, 1915, p. 452. Two females, three males, jungle, 1,300 feet, Cairns district, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Foveae near base of abdomen subobsolete in all these specimens. ¢. Antennae black, the scape and pedicel golden- yellow; scape rather stout; pedicel short and stout; funicle joints long and slender, the first longest, a little shorter than the scape, the others very slightly shortening toward apex. LyGocerwus, Foerster. It would seem that this genus can be separated from Conostiymus, Dahlbom, only by the male antennal characters, and that the females cannot be distinguished. The discovery of the male of wnilineatus proved that species to belong to Conostigmus, and it is probable that the other Australian species of Lygocerus founded on female specimens—namely, splendidus, Dodd, aterrumus, Dodd, and albovarius, Dodd— should be referred to the former genus. Whether the two genera should be regarded as separate is questionable. Family BETHYLIDAE. KUPSENELLA DIEMENENSIS, N. sp. ©. Shining-black; the coxae and femora concolorous, the tibiae and tarsi deep ferruginous ; antennae wholly yellow, somewhat suffused dusky. Head a little wider than long, dorsal aspect; eyes large, bare. Pronotum a little longer than the scutum; scutum with complete parapsidal furrows, the lateral lobes with a fine longitudinal groove that fails anteriorly; scutellum as long as the scutum, without an impression at base; head, pronotum, scutum, and scutellum with fine, impressed, polygonal, scaly sculpture, the scutellum with also a very few scattered pin-punctures ; metanotum not twice as long as the scutellum, finely transversely rugose and with a median carina. Abdomen as long as the thorax, smooth, or nearly so. Anterior femora distinctly swollen. Forewings long and broad; faintly infuscate ; venation deep- brown ; two closed basal veins ; areole rather small, but plainly longer than wide; cubital cell one-half longer than the closed radial, which is nearly twice as long as the stigma; radial vein somewhat recurved. Antennae 13-jointed; scape stout, about twice as long and as wide as the pedicel; pedicel as long as first funicle joint, which is two-thirds longer than its greatest width, the others very gradually shortening, the penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate as long as the first. Length, 3°40 mm. 1g Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea, unique). Type.—l. 5416, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, head and forewings on a slide. GONIOZUS GIRAULTI, n. sp. Q. Black; coxae and femora deep-brown, the tibiae and tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly testaceous. Head, dorsal aspect, a little wider than long; eyes bare. Head, pronotum, scutum, and scutellum with fine polygonal scaly reticulation ; pronotum distinctly longer than the scutum, the latter without parapsidal furrows, but rather far laterally with a fine carina that runs from posterior margin for two- thirds its length; scutellum with an impressed line at base, at either latero-anterior angle with a small fovea; metanotum rather long, finely obliquely reticulate in raised lines, the median line of the sclerite smooth and shining. Abdomen no longer than the thorax, smooth or nearly so. Anterior femora much swollen. Forewings ample; faintly infuscate ; venation yellow, the stigma and prostigma brown; stigmal vein long, twice as long as the stigma, hardly curved; basal vein not straight, angled at one-third its length, the posterior portion directed obliquely backwards, and thus the anterior margin of the median cell is distinctly longer than its posterior margin; basal vein at angle with a distal branch which is about half as long as itself; basal vein joining the pro- stigma. Antennae 13-jointed: scape stout, twice as long as the pedicel, which is as long as the second funicle joint, one- half longer than wide, a little longer than the first, the third subequal to the second, the others gradually shortening, the penultimate a little longer than wide, the ultimate about as long as the sixth. Length, 3°40 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 feet. One female, jungle, December 30, 1911 (A. A. Girault). Type.—l. 5417, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, head, and forewings on a slide. GONIOZUS GLABRISCUTELLUM, MN. Sp. 2. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora a dark- brown, the tibiae and tarsi testaceous; antennal scape and apical seven joints fuscous, the rest clear testaceous. Head, dorsal aspect, as long as greatest width ; head, pronotum, and scutum with very obscure, polygonal, scaly sculpture, almost obsolete, and with scattered punctures; scutellum glabrous, and laterad with a very few scattered punctures ; scutum from posterior margin with a short abbreviated: groove rather far 20 laterad; scutellum at either latero-anterior angle .with a narrow oblique fovea; metanotum finely obliquely reticulate in raised lines, with a triangular smooth mesal path at basal half, the point of the triangle posteriorly, the triangle twice as long as width at base. Abdomen normal. Anterior femora much swollen. Forewings ample; hyaline; venation yellow, the prostigma and stigma dusky ; venation much as in girauiltz. Pedicel hardly one-half longer than wide, rather less than half as long as the scape; first funicle joint distinctly longer than the pedicel, twice as long as the greatest width, the second distinctly shorter than the first, the remainder becoming smaller towards apex, the apical joint as long as the second but not as wide. Length, 3°30 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Longreach (A. M. Lea, unique). Type.—I1. 5418, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antenna and forewing on a Slide. RHABDEPYRIS ERYTHROGASTER, Nn. Sp. Q. Black; the abdomen, except at base dorsad, bright orange-red ; coxae and femora dark-brown, the tibiae paler, the tarsi testaceous; antennae wholly deep-brown. Pronotum distinctly longer than the scutum, with numerous scattered punctures and very faint, almost obsolete, surface reticula- tion; scutum finely subtransversely lineolated, and with scattered small punctures, the parapsidal furrows complete, the lateral lobes with a half-complete groove from posterior margin; scutellum with fine surface lineolation, with a few punctures laterad, and a deep-impressed transverse curved groove at base; metanotum with five longitudinal carinae, of which the median one attains the carinated posterior margin, the next pair nearly so, the outer pair distinctly not so, between these carinae strongly transversely lined, outside the carinae finely transversely lineolate. Abdomen a little longer than the thorax. Forewings ample; moderately deeply infuscate ; venation yellow-brown ; stigma. rather small ; stigmal vein very long, as long as the costal ; median and sub- median cells about subequal, the basal and transverse veins oblique, forming at their juncture an angle of about 90°; submedian and submarginal veins of equal length. Antennae 13-jointed ; scape fully twice as_long as the pedicel ; pedicel and basal funicle joints cupuliform; pedicel one-half longer than wide, shghtly longer than second funicle joint, the first shorter and somewhat wider than long, the second longest, the remainder shortening, but all a little longer than wide. Tarsal claws simple, or practically so. Length, 3°90 mm. f/ab.—South Australia: Adelaide. One female on a card with an ant, Hetatomma, sp., collected by A. M. Lea. 21 Type.—I. 5419, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, forewings, and two tibiae and tarsi on a slide. Family DRYINIDAE. PARADRYINUS SPECIOSUS, N. sp. Q. Mesothorax and metathorax black; head and pro- thorax clear-ochreous, the former dusky in centre of frons; neck of pronotum with a dusky-black patch on either side of meson, also a large blackish oblique patch on either side of meson of pronotum at about half its length; abdomen dark-brown; becoming ochreous toward apex; forelegs testaceous, the femora, tibiae, and basal tarsal joint suffused somewhat dusky; intermediate and posterior legs mostly dusky-black, the posterior coxae less so, the tarsi brownish, their first joint and second more or less, also base of their tibiae white; edge of clypeus white; antennae dusky, joints 1, 2, 6, and 7 testaceous. Head with rather strong surface rugosity. Pronotum subconcentrically rugose; the scutum, scutellum, and postscutellum more strongly longitudinally rugose, and with scattered fine whitish pubescence ; parapsidal furrows evident; postscutellum more than half length of scutellum ; the long anterior portion of metanotum strongly’ rugose-carinate, the posterior portion irregularly rugose. Abdomen smooth, impunctate. Forewings trifasciate, the third band as long as the first and with its proximal margin straight. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5420, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag. Very similar to koebeler, Perkins, with which species it may be identical, but Perkins says for that species : —“Pro- podeum reticulately rugose; third band of wing with its inner margin oblique.’’ The colour of the mesothorax and metathorax is very intense, and would hardly appear variable. PARADRYINUS ATERRIMUS, 0. sp. Q. Jet-black; tip of abdomen ferruginous; scape suffused reddish, also anterior tarsi, the chelar claw pallid- yellow; mandibles somewhat suffused reddish, also inter- mediate femora centrally, anterior trochanters apically, and anterior femora slightly. Head, viewed from above, trans- verse ; viewed from in front, triangular, barely wider than long; smooth, shining, with only scattered minute indefinite punctures; vertex straight from eye to eye; a carina runs from front ocellus to antennal depression; occipital cavity 22 distinctly margined on vertex and sides; maxillary palpi 6-jointed, extending back as far as hind margin of head beneath; labial palpi 3-jointed. Pronotum truncate at anterior margin, with irregular outline (lateral aspect), smooth and shining lke the head, except for a meso-posterior hump which is densely irregularly striate; scutum and scutellum smooth and shining; parapsidal furrows wanting ; postscutellum about one-fourth as long as scutellum; meta- notum long, coarsely reticulately rugose. Abdomen smooth, shining, impunctate or nearly so. Forewings normal; tri- fasciate ; base of wing and a long apical portion, hyaline; first band longest, the second, which is at the basal vein, narrower; all bands dark. Scape two-thirds longer than pedicel; first funicle joint twice as long as second. First joint of anterior tarsi distinctly longer than fourth, the apical joint and chelar claw rather densely spinulose, the ante- apical tooth of the latter well-marked. Length, 6°50 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, jungle, August, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—lI. 5421, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae, anterior tibiae and tarsi, and forewings on a slide. The absence of parapsidal furrows, the short post- scutellum, and the smooth head, prothorax, and mesothorax are distinctive. The two former characters suggest Veodryinus, Perkins, but the pronotum is not divided and the vertex of the head is not concave. PSEUDOGONATOPUS DICHROMUS, Perkins. One female, on window, Cairns district, October, 1914 {A. P. Dodd). Family SCELIONIDAE. CacELLuS, Ashmead. This genus is very similar to Macrotelera, Westwood. The females are readily enough distinguished by the presence of the bidentate spine on the metanotum; this character, however, is not present in the male, and hence the males of the two genera can be distinguished with difficulty. Macroteleia nigriscapus, Dodd, and Macroteleia paucipune- tata, Dodd, probably both belong to Cace/lus. In the descriptions of some of the Australian species the bidentate spine is said to be on the post-scutellum, but this is incorrect. CACELLUS DISTINCTUS, Dodd. Macroteleia distincta, Dodd: Proc. Royal Soec., Qld., vol. xxvi., 1914, p. 100. _ 23 CaCELLUS PROPINQUUS, Nn. sp. 2. Black; legs (including coxae) wholly golden-yellow ; scape dusky-yellow, the pedicel and funicle joints fuscous, the club black. Head no wider than the thorax, from dorsal aspect twice as wide as long; with large, dense, umbilicate punctures, confluent on the vertex; lower two-thirds of face (except laterally) smooth and depressed; vertex descending toward occiput, the latter gently concave; eyes large, bare; ocelli large, the lateral pair touching the eye margirs. Thorax one-half longer than greatest width ; pronotum slightly visible on the sides from dorsal aspect; scutum large, plainly wider than long, the median lobe with dense large punctures, not confluent, the lateral lobes narrow, with fine pin-punctures joined by fine impressed lines; parapsidal furrows deep, complete, foveate; scutellum semicircular, at posterior margin with a row of deep foveae, its surface with scattered punc- tures, these fine mesally; post-scutellum short, foveate, unarmed; metanotum at base with a rather long semi- horizontal bidentate spine. Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax united ; sessile, slightly narrowed at base, gradually tapering to apex; segments all longer or as long as wide, the second and third slightly the longest ; six segments visible, the first strongly striate, second and third longi- tudinally confluently rugose-punctate, the sculpture becoming finer on 4-6, the sixth at apex with a small emarginate plate ; basal segment without a horn or prominence. Legs long and slender. Forewings almost attaining apex of abdomen; broad; faintly infuscate; venation dark-yellowish; marginal vein a little but distinctly longer than the stigmal, which is moderately long, straight, almost perpendicular, the post- marginal twice as long as the marginal ; basal vein very faint, very oblique, the median represented by a thick fuscous line. Scape slender ; pedicel a little over twice as long as greatest width ; first funicle joint much longer, almost twice as long as the second, which is hardly twice as long as wide, the third a little longer than wide, the fourth plainly wider than long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 plainly wider than long, the first distinctly the longest. Length, 4:20 mm. d. Like the female, but the lateral lobes of the scutum with large shallow punctures; punctures on scutellum more numerous and of uniform size; metanotum longer, without the bidentate spine, this modified to a pair of median carinae ; tarsi darker; abdomen at apex truncate and_bispinose. Antennae black, the scape bright-yellow; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint nearly twice as long as pedicel, thrice as long as wide, the second distinctly shorter, 24 2-9 slightly gradually shortening, the ninth one-half longer than wide, the tenth nearly as long as the first. Hab. Queensland : Cairns district, 1,200 feet. Three females, two males, around decayed logs in jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5422, South Australian Museum. A male and female on a tag, male and female antennae and forewings on a slide. Closely related to both augustus, Dodd, and regalis, Dodd, but the pedicel and funicle joints in the female are longer in those species; for instance, the second funicle joint is distinctly over twice as wide as long; regalis has the scutum and scutellum wholly confluently-punctate, and the plate at apex of abdomen is gently convex, not emarginate ; augustus has a shorter marginal vein, a dark longitudinal stripe through the wing, and the plate at apex of abdomen strongly concave and bispinose. CACELLUS FUSCICORPUS, Nn. sp. @. Dull-brown, the head black: legs pale lemon-yellow (including the coxae), also the antennal scape, the pedicel and funicle joints brown, the club black. Vertex and frons with rather dense punctures, these distinctly smaller than in propinguus, regalis, and augustus, and not confluent against the occiput; lower two-thirds of face smooth, except for a row of punctures along the eye margins; cheeks with a very few rather large punctures. Median lobe of scutum at anterior half with rather large dense punctures, the rest of that lobe and all of parapsides with scattered indefinite pin- punctures, also the scutellum; parapsidal furrows deep, complete, foveate; scutellum with a foveate line along anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum unarmed ; metanotum at meson with an acute short bidentate spine; scutum and scutellum with fine pubescence. Abdomen slender, rather narrower than the thorax; one-half longer than the head and thorax united; with fine pubescence on sides and toward apex: pointed at apex, with a small trun- cate plate ; segments 2-4 subequal in length, somewhat longer than the first ; first segment longitudinally striate, 2-4 densely longitudinally rugose-punctate, the punctuation less distinet on the fifth, the sixth with moderately small and dense punctures. Posterior legs long and slender. Forewings almost attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad ; faintly infuscate; venation yellowish; marginal vein a little yet distinctly longer than the stigmal which is moderately short and oblique; the postmarginal fully twice as long as the marginal, basal and median veins hardly indicated. Scape 25 slender; pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; first funicle joint a little narrower and distinctly (about a third) longer, the second a little shorter than the pedicel, two-thirds as long as the first, and over twice as long as wide, the fourth a little longer than wide; club compact, 6-jointed, the first joint nearly as long as wide, 2-5 distinctly wider than long. Length, 3°20 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 600-1,500 feet. Two females, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5423, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. | OPISTHACANTHA FLAVESCENS, Nl. Sp. 9. Bright orange-yellow, the abdomen and legs golden- yellow; eyes and ocelli black, also a narrow longitudinal stripe along extreme laterad of second abdominal segment ; antennae yellow, the club brown. Head moderately broad, no wider than the thorax; vertex rather broad, the occiput plainly concave; eyes moderately large, densely pubescent ; ocelli rather small, wide apart, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. ‘Head, scutum, and scutellum with fine surface sculpture and pubescence. Thorax stout, only slightly longer than wide; scutum large, the parapsidal furrows wide apart, delicate but complete; scutellum rather large; postscutellum with a short, stout acute tooth at meson; metanotum unarmed. Abdomen no longer than the head and thorax united, as wide as the thorax, hardly twice as long as greatest width, rounded posteriorly; segments all wider than long, the second and third longest, the latter nearly as long as the following united, the first without a horn or prominence ; first and second striate, the rest smooth. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen; moderately broad; with two indistinct cross-bands, the first involving apex of submarginal and all marginal and stigmal veins, the second near wing apex, but the extreme apex obscurely hyaline; discal cilia fine, very dense; marginal vein nearly as long as the stigmal, which is moderately short and oblique, straight, the post- marginal thrice as long as the stigmal; basal and median veins hardly indicated. Antennae short; scape moderately long and slender ; pedicel stout, one-third longer than wide; funicle joints as wide as the pedicel, the first as long as the pedicel, the second quadrate, the third and fourth transverse ; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 very transverse, the third slightly the widest. Length, 1:15 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). 26 Type.—I. 5424, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. BaRYCONUS GRACILIS, n. sp. Q. Head and thorax orange-yellow, the eyes and ocelli black ; abdomen golden-yellow, the horn on basal segment, a patch laterad on both second and third segments" posteriorly, and a band across fifth segment dusky-black; legs golden- yellow, the posterior trochanters, femora more or less, and apical two-thirds of tibiae, also apical half of intermediate tibiae dusky-brown ; first seven antennal joints golden-yellow, the apical five black. Head normal, the occiput not concave; smooth and shining, with striae converging around the mouth, the vertex showing in patches faint impressed polygonal scaly sculpture ; lower face not depressed; eyes not very large, bare; lateral ocelli a little separated from the eye margins. Thorax nearly twice as long as greatest width: pronotum a little visible from above; scutum narrowed anteriorly, about as long as greatest width, the parapsidal furrows distinct and complete and approaching close together posteriorly ; median lobe at anterior half with fine impressed polygonal scaly sculpture, the scutum otherwise smooth: scutellum smooth, rather short, with a very fine foveate line along anterior and posterior margins; metanotum unarmed. Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax united ; slender; first segment somewhat longer than wide, with a distinct horn projecting over the metanotum ; second segment over twice as long as the first and somewhat longer than its greatest width, the third a little shorter than the second, the fourth not much shorter than the third, the fifth hardly one-half as long as the fourth, the sixth subconiform and a little longer than the fifth; first and second longitudinally striate, the third and fourth longitudinally reticulate-striate, the fifth and sixth smooth. Forewings not quite attaining apex of abdomen; narrow, the apex rounded; with two fuscous transverse bands, the first covering apex of sub- marginal and all marginal veins and as long as wide, followed by a hyaline ‘band which is plainly shorter than it, the second fuscous band distinctly longer than the first, the wing apex narrowly subhyaline; marginal cilia moderately long; discal cilia moderately fine and dense; submarginal vein attaining the costa at slightly before one-half wing length; marginal vein about as long as the stigmal, which is rather short, straight, oblique; postmarginal vein fully thrice as long as the stigmal; basal and median veins not indicated ; venation pallid-yellow, in the infuscate bands fuscous. Antennae 12-jointed ; scape slender ; pedicel fully twice as long as wide; 27 first funicle joint as long and as wide as the pedicel, the second as long as the first, the third distinctly shorter, the fourth quadrate; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 trans- verse, the first somewhat smaller than 2-5, which are about equal in length. Length, 1°75 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200 feet. One female, jungle, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—l. 5425, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. Resembling maculatus, with which it agrees colouration- ally, but of a more slender build, the abdominal segments longer, and the third segment plainly not as long as 4-6 combined. ; BaRYCONUS AUSTRALICUS, Dodd. Leptoteleia australica, Dodd: ante, 1913, p. 145. BaRYCONUS IMPERFECTUS, Nn. sp. ©. Black; abdomen dark-dull-brown; coxae black, femora and tibiae fuscous, trochanters, knees, and tarsi pale- yellow ; antennae black, the funicle fuscous. Head no wider than the thorax; vertex moderately broad; frons broad, without impressions ; with fine polygonal scaly sculpture ; eyes large, bare; oceili small, rather wide apart, the lateral ones touching the eye margins. Thorax with fine polygonal scaly sculpture ; one-half longer than wide; scutum large, slightly wider than long; parapsidal furrows delicate, failing anteriorly ; post-scutellum and metanotum unarmed. Abdo- men a little longer than head and thorax united, a little wider than thorax; third segment the longest, occupying one-third of surface, somewhat wider than long, as long as first and second combined, and as long as the following united ; first segment without a horn or tubercle, much wider than long; first and second striate, the third feebly so, the remainder with fine surface scaly sculpture. Forewings hardly attaining apex of abdomen: moderately broad, the apex rather broadly rounded ; faintly infuscate; discal cilia dense, very fine; submarginal vein attaining costa at fully one-half wing length; marginal vein one-third as long as the long stigmal, which is oblique, slightly convexly curved; post- marginal over twice as long as the stigmal; median and basal veins indicated by obscure brown lines. Scape moderately stout ; pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle joints a little narrower, the first nearly twice as long as wide, second a little longer than wide, third and fourth wider than long ; club compact, 6-jointed, first joint small, 2-5 of nearly equal length, 1-5 much wider than long. Length, 1:45 mm. 28 . Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One female, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Tupe.—l. 5426, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. AUSTROSCELIO LATUS, n. sp. Q. Black; the coxae concolorous, the femora fuscous except at apex, the trochanters, tibiae, and tarsi golden- yellow ; antennae wholly black. Head large, very transverse, distinctly wider than the thorax; from in front distinctly wider than long; with rather shallow open raised reticulation, the lower half or more of face rather shallowly depressed and transversely striate ; eyes large, pubescent; ocelli rather small, very wide apart, the lateral pair touching the eye margins. Thorax about as wide as long; scutum and scutellum rather finely longitudinally rugulose ; scutellum semicircular, rounded posteriorly ; postscutellum transverse, unarmed, rather pro- minent, projecting over the very short metanotum. Abdomen broadly sessile, as wide as long; second segment occupying fully one-half of surface; broadly rounded posteriorly and almost. truncate; first segment longitudinally rugulose, the second polygonally reticulate, raised, dense mesally, open laterally, the remaining segments with shallow open reticula- tion. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen ; broad, the apex broadly rounded ; subhyaline; discal cilia dense, rather fine; venation fuscous; marginal vein short, one-half as long as the stigmal, which is short, straight, and rather oblique, the post-marginal wanting. Antennae short; scape rather long and slender ; pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first a little longer than wide, 2-4 wider than long; club compact, 6-jointed, joints 1-5 much wider than long, the first small, the second the longest. Length, 1°10 mm. | HTab.—-Queensland: Cairns district, 1,800 feet. One female, forest, July, 1915 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I. 5427, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, the antennae and forewings on a slide. Differing from the generic diagnosis in having the antennal depression not very profound, the scutellum semi- circular and rounded posteriorly, and the shorter, broad abdomen. XENOMERUS LATICEPS, 0. sp. @. Black; legs golden-yellow, the coxae reddish ; antennae wholly black. Head very transverse, somewhat wider than thorax; vertex very thin; viewed from in front distinctly wider than long; eyes moderately large, bare; 29 vertex and frons smooth and shining, the occiput with fine polygonal scaly sculpture; a carina runs from front ocellus to antennal prominence. Thorax as wide as long; scutum with distinct polygonal scaly sculpture, vanishing against posterior margin; parapsidal furrows as deep abbreviated grooves, rather less than one-half complete from posterior margin ; scutellum smooth, shining, with a foveate row along anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum with a rather long acute spine or tooth; metanotum extremely short, unarmed. Abdomen broadly oval, scarcely longer than greatest width ; first segment strongly transverse, the second as long as first, the third plainly longer than first and second combined, and fully twice as long as the following united; first and second strongly striate, the third with fine impressed striae mesally, smooth laterally and posteriorly, the remain- ing segments with fine scaly sculpture. Legs slender. Fore- wings attaining beyond apex of abdomen; moderately broad, the apex rather broadly rounded ; hyaline; discal cilia rather coarse, moderately dense ; venation terminating slightly before one-half length, thick and distinct, yellow-brown; stigmal vein moderately long for the subfamily. Scape normal; pedicel two-and-a-half times as long as wide; the funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first two-and-a-half times as long as wide, the second distinctly shorter, one-half longer than wide, third as wide as long, fourth wider than long; club 6-jointed, rather compact, joints 1-5 distinctly wider than long, second a little the largest. Length, 1°25 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping in forest, partly boggy, October 31, 1914, A.A. Girault.” Type.—l. 5428, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. Both dubius, Dodd, and flavicornis, Dodd, have the second funicle joint as long as the first, also the antennae are partly yellow ; varipes, Dodd, has no well-defined spine on the postscutellum. TRIMORUS NITESCENS, n. sp. Q. Black; coxae fuscous, the legs yellow suffused with dusky; antennae black, the scape yellow at extreme base. Head transverse; smooth and shining, the lower face above and around mouth with converging striae; a faint line runs from front ocellus to near antennal insertion; eyes large, very feebly pubescent.. Scutum much wider than long, smooth, shining, with a few scattered setae; parapsidal fur- rows consisting of a row of foveate punctures, widening posteriorly and forming irregular rugose shallow sulci: posterior margin of scutum with a row of punctures; scutellum 30 smooth, shining, with a fine foveate row along anterior and posterior margins; postscutellum with a stout acute spine; latero-posterior angles of metanotum with a small acute spine or tooth. Abdomen stout, distinctly less than twice as long as greatest width; first segment one-half as long as greatest width, the third rather longer than first and second combined, more than twice length of following united ; first segment and most of the second striate, the rest smooth and shining. Legs slender. Scape slender; pedicel barely one-half longer than wide ; first funicle joint fully as long and as wide as pedicel ; the second a little shorter, a little longer than wide; third and fourth small, transverse; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5 trans- verse, the first smaller than others, 2-5 of about equal length, the third shightly the widest. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen ; moderately broad, the apex moderately rounded ; a little less than proximal half (to base of marginal vein) hyaline, the rest plainly infuscate; discal cilia dense, moderately fine; marginal cilia moderately long ; submarginal vein attaining costa at almost one-half wing-length : marginal vein a little more than half length of submarginal, the stigmal very short; venation fuscous, distinct. Length, 1°50 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Brooklyn. One female, labelled “Sweeping grass, etc., November 18, 1914, A. A. Girault.” Type.—l. 5430, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. TRIMORUS AURATUS, Nn. sp. ©. Head black; thorax bright orange-yellow, the scutellum dusky; base of abdomen bright-yellow, the rest dusky-black ; legs golden-yellow ; antennal scape yellow, dusky at apex, the antennae otherwise black. Head transverse, no wider than the thorax, the vertex thin, the frons a little convex; smooth and shining, toward mouth with converging striae; a very fine carina runs from antennal insertion to anterior ocellus; eyes moderately large, bare. Thorax a little longer than greatest width; parapsidal furrows complete but delicate; scutum with fine surface sculpture and pubescence ; scutellum smooth, at its base with very fine pubescence ; post- scutellum with a short stout acute tooth; latero-posterior angles of the metanotum not acute. Abdomen stout, not much longer than its greatest width ; first segment transverse, the third occupying fully one-half length, the first and second and base of third longitudinally foveate-striate. Forewings long; moderately broad; subhyaline; discal cilia fine and dense ; venation light-fuscous; marginal vein almost as long as the submarginal, the stigmal short, with a distinct knob. 31 Scape slender; pedicel twice as long as greatest width ; first funicle joint as long and as wide as pedicel, the second hardly shorter than the first, the third and fourth very short and wider than long; club 6-jointed, compact, joints 1-5 trans- verse, 2-5 of about equal length. Length, 1:10 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One female, on window, February, 1916 (A. P. Dodd). Type.—I1, 5430, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. Very similar to Hoplogryon pulchrithorar, Dodd. GRYONELLA CRAWFORDI, Dodd. Four males, labelled “Sweeping native flora in a park, Muswellbrook, New South Wales, October, 1914, A. A. Girault.”’ PHANUROMYIA NECOPINATA, 0. Sp. Q. Black; the antennae concolorous; legs concolorous, the trochanters, knees, tips of tibiae, and the tarsi rufous; valves of ovipositor yellow-brown. Head transverse, some- what wider than the thorax ; vertex very thin; occiput feebly concave ; eyes moderately large, faintly pubescent; ocelli very wide apart, the lateral ones touching the eye margins; head, viewed from in front, distinctly wider than long; mandibles with three small teeth; vertex with fine polygonal scaly sculpture, this present also on either side of antennal insertion, the face otherwise smooth and shining. Thorax as wide as long; scutum with fine polygonal scaly sculpture and rather dense fine pubescence; scutellum smooth, except for scattered pubescence. Abdomen as wide as the thorax; two-thirds longer than greatest width ; first segment extremely short ; second somewhat longer than wide, nearly thrice as long as the following united ; first segment and extreme base of second strongly longitudinally foveate-striate, rest of second segment smooth, the following with numerous pin-punctures: oviposital valves exserted for a length equal to one-half that of abdomen. Forewings attaining distinctly beyond apex of _ abdomen; broad, the apex broadly rounded; hyaline; mar- ginal cilia rather short; discal cilia rather fine, dense; venation fuscous; submarginal vein attaining costa somewhat before half wing-length ; the marginal hardly one-third length of stigmal, which is very long, slender, moderately oblique: postmarginal one-half longer than stigmal. Scape slender: pedicel fully twice as long as greatest width; first funicle joint a little narrower, fully twice as long as wide; second a little longer than wide, the third quadrate, the fourth 32 wider than long; club 5-jointed, not compact, first joint small and transverse, 2-4 slightly wider than long, the second a little the largest. Length, 1°25 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Muswellbrook. Two females, labelled “Sweeping native flora in park, October 26, 1914, Ae. Ay Giravly.? ; : Type.—I. 5431, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. TRISSOLCUS FLAVISCAPUS, N. sp. QO. Black; legs reddish-yellow, the coxae and anterior femora black; antennal scape yellow, the pedicel fuscous, the flagellum black. Head, dorsal aspect, transverse, some- what wider than the thorax, the vertex thin, the occiput gently concave; viewed from in front, somewhat wider than long ; vertex and front with coarse scaly sculpture, appearing shagreened ; immediately above antennal insertion is a small shallow depression which is transversely striate, above which is a delicate groove running to front ocellus ; eyes large, bare ; ocelli wide apart, the lateral ones almost touching the eye margins. Thorax as wide as long; scutum and scutellum with similar sculpture to the head, the former with some very fine pubescence; parapsidal furrows deep, a fourth or more complete from posterior margin; postscutellum prominent, with several strong striae or carinae. Abdomen as wide as thorax; no longer than wide; first segment short, the second fully twice as wide as long and as long as the following united, the third one-half length of second ; first segment and extreme base of second strongly foveate-striate, the second otherwise smooth, but on either side of meson with obscure, fine, close, impressed striae, which fail posteriorly ; third smooth, later- ally with minute pin-punctures; the rest with minute pin- punctures. Forewings long, broad, hyaline; submarginal vein attaining costa a little before one-half length, the marginal one-third as long as the stigmal, which is very long and slender: post-marginal one-half longer than the stigmal ; venation yellow. Scape normal; pedicel fully twice as long as greatest width: funicle joints a little narrower, the first: distinctly shorter than pedicel and barely twice as long as wide, the second quadrate, the third wider than long; club 6-jointed, first joint small, 2-5 distinctly wider than long, the second somewhat the largest. Length, 1°25 mm. T7ab.—Queensland: Pentland. One female, forest, Sep- tember, 1914 (A. A. Girault). Type.-—I. 5432, South Australian Museum. A female on a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide. 33 PRODISCOTHYREA, A NEW GENUS OF PONERINE ANTS FROM QUEENSLAND.’ By WiiLt1am Morton WHEELER. (Communicated by Arthur M. Lea.) [Read April 13, 1916.] Puate IV. PRODISCOTHYREA, gen. nov. Worker. Small, monomorphic, closely related to Dis- cothyrea, Roger. Mandibles triangular, with straight, toothless apical border, furnished with a row of short, dense, regular setae. Both the maxillary and labial palpi 4-jointed. Head produced and narrowed in front to the very short, trans- verse clypeus which projects out over the mandibles like a roof. Frontal carinae large, lyriform, horizontally flattened, apparently fused in front with the middle of the clypeus, where they are closely approximated. Frontal area and - groove obsolete. Head deeply and broadly excavated at the sides of the frontal carinae, forming large, laterally indis- tinct scrobes for the accommodation of the antennal scapes. Ocelli absent, eyes small, but convex, well in front of the middle of the head. Antennae very large and robust, 10- jointed ; scape incrassated, inserted at the anterior border of the head very near the clypeal margin, concave on the flexor surface for the accommodation of the funiculus; the latter with greatly enlarged apical and very transverse basal joints. Thorax short, convex and rounded above, without promeso- notal and mesoépinotal sutures, epinotum merely tuberculate, inferior corners of pronotum blunt. Petiole small, rounded above, and attached by nearly its whole posterior surface to the postpetiole, unarmed beneath. Postpetiole very large, forming the great bulk of the abdomen; gastric segments small, the first very convex above, turned downward and forward, remaining segments small, forming an anteriorly directed cone, as in Discothyrea, Proceratiwm, Sysphincta, and Spaniopone. Sting well developed. Legs with slender @) “Contribution from iS Entomological Tabeeeaty f the Bussey Institution, Harvard University, No. 102. C 34 tarsi and simple claws; middle tibiae without spurs, hind tibiae with a single large feebly-pectinated spur. Body opaque, sculptured : hairs. absent; pubescence short, dense, and silky. } Female (dealated). Very similar to the worker and but shghtly larger. Ocelli present, but small; eyes somewhat larger than in the worker. Thorax with distinct pronotal, mesonotal, scutellar, metanotal, and tegular sclerites, and with stumps of the lost wings. PRODISCOTHYREA VELUTINA, Sp. nov. Worker. Length, about 2 mm. Head subrectangular, a little longer than _ broad. decidely narrower in front than behind, very convex above, with straight posterior and rather convex lateral borders and rounded posterior corners.. Gular surface rather convex, with a prominent, ridge-shaped tubercle on each side. Clypeus transversely and regularly convex, its anterior border straight and distinctly crenulate, especially in the middle. Frontal carinae extending back about two-thirds the length of the head, dilated and horizontally flattened in the middle, the space between them scarcely concave, rounded antero- posteriorly and continuous with the regular convex surface of the head. Antennal scapes nearly two-thirds as long as the head; scapes incrassated, especially at the apex, where they are nearly one-fourth as broad as their length; first funicular joint rather broad, subglobular, distinctly broader than long; joints 2-5 subequal, very transverse; 6-8 larger and propor- tionately longer, terminal joint very large, glandiform, as long as the remainder of the funiculus, about two and one- half times as long as broad. Thorax narrower than the head, seen from above trapezoidal, about one and two-fifths as long as broad, and one and one-half times as broad through the humeri as through the epinotum, sides slightly concave; humeri bluntly angular; in profile the thoracic dorsum is very unevenly convex to the declivity of the epinotum, which is abrupt, concave, and marginate on the sides. Each margin- ation merges into a scarcely distinguishable tubercle above, and the base and declivity are separated by a transverse ridge. Petiole from above nearly twice as broad as long, broader behind than in front, with straight anterior and lateral and feebly convex posterior borders; in profile the segment is less than twice as long as high, convex and anteriorly sloping above and on the ‘sides, its ventral surface compressed and translucent anteriorly, but without a spine 35 or tcoth. Postpetiole convex above, one and one-quarter times as long as broad, much broader behind than in front, where it is as broad as the posterior border of the petiole, the ventral surface anteriorly with a blunt, transverse tubercle. First gastric segment separated by a slight con- striction from the postpetiole, as broad as long, very convex dorsally, and rapidly narrowed behind to the small remaining segments. Legs moderately long, tarsi slender. Opaque; gaster and legs somewhat shining. Mandibles densely and finely punctate-rugulose. Head, thorax, petiole, and post- petiole uniformly and densely foveolate (thimble-pitted), gaster and legs very finely and densely punctate and shagreened ; antennal scapes with smaller and more scattered foveolae than the head. MHairs lacking; whole body covered with short, fine, dense, silky, yellowish-white pubescence, so that the surface appears like velvet under a low magnification. Rich ferruginous-red; gaster and legs, including the coxae, slightly paler and more yellowish; edges of frontal carinae, posterior border and a median dorsal line on the postpetiole, and a similar line on the first gastric segment deep brownish- red. Female (dealated). Length, about 2°4 mm. Differing from the worker in the larger eyes, the presence of ocelli, and the structure of the thorax. Pronotum twice as broad as jong and very shor&in the middle, owing to the extension forward of the mesonotum, which is as long as broad, evenly convex above, with distinct parapsidal furrows. Tubercles of the epinotum distinctly larger and more acute than in the worker. Described from 39 specimens, one female and 38 workers, constituting an entire colony taken by myself October 24, 1914, in a small clearing in the tropical ‘“‘scrub’’ (rain forest) at Kuranda, Northern Queensland. The nest was of peculiar structure, being a small, regularly-elliptical cavity, 2 cm. long by 15 em. in width, in the soil under the centre of a large flat stone. This cavity was completely lined with the dense, white mycelium of a fungus, on which the ants were quietly resting. When disturbed their movements were very slow, and many of them curled up and “‘feigned death.’’ I could find no larvae in the cavity, but there were several small, pinkish, spherical bodies, which I took to be parts of the fungus. The nature of the delicate layer of nutrient substratum on which the hyphae were growing could not be ascertained. The colour, sculpture, and velvety texture of the ants and their timid behaviour are strikingly like those of certain species of the neotropical fungus-growing tribe G2 36 Attiini (notably species of Sericomyrmex and Aptero- stigma).() These peculiarities, and the fact that the colony was completely shut off from the outside world by a layer of mycelium, strongly suggest that Prodiscothyrea velutina is a fungus-growing and fungus-eating ant. Should further research prove this supposition to be correct, the insect would be of considerable interest as the first case of a fungus- gardener among the ants of the Old World, and the first to exhibit the habit among the members of the subfamily Ponerinae. As the Ponerinae are by common consent regarded as a very ancient and primitive group, we should have to infer that the habit was probably of great antiquity, and had been acquired independently at least twice during the phylogeny of the Formicidae. The possibility of a third independent development of the habit is, indeed, suggested by the extraordinary Myrmicine ant Proatta butteli, recently described by Forel from Sumatra, because it is structurally very similar to certain species of the Attiine genus J/ycuce- purus, but von Buttal-Reepen did not find it associated with fungi, but in the carton nest of a termite (Hamitermes dentatus, Harv.), which does not cultivate fungi like many of the Old World termites. Prodiscothyrea evidently belongs to Emery’s tribe Proceratiini, and is very closely related to Discothyrea. In this genus, however, the antennae are 9-jointed; the clypeus forms a semicircular disc instead of a very short, transverse plate, the frontal carinae are very much smaller and shorter, there are no large impressions on each side of the head for the accommodation of the antennal scapes, the eyes are smaller and at the middle of the sides of the head, and in the female the eyes and ocelli, judging from the descriptions, are much larger. Like Discothyrea and Spaniopone, Prodiscothyrea is related to Bradoponera of the Baltic amber, which is of the lower Oligocene age. The Australian genus is evidently an ancient Mesozoic genus, like Paranomopone, which I recently described, from the same locality in Northern Queensland (Psyche, xxii., 1915, pp. 117-120, pl. 1). The great antiquity of the tribe Proceratiini is attested by its wide geographical range and the sporadic occurrence of species of Proceratium, Discothyrea, and Sysphincta in widely separated regions of both hemispheres. (2) The peculiar structure of the toothless mandibles, with the dense, regular row of short setae along their apical borders, is also suggestive of habits which require the manipulation of such delicate bodies as fungus hyphae, though I know of no similar structures in our American fungus-growing ants. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Worker of Prodiscothyrea velutina, sp. nov., from the side. Head of same from above. Head from below. Head from behind. Mandible from below. Extensor surface of antenna. Dorsal view of thorax, petiole, and postpetiole. Middle leg. Hind leg. CO GO NID Ore go NO AMENDING NOTE. Professor Wheeler writes that it is necessary to make some amendments to his paper dealing with the ants, taken by Captain White, in last year’s Transactions; as “‘I find that the name Polyrhachis longipes ) 1s preoccupied, and I would substitute for it Polyrhachis macropus. The name Camponotus aurofasciatus 4) was given by mistake to the minor worker of Camponotus (Myrmotrema) imflatus, Lub- bock, as I find from examination of some of the material you sent me for study. The minor worker of this ant had not been described, and is so different from the major worker of anflatus that I did not recognize it as belonging to that species.” (3) Ante, 1915, p. 821. eyes. Oli OOo i@ 2) ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ARENICOLA LOVENI!I, KINBERG, ON THE COAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By J. H. Asuworrn, D.Sc., Lecturer in Invertebrate Zoology in the University of Edinburgh. (Communicated by Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.) [Read May. 11, 1916.] By the courtesy of Mr. Edgar R. Waite I was afforded’ facilities during the early part of August, 1914, for exam- ining the annelids in the collection of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Among the unnamed material were two bottles contaiming specimens of Arenicola from the coast of South Australia, and these have recently been sent to me for examination. The specimens prove to belong to the species. A. foveni, Kinberg, hitherto recorded only from three locali- ‘ties on the coast of South Africa, and a short account of their chief features is given. ARENICOLA LOVENI, Kinberg, emend. Ashworth. INinberg, J. G. H.: Ofvers. Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl., 1866: (1867), p. 355; Eugenies Resa, Zool., vii., Annulata (1910), p. 73; Bat. SORIxX., homed Ashworth, J. H.: Arkiv. for Zool:, vii. (1910), No: gos Annals S. African Mus., xi. (1911), p. 1, pl. 1.; Cat. Chaetopoda,,. Brit. Mus., i., Arenicolidae (1912), p. 103, pls. ii. and iv., fig. 11. The characters of the species are:—Caudate Arenicola with nineteen chaetiferous segments; thirteen pairs of gills, the first gill on the seventh segment, gills large and pinnate > the median lobe of the prostomium is large, the smaller lateral lobes are of almost uniform width, that is, they are not dilated or lobate at their anterior ends; neuropodia are clearly visible in each segment, those of the branchial and of the two pre- branchial segments are long dorso-ventrally and almost reach the mid-ventral line; five pairs of nephridia, which open on the fifth to the ninth segments; one pair of oesophageal glands; two very large septal pouches, which pass through apertures in the second septum and terminate immediately ur front of the third septum; a pair of closed statocysts, each containing a single large secreted statolith.™ (1) A description of these anatomical features is given in the writer’s publications cited above. 39 Two specimens are from the Bay of Shoals, on the north- east coast of Kangaroo Island, and two are from Kingston, Lacepede Bay (long. 139° 80' E., lat. 36° 80’ S.). Their dimensions are :— (1) Total length 320 mm., the tail being 110 mm. (2) mes 29 220 > 37 ? 7 33 Oe Ae) ee eu LOO, "3 3, ORS ow (@uicom plete): They are stout worms, the maximum girth of the largest specimen being 56 mm. Their colour is brown (in alcohol), the tail being paler than the rest of the worm, and in two cases almost greyish in tone. In each worm the first gill is borne on the seventh seg- ment, and the gills are pinnate. The third gill of specimen (3) has seventeen main axes, each of which bears, right and left, branches terminating in gill-filaments. The outlines of the prostomium are imperfectly preserved in all the specimens. The neuropodia are of the usual elongate type, and their chaetae (crotchets) are similar in general form to those of South African examples, but have a sharper rostrum and dis- tinct postrostral teeth are present. The notopodial chaetae differ from those of South Afri- can specimens, as they do not present the well-marked transverse .striation so characteristic of the latter. They are provided with numerous pointed processes,(2) less regularly arranged than in the South African examples, and almost like those of A. cristata (compare fig. 12, p. 45, in Cat. Chaet., Brit. Mus.). Specimens of A. /ovens from different Iccalities evidently exhibit some variation in regard to the processes of their notopodial chaetae. The transverse striation of these chaetae, given 1n my previous accounts of dA. loveni as a specific character, proves to be a variable feature, and has therefore been omitted from the statement of the diagnostic characters of the species given above. Two of the specimens, one from each locality, have been ‘dissected. Both possess five pairs of nephridia and a single pair of conical oesophageal glands. The septal pouches, the most striking internal feature of this species, are of the usual large size, and extend back- wards, through apertures in the second septum, until they almost reach the third septum. In the largest specimen (1) the longer of the two septal pouches attains a length of 23 mm. (2) These are much obscured by a covering of débris. 40 One of the statocysts of specimen (3) was excised, stained, and mounted. It is a closed vesicle with thick walls and contains a large roundish secreted statolith, the diameters of one face of which are about ‘114 mm. and ‘105 mm. respectively. These features clearly show that the South Australian: specimens belong to the species A. loveni, and agree with those from South Africa, with the exception of certain differ- ences in their chaetae (see above). The only other feature which calls for notice here is: the presence, in both the specimens dissected, of a pair of thin-walled globular dilatations, each about 4 mm. in diameter, on “the dorsal blood-vessel immediately anterior to the paired hearts and posterior to the oesophageal glands. Similar dilatations are not present in the three South African examples of A. lovens in my collection. Arenicola loveni has hitherto been found only on the coast of South Africa. The type specimen, preserved in the Riks Museum, Stockholm, was found at Port Natal, near Durban, some fifty years ago; but until it was examined by the writer its characters were so imperfectly known that it was impossible to state if A. lovena was a valid species. From the type and from further specimens, collected in Sal- danha Bay and False Bay, were prepared a full description and diagnosis of the species (Ashworth, 1910-11). The pre- sent records from the South Australian coast greatly increase: the known range of distribution of the species, and it would. be interesting to ascertain how far the species extends, east. and west, along the Australian coast. In this connection it may be remarked that the records: of Arenicola from the Australian coast are very scanty ;‘) there are, indeed, only two previous records. Some years ago (3) The writer, during his recent visit to Australia, examined many long stretches of sandy shore, but without finding castings or specimens of Arenicola. The absence of Arenicola and its cast- ings forms one of the most striking differences between the Australian beaches and those of Britain and Western Europe, for Arenicola marina is so abundant and readily accessible in Western Europe that it is commonly used as bait. This species occurs in greatest numbers in those beaches where the sand is not shifting and contains a considerable proportion of the decomposing organic matter on which these worms feed. Arenicola is scarce or absent in stretches of clean sand, i.e., where food is scanty, and also where the force of the sea is sreat ‘and the sand is constantly shifting. The absence of Arenicola in many Australian beaches is due pro- bably to the wonderful cleanness of the sand, and in other cases. to the great force of the sea. The principal Polychaeta of the sandy beaches of Australia seem to be Eunicids, Nereids, and Ariciids, but especially the first-enamed, which are frequently collected for use as bait. Al Professor Haswell kindly sent to me, from Burnie, Tasmania, va few small specimens of Arenicola which belong to the species A. assimilis, Ehlers, var. affinis, Ashworth, and about the same time J received from the Naturhistorisches Museum, Hamburg, a single specimen from Barrow Island, off North- west Australia, which proved to be A. cristata, Stimpson. Arenicola assimilis and its variety affinis are widely. dis- tributed in southern regions. A. assimilis has been recorded from the Strait of Magellan, the Beagle Channel, and South ‘Georgia, and the variety affinis from the first two localities, from the Falkland Islands, Kerguelen, Tasmania, New Zealand (Otago Harbour), and the islands to the south (Stewart, Campbell, Auckland, and Macquarie Islands), Plimmerton, near Wellington, N.Z., and from Table Bay rand Angra Pequena (Liideritzbucht), South Africa. These ‘records show that A. assimilis is a characteristically southern ‘species, and they present striking evidence for consideration in relation to the former greater extent of the Antarctic Continent and its influence on the present distribution of animals. The records indicate that this species may be ex- pected to occur on the south-east coast of Australia, and a ‘careful look-out should be kept for specimens which will ‘probably seldom exceed 6 inches in length. Arenicola cristata is evidently w idely distributed in the ‘warmer parts of the Indo-Pacific Ocean, although it has been found only.at a few stations. The writer has recorded speci- mens from Suez, Japan, the Californian coast, and, as already mentioned, Barrow Island. Specimens might be looked for ‘in suitable localities on the north coast of Australia. The writer would be glad to examine and report upon ‘specimens of Arenicola from any Australian locality, or indeed from any source. - Zoological Department, University of Edinburgh, February 18, 1916. 42 A NEW SPECIES OF LEECH FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By W. Harotp Lreicu-SHarre, B.Sc. (Lond.). (Communicated by Edgar R. Waite, F_L3y [Read May 11, 1916.] BRANCHELLION AUSTRALIS, Nn. sp. Introduction.—By the courtesy of Dr. J. H. Ashworth, of the University of Edinburgh, I have examined six specimens of the genus Branchellion forming part of the collection of the Museum of South Australia, Adelaide. The tube containing the specimens bears the label “E129,” and attached is a note to the effect that they were collected - by W. B. Poole on March 27, 1912, at Port Victor, South Australia, attached to a Skate (aia lemprieri, Richardson). Ail the specimens are alike, but they exhibit somewhat marked differences from Branchellion torpedinis, Savigny, the: only established species (vide Blanchard, 1894a). These differences are, in my estimation, of specific and not generic value only, and for the Austr alian leeches I propose the name: Branchellion australis. body.—The largest specimen measures 35 mm., inclusive of the suckers, and 30 mm. without the suckers. - The large specimen of L. torpedinis in the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, London, which I have used for purposes of comparison in this paper, measures 55 mm., of which the anterior sucker occupies a little more than 4 mm., the neck 7 mm., the abdomen 49 mm., and the posterior sucker a little less than 5 mm. The two largest specimens. are greyish-black in colour and appear to be mature. The smaller specimens are white, having been decolourized by the alcohol in which they have been preserved. The leech is — cylindrical, and divided the most sharply of all the Ichthyobdellidae into two distinct regions—a neck region, which is bare, and a spindle-shaped abdomen, the latter carrying laterally 31 pairs of foliaceous branchiae, and 11 pairs of rounded, pulsating, respiratory vesicles, described below. As in B. torpedinis, the neck is capable in the mature individuals (Apathy, 1888) of being invaginated into the abdomen, the first segment of which, composed of two annuli, at least, forms a prepuce-like fold surrounding and over- lapping the posterior portion of the clitellum. The leeches are considerably flattened in the abdominal region, being elliptical in section. 43 Suckers.—There is a sucker at each end of the body, as in all leeches. The anterior sucker surrounds the mouth, and is hoodhke. It almost certainly represents 6 segments. There are no eyes apparent in any of the specimens. This is peculiar, since B. torpedinis bears six distinct eyes on what is considered to be the fifth segment of the anterior sucker. The posterior sucker is twice the size of the anterior, and is in diameter about equal to the width of the abdomen at its broadest part. Its concave surface is covered wit® small papillae. Segmentation.—(A description of B. torpedinis, for com- parison with the following, is given by Apathy, 1888, by Blanchard, 1894b, and, in English, external characters only, by Harding, 1910.) For notation see text figs. I ‘and; 2 :— (a) Neck. A. Heap. (a) Anterior sucker () 3 small annuli present in most genera § ; 6 segments. B. PRECLITELLUM. S-aumula,- representing ... me ... 3 segments. C. CLiTELLUM ; ee ... 3 segments. Each of the 3 Danie which are of about equal size, 1s composed of 2 annuli. In the first’ and third “segments the first annulus is larger than the second. In the second segment they are of equal size. The male genital aperture opens between the two annuli of the second segment, and has projecting tumid lips. The female genital aperture opens on the first annulus of the third segment. Both apertures are ventral. The clteilum is covered by the preputial fold as far anteriorly as the second annulus of the first segment. (B) Body or Abdomen. A. TESTIS REGION AND CAECUM REGION TAKEN TOGETHER. 12 segments. Each of the 12 segments is composed of 3 annul, except the first, which acts as a prepuce and is only divided into two. The remaining 11 segments bear each a pair of respiratory vesicles, one on each side, bordering the first annulus of the segment. In B. torpedinis every annulus of these segments bears a pair of lateral foliaceous branchiae, making 33 pairs in all, but in B. australis there are but 31 pairs of gills, the first annulus of segment 2 of the abdomen, which bears yy " iD G2) Fp DDN 0s eee Pig vide fi Brenchellion australis.—The entire animal, viewed from the: dorsal side; numbering and lettering explained in the text. 45 a large vesicle, does not bear gils, and the third annulus of the twelfth segment is without gills also. Thus the gills corresponding to the first and last pairs of gills present in B: torpedinis are absent in B. australis. B. ANAL REGION. 3 segments. The first two segments are composed of 2 annuli each, and the third of one annulus, making 5 annuli in all. The anus opens dorsally between segments 1 and 2—1.e., be- tween annuli 2 and 3. C. PosTERIOR SUCKER. 7 segments. The total number of segments is therefore 34. Respiration. — Respiration is carried on by means both of the foliaceous branchiae and_ the rounded vesicles protruding from the abdominal portion of the body. Vesicles are common in other genera, and I have seen them rise and fall by pulsation in Calhohbdella lophiu. They re- ceive lymph, which after aeratiou is returned to the lateral sinus, so that respiration is lymphatic. There are 31 pairs of gills, and 11 pairs of vesicles arranged as described above. The number of pairs of gills is a specific charac- ter. Blanchard (1894a) came to the conclusion that B. torpe- dimis,) which was originally described as having 35 pairs of gills, B. orbiniensis with 33 pairs of gills, and B. rhombi with 30 pairs of gills, were all one species, and that the founders of these species had miscounted the gills in every case, or had stated the Branchellhion australis.—The anterior end of the animal in ventral aspect, with the ven- tral portion of the prepuce removed to show the clitellum; | numbering and lettering ex- plained in the text... M., mouth; ¢, male genital aper- ture; 9,- female genital aperture; Pr., prepuce; R#.V., respiratory «vesicle, the first on the left side without a gill; G., the first gill on the left side. (1) The name B. torpedinis was retained as having priority, although 33 pairs of gills was assumed to be the correct number. 46 total in round numbers only! He based this conclusion on the fact that some scores of leeches of all ages which he examined from various hosts and localities never showed any other number than 33 pairs of gills. The discovery of the present species with 31 pairs is, therefore, important and interesting, in that it shakes what appeared to be a reasonable certainty in Blanchard’s conclusion, stated above. On the ventral surface along the boundary of each annulus runs a projecting flange which appears to unite the pair of branchiae of the annulus. Pigment.—The whole of the dorsal surface is freely punctuated with black dots, easily visible under a lens; less freely is this pigment scattered on the gills and on the respiratory vesicles (text fig. 3). The ventral surface is = K VR N. Ni : SPR iu ty y xs N ISX Kv SiS N . SONNCG, SNC si RN. AY Branchellion australis.—Typical gill of preserved specimen. R#.V., respiratory vesicle with pigment spots. unpigmented except towards the sides near the gills. There are on the dorsal surface, however, very conspicuous patches where the pigment is absent, giving to the unaided eye the appearance of whitish spots. The disposition of these white spots is very different from that in B. torpedinis, where there are six spots on the first annulus of each abdominal segment. In B. australis the spots are variable in number in different parts of the abdomen, being more numerous halfway along. A typical segment exhibits four large spots ® on the first annulus, easily visible to the unaided eye, eight small spots on the second annulus, and four spots on the third annulus. (2) And in the mid-abdominal] region there are sometimes two smaller subsidiary spots. 47 The leeches are not all uniform in this respect, but the number of spots is always 4, 6, or 8, and the first annulus always has at least four large spots. In that part of the anterior sucker where one would expect to find eyes are large black spots, which I consider to be merely pigment-cells. There are eight or nine of these, at irregular distances apart ; and some so nearly touch as to appear to the unaided eye to coalesce. body \Vall.—The epidermis consists of a layer of cells elongated in a direction at right angles to the axis of the body, covered with a cuticle secreted at the free edge and having their nuclei away from their external border. Among the epidermal cells are epithelial glands for the secretion of mucus. The derma consists of a thick layer of connective tissue, which includes very small fibre-forming cells. Deep down in the derma are large flattened cells about 40, in length, and half as thick, situated immediately outside the muscle layer. They are far more numerous in the gills, whose structure resembles that of the body wall, as far as epidermis and derma are concerned (text figs. 4B and 5). The muscle layers run below the connective tissue layer, and immediately below them are found the cocoon-gland ,cells, which, however, do not attain the huge dimensions of those found in Cailiobdella, Abranchus, and Platybdella, being only about 50 in their greatest diameter, a comparatively small size for such cells. Their appearance is precisely the same as I have described for Platybdella (1916). Below these cells run the cocoon-gland-cell ducts, interspersed with the longi- tudinal muscle fibres. There are no yellowish-brown pigment cells, such as are seen in Calliobdella (1914). The muscle is not striped, and the cells are about 1 mm. in length by 80-100 » in breadth. Perez and Gendre (1904a) have drawn attention to some diagonal fibres in B. torpedims, which are also present in B. australis in the same region, near the posterior sucker, and are intermediate between the ordinary muscle cells and the type well known in. Nematodes. No pigment cells are shown in the figures, but it should be remembered that the leech sectioned had been decolourized by preservation in alcohol. Nevertheless, sections show pigment cells in the suckers. Coelom.—The body cavity is divided into the five following regions:—A ventral sinus, a dorsal sinus, two lateral sinuses, and, in parts, an intestinal sinus. The dorsal blood-vessel'is double, and is situated in the dorsal sinus, but comes outside it occasionally, and more frequently than in Pontobdella. In the more specialized genera—e.g., Calliobdella—it remains within the sinus throughout its 48 ‘s]]09 snorqy jo sXe] “7 *uqu s]f09 peutep “op foeporyno YALM situdoprde “ads yng ‘ANUS LU[N[foo of} MOYS OF UOTZBOYLUSVWU YSLY v sopun (‘y werd oy} ut -g—p soul, oy} uooayoq yaed oy) []TS vB Jo uolyiod vB Cg foprsoa Aiopeatdsat % 4 : UOTF BOY LUD UU MO[ U opun UOLJDOS B UL UDOS Sv UdULOpPq ev oy jo IPs oy} WO s][ts anof jo uvjd “p—sypijgsny woyjoyounug Ve ait Y ‘Qonp {[99-puv[s-100900 “p-a'h-o {][e0 puae[s-u00000 ‘-a°H:9 S$ (;eurpny “suo, “Huey sonbiygo “yqQ ‘faepnoaro “*9) sodvy ofosnt “pw Sg p ‘Si ul UMOYS osoT4 se ounyeuU oles oY jo s]joo feuep oA] “op s4odRT [foo snoiqy “7 ‘wqy fonssty oatoouuod “ssiy ‘wuoQ ‘puRTs-oumlys Terpeyyide “ ¢ ‘Stutiopide “dy Sop tyne “pry “poyrusrur Yonut [FLK-Apoq OY} JO VOLS [LULPNZLBUOT]—'stPDLISND WOYpayOUd.LG Te “OL 7 Vp fy a = } ‘gpotsea Arojevatdsea “ ycay fuoysueS-oarou *h-u ‘sostluts [tuepRl “Gey ‘[assea-poorq [vajuoeaA “arq'a Ssnuts [eayuea “Q"y4 f]essoa-poojq [es10p “a'q'p ‘Ssnuts [esaop “ord ‘seysey “7 SyoRuoys “Gy f(g ‘shy UL epvos posrv[ua uv UO UMOYS saodB] OY} Sopnpout qavd pepeys ot) [pea -Xpoq off} ‘*# “UOLSor [LUTOpPGR oy} UL Apo of} JO WOTZOOS oSIOASUV.IY BV JO WIRISVIGQ—'sYDAysND WoYJayouvsg ‘9 ‘SLi ‘S°A ‘AL 51 Jength. The ventral blood-vessel as also double for the greater part of its length outside the ventral ‘sinus; again unlike Calliobdella. The lateral vessels give off branches which run into the branchiae and end with an open mouth. The lateral sinus, which runs parallel to the lateral vessels, communicates with the cavity of the respiratory vesicles (text fig. 6). The ovary is situated within the ventral sinus, as in Pontobdella. The Nervous System and the Alimentary Canal resemble those of other Ichthyobdellid leeches, and do not present any special features. The various regions of the latter can be best seen from text fig. 7. The salivary glands are very well developed, and exhibit in section large secretory cells (text fig. 8). In the leech sectioned only the intestine con- tained a moderate quantity of nucleated red blood corpuscles taken as food from the host. The Revroductive System bears a close similarity to that of other Ichthyobdellid leeches. The posi- tion of the genital apertures has already been mentioned. A general idea of the sexual organs may be gathered from text figs. 8 and 9. The male reproductive organs consist of six pairs of metameric testes, situated in the first six segments of the abdomen. ‘The testes are chambered, and — contain spermatozoa in all stages of development. From each testis springs a short vas efferens, that from the most posterior one serving as a source of the vas deferens of that side, and in its «course received the remaining Pig Fig.. 7. Brancheliion = australis. — Diagrammatic scheme of the alimentary canal in lateral aspect. M., mouth; Ph., pharynx; Ph.S., pharyngeal sheath; S.G., salivary glands; St., stomach; C.. coeca; Int., intestine; A., anus. 52 8. Fig. Branchellion aus- tralis.—Horizontal section the through anterior Pero Phin, pharynx; salivary S.G.; oland; D.E., duc- ejaculatoril ; B., bursa; ¢, male tus genital aperture; Q, female genital aperture ; Pr., pre- Did, SV aSe deferens. puce; WS oy a = aaa as, 9. Branchellion aus- tralis. —Diagram- matic scheme of the reproductive system viewed from the ventral surface. d.e., duc- tus ejaculatorii ; P., penis ; B., bursa ; gd, male genital aperture; ©, fe- male genital aper- ture; Ov., ovary; Od., oviduct; T., testes (first pair) ; V.D., vas defer- ens; V.H., vasa efferentia. VE. 54 vasa efferentia. In the posterior part of the clitellum each vas deferens curves slightly, and, from being ventral, turns dorsal, and runs forward to the anterior end of the eighth, or the posterior end of the seventh segment of the preclitel- lum; here each widens out to form the respective ductus ejaculatorii, which, from being dorsal, turn abruptly and run ventrally in a posterior direction. In the first segment of the clitellum the ductus ejaculatorii unite and enter the bursa by a common-end portion. The bursa, which has a fairly considerable saccular development, is, on its dorsal side, immediately posterior to the common opening of the ductus ejaculatorii, thickened to form a conical muscular penis, which functions as a copulatory organ. In none of the specimens is the penis extruded, and the common-end portion of the ductus ejaculatorii does not enter it, as far as I can discover. The female reproductive organs consist of a pair of pear-shaped vesicles situated in the first segment of the abdomen, their anterior portion being in advance of the first pair of testes, and their posterior and more pointed portion between the testes. Each vesicle contains in con- siderable numbers complex ovular bodies in all stages of. development, over and above the germinal mass, in which two or three nuclei are enveloped by a mass of surrounding protoplasm. The eggs fall into the ovarian cavity, where they complete their development. The development of the ova has been carefully described by Perez and Gendre (1904b). The ovaries are of very large size, as compared with those of other’ leeches, such as Calliobdella and Platybdella, being in the one of the smaller specimens sectioned, very obvious, and half as large as a testis. A short oviduct leads from the vesicles to the female genital aperture. , Generic Characters.—Abdomen very distinctly marked off from the neck, the anterior portion covering the genital apertures on the clitellum as a preputial fold. Each abdominal somite (except perhaps the first) consists of three annuli. The abdomen is flattened and bears laterally foliace- ous branchiae, not less than 30 pairs (the genera Ozobranchus and Hubranchella bearing quite a small number of pairs— viz. 5 and 7 pairs respectively). Along the side of the abdomen are 11 pairs of pulsating respiratory vesicles, a pair to every segment except the first, a vesicle being at the base of the gill of the first annulus of each somite. Specific Characters :— B. AUSTRALIS, N. sp. B. TORPEDINIS, Savigny. (1) Branchiae, 31 pairs. (1) Branchiae, 33 pairs. 55 (2) White spots on the dorsal (2) White spots on the dorsal side caused by the absence side caused by the absence of black pigment are typic- of black pigment are typic- ally :— ally : ' 4 large on the 1st annu- 6 on n the Ist annulus of lus of each abdominal each abdominal . seg- segment. ment; none on the 8 small on the 2nd annu- other annuli. lus of each abdominal segment. 4 small on the 3rd annu- lus of each abdominal seoment. (3) Black pigment dots are ab- (38) White spots on the ventral sent from the major part surface: 4 on the Ist of the ventral surface, so annulus of each abdom- that there can be no inal segment. white spots. (4) Eves, apparently none. (4) Eyes, 6. In &. australis the neck region is relatively longer than in B. torpedinis, and the first segment of the abdomen larger. The gills are of a different shape from those of B. torpedinis, and, allowing for preservation, probably smaller, while the respiratory vesicles are relatively much larger. In the place where one expects to find eyes are larger black dots (in two of the specimens), which I regard as merely pigment cells; in any case, these are more than 6 (8 and 9 respectively). REFERENCES. ApATHY (1888). Analyse der Ausseren Korperform der HMirudineen. © Afstth. Zool. Stat. Neapel. win., 153. BLANCHARD (1894a). Courtes notices sur les Hirudinées, xix. Sur les Branchellion des mers d’Europe. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, xix. ——— (1894b). Hirudinées de VItalie. Boll. Mus. Zool. Unio, di Torino, 1x.- No. 192. Harpine (1910). A revision of the British leeches. Parasit- ology, i1., 130. Leicu-SHarpe (1914). Calliobdella lophi, Parasitology, vii., 204. ——— (1916). Platybdella anarrhichae, Parasitology, viii., 274. Perez and Genpre (1904a). Sur les fibres musculaires du Branchellion. Comptes rendus soc. biol. Paris, lvii., 113. (1904b). Sur lovogenése du Branchellion. Op. cit., lv, OBE Perez (1906). Différenciations tendinenses épithéliales chez le Branchellion. Ov. cit., lviii., 447. ‘Hamilton House, 17, Clyde Street, Redcliffe Gardens, London, 8.W., England. January, 1916. 56 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. NOS By J. M. Brac. [Read May 11, 1916.] PEAnES. V:. TO; V DEE This list is largely the result of three excursions: —l. Up the Murray to Renmark by water, returning by the Paringa- Tailem Bend railway, October, 1915. 2. To Gladstone and Melrose; in the same month. 3. To Murat Bay, via the newly-opened railway from Port Lincoln, November, 1915. Specimens gathered on other occasions, and many forwarded by friendly collectors, have also been taken into account. In dealing with the eucalypts I have had the great advantage of consulting Mr. J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist of New South Wales, and the leading authority on this difficult genus. Professor A. J. Ewart, Government Botanist of Victoria, has also lent me much kind assistance, especially in comparing doubtful specimens with those in the great herbarium under his control. An asterisk denotes an alien plant more or less estab- lished in our State. The contraction “Dist.’”’ placed between brackets and followed by a capital letter refers to the botanical distric‘s in Tate’s “Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia,” and implies that the locality mentioned is a new record for the district. Four new species are described and figured—in the genera T'riodia, Trichinium, Poranthera, and Brachycome— and one new variety. CONIFERAE. Callitris robusta, R. Br. “Murray Pine.” A large tree with spreading branches; Pinery, Melrose. C. propinqua, R. Br. Wudinna. Much the same tree in appearance; the cones comparatively small (20-23 mm. long), but with the thick valves and peduncles of the species. C. verrucosa, R. Br. A compact shrub under 2 m. high, with branches _ mostly erect, growing in mallee scrub at Karoonda; old fruits often less warted. Also Loxton, with very warted cones. GRAMINEAE. * Bromus rubens, L. Moolooloo (S. A. White) ; Edilillie ; Minnipa. Specimens with the typical compact heads, turning D7 dark-purple when ripe. B. arenarius, Labill. The descrip- tion in Fl]. Aust., vil., 661, should read: —‘‘Spikelets 15-30 mm. long, 5-14-flowered; the lowest glume 3-nerved, the second 5-7-nerved.” * Agrostis verticillata, Vill. Creek near the brewery, Melrose. A. quadriseta, R. Br. Cummins (Dist. L.). *Festaua (Myuros, > 14. .Minnipa; ».Mooloolog.)j.* fF. bromoides, Smith. Minnipa; Pungonda. *Trisetum pumilum, Kunth. Moolooloo. *Loluum temulentum, L. “Darnel.’”?’ Cummins. *L. rigidum, Gaud. Gladstone. * Avena orientalis, Schreb. The species of cultivated Oat, which seems to be usually sown in South Australia, 1s. growing wild on the sandy soil of Thevenard Peninsula. *A. barbata, Brot., the slender Wild Oat, seems to avoid culti- vated land and is found in such places as the Adelaide Park Lands, roadsides, creeks, gullies, railway reserves, and. generally in waste places, at least as far north as Melrose,, whereas *A. fatua, L., the common Wild Oat, is almost: always found in cultivated soil. *Koeleria phleodes, Pers. With typical tuberculate flowering glumes; Tooligie; Melrose. *Lamarckia aurea, Moench. A Mediterranean grass common at Renmark and at Woolshed Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills). Recorded by Mueller in 1864 as growing at Swan Hill, on the Murray, but not previously noted for South Australia. Triodia lanata, sp. nova (tab. v.). Gramen caespi- tosum, caulibus geniculato-ascendentibus 30-50 cm. longis,. foliorum laminis rigidis subulato-pungentibus patentibus intus basin versus lanatis 5-12 cm. longis, vagins extus lanatis demum glabrescentibus, ligulad e pilis longis constante, paniculd sublaxd, spiculis 5-7-floris, glumis omnibus sericéo- villosis, vacuis 10 mm. longis 3-nervius acutis, gluméd florifera 7-S mm. longa truncata subtiliter 9-nerma, nervis ternatim ordinatis mediano dentes laterales subaequante. In the scrub at Minnipa. Chiefly distinguished from 7. irritans and T. aristata by the short bent stem, the shorter and woolly leaves, and the silky outer glumes. A ‘‘Porcupine Grass.”’ Poa nodosa, Nees. Thevenard Peninsula. Locally called “Shaking grass,” from its likeness to *Briza minor, L. I found the grain adhering to the palea in all the flowers examined, so that this species should be placed in the same section as ?. Billardiert and P. homomaila. Stipa elegantissima, Labill. Melrose (Dist. N). Anthistiria vmberbis, Retz. Observ. bot., v., 22 (1789). “Common Kangaroo Grass.’’ All the leading authorities are 58 agreed that the name of 4. ciliata, L.f., adopted by Bentham in the “Flora Australiensis’’ and by Mueller in his Ist and 2nd Census, must be abandoned. A. ciliata is an annual grass, native in India and introduced in South Africa, but not found in Australia, while A. amberbis is a perennial grass, distributed throughout Australia, India, and parts of Africa. Retzius’ name is the oldest for this plant, with the exception of Themeda triandra, Forsk. (1775), but the generic name Themeda fell into disuse for over one hundred years and all attempts to revive it seem destined to failure, although it was not placed by the Botanical Congress of Vienna on the index of names to be rejected. The synonymy is fully dealt with by J.-D. Hookeran, Ue Brit sinds vite. Aristida Behriana, F. v. M. Numerous in a paddock of ringed gums two or three miles north of Melrose. Appar- ently a very localized and comparatively rare grass. The ascending stems only 4-8 cm. long below the inflorescence and the rhizome thick and matted. The description in the “FI. Aust.’ and in Tate’s “Fl. Extratrop., S.A.,” should be altered from “outer glumes nearly equal’’ to “outer glumes unequal, the lower about half as long as the upper.” The description is correctly given by Mueller and Moore. Also at Moolooloo (Dist. S$; 8. A. White). CYPERACEAE. Cyperus Ina, L. Near. Tarcoola (Dist. W; J. W- Mellor). C. Gunnu, Hook, f. Myponga; Mount Barker. United by Mueller and Tate with C. lucidus, from which it differs by having the spikelets in dense globular heads. ©. pygmaeus, Rotthb. River Murray (Dist. M; H. H. D. Griffith). This species, and not the very similar Scirpus Michelhianus, L., is supposed is be represented in Australia, but the Murray specimens have at least some of the glumes in each spikelet arranged irregularly round the rhachis, the style is 2-3-fid, and the glumes are 3-nerved, the two lateral nerves very faint. These three characters point to S. Michelanus rather than to C. pygmaeus. Scirpus setaceus, L. Melrose (Dist. N). Nuts of the typical form, subglobular, not exceeding # mm. in length, of a dull-white colour, with about 16 clathrate longitudinal ribs. In all the flowers examined only two stamens were found. S. cernuus, Vahl, ann. 1806 (8. riparius, Poir., ann. 1820), with still weaker stems and shorter involucral bract, from National Park, Belair, and Nuriootpa; the nut about the same size, shining, finely punctulate: both species growing in moist spots. S. antarcticus, L., ann. 1771 (S. eartilagineus, Poir., ann. 1820). Myponga; scrub between Murray Bridge 59 and Callington; Karoonda; Melrose; Robe. The nut broader and 1 mm. long, without any point, either brownish and smooth or dark-brown and punctulate-striate. Growing in dryer ground, with less slender stems, longer and more spreading involucral bract, ana stiffer glumes. J UNCACEAE. _Nerotes leucocephala, R. Br. Musgrave Ranges (Dist- eo: eeew bite); ‘Tintinara (Dist. T). XY ejfusa, Lindl. Gladstone (Dist. N). Nanthorrhoea quadrangulata, F. v. M. Telowie Gorge (Dist. N); Moolooloo (Dist. 8; 8. A. White). * Juncus capitatus, Weig. Barossa Range; Bordertown. (Miss Turner); Kangaroo Island. LILIACEAE. Dianella revoluta, R. Br. Moolooloo (Dist. 8; 8. A- White). Arthropodium minus, R. Br. Bordertown (Dist. T). Thysanotus Patersonn, R. Br. Gawler Ranges (Dist. W; 58. A. White). CASUARINACEAE. Casuarina stricta, Ait. .Some specimens of this Sheoak were found above Campbell Creek, at a fair elevation on Mount Remarkable, but most of them appeared to be dying, possibly as a result of the drought of 1914. PROTEACEAE. Grevilica Huegelvi, Meissn. Moolooloo (Dist. 8: 8. A. White). Hakea leucoptera, R. Br. Minnipa. Varies from the type in the perianth (especially the limb) and the pedicel pubescent with short appressed hairs. This appears to be H. Kippistiana, Meissn., a species established on Western Australian specimens and united by Mueller with H. lewcop- tera. The type is found in this State from Renmark to Spencer Gulf, and it would be well to distinguish the form with pubescent flowers, which I have also received from Woolshed. Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills), as var. Kippistiana. At Minnipa it is a shrub about 3 m. high, flowering and fruiting in November: the flowers, which grow in great profusion, are pure white when fresh. Leaves of both type and variety sometimes attain 95 cm. in length. H. fleriis, F. v. M. Scrub at East Wellington. 60 CHENOPODIACEAE. Enchylaena villosa, F. v. M. Warramboo (Dist. L). Bassia Birchu, F. v. M. Muinnipa (Dist. L). A small undershrub about 20 cm. high; branches erect or spreading ; the fruits in the Minnipa specimens have six rather unequal spreading spines, two of them connate towards the base and with a ridge on the perianth between them. B. uniflora, F.v.M. Murat Bay and north thereof. Stems procumbent, tomentum hoary, fruit oblique at base with a very short spine at one side of the summit and a hard tubercle at the other. Agrees exactly with specimens gathered at Port Vin- cent (Dist. Y). Of the form with fulvous tomentum I have a specimen from Port Lincoln (Dist. L; H. H. D. Griffith). B. tricorms, F.v. M. Renmark. Bentham gives the number of style-branches as three ; in all the flowers examined I found only two. Kocha decaptera, F.v. M. A few miles north of Murat Bay. An erect shrub about 1 m. high; stem and branches densely white-tomentose, as also the raised summit of the fruit; leaves linear, thick, green, 5-10 mm. long. Specimens from Dublin (Dist. A; H. H. D. Griffith) have the horizontal wing pink; linear-clavate glaucous leaves and tomentose stem and branches. This probably represents Tate’s HK. penta- tropis, which he afterwards reduced to a form of A. decaptera, Specimens from Arkaringa (Dist. C; Miss Staer) have the stem and branches glabrous; leaves cylindrical, 10-13 mm. long. In drying, all the leaves turn black. Threlkeldia diffusa, R. Br. Althorpe Island (Dist. Y ; 8. A. White). Th. ichoata. This is the correct name of Th. obliqua (these Transactions, xxxix., p. 94), as 1t appears imperative, under article 48 of the Vienna rules, to retain the original specific name, even if somewhat inappropriate, when a species is transferred to another genus. Atriplez paludosa, R. Br., var. appendiculata, Benth. Both the type and the variety are found on Thevenard Penin- sula. Flowers dioecious in my specimens and the small bladdery appendage of the variety occurs near the base of each valve (not of one only, as stated by Bentham), although frequently one falls off before maturity. Some specimens of A. vesicaria, Hew., brought by Captain White from the Musgrave Ranges, show the same caducity of the appendage, and unquestionably there is a close relation between the two species. A. halimoides, Lindl. Goat Island (Dist. Y; 8S. A. White); Telowie (Dist. N). A. campanulata, Benth. Berri; Mann Flat: Carrieton; Gladstone; Moolooloo. This species was united by Mueller with A. angulata, Benth., but in the 61 ‘specimens from the above-named places, and from Broken Hill, I have never seen any with the exappendiculate perianth of A. angulata. A. Muellert, Benth. “Annual Saltbush.” North Park Lands of Adelaide; Woodville; Port Adelaide: -Roseworthy (Dist. A); Gladstone (Dist. N). AMARANTACEAE. _Trichinium seminudum, sp. nova (tab. vi.). Herba perenms ciurciter 80 em. alta, caulibus erectis vel ascen- dentibus ramosis piloswusculis, folus glabrescentibus, radi- calibus lanceolatis in petiolum alatum angustatis cum petiolo 7-14 em. longis, caulinis brevioribus latioribus vix petiolatis, spices primum hemisphaericis demum ovoideis vel oblongis 4-5 em. longis 3 cm. latis, bractets bracteolisque ovato- lanceolatis acuminatis parce pilosis 8-9 mm. longis, illis brunneis his fere albis, perianthio 12-15 mm. longo prope basin constricto, segmentis apice albo-scariosis medio viridibus et villosis basin versus rigidis et fere nudis, duobus eatertoribus truncato-emarginatis margine inferiore ciliolatis, interioribus acutis infra longe inflero-ciliatis, tubo pubescente, filamentis wmferne dilatatis tribus anantheris, stylo bhrevi glabro, ovario supra sparse piloso stepitato. Minnipa. Should ‘probably be placed in Series Straminea beside T. alopecuroi- deum, Lindl., which it somewhat resembles in habit, but the ‘dividing line between Straminea and Rhodostachya is not so well marked as would appear from the text-books. Both 7. macrocephalum (placed in Straminea) and T. ezaltatum {placed in Fhodostachya) have, for instance, the inner perianth-segments “glabrous inside,” strictly speaking, the ‘difference being that the former has only a few of the: long marginal hairs inflexed, while in ezaltatum they form an intricate woolly mass which occupies the lower part of the convex inner surface of the segment. None of the hairs, however, rise from the inner surface itself, but only from the margins. The new species differs from all others in the glabrous condition of the outside of the lower part of the ‘perianth. T. alopecuroideum, F. v. M., var. nova rubriflorum. Variat perianthio rubro, spicd paulo angustiore (20-25 mm. lata), cupulé staminali pilis brevissimis ciliatéd. Near Oodna- datta (Miss Staer, November, 1914). A very handsome plant on account of its long red spikes. Alternanthera nana, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Dist. C: Miss Staer). dA. angustifolia, R. Br. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). Not previously recorded for South Australia, the nearest locality quoted being Sturt Creek, in North-western Australia. 62 PHYTOLACCACEAE. Didymotheca thesioides, Hook. f. Karoonda (Dist. M)- Codonocarpus cotinifolius, F. v. M. North of Murat Bay (Border of Dist. L and W). Mr. B. P: Bowering, ‘the local schoolmaster, says there are only a few of these trees in the locality. AIZOACEAE. * Mesembryanthemum erystallinum, L. ‘Ice Plant.’’ Spreading on the sandy soil near Murat Bay. *(Galenia secunda, Sond. Received by the Agricultural Department from Port Germein, where it is called ‘‘Cali- fornian lucerne,’’ because the seed is believed to have come in the ballast of a ship from California. A South African weed, recorded in Victoria in 1902, but not found hitherto in South Australia. CARYOPHYLLACEAE. *Silene nocturna, L. Renmark. *Spergula arvensis, L. ‘‘Corn Spurry.’’ Karoonda. *Herniaria hirsuta, lL. Mannum. This Mediterranean plant has already been noted for Woolshed Flat and Wallaroo, but has not hitherto been collected on the Murray. PAPAVERACEAE. *Papaver Argemone, L. Melrcse. Only one specimen of this European poppy (not hitherto recorded for South Australia) was found. CRUCIFERAE. Menkea villosula (F. v. M. et Tate), J. M. Black. This alteration of the specific name of J/. hispidula (tnese Trans., xxxix., 830) has become necessary under Art. 48 of the rules of nomenclature adopted at the Vienna Congress, because Professor Ewart finds, after comparison with Helms’ speci- mens in the National Herbarium of Victoria, that J/. hism- dula is identical with Capsella villosula, F. v. M. et Tate. His examination of the Melbourne specimens confirms the necessity of transferring the species to JMJenkea. Stenopetalum sphaerocarpum, FE. v. M. Muinnipa (border of Dist. L and W). - Slender annual in fruit (November) ; growing in the shelter of Porcupine Grass (Triodia lanata). *Sisymbrium orientale, L. ‘‘Oriental Rocket’’ or ‘‘Wild Mustard.’’ Grows with extreme luxuriance in the Trans- Murray scrub near Karoonda. Lemdium fasciculatum, Thell. Renmark; Gladstone. Differs from L. ruderale, L., in the short dense fruiting raceme, the pod cuneate towards the base, and the four minute white petals about half the length of the sepals. L- 63 foliosum, Desv. Little Althorpe Island (Dist. Y; S. A. White). Valves of pod wingless and fruiting pedicels some- times elongated. *Carrichtera annua (l.), Prantl. Sent to Department of Agriculture from Port Pirie, and appears to have estab- lished itself near that town. Spain, Eastern Mediterranean region, and Mesopotamia. CRASSULACEAE. Tillaea acuminata, F. M. Reader. This species is widely distributed in South Australia, and is distinguished from T. Siteberrana, Schult., ann. 1825 (T. verttedlaris, DC., ann. 1828), by its pentamerous flowers, sessile or subsessile, its broad abruptly acuminate scarious-striate sepals and its long-beaked carpels, which (like the petals) are quite as long as the sepals. In the flower the beaks protrude conspicuously beyond the sepals. The carpels are tuberculate in the lower half, a peculiarity not found in 7. Szeberiana. The latter species has almost always a few pedicellate flowers springing from the clusters of sessile ones; its flowers are tetramerous, and the sepals are narrower, acute rather than acuminate, ‘and considerably exceed both the petals and the small obtuse short-beaked carpels. (See figures in pl. vu.) Both these species are common. I have specimens of 7. Sieberiana from sandhills at the Grange (near Adelaide), Clarendon, scrub between Murray Bridge and Callington, Gladstone, Beetaloo, Melrose, Loxton, Karoonda, Robe, and Kangaroo Island; and of 7. acuminata from Black Hill (near Adelaide), Bugle Ranges, Halbury, Melrose, Woolshed Flat (near Quorn), Berri, Blanchetown, Renmark, Karoonda, Taplan, Port Lin- coln, and Minnipa. T7. recurva, Hook. f. I have only found this as a rare plant in the Onkaparinga, the North Para at Nuriootpa, and the Glenelg River. 7. purpurata, Hook. f., also appears to be very rare. Var. pedicellosa, F. v. M., of T. macrantha, Hook. f., varies from the type by the very long pedicels of some of the flowers, erect growth, and fewer stems. The typical form has the stems often prostrate for a short distance and rooting at the nodes. Ewart follows Mueller’s later opinion in raising var. pedicellosa to the rank of a species, but some specimens from Brighton, Strathalbyn, Willunga, and Clarendon appear intermediate, and we have not in this case any difference in the flowers to fall back upon in case of doubt. Hooker, in his description of 7. macrantha (Fl. Tasm., 1., 145), says: “‘Squamis hypogynis nullis,’’ and Bentham is silent on this point. There is, however, a crimson scale at the base of each carpel, although in the dried state the colour is usually lost and the scale‘is difficult to find. 64 The scale occurs in the var. pedicellosa (which I have from Burnside, Port Lincoln, Robe, and Kangaroo Island), as well as in the type. PITTOSPORACEAE. Billardvera cymosa, F. v. M. Karoonda; Lameroo (Dist. M). Var. serrcophora, Benth. Strathalbyn; Port Lincoln. Pittosporum phillyraeoides, DC. In the dry country north of Murat this is only a shrub, not above 2 m. high, leaves small (24-5 cm. long), fruit unripe, but much smaller than the unripe fruit gathered about the same date on typical trees at Minnipa. This is doubtless the same form as was found by Captain White in the Everard Range, with hoary pedicels and small leaves. LEGUMINOSAE. Acacia Oswaldu, F. v. M. Minnipa and Chillundie, with lanceolate phyllodia; also at Murat Bay (with oblong- lanceolate phyllodia), where it is known as ‘‘Prickly Myall.”’ At Iron Knob it has linear-lanceolate phyllodia, very pun- gent-pointed, and is known as ‘“‘Dead Finish Myall.’’ Some | specimens from the Murray have the pungent point trans- ferred to one corner of the oblique summit of the curved phyllodium, which thus presents a curious cimitar-like appear- ance. «A. continua, Benth. Moolooloo (Dist. $8). A. aneura, EF. v..M. © “Mulga.” Iron Knob (Wm. ‘CC: Newhold}e Phyllodia narrow, 4-9 cm. long. This species appears to flower from July to November. A. Burkitiw, F. v. M. Iron Knob (Wm. C. Newbold). Flowers July-September; pods (hitherto unknown) become ripe in November. This species, the type of which was collected near Lake Gilles, atso occurs near Broken Hill. Mr. J. H. Maiden, at whose instance the pods were obtained, proposes to describe it fully and to illustrate it in his ‘‘Forest Flora of New South Wales.”’ A. colletioides, A. Cunn. Dublin scrub (Dist. A; H. H. D. Grifith). A. rigens, A. Cunn. Gawler Ranges (Dist. W; S: A. White). -A.rugeola, FE. v. M. Morialta G@iligg Beetaloo. Specimens from these two places have the phyllodia 15-25 mm. long; peduncles only 5-6 mm. long. From Port Lincoln we have typical specimens, with peduncles usually longer than the phyllodia. A. sentis, F. v. M. Marino (Dist. A). A few shrubs, about 2 m. high, on a hillside near the Cement Works, also one shrub on the Henley Beach road. Probably the most southerly habitat of a species which extends north to Oodnadatta and Central Australia. Also Gladstone (Dist. N); a few specimens remaining on the road- sides, and flowering vigorously in October, 1914, in spite of the terrible drought of that year. In Baroota it is a neat, 65 ornamental shrub, branching at some distance from the ground, and growing in clearings among the denser scrub; in the Baroota Creek it becomes a small tree. Also north- west of Port Augusta (Dist. W; S. A. White). A. acinacea, mdl: >, Mount Thisbe, K.1. (Dist. K; Hoa DP Grifith). A. dodonaeifolia, Willd. Marino, near Cement Works (Dist. A). Grown as a hedge at Port Elliot and Victor Harbour, and said to be indigenous in that locality also. A. tteaphylla, F.v. M. Telowie Gorge (Dist. N). A shrub with drooping branches. Woolshed Flat (on the border of Dist. N and 8; Miss J. Mills). A. brachystachya, Benth., ann. 1864 (4A. cvbaria, Fv. M., ann. 1882). Tarcoola (Dist. W; J. W. Mellor); Mount Gunson (Dist. W; Mrs. Beckwith) ; Oodna- datta (Dist. C; Miss Staer); Everard and Musgrave Ranges (Dist. C; S. A. White). A long-leaved Mulga. A. frwmen-- tacea, Tate. Ruby Gap, Hale River; between Love Creek and Deep Well (S. A. White). All these places are in Central Australia. Tate quotes Dist. C for this species in his ‘‘Flora of South Australia,’’ but all the localities men- tioned in the report of the Horn Expedition appear to be in Central Australia (Northern Territory). It is evidently a very handsome desert acacia. Daviesia gemstifolia, A. Cunn. Strathalbyn (Dist. A). Aotus villosa, Smith. Victor Harbour (Dist. A); Eyre Peninsula (Dist. L; 8. A. White). Dillwyma hispida, Lindl. Scrub near Murray Bridge; Kast Wellington (Dist. M). D. uncinata (Turcez.), J. M. Black (D. patula, F. v. M.). Near Murray Bridge (H. H. D. Griffith); Karoonda (Dist. M). The original dates of publication of these species are: —WHutazia uncinata, Turcz., ieoa 5... sparsijolia, B®. v.M., 1854; #. patula, FF. v. M., 1861. Pultenaea densifolia, F. v. M. Murray Bridge (Dist. Me a De Gratith "Pe larguflorens, \. v> ME ilis near Gladstone; Telowie Gorge (Dist. N). In specimens from Black Hill, near Adelaide, most of the leaves are arranged. in threes, £. tenuifolia, R. Br. Strathalbyn (Dist. A); Port Lincoln (Dist. L). . Var. glabra, Benth. Warunda (Dist. L). Templetoma retusa, R. Br. Wedge Island (Gambier Isles; S. A. White). 7. egena, Benth. Between Booleroo and Tarcowie (Dist. N). JY. aculeata, Benth. Between Gladstone and Bundaleer (Dist. N). Swainsona procumbens, F. v. M. ‘‘Broughton’ Pea.’ This plant is still to be found along the Gladstone and Laura railway, and was no doubt at one time common on the plains. The handsome flowers are at first purple, changing to blue, D > 66 and the standard is bent backwards almost at right angles to the claw, at the summit of which are two flat, white, rounded confluent callosities. This species should therefore, at least as regards South Australian specimens, be removed to Bentham’s section B in the key to Swainsona. S. Burkei, F.v. M. Oodnadatta (Dist. C; Miss Staer). Psoralea eriantha, Benth. Oodnadatta (Dist. C; Miss Staer). Cassia artemisioides, Gaud. Gladstone; Telowie Gorge (Dist. N); Arkaringa (Dist. C;:Miss Staer). CC. Sturtu, R. Br. Marino (Dist. A); Telowie (Dist. N). *Medicago denticulata, Willd. Melrose; Gladstone; Mannum. *J/. reticulata, Benth. Gladstone. *J/. minima, L. Mannum; Gladstone; Napperby. *J/. truncatula, Gaertn. Mannum. *Trifolium glomeratum, L. Melrose. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. Zygophyllum fruticulosum, DC. Minnipa; Yanninee; north of Murat Bay. Cells of fruit usually 1-seeded, but sometimes with two seeds and often barren. Z. apiculatum, F. v. M. Dublin (Dist. A). Z. ovatwm, Ewart et White. Loxton; Alawoona; Minnipa; Poochera. First record for South Australia; grows also in Western Australia and Vic- toria (Mildura). The small flowers are deflexed from the time they open; capsule opening loculicidally, the endocarp of each 1-2-seeded cell separating in two valves. Nitraria Schoeberr, L. Growing in natural hedges just behind the sandy shores of Murat Bay. RUTACEAE. Boroma wnornata, Turcz., ann. 1852 (B. clavellifolia, F. v. M., ann. 1854). Between Murray Bridge and Cal- lington (Dist. M); near Port Broughton (Dist. N); Yeelanna (Dist. L; T. G. B. Osborn). B. coerulescens, F. v. M. Near Murray Bridge; Karoonda (Dist. M). EUPHORBIACEAE. Poranthera triandra, sp. nova (tab. vil.). Parva planta annua 2-4 em. alta, caule rigido erecto, ramis divaricatis, folvis obovatis vel oblanceolatis planis 2-7 mm. longis, ecaulinis oppositis vel alternis petiolatis, floralibus alternis, stipulis lanceolatis integris, pedicellis fructiferis elongatis, floribus minimis albis, calycis segmentis petalis staminibusque 3 (floribus foemimeis rarius tetrameris), glandulis florum foemineorum in discum lypogynum sealobatum coalitis, stylis apice emarginatis, seminibus brunneis verrucosis, embryone 67 curvo cylindrico. Yeelanna (T. G. B. Osborn, November, 1915). Specimens apparently from Ardrossan (J. G. O. Tepper, November, 1879) are in the Tate Herbarium, placed under P. microphylla, which the new species resembles con- siderably in habit. It is removed from all other species by its trimerous flowers, and styles merely notched at the summit, but it has the anthers and other characters of Poranthera, and it seems better to place it there and widen the generic _ definition rather than invent a new genus for its reception. In several Euphorbiaceous genera there is considerable lati- tude allowed in the number of floral parts. SAPINDACEAE. Dodonaea bursarufolia, Behr et F. v. M. Yeelanna (Dist. L). D. stenozyga, F. v. M. Minnipa (Dist. L) ; Lox- ton (Dist. M). RHAMNACEAE. Trymalum Wayun, F. v. M. et Tate. The localities for this beautiful little shrub, which is peculiar to our State, are: —Gorge of the Onkaparinga, above Noarlunga (where the type was collected by Tate about 1881) ; south bank of Torrens River, about half-a-mile above the weir; Rocky River, near Narridy, and Barunga Range (S. Dixon); near Gladstone ; Kingscote, Kangaroo Island (H. H. D. Griffith). It appears always to grow near water. Stenanthemum leucophractum, Reiss. Gladstone (Dist. N). Spyridium subochreatum, Reiss. Typical specimens of this shrub grow at Karoonda, with stipules half as long as the leaves. S. bifidum, F. v. M. Between Gladstone and Beetaloo (Dist. N). Cryptandra amara, Smith. Bundaleer Hills (Dist. N). MALVACEAE. Hibiscus Drummondu, Turez. Minnipa. A_ slender shrub about 1 m. high, growing in the scrub on the western side of the railway; petals lilac with a large purple blotch inside near the base. Hitherto recorded only from Western Australia. Professor Ewart kindly confirmed the determina- tion by comparison with specimens in the National Herbarium of Victoria. *Malva parviflora, L. Berri. DILLENTACEAE. Hibbertia’ stricta, R. Br. Coomunga. A small form where the sepals and leaves are villous with long, loose hairs ; leaves crowded, becoming almost glabrous with age; ovules D2 68 only three in each ovary. Near var. /irliflora, Benth., except for the number. of ovules. Var. glabriuscula, Benth., oecurs at Wanilla, the specimens being similar to others from Fulham, Blackwood, and Pinnaroo. A. fasciculata, R. Br. Karoonda (Dist. M). FRANKENIACEAE. Franken tetrapetala, Labill. (?) This is in many ways a doubtful species (see Fl. Aust., 1., 152, and Diels, Fragm. Phyt. Aust. occid. 390), but a small ashy-grey plant from Thevenard Peninsula is near it and is almost certainly the same as the specimens mentioned by Diels from Israelite Bay, Eucla, and Esperance Bay. Branches mostly ascending ; flowers white, tetramerous or pentamerous, usually terminat- ing short branchlets, rarely axillary or in the forks, style- branches and placentas two, with only one ovule to each placenta; leaves 2-3 mm. long, sessile and united by a con- spicuous ciliolate sheath. All the flowers on some specimens are tetramerous and on others all are pentamerous. Until botanists who have the opportunity examine carefully Labil- lardiére’s types and compare them with specimens from the Great Bight or elsewhere it will be impossible to come to any satisfactory decision on this question. THYMELAEACEAE. Pimelea. trichostachya, Lindl. Minnipa (border of Dists. L and W). MYRTACEAE. Hucalyptus cladocalyz, Ko .v. .M.,.. anni, Lea ee corynocalyz, F. v. M., ann. 1860). “Sugar Gum.’’ Wanilla and thereabouts, but on Eyre Peninsula it is a lower, more straggling tree than in the North and is often reminiscent of Peppermint (2. odorata) on the Adelaide foothills. E. calycogona, Turez. Scrub between Murray Bridge and Callington; Warunda, E.P. Fruits urn-shaped, about 10 mm. long, strongly 4-ribbed ; leaves often black-dotted and glossy. Var. gracilis, Maiden (#. gracilis, F. v. M.). Main- nipa. A fair-sized mallee, with smooth, white bark on the upper stem and branches, and rough, dark, peeling bark below; fruits small, glossy, sometimes slightly angled: leaves usually narrow and black-dotted. Baroota—the same, but a taller tree, called “Red” or “White Mallee” according to the colour of the bark. Port Vincent, Ardrossan, Arno Bay, Milang Road, between Murray Bridge and Callington— usually a dwarf mallee in these places. _ E. diversifolia, Bonpl., ann. 1813 (EF. santalifolia, F. v. M., ann. 1855, partly). East Wellington; Coorong (S. A. > 69 White); Port Lincoln; Goat Island, Y.P.; Kingscote and American Beach, K.I. The fruits are often mealy-white when fresh. BE. bicolor, A. Cunn., ann. 1835 (£. largiflorens, F. v. M., ann. 1855). Maunum; Berri; Settlers’ Bend ; Renmark. EF. Behriana, F. v. M. Nuriootpa (Dist. -A): E. fasciculosa, F. v. M. Black Hill, near Adelaide; Brownhill Creek; Torrens Gorge; Bridgewater; Wullunga; National Park, Belair; Greenhill Road. A small straggling tree, often with several bent stems (like a mallee) ; outer bark rough, brown, deciduous; inner bark smooth, white. For- merly included in #. paniculata, Smith, which is an erect tree of New South Wales and Queensland. F. fasciculosd is con- fined to South Australia. EB. hemiphioa, F. v. M. “Box Gum.’’ Numerous about Melrose and on the foothills of Mount Remarkable, where its distribution extends down to the creek, so that it is often found growing within a few yards of the Red Gum /(#£. rostrata). In the field L. hemiphlora is distinguished by its lofty stature, its usually straight and single stem, and its light-brown bark, streaked longitudinally, but in the her- barium it is often hard to separate from large-fruited forms of Peppermint Gum (/. odorata). EB. leucoxylon, F. v. M., var. pauperita, J. EK. Brown. “Scrubby Blue Gum.” Hamilton: Kapunda: Nuriootpa: near Gladstone and Beetaloo. EF. incrassata, Labill., var. dumosa, Maiden (Ff. dumosa, A.Cunn.) Probably the commonest mallee about Murat Bay and north thereof; native name “gheelya.’’ Grows 3 to 8 m. high; bark smooth and white except at base of tree, where it is dark and rough; buds of the “egg-in-egg-cup” shape; fruits small. Very near some forms of J. oleosa, but the anthers oblong with parallel cells. Also at Kingscote, K.I. Var. conglobata, Maiden. Port Lincoln. A gmall tree with very thick, stiff, broad leaves. Var. angulosa, F.v. M. Port Vincent ; Ediliiie; Arno Bay, with very large fruits, 17 mm. long; also in scrub between Murray Bridge and Monarto: Square Waterhole: Renmark, Karoonda—the fruits in all these latter places rather smaWer, 12-13 mm. long. In the ‘Cis-Murray scrub this is a “dwarf mallee,’’ 3 to 5 m. high, ‘distinguished from other neighbouring species of similar height and appearance by the smooth bark of the stem, which peels off and hangs down in long strips on the ground. In the Trans-Murray scrub (at Karoonda) it is a small “whip- stick mallee,’’ rarely exceeding 2 m. in height, with the bark peeling at the base of the stem in the same way. 70 i’. olcosa, F. v. M., is apparently the tallest mallee at ; Minnipa, 5 to 8 m. high, the stems and branches white, witl: rough bark only near the base of the tree. Also at Tooligie, Oi namboo Wudinna, and north of Murat, but not so tall at those places, and often only a small mallee. Darwinia Schuermannu, Benth. Port Lincoln, Coomunga. In all the fiowers examined the number of ovules was 8-10, not 2, as stated by Bentham. Melaleuca unecinata, R. Br., is numerous along the rail- way from Edilillie to Minnipa. "The “Broom-bush” of Eyre Peninsula and the Murray country is elther M/. wneinata or Baechea Behri, F. v. M., while in the North ‘‘Broom-bush’” usually means ‘Templetonia egena, Benth. Pholidia scoparia, R. Br., is also a small erect broomlike shrub growing in dry country, but at Murat it has for some reason cbtained the: name of “Candle-bush.’”’ dJ/. squamea, Labill. Myponga (Dist. A). M. ercifolia, Smith. Torrens Gorge (Dist. A)- M. acummata, F. v. M. Fairly common in the scrub at Karoonda. All my specimens, from there and elsewhere, have conspicuous translucent oil-glands on the lower surface of the leaves. Bueckea crassifolia, Lindl. Karoonda (Dist. M). Petals hght-violet; anthers purple. 6. Behri, F. v. M. Barossa Range (Dist. A); Sherlock; Lameroo (Dist. M). B. ericaea, KF. v..M. Kangaroo Island (Dist..K; Ai.cH. DMG riwa: Leptospermum laevnigatum, var. minus, Kooy Me Karoonda. Also at Mulgundawa and Port Lincoln. Calythria tetragona, Labill. Moolooloo (Dist. S). UMBELLIFERAE. Hryngium rostratum, Cav. Murray Bridge (Dist. M). PLUMBAGINACEAE. * Statice Thouini, Viv. Received by the Agricultural Department from a farm near Yorketown, Y.P., but has apparently not established itself. Eastern Mediterranean region, North Africa, and Southern Spain. LOGANJACEAE. Logania linifolia, Schlecht. Karoonda (Dist. M). APOCYNACEAE. Alyxia buaxifolia, R. Br. This handsome shrub is numerous in the scrub at Minnipa, which is nearly forty miles from the sea, a8 the crow flies, so that it is not always a maritime plant. GH BoraGINACEAE. Halgania lavandulacea, Endl. Waikerie; Karoonda; Lameroo; Pinnaroo (Dist. M). A shrub with very sticky, leaves. Al. cyanea, Lindl., ann. 1839 (7. strigosa, Schlecht., ann. 1847). Common at Karoonda and Minnipa. SOLANACEAE. Solanum hystrix, R. Br. Beautiful Valley; Murat Bay. Berry to 3 cm. diameter. The type of this very prickly plant was gathered by Robert Brown on February 4, 1802, at Petrel Bay in the Isle of St. Francis. It appears to be confined to the country near the Great Bight. 8S. coactiliferum, J. M. Black. Minnipa; Murat Bay; Renmark. The coastal speci- mens have broader, thicker, and more densely tomentose leaves ; pedicels solitary or twin; flowers all tetramerous, but in the Renmark specimens one of the four corolla-lobes is notched at the summit. Called “koomba” by the natives at Murat Bay. *S. conereum, R. Br. Roadside near Melrose. Hitherto this New South Wales species has only been recorded from the Greenhill Road, near Adelaide. youn, australe, F. v. M. Bundaleer Hills; Orroroo (Dist. N). LABIATAE. Vestringia Dampiert, R. Br. I follow Maiden (Trans. eOW OCC MOUAs XxXxI., 267) 1n mereine’ W. rigida, Rl Br., in this species, although I have not found any specimens in South Australia with the leaves in whorls of four, but always in threes. Two very different forms grow on Thevenard Penin- sula. One 1s a low intricate shrub, with very short leaves (4-6 mm.) and small flowers; the other form grows close to the sea, and stands about 1 m. high, with erect or spreading “pences, the leaves 10-20 mm. long, and the corolla about 14 mm. long. I have very similar specimens from Kangaroo Island, with some of the leaves 30 mm. long. Teucrium sessiliflorum, Benth. Dublin scrub (H. H. D. Griffith ; Dist. A). SCROPHULARIACEAE. Veronica peregrina, L. Renmark (Dist. M). In moist spot near river. ienoconicam Myoporum brevipes, Benth. Murat Bay; Coorabie (Fowler Bay). Professor Ewart says these specimens are “close to, if not identical with AZ. brevipes.” They differ from Bentham’s description in the whole plant densely tuber- culate, pedicels 1-6 in the axil, corolla slightly hairy inside, ovary 2-4-celled, and the fruit globular (as in W/. parvifolium, 72 Benth.) not oblong. A small erect shrub, about 50 em- high ; corolla white, somewhat two-lipped, with pink spots or the lower lip; leaves 6-18 mm. long. Also Murray Bridge (H. H. D. Griffith), with smaller leaves and less tuberculate. Pholidia Weldu, F. v. M. Minnipa; Murat Bay and north thereof; Kingscote, K.I. (Dist. K; H. W. Andrew). The Kangaroo Island and Murat specimens have smaller leaves than those gathered at Minnipa: all are strongly tuber- culate on leaves and branches. In the fresh flower there is: a deep impression or hollow in the broad, almost reduplicate lowest lobe of the corolla. Near Murat the shrub is slightly above 1 m. high. Ph. Behriana, F. v. M. Specimens from Cummins and Yeelanna have the upper leaves conspicuously ciliate and the lower ones are sometimes 25 mm. long. Ph. crassifolia, F. v. M. Murray Bridge; Lameroo (Dist. M) = Warramboc: Minnipa. Evremophila rotundifolia, F. v. M. Tarcoola (Dist. W + J. W. Mellor). #£. Brownu, F. v. M:. Dublin scrub (Dist: A;H. H. D. Griffith). #. Duttonn, F. v. M. Mount Gun-= son, Dist. W: Mrs. Beckwith); Minnipa. RUBIACEAE. *Galiwm A parine, Li. vars mienor, DC. Woolshed Flat, near Quorn (Miss J. Mills); Campbell Creek, Melrose. This: clinging plant, called in England “‘Cleavers,’’ was recorded from Mount Gambier by Bentham in 1866. *G. murale, DC. This little alien, which seems to have great facility in distri- . buting its seeds, was found fruiting in the scrub at Minnipa. in November. GooDENIACEAE. Dampiera stricta, R. Br. Myponga (Dist. A). “De lanceolata, Cunn. Longwood (Dist. A); Minnipa (Dist. L). Goodenia glauca, F.v. M. I have this species from Ren- mark, Gladstone, Arkaringa, and Broken Hill, and always: var. sericea, Benth. The indusium, although glabrous on the outer face, is appressed-silky on the inner and the style is: hairy.. G. pusillflora, F. v. M. Brighton, Dublin (Dist.. A); Halbury, Gladstone, Telowie Gorge (Dist. N). Seaevola spinescens, R. Br. Minnipa (Dist. Ly). 8- aemula. R. Br. (Dist. N) and S. humilis, R. Br., both grow at Gladstone. These two species are certainly rather difficult: to distinguish and it might be better, as Bentham suggests, to treat /iwmilis as a variety only. S. aemula has longer and less prominently toothed leaves, a soft pubescence which may almost wear off through age, and usually longer spikes and corollas. It is a larger plant and has a wide range throughout = fo the State. S$. hwmilis is essentially northern in its habitat. Puzzling forms, almost intermediary, occur on Kangaroo Island, where Tate records the existence of both species. CoMPOSITAE. Helipterum floribundum, DC., var. Sturtianum, Benth. Dublin scrub (H. H. D. Griffith); Gawler Ranges (S. A. White) ; Telowie; Pirie; Karoonda; Warramboo. This is the form with straw-coloured outer bracts of the involucre and pappus-bristles united only at base. The spreading snow- white inner bracts of this “everlasting’’ are a marked feature in many parts of the Murray Scrub and Eyre Peninsula. The type, with all the bracts white and the pappus-bristles dilated and united in their lower halves, is found chiefly in our Far North— Mount Lyndhurst, Oodnadatta, Tar- coola, Mount Gunson, Gawler Ranges, Arkaringa, Everard Range, River Finke. In these Transactions, xxxvi., 23, pl. n., it was sought (I now think unneces- sarily) to distinguish this form as var. twbulipappum. The specimens vary in size, and there are small intermediate forms from the Murray and Wallaroo, with all the bracts white but the pappus-bristles united only at base. HW. corym- biflorum, Schlecht. This beautiful httle plant often covers the ground along the banks of the Murray with a carpet of “white everlastings,” as 1t also does in many of our northern ‘districts. At Melrose it grows on the flats among the box- gums. Athrixia tenella, Benth. Specimens from Edilillie have the upper part of the stems more or less clothed with erect or spreading bracts similar to those of the involucre. This character shows an approximation to the Western Australian A. Croniniana, F. v. M., but the pappus is normal. Cratystylis conocephala, 8. Moore, in Journ. Bot., xliii., 138, ann. 1905 (Olearia conocephala, F. v. M.; Pluchea conocephala, F. v. M.; Stera conocephala, Ewart et Rees). Common near Murat Bay and inland towards Chillundie. The conical heads are very fragile, finally falling from the branchlets and the bracts separating from the receptacle. The flowerheads seem to be constantly semi-dioecious or dioecious, the bisexual (or male?) corollas swollen towards the summit by the fertile, connate anthers, the female corollas cylindrical with the anthers abortive and free. (See pl. vi.) The pistil of the bisexual flowers appeared perfect, but it was too early in the season (November 11) to make certain on this interesting point. A densely-branched, compact shrub about 1 m. high, called locally “Bluebush,”’ and so closely simulat- ing in habit the other Bluebush of our northern and north- eastern country (Aochia sedifolia, F. v. M.) that at a‘short 74 distance it would be impossible to distinguish them. In view of the unisexual character of many, if not of all the flowers, it is evident that Moore’s generic description must be partially altered. Gnephosis skirrophora, Benth. Minnipa; Wudinna ; Cape Thevenard. Angianthus Whiter, J. M. Black. Broken Hill, N.S.W- (A. B. Black). As this plant has now been found so close to our eastern border, and as the type comes from Corunna Station, E.P., it probably inhabits some of the intervening country (Tate’s District 8). Podolems Siemssenia, F. v. M. Minnipa. P. rugata, Labill. Karoonda: Loxton (Dist. M). 2. acuminata, R. Br. Gladstone (Dist. N). Helichrysum Tepperi, F. v. M. Port Lincoln (Dist. L) = Minnipa (Dist. L or W); Alawoona (Dist. M). //. retusum, Sond. eb F: v. M. (including 2H decurrens, ¥. yi Karoonda; Lameroo; Murray Bridge: Gladstone: Strath- albyn; Nuriootpa; Port Lincoln; Yeelanna; Hog Bay, K.1. All the efforts I have made to distinguish satisfactorily these two species have failed, and I think they should be united. Mueller first sought to distinguish them by stating (Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict.,, 1., 59). that //.. decurrens \ ditersa ram //. retuswm in shorter more wrinkled leaves, with broader decurrent lines, in neither shining nor glabrous nor heterogam- ous flowerheads, and in more copious pappus-bristles.” Later,. in Fragm. viii., 46, he adopted another formula:—“ Ab /7. retuso distinguendum est capitulis paulo longioribus apice magis apertis, squamis involucri minus _ flavescentibus nunquam laxis.” As regards the supposed presence of female flowers in //. retuswm and their absence in //. decurrens, out of ten specimens examined only two (from Murray Bridge and Kangaroo Island) had. no female flowers, and these two were not distinguishable by any other characteristic from specimens which had both bisexual and female flowers in each head. The leaves, which vary from 5 to 15 mm. in length and are usually spreading, have a narrow groove along the upper surface and a small point which is more or less recurved, so that the leaf appears either truncate or notched at the summit. The upper-surface varies from rough to almost smooth, and the margins are always more or less revolute, sometimes almost hiding the tomentose under-surface. The decurrent lines are often as long as the leaf itself and are always conspicuous, at least below the young leaves, for the prominence or otherwise of thé lines is almost entirely a question of the age of the leaf, just as the looseness or otherwise of the involucral bracts is a matter of floral Sim io alevelopment. The head contains J0-13 flowers, of which 1-3 are usually female, 4-toothed, and without pappus; rarely all are bisexual. The involucral bracts vary from snow-white (like those of Cassiunia laevis) to straw-colour. H. adnatum, with which Ozothamnus retusus was united by Bentham in Fl. Aust., iii:, 629 (he has not noticed O. decurrens in that work), appears to be a distinct species with short, rather acute, erect leaves, adnate to the branch usually for the whole ‘of their length (see J. H. Maiden, Illust. N.S.W. Plants, 23, pl. 8), but I have not seen any specimens from South Aus- tralia. As regards priority of specific name, //. retawswm and HI. decurrens are both of the same date—F. v. M., Fragm., vul., 46 (1873)—but the original descriptions are:— ‘Ozothamnus retusus, Sond et Muell. in Linnaea, xxv., 510. (852) 590. decurrens, KF. Muell., in Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict., q., 59 (1859). WH. Sessenu, F. v. M. To the stations men- tioned by Mueller in Vict. Nat., vu., 48, for this species— River Murray, Gawler, Lake Alexandrina, Burra, Wirrabara, Port Augusta, Port Lincolna—may now be added: Halbury, ‘Gladstone, Napperby, Telowie, Melrose, Whyte-Yarcowie, Meribah, Lake Gairdner, Gawler Ranges. For the closely- allied species, H7. hyalospermum, F. v. M.:—Burnside, Kapunda, Melrose, Tarcowie, Gawler Ranges. Calotis scapigera, Hook. Port Adelaide River (Dist. A ; Bee Dec rithtihy. Olearia rudis, F. v. M. Karoonda. Extreme form of var. glabriuscula, Benth. Almost without hairs or roughness, but otherwise like the type. fliumea squamata, F. v. M., was common at Karoonda, but only budding in early October. Lagenophora Billardieri, Cass. Campbell Creek, Mel- rose (Dist. N). Craspedia globosa, Benth. This handsome and appar- ently rare plant was found in bud on the banks of Campbell ‘Creek, Melrose, in the middle of October. Brachycome tesquorum, sp. nova (tab. viii.). Merba perennis tata glanduloso-hispidula basi lignea, caulibus erectis ramosis, falius rigidulis oblanceolatis 2-3 cm. longis acute paucidentatis trinerviis, nervis infra prominentibus, pedun- culis clongatis subcorymbosis, imvolucri bracteis oblongis margine late scariosis laceratis, ligulis florum marginalium conspicuis lilacinis, acheniis obovatis compressis margine imcrassatis exalatis pilis uncinatis conspersis utringue bicos- tatis, pappo nullo. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer); Glen Ferdi- nand, Musgrave Ranges (8S. A. White). Belongs to Section 76 Paquerina, and appears nearest to B. angustifolia, A. Cunn., but has three-nerved leaves with a few long sharp teeth or lobes and ribbed achenes. Senecio magnificus, F.v. M. Pinnaroo; Karoonda (Dist. M); Oodnadatta ; Everard Range (Dist. °C). 8. brachy- glossus, F. v. M. At Renmark is a form with involucres 7-8 mm. long, of about 12 bracts; outer female flowers about 10, with a very short ligule not exceeding the style-branches ; inner bisexual flowers 20-25. The heads correspond fairly with var. major, Benth., but the Renmark specimens are slender, few-flowered, with leaves nearly entire, and only about 12 cm. high. | *Centaurea melitensis, L. “Maltese Cockspur.” Yaninee. * [Ledypnors cretica, Willd., is found at Gladstone in the form with glabrous involucral bracts and long diffuse stems. Moolooloo, ordinary form (8S. A. White). *Urypostemma calendulaceum, R. Br. “Cape Dande- lion.’’ Forming great yellow patches on -the slopes of Mount Remarkable in October. *Carduus tenuiflorus, Curt. To the localities already given must be added Melrose, Robe, and Kangaroo Island. * Lactuca salugna, L. “Willow Lettuce.” Murray Bridge as a py locality. *Sonchus muritimus, L. Henley Beach; Glenelg; Port Noarlunga; Port Hilliok = Robe; Port MacDonnell. I don’t know whether it is found on the seacoast north cf ew Probably the plant referred to by Bentham in Fl. Aust., 680, as a maritime variety of S. olcraceus, L., ieee Ff resembles in the achenes. In the Nat. Fl. of S.A. I called it var. littoralis of S. asper, but was not then aware that it was perennial, with long slender subterranean stolons penetrating the sand and forming new plants. In the South Australian specimens the leaves vary from almost entire, with small auricles, to sinuate-pinnatifid with large rounded auricles, and the achenes have usually 3-5 longitudinal ribs, the middle one most prominent, but with few or no transverse rugosities,. which are also obsolescent in some Mediterranean forms.. Our plant varies in height from 30 to 60 cm., and is often course and stout, the leaves bordered by spiny teeth. As this species is not mentioned by the early navigating botanists of Australia, it is very probably, like Cakile maritima, an intro- duction which has spread rapidly along our coasts. F. M. Bailey records the occurrence of S. maritomus in Queensland. *S. asper, Hoffm. Grows to a large size in Campbell Creek, Melrose. “Chrysanthemum coronarium, lL. As a garden escape at Berri. vile *Xanthiwm orientale, L., ann. 1763 (X. canadense, Mill, ann. 1768). Sent to the Department of Agriculture from the neighbourhood of Renmark, and apparently numerous. This weed is a congener of the Bathurst Bur (*X. spinoswm, Li.), but has burs twice as large, with stouter and longer spines and two large divergent beaks at the summit of the bur. This is its first record in South Australia and it is a most undesirable introduction. The body of the bur is 14-18 mm. long and with the two beaks it measures 17-25 mm. in length. Originally an American species, but may have reached South Australia from the Mediterranean, as it approaches closely to the descriptions of X. staliewm, Mor., the name given to a form of XX. orientale naturalized in Mediterranean countries: DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PriatE V. Triodia lanata, n. sp. 1, flowering glume. 2, palea. 3, pistil, stamens, and lodicules. Pratt VI. ' Trichinium seminudum, n. sp. 1, perianth. 2, inner segment of perianth. 3, bract. 4, bracteole. 5, pistil and stamens. Pirate VII. Poranthera triandra, n. sp. 1, male flower. 2, female flower. 3, female flower viewed from above after the fruit has fallen, show- ing the 3 calyx-segments and the hypogynous disk. 4, female flower and pedicel (fruit fallen). 5, embrvo. 6, stamen. Cratystylis conocephala, S. Moore. 1, female flower. 2, bisexual (or male ?) flower. 3, free, barren stamen of female flower. 4, summit of style. Tillaea. 1, flower of T. Sieberiana, Schult. 2, carpel of same. 3, carpel of T. acuminata, F. M. Reader. 4, flower of same. Prate VIII. Brachycome tesquorum, n. sp. 1, female flower. 2, bisexual flower. 3, outer involucral bract. 4, inner involucral bract. 5, achene. 78 REVISION OF THE GENUS STIGMODERA, AND DESCRIP- TIONS @OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF BUPRESTIDAE (ORDER COLEOPTERA). By H. J. Carrer, B.A., F.E.S. [Read June 8, 1916.] Puates IX. anp X. Strq@MopDERA, Escholtz. More than most Australian families of the Coleoptera, the Buprestidae are in great need of revision; while of the Buprestidae the’ purely Australian genus, Stugmodera—num- bering above 300 species of the most beautiful of our Coleoptera—has never been tabulated. There is, in conse- quence, much confusion arising from misidentification, synonymy, and nomima nuda. Twenty-three authors have described or named species, of whom, fortunately, the earlier writers—e.y., Donovan, Kirby, and Castelnau and Gory—gave excellent figures, the monograph of the last two authors being a standard work of great value. Amongst later writers, Saunders gave figures not only of his own species, but of species of other authors identified by him. There is thus little difficulty in determining the majority of the species described by these authors. It is much to be regretted that later writers who have contributed most new names—e.g., Thomson, Macleay, Blackburn, and Kerremans—have not published figures of their species, so that, where the types are not available for examination, there is some difficulty in deter- mining the value of their species, unless they possess strongly differentiated characters. The work of Thomson is so casual, brief, and unscientific that the greater part is of little value. He seems to have taken little pains to acquire knowledge of the works of other authors on the subject. In consequence, as Kerremans has shown, a large number of his names are synonyms. Macleay’s types are distributed between the Australian and the Macleay Museums in Sydney. I have been able to examine these. Moreover, many of the species described by Saunders were sent to him by Mr. G. Masters, late curator of the Macleay Museum, so that the named specimens in that Museum may in many cases be considered as co-types. Blackburn described fifty-five species, but with a tendency to insufficient allowance for variation, and some- times with insufficient material. I find that no less than 79 seventeen of these must be considered as synonyms, or, at most, variations of previously-described species. Some of these have been indicated by himself, others were unfortunately published in papers which nearly synchronized with those by M. Kerremans, so that each of these writers sometimes repeated the work of the other. By the courtesy of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, of the South Australian Museum, and the co-operation of my friend, Mr. A. M. Lea, I have had the loan of a large number of specimens, including many of Blackburn’s co-types, or specimens bearing labels in Black- burn’s handwriting. This has been supplemented by similar help from Mr. Kershaw, of the National Museum, Melbourne, so that I have been able to determine with accuracy almost all the species named by this diligent entomologist. Further, a notebook containing the late Canon Blackburn’s copious notes on various Coleoptera has been entrusted to me, in which is an outline of a tabulation of the genus Stugmodera. While not following the same method in my own tabulation, this has been cf use in a few cases of species unknown to me. Besides the material mentioned above, all the unnamed or doubtfully-named specimens in the Macleay Museum, the Brisbane Museum, the Perth and Tasmanian Museums have been sent to me, together with the fine private collection of Mr. Lea. My own collection—largely taken by myself in twenty years’ collecting in every Australian State, except South Australia, is a good one—and I am further indebted for specimens to Mr. C. French, Mr. H. W. Brown (the widest of our field collectors), and Mr. H. Hacker. In 1907 I visited the Museums of Brussels, Paris, and England, taking notes on specimens, especially in the Hope Museum, Oxford, and the British Museum (which last had recently purchased the fine collection of M. Kerremans), and I was thus able to compare specimens with many types. With this material I have ventured on a task that would otherwise have been insuperable, in the hope that. the tabulation may render identification easier to collectors, and at the same time purge our catalogues of useless names. Probably sore errors will occur. but at least this tabulation will afford a basis for future workers. Lastly, I would pay my homage to the great specialist in Buprestidae, M. Chas. Kerremans, whose cheery acquaintance;I had the honour to make in 1907 and whose * correspondence I have valued since. His standard work in the “‘Genera Insectorum’’ has been of great assistance to me, and I have, in part, followed his subdivision of the genus into the three subgenera mentioned below. Whatever be the value of these subdivisions zoologically, they are very helpful in classifying so large a genus. If had hoped to see the 80 completion of M. Kerreman’s monumental monograph on the Buprestidae before attempting my tabulation, a work courageously continued throughout periods of ill-health. To this misfortune has now been added the martyrdom of his devoted country and the detestable German occupation, during which all correspondence has been impossible. I am sure that M. Kerremans will take an honest criticism in a generous spirit. Up to 1902 this author described some eighty-four Australian species of Stegmodera, of which twenty are con- fessed synonyms, partly through the synchrcenism with Black- burn’s publications. To these I have added cthers below, in some cases confirmed by notes lately taken at the British Museum by Dr. E. W. Ferguson. In a few cases species placed together in. my tabulation may not be synonymous. It is not sometimes possible to determine species by description only, especially when the descriptions omit important charac- ters or no following note shows the distinction between a new species and its nearest allies. This should always accompany a description in so large a genus. While a European naturalist has the advantage of access to types and copious hterature to hand, he has not generally the field experience and constant communication with collectors to enable him to decide ques- tions of variation and distribution. This fact further emboldens me to attempt the work that follows. VaRiIaTIion.—The variations of Stigmoderae are often so wide that it is always a dangerous supposition that an insect that looks at first sight unlike anything described is a new species. At the same time, while certain species seem liable to variation, a large number are singularly constant in colouration, pattern, and structure. These variations may be classified under :—(1) Size, (2) colour, (3) structure, (4) sex. (1) Szze.—While the majority of species will be found of a certain average size, remarkable instances occur in exceptional cases of dwarf or abnormally large specimens. Thus in the common species, taken around Sydney, I have before me macularia, Don., varying from 33 x 15 mm. to 21 x 9 mm. ; variabiis, Don.; from 37 «x 15 mm. to 20mees mm.; jacquinotr, Boisd., from 30 x 14 mm. to 19 x 8 mm.; cyanicollis, Boisd., from 13 x 44 mm. to 74 x 24 mm. (2) Colour —Here will: be ‘found the chief. stumbling- block to the novice. Again it is the commoner, and widely- distributed species which vary most. The’ well-named variabilis, Don., is a good example of this. Here the elytra may be a concolorous red or yellow, while the three dark fasciae and apical spot show every form of interruption or absence. The following are some of the species in which a similar variation has been noticed :—snitchelli, Hope (with 81 its many-wamed variations, infra); yarelli, C. and G.; semi- cincta, C. and G. (with variety variopicta, Thoms.) ; undulata, Don.; robusta, Saund.; ignota, Saund.; speciosa, Kerr. ; aulcis,. Blackb.;. octospilota, C. and G.; punctiventris, paund.; sunutata, ©. and “G.; revches, Cyr and 'G:; oleata, Blackb. ; alexandri, ». sp.; regia, Blackb. The presence or absence of shoulder spots is variable in jekellw, Saund. ; rgnota, Saund.; skusev, Blackb.; punectiventris, Saund.; and others. The absence or presence of yellow or red margin of the pronotum in the same species is rare, but nevertheless it seems to occur—.¢., if stevensi, Gehin. = tibialis, Waterh., the latter being generally without such a margin; but I am very doubtful of this synonymy. The width of this pale margin in species with a dark disc and wide margins is very variable—e.y., thoracica, Saund.; latithoraz, Thom, : vt collis, Macl.; prctipes, Blackb. ; tricolorata, Waterh, : while some species vary in the amount of red colouration which. takes the place of the usual metallic surface of the pronotum, as in parryi, Hope; caroli, Blackb. Maculiventris, Macel., is extremely variable in pattern; the type has the elytra orange-yellow, sanguineous towards apex, with a spot on the suture behind the scutellum, a postmedial fascia, and an apical patch dark-green; but the postscutellary spot is some- times widened into a short fascia, there is often a wide _preapical spot, sometimes shortly fasciate, while the suture is more or less widely dark. It is one of the largest of the subdivision Castiarina, having simple tarsal claws, and is wrongly placed with Themognatha in the ‘‘Genera Insectorum.”’ The colour of the abdomen is variable, probably sexual, some- times brassy-green with yellow spots at the sides; in other examples the abdomen is almost wholly yellow, the margins of segments only being green. The apex has a fringe of long yellow hair. Melanism is of rare occurrence in the genus, but I have seen the variety of variabilis, Don., with the whole upper- surface black, except the yellow band to the prothorax, known as nigripenms, C. and G. What is more common is a tendency for the colour of the fasciae (in fasciated species) to spread more or less, sometimes wholly, over the surface of the elytra. Thus crwentata, Kirby, is an evident variety of veyeta, Hope. There is a wholly-blue specimen of yare/li, C. and G., in the Macleay Museum, and Mr. H. W. Brown has two beautiful blue-green specimens of conspicillata, White, while there is a well-known variety of cyanicollis, Boisd., found in Victoria and Tasmania, which I believe is the species described as viridis, C. and G. It is possible that the charming little species described infra as leai may be another local variety of 82 this, but it should be named. Blackburn mentions an example of undulata, Don., illustrating the above tendency (ante, 18975¢p.- 32). It is thus quite possible that varicollis, Cart., is a variety of yarelli, C. and G., though this appears to be a good example of geographical variation, in which every specimen has a more or less constant pattern that varies from the type found elsewhere. This remark is also true of rujfipes, Macl., a red- legged North Queensland form of octospilota, C. and G. This kind of variation, or species in the making, obviously intensi- fies the difficulty of sharp definition in the tabulation in a genus in which colour is so prominent a feature. In a few species the colour of the underside is variable. This will be treated especially under sex variation, but in the much- described punetiventris, Saund. ( = biotata, Saund. = guttata, Blackb., etc.) the underside is either yellow or coppery, while in species having more or less yellow on the under-surface the amount of such colouration is very variable. S. decipiens, Westw., is also variable in pattern. (3) Structural variation (including sculpture and cloth- ing).—The chief variations here will be noted under sexual variation; otherwise such variations are rare, and the best diagnosis of species can be made on structural characters. There are, however, two obvious cases that deserve mention. (a) Width, or expansion of the sides of prothorax. (6) Structure of the apices of the elytra. In a few cases there are some considerable variations under (a)—e.g., klugi, C. and G., often shows wide differ- ences in the form of the prothorax (a fact to which Mr. G. 8. Bryant called my attention when collecting in Sydney). This is true also of the species parryz, Hope, which in a long series I cannot distinguish from parvicollis, Saund. (6) The apices of the elytra form, in general, one of the best characters for the separation of allied species, and some authors believe this to be a constant character in the same species. There is, however, sufficient variation here to give cause for trouble (vide Blackburn, ante, 1900, p. 48, on yarell1). The examina- tion of long series of bzcincta, Boisd.; octospilota, C. and G. ; cupricollis, Saund., and others, will show enough variation to make exact description difficult, the spines sometimes being subobsolete ; where the type has distinct spines. Also many of the larger species, whose apex is more or less truncate with a short external spine (e.g., thoracica, Hope; variabilis, Don.) show a variation towards the simply-rounded apex. (4) Sexual variation.—The most marked sexual distinc- tion lies in the form of the last abdominal segment, the male having this segment more or less excised (e.g., reichei, C. and i. a a. lle _ Ps 83 G.), or merely truncate (¢.g., macularia, Don.), while that of the female is rounded. The male is generally smaller (markedly so in wmperialis, n. sp.), narrower, and more attenuated behind. In some species (¢.g., chevrolati, Gehin. ; reicher, C. and G.) the female has a finely-forked ovipositor, to be found in many others only by dissection. I have not observed the sexual variation in density of punctures, noted by Blackburn, except perhaps in puhicollis, Waterh., in which the male has the thorax densely clothed with long hairs, the female having only a slightly pubescent surface. In such cases the density of hair is accompanied by a corresponding coarseness of sculpture. A more obvious sexual variation occurs in a few species in the colour of the abdomen. Thus in alternata, Lumh., the largest and most beautiful of the section Castiarina, the male has a yellow abdomen, while that of the female is dark-green, with lateral yellow spots; simi- larly with maculiventris, Macl. In jekelli, Saund., and cruenta, C. and G., the male has a yellow, while the female has a dark metallic abdomen. In tmmaculata, Cart., the pronotum and whole underside of the male is bright metallic- green, the corresponding parts of the female being brilliant- golden-copper. In «mnperialis, nu. sp., the male is not only much smaller than the female, but the elytra are without the fascia found in the female. In the nearly-related species, duboulayi, Saund., and macfarlanei, Waterh., the male has one fascia, the female two fasciae, besides the dark apex to the elytra. In conspicillata, White, the male has only the apex of a dark colour, while the female has two fasciae as well as the apex so coloured. S. oleata, Blackb.—Mr. H. W. Brown has taken a long ‘series of this fine species at Yalgoo, Western Australia, of which seven specimens are before me—two male, five female. The author evidently had some doubt as to the male specimen described by him being conspecific with the female by his note of interrogation affixed thereto. I have little doubt that the male so described is that of another species, while there is some doubt as to his diagnosis of the sex of the female specimen described. I therefore append notes on the colour markings of the specimens before me. 3. (a) Head, legs, and underside blue-black, the last three segments of abdomen'red with dark margins ; prothorax orange-red with narrow basal margin dark; elytra blue-black with medial fascia expanded laterally and wide preapical fascia connected narrowly at sides with the former orange-red, also a few small orange spots near basal margin. 84 ¢. (6b) As im (a), except prothorax with apical half suffused with darker markings, elytral orange fasciae not connected laterally, abdomen entirely dark (metallic blue and green). Q. (a) Two specimens as in the description of the male by Blackburn (the whole blue-black, elytra with red preapical fascia). Q. (4) Two specimens have an additional medial fascia orange-red, narrower than in the male, and widely interrupted at the suture. Q. (c) One specimen, elytra as in /d/, but the prothorax has a vague transverse red band near the base. S. sanguinosa, Hope.—In this species there is a marked sexual dimorphism in the structure of the apices of the elytra and of the last segment of the abdomen. In the male the 3 4 SexuaL Variation or Apices or KiytTRA AND ABDOMEN OF Stigmodera sanguinosa. Fig. 1. Apex of elytra of female. Fig. 2. Apical segment of abdomen of female. Fig. 3. Apex of elvtra of male. Fig. 4. Apical segment of abdomen and part of aedeagus of male. elytra are prolonged considerably beyond the abdomen, while in the female the reverse is the case. The last abdominal segment in the latter is bilobed, while it is truncate in the male. The quite different structure of the apices of elytra, 85 simply pointed in the male, bidentate in the female, is very unusual. I do not know a similar case in the whole genus. I have noted in the tabulation special cases of variation as they occurred, for convenience of reference. / Distribution.—While the genus is exclusively peculiar to Australia and adjacent islands, the species are extraordinarily freakish in their distribution. A few species are very widely scattered, almost over the whcle continent, while the majority are found in a quite limited habitat. Of the larger species I know only one, mifchelli, Hope, that is found in every one of the States; while maeularia, Don., variabilis, Don., occur over the whole of the eastern side of the continent. Of the smaller species, the following are known to me as occurring in every State: —Amphichroa, Boisd.; burchelli, C. and G.; cyanicollis, Boisd., and its varieties; zospilota, C. and G.; S-spilota, C. and G.; 10-maculata, Kirby, and rufipennis, Kirby. The country extending from north-west Victoria to . the extreme west of Western Australia can only be considered as one faunal area, and many of the. Western Australian forms occur over a great part of this area. I have received specimens of semulata, C. and G.; robusta, Saund.; jekellr, Saund. ; sanguineolenta, C. and G.; pallidiventris, C. and G., from widely-separated places in this great area, extending as it does over thirty degrees of longitude. Besides the above, there are a few species—e.g., wndulata, Don.; bicincta, Boisd.; erenata, Don. ; 8-maculata, Saund.—that occur over the whole of eastern Australia. A large number, possibly the greater number of species, are very local in their occur- rence, and collectors will often speak of limited regions where one rare species is known only to be found. Thus cydista, Rainb., has only been found in a limited district near Sydney, while Mr. Brown’s captures in the Cue district show species unknown elsewhere. SYNONYMY. I have placed var. only before those names which ought, in my opinion, to be retained for certain constant forms, sometimes peculiar to certain districts, and which may in some cases prove to be distinct species, but which differ from the typical form. Thus 8. rufipes, Macl., is a Queensland variety of octospilota, C. and G., having red femora. Again, under that much-described species, mitchelli1, Hope, besides the faux pas of M. Thomson, occur var. 1, guadrispilota, Saund. (a robust large form peculiar to Western Australia) ; var. 2, tasmamca, Kerr (a small Tasmanian form); var. 3, karattae, Blackb. (a variable form from Kangaroo Island, Victoria, and southern New South Wales, generally smaller and darker than the typical form). 86 I have placed under the tabulation all the synonyms known or considered as such by me; but in the list imme- diately following this are placed only such synonyms as have not been so far published. “1 o> OF H CO eh THEMOGNATHA. parryt, Hope (=fusca, Saund.=parvicollis, Saund. = major, Waterh.=picea, Kerr.). sanguineocincta, Saund. (=alcyone, Thoms. =coelestis, Thoms.). sanguimpennis, C. and G. (=cincticollis, Kerr.). excisicollis, Macl. (=addenda, Thoms. = sincera, Kerr.). haematica, Hope (= (?) clara, Kerr.). afims, Saund. (=limbata, C. and G.=adelpha, Thoms.). sanguinea, Saund. (= pictiventris, Kerr. =cyanventris, Kerr. =avuncularis, Thoms.). donovam, C. and G. (=jansoni, Saund.). rectapennis, Blackb. (=agicerubra, Kerr.). reichei, C. and G. (= funerea, White = marmorea, Blackb.). vitticollis, Macl. (=delia, Thoms. = fallaciosa, Kerr.). mitchelli, Hope (=stricklandi, Hope=daphns, Thoms. =ostentatriz, Thoms.=var. 1, quadrispilota, Saund.'= var. 2, tasmanica,. Kerr’ = vara karattae, Blackb.). yarelli, C. and G. (=var. 1, flavipennis, Gehin. =var. 2, elegans, Gehin.=var. 3, varicollis, Cart.). flavicollis, Saund. (=8S. wnicincta, Saund.). CASTIARINA. empressicollis, Macl. (=costalis, Saund.). moribunda, Saund. (= (?) dispar, Blackb.). punctiventris, Saund. (=guttata, Blackb.=var. minor, Blackb. =var. zgnea, Blackb.). atronotata, Waterh. (= guttaticollis, Blackb. = consularis, Kerr): Nore.—minor, Blackb., is wrongly placed under guttaticollis by Kerremans (Gen. Ins., p2 207): septemnotata, n. nom. (=septemmaculata, Blackb. ; the latter name is preoccupied by Mannerheim for a synonym of spilota, C. and G.). producta, Saund. (=acutipennis, Thoms. = (?) var. swl- cicollis, Kerr.). delta, Thoms. (= (?) deceptor, Kerr.). lilliputana, Thoms. (= Neocuris mastersi, Macl. = ocularis, Kerr. = (?) dawsonensis, Blackb.). ’ AT. 48. 4 87 semicincta, C. and G. (=var. variopicta, Thoms.). laena, Thoms. (=var. electa, Kerr.). versicolor, C. and G. (=decemguttata, Gory.= parva, Saund.). decemmaculata, Kirby (=inaequalis, Kerr.). picta, C. and G. (=purpurea, Hope=var. laetabihs, Kerr.). pallidiventris, C. and G. (=var. cincta, Blackb. =rubro- cemmcta, Kerr, n. praeoc.). elder, Blackb. (=rustica, Kerr.=diversa, Kerr.): andersom, C. and G. (=var. veraz, Kerr.). mastersi, Macl. (=var. deleta, Kerr.). distincta, Saund. (=sternalis, Blackb.=deliciosa, Kerr. - =var. baliola, Kerr.=var. imermis, Kerr.). fulviventris, Macl. (=guttigera, Blackh.). auricollis, C. and G. (=ochreiventris, Saund. =strigata, Macl.). wilson, Saund. (=var. sigma, Kerr.).- confusa, Waterh. (=agrestis, Kerr.). anchoralis, C. and G. (=arborifera, Blackb.). sumulata, C. and G. (=helenae, Hope=var. phryne, Thoms:=var: lais, Thoms.=var. triramosa, Thoms. = distinguenda, Thoms. = fraterna, Kerr.). ignota, Saund. (=var. semisuturalis, Saund.). abdonuinalis, Saund. (= (7) var. wnica, Kerr.). tricolor, Kirby (=curta, Saund.=opima, Kerr.). humeralis, Kerr (=tallyardi, Cart.). . gibbicollis, Saund. (=fascigera, Kerr.). cyanipes, Saund. (=armata, Thoms. =/longula, Blackb.). cupricolius, Saund. (= alterzona, Thoms. = deyrollez, Thoms. = julia, Thoms.). trifasciata, C. and G. (=agicalis, C. and G.=tacita, Kerr.) affabthis, Kerr. (=simplex, Kerr.). vegeta, Hope ( = coeruleiventris, Saund. = haroldi, Saund.=viridiventris, Saund., var. cruentata, Kirby = neologa, Thoms. =(?) coerulea, Kerr. = coelestis, Kerr. =stillata, Blackb.). crenata, Don. (=kreffti, Macl.=variata, Kerr.). rubriventris, Blackb. (=maculifer, Kerr.). burchelh, C. and G. (=perplexa, Hope=langwnosa, Hope=hostilis, Blackb.). sagittaria, C. and G. (=gravis, Har. =obscuripenms, Saund.). amphichroa, Boisd. (=sexspilota, C. and G.=sieboldi, C. and G.=cylindracea. Saund.=bucolica, Kerr.). 88 54. hoper, Saund. (=burchelli, Hope=placida, Thoms.). 55. punctatosulcata, Saund (=litegiosa, Kerr.). 56. obscura, Saund. (=var. transversiycta, Thoms.). 57. alternecosta, Thoms. (=alacris, Kerr. = quadrinotata, Blackb.). 58. scalaris, Boisd. (=eyanicollis, Boisd. =subtrifasciata, C. and G.=media, Hope=crucigera, C. and G.= prudens, Kerr.). 59. flavovaria, Saund. (=flavopicta, C. and G.=tumida, Kerr.). 60. wolacea, Macl. ( = cupreoflava, Saund. =* eqwna, Blackb.). 61. pwerilis, Kerr. (=var. atrocoerulea, Kerr.). 62. rotundata, Saund. (=(?) var. aeneicornis, Saund.). NOTES ON SYNONYMY. (1) I have examined a large number of specimens labelled parryi, Hope, and parvicollis, Saund., and have carefully compared them with descriptions. While extreme cases are very different in size, and vary as to the amount of dark colouration on the pronotum, I have not been able to draw any definite line between the two names. The other synonyms have been already noted by Kerremans. (2) (3) (4) (6) (7) I see no reason for the various names under these to mark minute differences scarcely amounting to ‘variation. (5) The description of clara, Kerr., would exactly cor- respond to a specimen of haematica, Hope, in which the blue colour extended over the whole abdomen; I have seen examples in which this is very nearly the case, the amount of red or blue on the underside being very variable. (8) S. donovam, C. and G.=jansomi, Saund. There can be little doubt of this from a study of the figures and -descriptions. / (9) The description of apicerubra, Kerr., exactly cor- responds with my co-type of rectipennis, Blackb. (10) S. reicher, C. and G., is very variable. Blackburn | himself thought that marmorea was a synonym. (11) I cannot see anything in the description of fa/laciosa, Kerr, to distinguish it from vwitticollis, Macl., a common Northern and Central Australian species, subject to wide variation. Dr. E. W. Ferguson informs me that there is some confusion between the names vitticollis, Macl., and sexmaculata, Saund., in the Brit. Mus. Coll., but these are widely different species. (12) S. mitechelli, Hope, shares with varrabilis, Don., the distinction of being the most variable in a variable genus. 89 IT have little doubt of the synonymy of the seven names. (13) After my recent experiences in the examination of long series, I am compelled to include varicollis, Cart., as a variety of yarell14, C. and G., though the name should stand for this local form, of which Mr. Duboulay took a large: number, all more or less marked as stated in its description. (14) I agree with Blackburn that wnecinecta is the male, flavicollis the female, of the same species. (15) Saunders’ figure and description of costalis proclaim its identity with «impressicollis, Macl., a fairly common Queensland insect. (16) I am a little doubtful here. There is a slight colour difference, as the suture and apex of moribunda are said to be narrowly black, this marking being absent from dispar, Blackb. This variation is so common. in analagous cases e.g., rufipenms, Kirby, that I think I am justified in giving this synonymy. (17) I have seen many specimens which include all these names and which form continuous series. (18) (25) (26) (27) (30) (32) (35) (41) (43) (46) (47) (55) (56) (60) In all these cases Dr. EK. W. Ferguson has: been kind enough to confirm my own impressions by an examination of types in the British Museum. As regards (32), I have previously published the synonymy of sternalis, Blackb., with distincta, Saund. Dr. Ferguson’s note on amermis, Kerr., states :—‘‘There were two spp. included under inermis, both marked types; one=distencta, Saund.=deli- ciosa, Kerr.; the other=nova, Kerr.; baliola seems little more than a colour variety of distincta, Saund., with broader bands and basal elytral border.’’ (20) I have followed Kerremans in placing acutipennis, Thoms. = producta, Saund., though the former name has been long given in Australia to the species described as wnsignis, Blackb. (21) S. delta, Thoms (vide note in tabulation). (22) I am only slightly in doubt as to the correct inclu- sion of dawsonensis in this; but there is only a slight colour difference, the addition of an apical spot on each elytron, and this variation is common in other species. (23) S. variopicta, Thoms. This form is well known to collectors as a variety of semicincta, C. and G. I have taken the two forms in company frequently, at Medlow, Blue: Mountains. (24) S. electa, Kerr., cannot be more than a variety of lTaena, Thoms. (28) See note in the tabulation. 90 (29) (31) From descriptions and examination of many specimens, including co-type of e/deri, Blackb., and the type of mastersi, Macel. (33) Co-type of guttigera compared with type of fulvi- ventris, Macl. (34) Type of strigata, Macl., compared with figures and descriptions of awricollis and ochreiventris. (36) More than probable. (37) A co-type of Blackburn’s arborifera is identical with the very common Perth species, anchoralis. (38) One of the most variable of the smaller species. Extreme forms are very different in pattern, but all have the same general colour scheme and robust obese form (/fraterna was merely a name to supply the preoccupied distinguenda ). (39) S. semisuturalis, Saund., is a well-known varietal form of zgnota, Saund., to collectors. JI have taken them together in the Blue Mountains. (40) Vede note in tabulation. (42) I confess to a blunder here, due to my not having then seen M. Kerremans’ fine work (Genera Insectorum.) (43) M. Kerremans was mistaken in placing gibbicollis, Saund., as synonymous with grata, Saund. The species are quite distinct. This no doubt accounts for his redescription of gibbicollis as fascagera, Kerr. (44) I have already published the synonymy of Jongula, Blackb., with cyanipes, Saund.; armata, Thoms:, described as from Sydney, is no doubt the same species. It is rare in the Sydney district, though occurring at Ropes Creek and in the Blue Mountains. (45) Shght colour varieties, chiefly in the prothorax and underside. (48) S. cruentata, Kirby, is the oldest of the names, but the pattern of vegeta, Hope, is the common one. JI am a little doubtful as to the identity of coclestzs with the above; stillata was a name given by Blackburn for coelestis, Kerr., the latter name being preoccupied by Thomson. ‘There is no reason for placing sfi/lata as a synonym of Jaena, Thoms., as M. Kerremans has done (Genera Insectorum). (50) S. rubriventris, Blackb., was described from ,Western Australia. There is a New South Wales species very near, if not identical with it, but generally larger. It is possible that this is the form described as maculifer, Kerr. (51) S. hostilis, Blackb. I have examined a co-type of this in the South Australian Museum collection, labelled by Blackburn. The apex of one elytron is slightly malformed or damaged ; the other apex is perfect and ordinarily bispinose: As this is the only or main distinction between this and al burchelli, I conclude that Blackburn was misled by the malformation. (52) Is my conclusion from figures and descriptions. (53) (54) Common species that include all the names noted. (57) The synonymy of alacris, Kerr., with alternecosta, Thoms., has been published by M. Kerremans himself. A co-type of quadrinotata, Blackb., in the South Australan Museum shows the same insect. A species I often used to find near Cook River, Canterbury (near Sydney). (58) The commonest insect of the whole genus, with a corresponding variation, which I believe includes the names given. (59) (61) I feel sure of the synonymy, from descriptions. (60) S.ceequna, Blackb. Type in National Museum, Melbourne, examined by me and found identical with type of violacea, Macl. The suggestion of mine that cwpreoflava, Saund., was the same was confirmed by Dr. Ferguson. In the following tabulation an asterisk (*) is placed against species unknown to me. This tabulation is put forward with some diffidence, and is probably net without error. The difficulties can be partly estimated by the follow- ing statement of the numbers of names so far catalogued :— No. of speciesin tabulation. No. of names catalogued. A. Stigmodera 8 15 B. Themognatha 69 eT CC. Castiarina 241 386 Total 318 522 In other words that 204, out of 522 names, should be either sunk as synonyms or treated as variations; a formidable list with which to make oneself familiar. M. Kerremans gave 345 species in the Genera Insectorum, and I find that four species were then omitted—viz., suwbpura, Blackb.; tyrrhena, Blackb.; pallas, Blackb.;. and erwhescens, Blackb. If my tabulation is correct there are thus 318 existing species, of which 31 are here described as new. The species can be divided into subgenera as follows :— ie EKlytra pitted with large foveate punctures (also striate- punctate in cancellata, Don.)—a. sT1GMoDERA, Eschs. 2-4. Hlytra striated or striate-punctate, the intervals some- times coState. 3. Tarsal hooks lobed or toothed at the base—-8. THEMO- GNATHA, Sol. 4. Tarsal hooks simple—c. cAsTIARINA, C. and G. o> <0 Cris Cobo 4 jor) oN ® 92 Suseenus A. Table of SrigmopERA, elytra pitted. Elytra without coloured fasciae. Elytra yellow. Elytral foveae’small, more or less concolorous with elytra apex widely bidentate—goryi, C. & G.; curtisi, Hope. Klytral foveae large. and black. Apex of each elytron simply rounded—macularia, Don. ; cicatricosa, Dalm. Apex of each elytron bispinose (with oblique excision)— jacquinoti, Boisd. Elytra brown-red, foveae black, apex subtruncate— porosa, N. sp. Elytra red, foveae green, apex dentate—sanguinosa, Hope. Upper surface brilliant golden-green—gratiosa, Chev. ; smaragdinea, Hope. Elytra with coloured faSciae. Thorax and underside’ brilliant coppers-green—roet, Saund,; cancellata, Boisd.; vescoet, Gehin. Thorax and underside dull-blue or oree een—cancellata, Don.; dejeani, Hope; dejeaniana, Boisd Norre.—The geographical distribution of the above is curious, the first four species being peculiar to the eastern side, the last four to the western side of Australia. Suneenus B. THEMoGNATHA, elytra striate, tarsal hooks lobed or toothed at base. Tibiae enlarged and toothed on the external border. Prothorax with yellow margins, abdomen yellow—duponti, Boisd.; stevensi, Gehin. Prothorax concolor ous, abdomen bronze—tibialis, Waterh. Tibiae normal. Elytra without coloured fasciae. Elytra entirely red or yellow. Prothorax concolorous. Prothorax red (sometimes with bronzy reflections). Alternate intervals of elytra costate—heros, Gehin. Intervais regularly convex—parryi, Hope ; fusca, Saund. ; parvicollis, Saund.; major, W aterh. ; picea, Kerr. Prothorax bronze—chalcodera; Thoms. Prothorax brassy-green. Abdomen chiefly yellow—brucki, Thoms. Abdomen brassy- ereen—sanguineocincta, Saund. ; alcyone, Thoms. ; coelestis, Thoms. Prothorax black—aestimata, Kerr. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. Dise of pronotum black. Margins of pronotum red, underside blue—sanquini- penms, C. and G.; cincticollis, Kerr. Margins of pronotum yellow, underside black—flavo- marginata, G. and H.; eruentata, Murray. Prothorax green, with red margins. Klytral apices simple—menalcas, Thoms. Elytral apices strongly bispinose—lobicollis, Saund. oe 44-48, 46-48. 93 Prothorax red, with narrow central part black, abdomen red—haematica, Hope; (?) var. clara, Kerr. Elytra red or yellow, suture or apex, or both with dark markings. Prothorax concolorous. Pronotum and underside blue. Suture and sides generally with wide blue vittae— suturalis, Don.; vertebralis, Boisd. Suture (partly) and apex only dark—franca, n. sp. Pronotum and underside green. Apices of elvtra truncate. Base, suture, and apex of elytra blue (apical mark rarely absent)—similis, Saund. Base and suture ot elytra green, size smaller than similis marcida, Blackb. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose—e.ccisicollis, Macl. ; addenda, Thoms.; sincera, Kerr. Pronotum bronze (sometimes more or less red)—earoli, Blackb.; capucina, Blackb. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. Red margins as wide as or wider than discal colour. Alternate intervals of elytra subcostate and narrowed— latithoraz, Thoms. Intervals of elytra uniform—thoracica, Saund.:; atalanta, Thoms. Margins of prothorax narrower than discal colour. Disc of pronotum metallic-green, sides of elytra sanguineous. Underside entirely green. Sutural markings continuous from base to apex without notable enlargement—limbata, Don. Suttral marking commencing behind base, with irregular widenings—affinis, Saund. ; limbata, Ce yands Ge adelpha, Thoms. Underside (in part at least) yellow. Elytral suture green, abdomen with yellow spots, last segment with red bands—sanguinea, Saund.; picti- ventris, Kerr.; var. cyanventris, Kerr. ; avuncularis, Thoms. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, margins of elytra not dark. Sides of prothorax angularly widened, margins of pro- notum and elytra red—viridicincta, Waterh. Sides of prothorax rounded, their margins and elytra clear yellow—donovani, Cc. and G.; jansoni, Saund. Apices of elytra truncate, margins of elytra blue-black— lessont, C. and G.; acutithorax, Thoms. Dise of pronotum and apical half of elytra coppery-red— pascoei, Saund. Dise of pronotum and apex of elytra bronzy—sanguini- ventris, Saund. Disc of pronotum blue, margins irregularly red—notati- collis, n. sp. Disc of pronotum red, margins bronzy—wimmerae, Blackb. Elytra brown, piceous, or black, lateral margins more or less yellow. Prothorax with yellow or red margins. 56-58. deed Oi. 58. 59-62. 60. 62. 63-71. 64-68. 65. 66-68. Ole 68. 69-71. 70. 94 Head and underside abnormally pilose. Form oval, apices of elytra simple, pronotum strongly pilose in male—pubicollis, Waterh. ; lateritia, Thoms. Form navicular, apices strongly bispinose, pronotum not pilose—barbiventris, n. ‘sp: Head and underside normally pubesc ent. Elytra reddish-brown, disc of pronotum black—flavo- cincta, C. and G. Elytra brownish-black, disc of pronotum bronze Don. Pronotum mottled red and black, not margined— gigas, D. Sp. Elytra dark-blue or black, apex sanguineous (except im (by: Prothorax concolorous. Elytra (except apex) and underside black — princeps,. Blackb. Elytra (except apex) blue (or greenish). Form elongate, apex widely red—bonvouloiri, Saund. Form shortly ovate, apex narrowly red—obscuripennis,. Manneth. ; rugosipennis, Thoms. Prothorax mar roined more or less red. Klytra blue, apex red, apical segments of abdomen red— rectipennis, Blackh. - apicerubra, Kerr. Apex of elytra concolorous with rest, margins inter- ruptedly red—rufocyanea, n. sp. Elytra Gin general) fasciated. Prothorax concolorous (at least with no defined yellow or red margins). Upper-surface nitid dark-green, underside black, elytra with a single preapical fascia red—mmniszechi, Saund. grandis, Whole surface brilliant-green, elytra with basal and preapical fascia yellow —saundersi, |Waterh. ; obesissima, Thoms. Pronotum bronze or coppery. Underside black, elytra black with irregular fasciae yellow—reichei, C. and G.; funerea, White ; mar- morea, Blackb. Underside (or at least the abdomen) yellow. Elytra with 3 black fasciae, apex sanguineous (pronotum sometimes with irregular orange spots near margin)— murrayi, G. and H.; trifasciaata, Murray ; imperatriz,. Thoms. Elytra with 2 fasciae and apex blue-black, underside blue —spencei, C. and G.; egregia, Boh.; sternoceroides, Thoms. Pronotum blue, elytra with 38 fasciae and apex blue— congener, Saund, Pronotum green, irregularly mottled yellow, elytra with one fascia and apex violet—ch evrolati, Gehin. > imperatrix, White; imperator, Thoms. Pronotum yellow (sometimes with dark discal markings), abdomen more or less yellow. Elytra with one fascia, shoulder, and subapical spot black, apices hooked—martini, Saund. Klytra with one’ fascia and subapical spot blue, apex rounded—favicollis, Saund.; wnicincta, Saund, 86. 87. 88-113. 89-95. . 90-94. og: 100-113. 101-108. 102-106. 103-105. 104. 105. ‘106. 107. 108. 109-113. 110-112. LUIG 112. 118. M4117, 115. 116. 95 Pronotum red with base, apex, and discal spot green, elytra with short fascia and apex green—carpentariae, Blackb. Pronotum with sexual difference in colour, male orange, female blue-black (sometimes with red or orange basal band), underside black—oleata, Blackb. Prothorax with yellow or red margins. Yellow margins as wide or wider than dark disc. Elytra with one fascia and apex blue. Legs variegated, femora yellow, tibiae green—pictipes, Blackb. Legs concolorous. Whole abdomen yellow (24-29 mm._ long) — tricolorata, Waterh. Apical segments only yellow (36-42 mm. long)—vitticollis, Macl.; delia, Thoms.; fallaciosa, Kerr. Elytra with basal margin and short fascia blue (male nonfasciate)—imperialis, n. sp. Yellow or red margins of prothorax not as wide as dark dise. Elytra with sexual colouration, male with one, female with two fasciae, and apex blue. ° Dise of pronotum brilliant-copper, punctures small and sparse—duboulayi, Saund. Disc of pronotum less nitid, punctures large and close— macfarlani, Waterh. Elytra without sexual colouration. Size large (more than 30 mm. long). Dise of pronotum black (or nearly so). Elytra with 3 yellow fasciae. Elytra with preapical red spots, besides fasciae—regia, Blackb. Elytra without preapical spots—fortnumi, Hope. Elytra with 2 (widely interrupted) yellow fasciae— sexamaculata, Saund. Disc of pronotum green, fasciae variable or absent— variabilis, Don. ; kingit, W. S. Macl.: var. nigripennis, C. and G.; wnifasciata, C. and G. Dise of pronotum blue, elytra with 1 fascia and apex blue—westwoodi, Saund. Size smaller (less than 20 mm. long). Dark colour predominating on elytra. Pronotum obscure green or blue, coarsely punctate— mitchell, Hope; stricklandi, Hope; daphnis, Thoms. ; ostentatriz, Thoms.; var. 1, quadrspilota, Saund. ; var. 2, tasmanica, Kerr.; var. 3, karattae, Blackb. Pronotum brilliant-green, sublaevigate — laevicollis, Saund. Yellow colour predominating on elytra, pronotum blue, elytra with 3 fasciae, and apex blue—yarelli, C. and G.; var. 1, flavipennis, Gehim.; var. 2, elegans, Gehin. ; var. 3, varicollis, Cart. Margins of pronotum with one or more yellow blotches. Size very large (42 mm. long), pronotal blotch near hind angles—gloriosa, n. sp. Size smaller (28-32 mm. long), pronotal blotch obliquely invading disc; male apex only violet, female with 2 fasciae and apex violet—conspicillata, White; signaticollis, Hope; cyanura, Hope. LW Wt gs ‘ 96 Size 20-23 mm. long, pronotal spot not invading disc, elytra with postmedial fascia bilobed and subapical triangular spot extended to apex—praecellens, Kerr. ; frenchi, Blackb. (var., without yellow spot on pro- thorax, ground-colour of elytra red). Norre.—A specimen of this beautiful and rare species was taken by me at Wangaratta, Victoria. Mr. W. Duboulay tells me that his father took it at Albury. trispinosa, Kerr. Apices bispinose. Apical spines of equal length, underside bronzy, elytral’ intervals sublaevigate—vicinu, Saund.; bicincta, C. and G. External spine longer. Underside purple, elytral intervals strongly punctate— subbifasciata, Saund. Elytra blue-black, alternate intervals subcostate, under- side green-bronze—coeruleipes, Saund.; variety with oval basal spots yellow—montana, n. var. Prothorax with red or yellow margins. Margins of prothorax widely and of abdomen red, the former subangulately widened. Apices of elytra shortly bispinose—erythromelas, Boisd. Nore.—Described as from Tasmania, my specimens. come from Perth, Western Australia. Apices of elytra strongly bispinose, external spine very long—cyanipes, Saund.; armata, Thoms.; longula, Blackb. Notrr.—The colour varies from blue-black to bright— blue. The widening of the prothorax is also variable, generally widest about the middle, sometimes sulcate: within the margin, but in all cases examined the widest part is more advanced than in erythromelas. Margins of prothorax and whole underside yellow— marginicollis, Saund. Elytra yellow or red with basal margin, 2 fasciae and apex or preapical mark dark. Apical mark covering apex of elytra. Pronotum concolorous. Size large, 15-20 mm. long. All fasciae extending to sides. Pronotum and underside coppery ot shortly bispinose—cupricollis, Saund. Pronotum and underside more obscure—var. alterzona, Thoms. ; deyroliei, Thoms. Pronotum black (probably discoloured variety of pre- ceding)—julia, Thoms. Pronotum blue, underside brilliant-violet, armed (?)—cognata, Kerr. Notr.—A species found near Sydney seems to correspond with the author’s description, but has finely bispinose apices. Margins of elytra red, male with yellow abdomen— cruenta, C. and G. Size smaller, 10 mm. long—vigilans, Kerr. Anterior fascia not extending to sides. Nore.—While in general this character holds true, exceptional cases occur. green, apices. apex un- 317-345. 318-329. 319. 320-329. 321. 322-330. 323-325. 324. 107 Abdomen dark. Size largt, 14-21 mm. long. Ground of elytra yellow, margins red, reaching sides—blackburni, HL Sp: Ground of elytra red. Form wide, pronotum and underside blue—robusta, Saund. Note.—Fasciae variable, sometimes only spots, or (rarely) wanting, apex alw ays narrowly cyaneous. Form narrower. Pronotum blue-black, apices of elytra widely lunate and strongly bispinose. Elytra sinuate, slightly obovate, intervals strongly con- vex and finely ‘punctate—thomsoni, Saund. Elytra much attenuated at apex, intervals strongly punctate—pisciformis, n. sp. Note.—pisciformis has the prothorax strongly bulging near base, with much denser and coarser punctures than thomsoni. neither fascia fiat and 29. Pronotum bronze-green, underside green. 339. Form elongate and depressed, apices finely bidentate— helmsi, Cart. . Form cylindric. Underside green, apices acuminate with oblique excision —trifasciata, C. and G.; apicalis, C. and G.; tacita, Kerr. Pronotum and underside bright-blue, apices bispinose— kirbyt, Guér.; vivida, Hope. }. Size, 12-14 mm long. . Ground of elytra yellow. Pronotum bronze-green, elytra] markings Blue -cpebere: Kerr. ; simplex, Kerr. _ Pronotum bronze, elytral markings black (or nearly so), apices bispinose. Postbasal yellow band wide, apical spines long — recti- fasciata, Saund. Postbasal yeliow band narrow, apical apices subobsolete colligens, Kerr. 5. Size small, 10 mm. long or less. Pronotum black, form narrowly cylindric, apices acuminate with oblique excision—tripartita, Kerr. Norr.—This species very near and possibly a small variety of atricollis, Saund. ~ Pronotum bright-blue, elytra red with bright-blue fasciae —vegeta, Hope; coeruleiventris, Saund.; haroldi, Saund. ; viridiventris, Saund.; anterior blue band extending to base, var. cruentata, Kirby; neologa, Thoms.; coerulea, Kerr.; coelestis, Kerr.; stillata, Blackb. Norr.—Kirby’s name has the priority, but this colour variation is less common than that of Hope’s type. . Second elytral interval wider than rest and subcostiform. . Pronotum bronze, sometimes greenish, scarcely sulcate. Light bands of elvtra red, apices widely lunate, external spine long—plagiata, Gory; crenata, C. and G.; sexplagiata, Gory: bicruciata, Hope; hopei, Boh.; similata, Boh. 343. 344. o15) 346-350. 347-349. 348. 349. *350. Sol-a0e: 352 Ba. 354-375. 3590-372. 396-360. 357. 358-360. 359. 360. 361-375. 362-367. 363, 364. 365-367. *366. 367. 368-372. 369-371. 370. S71. 372. Dhe-or OD. oA, 108 Light bands of elytra with external parts only red, apices more finely lunate and shortly hispinose—crenata, Don.; kreffti, Maci.; variata, Kerr. Light bands of elytra testaceous throughout—generosa,. Kerr. Pronotum black, very convex, with deep medial suleus— carinata, Macl. Abdomen yellow or red. Posterior margins of elytra entire. Pronotum bronze-green, anterior fascia antemedial— rubriventris, Blackb.; maculifera, Kerr. Pronotum coppery, anterior fascia medial Thoms. Posterior margins of elytra denticulate, pronotunr coppery or pur Blackhb.; placens, Kerr. Margins of prothorax yellow or red. Dise of pronotum coppery, its margins and whole under- side yellow—bifasciata, Saund.. Dise of pronotum blue, its margins and whole underside red—castelnaudi, Saund.; thomsoniana, Mast. > laportei, Kerr. Subapical mark not extending to apex of elytra. Prothorax concolorous. 13 mm. long or more. Form wide, sinuate and depressed, elytra red with blue~ black fasciae—felix, Kerr. Form cylindric, robust. Margins of elytra red, markings nearly black—burchelli, C. and G.; perplera, Hope; languwinosa, Hope;: hostilis, Blackh. Margins of elytra not red, markings more brilliant— sagittaria, C. and G.; gravis, Har.; obseuripennis,, Saund. 12 mm. long or less. Elytra red with dark fasciae. Pronotum and underside bright-green, form eylindrie— amphichroa, Boisd.; sexspilota, C. and G.; sieboldi, C. and G.; var. cylindracea, Saund.; var. bucolica, Kerr. Pronotum bronze, underside blue, form obovate— carminea, Saund. Pronotum and underside golden. Fasciae black, sides of elytra sinuate —pulchra, Saund. ; rostrata, Thoms. Fasciae light-green, short (often mere spots), sides parallel—aureola, Cart. Elytra testaceous with dark fasciae, form depressed. Apices of elytra bispinose. Elytra without red margins, intervals uniform and flat— hoper, Saund. ; burchelli, Hope; placida, Thoms. Elytra with red margins, alternate intervals subcostate and wider—punctatosulcata, Saund.; litigiosa, Kerr. Apices of elytra simply rounded—punctatissima, Saund. Margins of prothorax and underside yellow or red. Elytra and prothoracic margins red (12x5 mm.)— distinguenda, Saund. secularis, ~- 375. 376-398. 377-389. 378-388. 379. 380-387. 381. 382-387. 383. 384-388. 385-387. 386. 387. 388. 389. 390-398. 391-393. 392. 393. 394-398. 395-397. 396. 280 398. 399-420. 400-409. 401. 402. 109 Elytra and prothoracic margins yellow (11x35 mm.)— signata, Kerr. Norsr.—I have identified signata as a species taken lately by Mr. J. Dixon, of Melbourne, in the north- west district of Victoria. The description is merely confined to colour and size. If I am correct, the species often has the anterior fascia broken up into spots, while the yellow colour so much predominates over the green that it can scarcely be said to be “vert obscur, avec de.” The same species has been determined by Blackburn for a specimen in the South Australian Museum as distinguenda, Saund., of which it may be a variety. Anterior fascia often (or always) broken up into 3 spots- Apical mark covering apex of elytra. Prothorax concolorous, abdomen dark. Apices clearly bispinose, spines equal, ereen fasciae—delectabilis, Hope. Apices acuminate, with narrow oblique excision. Base of prothorax with pronounced medial obscura, Saund.; var. transversipicta, Thoms. Base of prothorax nearly straight, form cylindric. Elytra orange-red, pronotum bronze—vrecta, Saund. Elytra testaceous. Elvtral intervals flat. Pronotum and fasciae blue-black, anterior spots not in a horizontal line (11 mm. long)—atricollis, Saund. Pronotum and fasciae bright-blue, anterior spots in a horizontal line (8-9 mm. long)—deserti, Blackb. Elytral intervals convex, apices more widely excised— suavis, Kerr. Abdomen yellow, n. sp. Subapical mark not at the apex of elytra. Margins of elytra sanguineous. Intervals flat, suture partly rubrocincta, Gehin. Alternate intervals subcostate, suture dark throughout, markings bright-green-—-alternecosta, Thoms. ; alacris, Kerr.; quadrinotata, Blackb. Margins of elytra not sanguineous. Pronotum bronze. Posterior half of suture dark—piliventris, Saund. Whole suture dark—crux, Saund. Notr.—I have not been able to identify this species, which must be very close to several of its neighbours, and possibly a variety of piliventris. Pronotum green or blue, whole suture dark — scalaris, Boisd. ; - cyanicollis, Boisd. ; ; subtrifasciata, C. and G.; media, Hope; crucigera, C. and G.; prudens, Kerr. Anterior fascia bifurcate laterally, leaving lateral spot yellow or red. Yellow or red postbasal marks continuous with lateral spot. Form elongate, flat, elytra red, apices simple (19-23 mm. long)—insularis, Blackb Form subeylindric, elytra yellow, mm. long)—browni, n. sp. elytra red with lobe— size large (16-19 mm. long)—alexrand71, dark, markings blue— apices bispinose (15-16 110 403-417. Size smaller, 12 mm. long or less. 404-408. Pronotum bronze. 405-407. Underside bronze. 406. Apices of elytra bispinose, elytral markings coppery— cupricauda, Saund. 407. Apices of elytra feebly excised, elytral markings black— inconspicua, Saund. *408. Underside blue, apices of elytra distinctly spinose— acuticeps, Saund. 409. Pronotum and underside metallic-green or bluish— ee Saund.; flavopicta, C. and G.; timida, err. 410-420. Yellow postbasal marks isolated and round. 411-418. Prothorax concolorous. 412-415. Posterior margins of elytra serrated. A413. Pronotum, underside, and elytral markings coppery or violet- bronze—violacea, Macl.; cupreoflava, Saund.; equina, Blackb. AlA4. Pronotum blue-black, widest at base, feebly convex, fasciae green-black—australasiae, C. and G.; simu- lata, Hope; melbournensis, Thoms. A415. Pronotum green-bronze, widest at middle, very convex, fasciae blue- black—assimilis, Hope. 416-418. Posterior margins of elytra entire. Al7. Pronotum nitid-bronze, smaller than preceding—puerilis, Kerr; var. atrocoerulea, Kerr. 418. Size small (6 mm. long), pronotum brilliant-bronze— minuta, Blackb. 419. Pronotum fiery-coppery at sides, its disc and elytral fasciae bright-green—cydista, "Rainb. 420. Pronotum with yellow margins, posterior margins of elytra serrated—eremita, * Blackb. 421-423. Elytra testaceous, with 3 fasciae, and the apex dark. A422. Form narrow and acuminate, pronotum coppery, fasciae and underside blue—quadrifasciata, Saund. A23. Form shortly obovate, pronotum and underside green, fasciae bronze—rotundata, Saund.; (?) var. aenei- corns, Saund. Norr.—I have a specimen of rotundata from Sydney in which the fasciae are represented by mere dots; aeneicornis may well be another variety. I have never seen it identified. S. crux, Saund., and acuticeps, Saund., are pro- bably varieties of common species, but I have not sufficient evidence to convict them of synonymy; marginicervex, Thoms.; and labens, Kerr., have been omitted from the tabulation as impossible to identify from description only. STIGMODERA POROSA, 0. sp. Pl. ix, igeee Q. Elongate-ovate. Head, antennae, prothorax, scutel- lum, and upper-surface of legs nitid sreenish- -bronze, under- side and tarsi black-bronze, elytra brown-red, the numerous large foveae thereon black or nearly so, the base narrowly Ai Gal dark-bronze. Apex of head and whole underside strongly villose, the hair on head yellowish, on underside white. Head densely punctate and slightly rugose, scarcely depressed between eyes, with small smooth longitudinal ridge in the middle of the forehead, sometimes finely channelled at the middle of base. Prothorax moderately convex, width one and one-half times the length, straight at apex, bisinuate at base, with wide medial lobe, sides nearly straight on basal half, more strongly converging towards apex, posterior angles acute ; disc densely and coarsely rugose-punctate, with smooth, nitid, " vermiculate intervals, sometimes with vaguely-defined sinoutll medial line behind, and an even less-defined medial depression on anterior area. Scutellwm widely oval, with central part depressed and finely punctate. Hlytra slightly widened at shoulders and again behind the middle, then moderately converging to a wider apex; each elytron widely subtruncate, or with wide concave outline (as in grandis, Don., as depicted by Saunders), the whole surface covered with large foveae arranged more or less in longitudinal series, the raised nitid vermiculations themselves sparsely punctate. Sterna and episterna coarsely rugose, abdomen with round distinctly-separated punctures, sparse on centre, dense at sides, in both cases becoming much finer towards apex, basal margins of segments quite smooth. Dim.—28-30 x 12-13 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Caloundra (H. Hacker). Three specimens in the Queensland Museum taken by Mr. Hacker are all female. The species is superficially like sanguinosa, Hope, from Western Australia, but differs markedly in the following characters, inter alia:—(1) Size larger, especially more robust, and less navicular. (2) Coloration less vivid, the underside and elytral foveae metallic- black in porosa, golden copper or green in sanguinosa. (3) Apex of elytra entirely different. It belongs to Sect. 56., Stigmodera, as classified by Kerremans (Genera Insectorum, p. 204). Norre.—After six months the colour of the elytra be- comes much darker, the red only noticeable at the apex, the prevalent tone being blue-black, with here and there gleams of the brown-red. STIGMODERA FRANCA, N. sp. Ph tx pahesg al, Oblong-ovate. Head, underside, and legs blue-black, pronotum bronze-black with violet reflections, antennae and tarsi black, elytra chestnut-brown with a narrow basal margin, the suture and apex widely blue-black, scutellum blue. 112 Underside, legs, and tarsi rather thickly clad with long whitish hair. ' Head canaliculate but not excavate in front; densely and finely rugose punctate. Pronotwm 12 x 8 mm., moderately convex, apex nearly straight, base moderately bisinuate, widest at base, sides rather strongly sinuate in front of the acutely-produced posterior angles, thence sharply narrowed anteriorly, base exactly twice as wide as apex; distinctly channelled for the greater part, the channel terminating behind in a large smooth depression; disc in general evenly and closely punctate, with some irregular, smooth areas towards the obtuse anterior angles. Scwtel/wm cordate, laevigate with a carinate margin. SH/ytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, and nearly two and a half times as long, sides sinuately widened behind middle, each apex rather widely subtruncate (a little rounded), the sutural points feebly — produced and divergent, posterior margins entire; striate; each elytron with four wide, scarcely-raised costae, the wider intervals between these irregularly rugose-punctate, the costae and raised parts of intervals with smaller punctures. Sternum coarsely punctate, the prosternum transversely ridged; abdomen more finely punctate, the punctures smaller towards apex. Tarsal hooks with well-developed dentate enlargement at their origin. Dim., 40 x 16 mm. Hab.—North Queensland : Upper Mulgrave River (Coll. oC. : French). A single female specimen has an elytral pattern somewhat as in latithorax, Thoms., or thoracica, Saund., with a darker ground colour than either of these. The sculpture of the elytra is somewhat like that of gigas, Gehin., or /atithoraz, Thoms., but the smaller more attenuate, concolorous pro- thorax easily distinguishes it from these. The surname and Christian name of the distinguished naturalist in whose col- lection the type is contained being both preoccupied in Stigmodera I have used a Latinized form of his name to denote this fine species. STIGMODERA GIGAS, Nl. sp. Pl. 25 ee Oblong-oval, robust. Head black, with two red spots between the eyes, pronotum mottled red and black, the smooth raised vermiculations red, with irregular black spaces; elytra brownish-black with narrow orange-red border: underside, legs, and antennae nitid-black, except for a small red spot on the flanks of the prosternum. Head scarcely concave, lightly canaliculate, sparsely punctate. Prothorar 10x16 mm., very wide and convex PYS (sub-bulbous), straight in front, bisinuate behind, with middle lobe very wide, the base of elytra angulately fitting into excisions on each side of the middle lobe; widest behind middle, sides widely rounded and strongly crenated, anterior angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior subrectangular; disc irregularly sparsely and coarsely punctate, the punctures almost entirely limited to the smaller black areas, medial line smooth, neither raised nor depressed. Scutel/wm subcordate, depressed in front, laevigate, sometimes with red spot. Flytra wider than prothorax at base and three and a half times as long, shoulders obtusely angulate, sides sinuately widening behind the middle, thence narrowing to the truncate apex ; deeply striate, intervals widely convex, very sparsely punc- tate, humeral region rugose. Prosternwm and. flanks of metasternum vermiculose-rugose ; abdomen with large elongate scattered pits, bearing smaller punctures within, apical seg- ment vermiculose-rugose. Dim., 45-53 x 20-23 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Southern Cross, also Tammin. Type in Macleay Museum. A species allied to grandis, Don., but distinguished as follows :— S. grandis. S. gigas. Head without spots. With two orange spots. Prothorasx rather flat, widest Very convex, widest be- at base, rugose-punctate, hind middle, sparsely and margins widely orange. coarsely punctate, red colour prevalent over whole surface. Elytra not wider than pro- Sparsely punctate (except thorax at base, coarsely at shoulders), apex with and densely punctate, subobsolete exterior tooth, apex with strong external orange margin extending tooth, orange margin ex- over two intervals on basal tending over three inter- half. vals on basal half. Underside. aeneous - black, Black, slightly pubescent. densely pubescent. Four specimens examined, two of which (the sexes) are in the collection of Mr. W. Duboulay, taken by his father, Mr. F. H. Duboulay, at Tammin. Mr. Duboulay has also sent one to Mr. C. French. STIGMODERA BARBIVENTRIS, Nn. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 7. ¢. Elongate-navicular. Head, prothorax, underside, legs, and antennae dark nitid green-bronze, prothorax nar- rowly bordered orange: elytra tawny-yellow on disc with wide 114 darker band towards sides and apex, extreme lateral border orange-yellow as on prothoracic margin, red at apex. (The lighter colour on disc confined to the costate intervals, the wide sulci being dark-brown.) Head and the whole underside densely covered with long white hair. Head coarsely rugose, forehead nearly flat, scarcely excised, and faintly channelled, strongly produced in front. Prothorax rather flat, bisinuate at apex and base, the latter nearly twice as wide as apex, anterior angles produced and obtuse, sides crenated, gently rounded and diverging to the base, posterior angles rounded; surface coarsely vermiculate- rugose, the raised rugosities smooth and nitid, two deep basal foveate punctures. Secutellwm subcordate, smooth. Hlytra widening .at the shoulders, then gradually and regularly tapering to the apex, each elytron strongly bispinose at apex, the exterior spine unusually long. Each elytron with ten costiform intervals, including the sutural but excluding the subcostate margins, the sutural costae terminating in the apical spine, the second costa short and joining the fourth near base, the fourth similarly connected with the sixth; costae 7-10 commencing behind the humeral swelling, the ninth subobsolete; the costae smooth except for a few large punctures; the sulci between costae wide and rugose-punctate, with evident rows of large punctures forming crenulations to the sides of costae. The whole waderside, where not obscured by dense hair, rugose, the raised vermiculation nitid; last segment of abdomen with arcuate excision. /emora coarsely punctate with long hairs, tarsal claws widened at base into a small lobe. Dam., 42 x 16 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Beechworth. Type ¢ in the National Museum, Melbourne; 9 in Mr. Lea’s collection, labelled New South Wales (probably Inverell). I have only seen these two specimens of this fine species. The female presents a slight variation in the apical structure, the wide space between the long external and the short sutural spines containing an angulation, obtusely dentate, making each apex subtrispinose. There is no sign of this in the male specimen. The two are otherwise alike, except for the usual sexual distinction in the last abdominal segment, in which the female has a stronger tuft of hair than the male. The species 1s very distinct from all the other described larger species. STIGMODERA GLORIOSA, Nn. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 8. @. Oblong-ovate, robust. Antennae brilliant bronze; head and pronotum brilliant golden-green, the former with an elongate orange spot on the face, the latter with large 115 rounded orange markings near the hind angles and a small one near the middle basal fovea; scutellum very nitid and brassy ; elytra orange-red, with basal margins brilliant green, two wide fasciae and the’ apex widely obscure green, the first ot these antemedian, sinuate on its anterior margin, extending from shoulder to shoulder, concave to the front and not reaching the sides; the second postmedian, nearly straight, extending to the sides and there produced to meet the wide basal dark-green marking ; prosternum, legs, margins of meso- and meta-sternum, and margins of abdominal segments brassy- green, episterna and rest of underside yellow. Head canaliculate, but not excavate between eyes; irre- gularly punctate, with a few smooth raised spaces, closely punctate towards sides. Prothorax very convex and wide, apex bisinuate, anterior angles produced and rounded, base twice as wide as apex, strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe widely subangulate, posterior angles produced and acute; widest near base, sides regularly rounded; disc irregularly punctate, the punctures finer near middle, coarser and closer (subrugose) at sides, a smooth medial line near base, a transverse foveate depression at middle of base. and two short longitudinal sulci intersecting the base towards the hind angles. Scutellum oval, convex, and smooth. EFlytra slightly wider than and more than three times as long as the pro- thorax, widened behind shoulders and widest behind the middle; sides not serrated, apex widely rounded, not spinose. Each elytron with ten striae besides a short scutellary stria, intervals convex and sparsely punctate, the fourth and eighth with a row of larger punctures. Sternwm coarsely punctate and sparsely clad with long white hairs, abdomen with basal segments coarsely, apical very finely punctate. Femora finely and sparsely punctate; tarsal claws strongly toothed at their origin. Dim., 42 x 19 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Murchison district. Type in National Museum, Melbourne. This magnificent insect from French’s collection is unique in the Melbourne Museum, but was evidently undescribed. Belonging to the sexmaculata, Saund., fortnwmi, Hope, and regia, Blackb., section, in form and pattern, but differing from all these in the strongly convex prothorax, and like conspicillata, White, in the basal red spot on thorax. The elytral pattern is most like that of regia, Blackb., except that the whole apical region is dark coloured. The elytra are a little displaced in the specimen, but if closed the apex would form one continuous wide curve, without tooth or exca- vation. Mr. H. W. Brown has also a specimen, taken by himself. ! 116 STIGMODERA IMPERIALIS, Nl. sp. Pl. ax, fig oe: 2. Oblong-oval. Head beeal part blue, face red mar- gined blue and green, clypeus green-bronze, labrum reddish with long upright tufts of hair, antennae green; pronotum, elytra, and greater part of underside red, the first slightly violaceous, with narrow medial vitta and base blue, the second with basal border, straight postmedian fascia (not reaching sides or suture), and very narrow apical border black; the last with margins of abdominal segments, margins and middle of prosternum and metasternum metallic-blue, episterna red with a violet tinge; scutellum purple, femora red with base and apex blue, tibiae blue, tarsi blue above red beneath. Head concave and finely canaliculate at base; with coarse scattered punctures on middle, more dense at sides. Pro- thorax 8 x 15 mm., rather depressed, widest at base, sides rather straight behind, then arcuately and subsinuately narrowed to apex, apex and base bisinuate, the former fringed with hair at margin, about half the width of base, anterior angles produced and subacute, base scarcely lobed at middle, posterior angles produced and acute; disc with smooth medial depressed line for the greater part, closely and rather finely punctate on middle, coarsely and closely on sides. Sewtellam subcordiform, concave, and smooth. /ytra oblong, widened at shoulders and again behind the middle, there widest; sides nowhere serrated, apex subtruncate, or widely rounded with a short tooth at each sutural extension; with ten deep striae, the first bifurcating behind the scutellum, forming a short extra stria, the sixth and seventh originating behind the humeral callus, all intervals convex and sparsely and rather coarsely punctate. (Underside coarsely punctate, the punc- tures becoming finer on abdomen, the front margins of seg- ments quite smooth, sternum and first segment of abdomen with sparse long whitish hairs, otherwise almost glabrous- Tarsi with wide teeth at their origin. Dam., 40 x 17 mm. dg. 31-35 x 13-15 mm. Elytra without the postmedial fascia or apical coloration. The whole elytra orange-red. Two specimens in Mr. H. W. Brown’s collection. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). A magnificent insect, of which several specimens were captured by that indefatigable collector, Mr. Brown, at Cue. While standing near wtticollis, Macl., it is quite distinct from that species in its more brilliant and varied colour, narrower and shorter fascia, apex of elytron not bidentate, base of thorax not excised, etc. Type, female, in the author’s collection. a Ly STIGMODERA RUFOCYANEA, DN. sp. Pl. ix., fig. 10. Elongate-oblong. Whole surface and appendages dark- blue, with the following sanguineous red markings, margins of prothorax, elytra with a wide oblong lateral patch behind the shoulder, and a wide lateral vitta extending from behind the middle to the apex. Head lightly concave, canaliculate, closely punctate at base and sides, more distantly at middle and apex, the punc- tures round and deep, with two raised laevigate spaces on forehead. Prothorar 5 x 94 mm., slightly bisinuate at apex and base, the former distinctly produced at middle, the latter with wide shallow medial lobe; widest at middle, thence nearly straight to the base and arcuately converging to the apex, this about two-thirds as wide as base: anterior angles obtuse, posterior produced and acute; disc rather flat, margins slightly explanate; irregularly punctate, punctures round, denser in front and sides, lateral margins rugose punctate; medial line laevigate, terminating behind in a wide shallow depression, two large basal foveae near margins. Scutellwm oval, concave, laevigate. Hlytra rather depressed, less wide than prothorax at base, sides subparallel, apex simply rounded; punctate-striate, intervals nearly flat except near apex, and sparsely punctate, the third and fifth meeiing before the apex, as also the seventh and eighth, leaving a small rugose space. Underside finely and closely punctate, with irregular clothing of thick long hair. Hooks of tars: very slightly enlarged at their origin. Dim., 27 x 10 mm. Hab.—Australia. (Type in Macleay Museum.) A single female specimen in the Macleay Museum, labelled ‘“‘Australia,’’ is in form, especially of prothcrax, like limbata, Don., and menalcas, Thoms., but is more depressed, with flatter elytral intervals; in colour it is not unlike Metaxymorpha grayi, Parry, the lateral blood-red markings contrasting with the dark-blue surface, making it an excep- tionally beautiful species. Chihanti, Théry, has blue elytra, ‘with prothorax having a red disc, besides other notable differences. . STIGMODERA NOTATICOLLIS, Nn. Sp. Pi x.; fee se ¢. Elongate-oblong. Head cyaneous (or greenish) with ‘pale pubescence, antennae golden-green, prothorax very dark- blue, with a small red spot at the anterior angles, and a large, oblique, triangular red mark on the sides; widest near, but not reaching the base, and narrowing to a.fine angle near the 118 apex, and extending below over the greater part of the prothoracic episterna; elytra orange-red, sanguineous at sides, with the suture and apex narrowly cyaneous. In one speci- men this sutural coloration enlarged behind the scutellum and again before the apex into a large macula, with a small spot of the same colour on each side near the middle. In the other specimen the postscutellary macula only slightly indi- cated ; sternum and femora blue, tibiae and tarsi greenish, the last red on the underside, abdomen yellow. Head lightly excavated and channelled, regularly punc- tate. Prothorax 4 x 64 mm., convex, apex slightly produced in middle, base hghtly bisinuate, the base of elytra fitting angulately into a small excision near posterior angles, medial lobe wide and straight behind, sides hghtly and evenly rounded, anterior angles deflexed and obtuse, posterior a little produced and acute; disc finely and evenly punctate, with a smooth medial line, and a basal fovea at each excision. Scutellum elongate-ovate, concave, smooth. SHlytra of same width as prothorax at base, sides nearly straight and without denticulation, apex without spines and subtruncate; striate, intervals nearly flat on disc, a little convex at sides and apex. Sternum finely, abdomen minutely punctate, the former rather densely clothed with long white hair. Tarsal hooks finely lobate. Dim., 19-20 x 74-8 mm. | Hab.—New South Wales: Berrima. Type in Macleay Museum. Two male specimens in the Macleay Museum, with locality labels in the handwriting of the late Mr. Masters,~*are the only specimens I have seen of this distinct species. With the form of praecellens, Kerr., and erubescens, Blackb., the coloration of the elytra is somewhat as in affinis, Saund., with the prothoracic margins somewhat as in conspicillata, White. STIGMODERA BLACKBURNI, nN. sp. Pl. x., fig. 12. Oblong-oval. Head, pronotum, and underside bright bronze, the first and third with a greenish tinge, the second purplish, elytra flavous-sanguineous at base and sides, with basal margin, two fasciae, and apical spot dark-green, the first fascia premedial, formed by three large maculae nearly connected but not extending to sides, the second postmedial, nearly straight, not quite reaching the sides, the apical spot large, bifurcated laterally, scutellum, legs, and tarsi green. Head densely, punctate, excavated, and channelled be- tween eyes. Prothorax moderately convex, slightly advanced in middle at apex, nearly straight at base, widest behind ‘ 119 middle, thence converging gradually to base, more steeply towards apex, all angles obtuse; disc with large and scattered punctures on posterior half, finer and closer at sides and apex, a smooth medial line on basal half and two small foveae at base. Scutellum elongate-triangular, a large fovea on anterior, a few deep round punctures on central part. LHlytra little widened behind shoulders and middle, three and a half times the length of prothorax, rather widely rounded behind, posterior margins serrated, the apices bidentate with small semicircular excision; punctate-striate, the intervals gently convex at middle, sharply so at sides and apex, a little wrinkled and sparsely punctate. Sternwm with large round punctures close and regular; abdomen with much finer and closer punctures and almost glabrous. Tarsal hooks simple. Dome 7As 9. mm. Hab.—South Australia (Blackburn Collection). Type (unique) in South Australian Museum. A single female in the South Australian Museum is superficially lke alexandri, but differing widely as follows :— (1) Wider and more robust form; (2) abdomen green-bronze ; (3) apices of elytra more widely rounded and simply bidentate, not strongly spinose. From robusta, Saund., besides great differences in colour, it differs widely in form, being more elongate, with a quite different apical structure. The pre- medial fascia 1s concave towards the front and leaves a space of three elytral intervals at the sides; the postmedial fascia leaves only one interval uncovered on each side. I have much pleasure in naming a South Australian species after the scholarly entomologist who did so much to extend our know- ledge of the insect fauna of Australia. STIGMODERA ALEXANDRi, 0. sp. Blt sats figet Vee Klongate-ovate, subdepressed, strongly attenuated be- hind. Head, pronotum, sternum, antennae, and scutellum nitid-bronze, slightly greenish, legs bluish, the first blue sat apex ; elytra orange-yellow with the base narrowly, three ante- medial oval spots, sometimes narrowly connected into a fascia, the sutural one largest and extending to the scutellum, the other two placed obliquely behind the humeral callus; a short postmedial fascia, widened at suture and the apex narrowly blue-black; abdomen yellow. Head channelled and widely excavated, coarsely punc- tate. Prothorar convex, nearly straight in front, slightly raised in middle, bisinuate at base, with wide medial lobe; widest behind middle, the sides boldly widened near base 120 then obliquely narrowed to apex, subsinuate near the denticu- late: posterior angle, anterior angles depressed and acute; irregularly punctate, the punctures coarse and close at sides, sparse at base, close and fine towards apex, medial line smooth. Scutellwm scutiform, depressed, and smooth. Hlytra rather flat, more than twice as long as wide, of same width as prothorax at base, strongly attenuated behind, with apical margins serrated, each apex with a strong oblique lunation with a long external and short sutural spine; striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat, densely and finely punctate. Prosternum closely, mesosternum coarsely, metasternum and abdomen very finely punctate and sparsely pubescent. Dim., 16-19 x 6-7 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa and Cunderdin (Miss J. F. May and Western Australian Museum). Four specimens, one male, three female, vary in their elytral pattern; the three females are coloured as above, except that im one example the antemedial spots are narrowly connected to form a fascia, while in another the postmedial fascia is narrowly interrupted at the suture. In the male the only dark markings are a small spot on each shoulder, a small postinedial spot halfway between suture and sides on each elytron, and the extreme apex narrowly. There is no doubt as to the conspecific nature of the four examples. The male and one female were on the same card in Mr. Lea’s collection from Mullewa; the other two, similarly labelled, from Cunderdin, were sent respectively from the South Aus- tralian and Western Australian Museums. The species are nearest to jekellu, Saund., from which it differs markedly in the wider basal two-thirds of the elytra, with its more attenu- ated apical third, and the strongly spined apex—this somewhat as in semicincta, C. and G., and variomicta, Thoms. The pattern is also different, the suture without any coloration. Type male in Mr. Lea’s collection; female in South Austra- han Museum. STIGMODERA RUFOLIMBATA, N. sp. Pl. x., feed. Elongate-ovate, rather flat. Head and pronotum bronzy- black, antennae and apex of the former blue, the sides of the latter bordered red or orange; elytra blue-black, varied with yellow or red as following; two large rounded or oval basal spots not extending to the base, an undulating medial fascia narrowed near but not reaching the suture and produced laterally to the humeral angle, a narrower arcuate postmedial fascia not reaching the suture and produced laterally (in one 121 example quite, in two examples not quite) to the extreme apex, the lateral coloration brightly sanguineous throughout ; underside and legs steel-blue, very nitid. Clothed with sparse white hairs. Head sharply suleate on front. Prothoraz nearly straight at apex, moderately bisinuate at base, sides of male subparallel on basal third, of female subsinuately narrowed, at base; feebly arcuate at sides and gently narrowing to the apex, anterior angles slightly advanced and rounded, posterior angles subrectangular; disc rather coarsely and closely punc- tate, smooth medial line sometimes apparent, a small central basal fovea and two shallow lateral depressions. Seufel/um triangular, concave. H/lytra of same width as prothorax at base, slightly widening behind shoulder, subsinuate near middle (subparallel in male, slightly enlarged behind the middle in female), sides near apex minutely serrated, the extremity with small oblique lunation; each elytron finely bispinose, the exterior spine more prominent; striate-punc- tate, seriate punctures large and distinct, intervals convex throughout, more strongly raised on apical half, the fifth, sixth, and seventh abruptly starting behind the humeral enlargement; intervals minutely punctate. Sternum densely and coarsely, abdomen finely punctate. Dim., 3, 15-7 x Saosin O°”. 17: x 6mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). In form and pattern somewhat of the decemmaculata, Kirby, type; but larger and without the yellow subapical and head spots of that species; the underside blue, sides sanguineous, iter alia. The upper-surface is coloured almost exactly hike pallidiventris, C. and G., var. cincta, Blackb. The irregular striation in the humeral region is unusually marked. Types in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA BROWNI, Nn. sp. ae ses + fae, hy Elongate -subcylindric. Head, antennae, pronotum, sternum, and tarsi dark-bronze, the head with coppery and blue, the sternum with some cyaneous ee es ; elytra blue, with three yellow fasciae as following; first subbasal, oval fascia not reaching base or suture, but taduetd on shoulder and humeral epipleurae as far as the lateral sinuation, second a medial undulate fascia, narrowed internally and externally, third an anteapical arcuate fascia; the last two fasciae not reaching the suture, but extending to the sides. Abdomen blue, with long white hairs; legs greenish-bronze. 122 Head widely excavated and channelled between the eyes; rugose-punctate. Prothoraz, 3 x 44 mm., convex, widest near base, apex subsinuate, slightly advanced in the middle; base nearly straight, sides gently rounded and narrowing to apex, anterior angles a little advanced and obtuse, the posterior acute (about, 80°); disc densely punctate, sub- rugosely at sides; a smooth medial line faintly indicated near base, terminating in a small fovea with two very shallow lateral impressions. Slytra of same width as prothorax at base, and three and two-thirds times as long, sides subparallel, lateral sinuosity scarcely evident from above, serrated near apex, extremity with moderately wide oblique lunation; each elytron shortly bispinose, exterior spine conspicuous; striate- punctate, intervals flat on disc, sharply costate near apex, rather coarsely and unevenly punctate. Sternwm coarsely rugose, abdomen with first two segments densely and coarsely, the apical more finely punctate. Dim., 15-16 x 5 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). In form somewhat near longicollis, Saund., in pattern near the australasiae, L. and G., type; but the prothorax is more cylindric than that of the former species, as depicted by Saunders, while the blue coloration is much more vivid than in australasiae. Two specimens sent by its indefatigable captor. Type in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA DESIDERIA, ll. sp. PL xy hesal6) and. 1m - Elongate subparallel, moderately convex. Head, thorax, underside, legs, and elytra blue or violet-blue, the last marked yellow as follows. Male with wide subbasal fascia parallel to the base, but not reaching it nor the suture, and produced widely on the sides to beyond the middle, two antemedian pear-shaped maculae, one on each side of the suture, an irregular horizontal anteapical fascia extending to the sides but not reaching the suture; in the female the subbasal fascia is produced downwards on the disc to meet and include the antemedian spots; antennae and tarsi bronze. Head excavated and canaliculate on front, regularly and closely punctate. Prothorax widest at middle, apex and base bisinuate, the latter more strongly so; sides evenly rounded, slightly narrowing to the apex; disc rather unevenly, not coarsely punctate, densely so at the sides, a depressed smooth medial line evident on basal half, terminating in a minute fovea; two slight lateral depressions. Scute/lwm subcordate,. concave, laevigate. Elytra slightly enlarged at shoulders, 123 little constricted at middle, border serrated near apex; each elytron bispinose, with small oblique excision at extremity, exterior spine the more prominent; striate-punctate, seriate punctures small, intervals flat on disc, the sutural intervals costate towards apex, intervals unevenly and sparsely punc- tate. Abdomen and sternum finely punctate, and sparsely clothed with whitish hair. Dim., g, 144 x5 mm.; 9, 16 x 6 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). The sexual coloration as above may be accidental and individual, but the pattern alone distinguishes it from other described species. Somewhat similar in shape to browns (supra) and longicollis, Saund., it is flatter and less cylindric than the former. The only species to which it may be com- pared in colour scheme of the elytra is praece/lens, Kerr., but in general form and structure is nearest to longicollis, Saund. Types in the author’s collection. STIGMODERA NEGLECTA, 0. sp. Pox, Toe 1S. Elongate-ovate. Head, pronotum, and underside blue, pronotum and sternum with some bronze reflections; elytra yellow with the following dark-blue markings; basal margin, wide oblique vitta behind the shoulders, an elongate-oval antemedial spot on the suture, wide postmedial fascia and apical patch, the sutural spot, fascia, and apical patch con- nected along the suture; antennae and legs blue. Head farrowed and lightly excavate in frent; densely, not deeply punctate. Prothorax lightly convex, nearly straight at apex, strongly bisinuate at base, widest at base, sides arcuately narrowing to apex, all angles a little acute; dise with large round punctures, sparsely placed behind, becoming dense and finer on front half; with an elongate central fovea and two oval foveae at base. Scwtellum cordate and depressed. Slytra slightly wider than prothorax at base, sides lightly sinuate, apex bidentate with a rather wide shallow excision between teeth, posterior margins entire ; striate-punctate, intervals flat on middle, strongly convex at sides and apex ; quite impunctate (except in humeral swelling). Sternum strongly, abdomen very finely punctate and clothed with dense recumbent hair. Dim., 17 x 7 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains. Type in author’s collection. I find a female specimen misplaced amongst a series of undulata, Don., which it resembles closely at first sight, especially in the elytral’ pattern and size; otherwise I can 124 find nothing very near it. The following comparison with undulata will serve to distinguish it, mmter alia. S. undulata. S. neglecta. Colour — Head, pronotum, Head, pronotum, underside, and underside bronze- and elytral markings blue, green, elytral markings prothorax above and _ be- dark-green. low with patches of bronze. Prothorax strongly convex, Lightly convex, widest at widest near middle. base. Apices of elytra simply Widely excavate and _ bi- rounded. . dentate. ) oS 33 be) 99 aby) gigas, Cart. barbiventris, Cart. gloriosa, Cart. imperialis, Cart. rufocyanea, Cart. franca, Cart. Puate X. Stigmodera blackburni, Cart. hy) alerandri, Cart. rufolimbata, Cart. browni, Cart. desideria, Cart., female. i 55) male. neglecta, Cart. propinqua, Cart. pisciformis, Cart. argillacea, Cart. serratipennis, Oart. maculicollis, Cart. haswelli, Cart. lepida, Cart., female. oe “male. octocostata, Cart. - sexnotata, Cart. attenuata, Cart. planata, Cart. acuticollis, Cart. titania, Cart. pulchella, Cart. lear, Cart. tincticauda, Cart. notaticollis, Cart. hirundicauda, Cart. festiva, Cart. full 145 NOTES ON THE LORD HOWE ISLAND PHASMA, AND ON AN ASSOCIATED LONGICORN BEETLE. By ArtHur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist. [Contribution from the South Australian Museum. | [Read June 8, 1916.] Prags XE -X V It. One of the most remarkable species of insects that I obtained during a recent (December, 1915, and January, 1916) visit to Lord Howe Island, is a large wingless phasma, Karabidion (formerly Hurycantha) australe, Montr. It appears to have been taken by almost every natural history visitor to the island, and, in fact, once their hiding-places are known, specimens may be taken in practically unlimited numbers. During the day they remain concealed in hollows in upright or slightly-sloping stems of living trees, but their presence may be detected by examining the ground at the foot of the trees, where heaps of their excrement, sometimes amounting to bushels, may be found. The hollows are seldom less than eighteen inches in length, and are sometimes much longer; suitable ones are probably used for years. On examining the heaps of droppings, frequently both fresh and newly-hatched eggs may be found, the females apparently simply extruding their eggs as soon as these are ready. Occasionally during dayhght, when beating shrubs over an umbrella for insects, a newly-hatched larva, usually green, would drop into it; but except for these I never saw a specimen at large during daylight. They appear to come out late at night and to climb the trees directly for food. In the hollows considerable numbers live together in all stages, but with immature forms in the majority; from one hollow that was completely emptied sixty-eight specimens were taken ; in the same hollow were several large spiders and cockroaches. The males are armed with formidable spines on the hind femora, and when being captured they attempt to use these in conjunction with the strong curved tibiae; the females simply try to escape. The females vary comparatively little in structure, except that when mature the smallest is not quite four inches in length and the largest is a little over five inches. The males, however, vary considerably, especially in the hind legs; the smallest in the Museum measures nearly three inches, the 146 largest about four and a half inches. The hind femora on the small males have armature not much more pronounced © than on the females, but on the large males the two large teeth are very strong, and there are up to twelve smaller ones; the femur itself on the large males is considerably wider than the abdomen, and passes the sixth segment of the latter ; whereas on the small males it is narrower than the abdomen, and may not extend to the tip of the fourth segment. Six specimens (all males) were taken, on which, a leg having been lost, it had been renewed; four of these were larvae, and the renewed legs are very small (pl. xu, figs. 5-8). On the two mature specimens (pl. xiv.) the renewed leg is a hind one, and it is remarkable that with each the leg, in addition to being much smaller than the non-renewed one, is without conspicuous masculine armature, approaching the female type. I saw no communities in dead trees, but was told that occasionally when a tree touched a house, and especially in ~ the olden days when many houses were thatched, the phasmas would frequently take shelter in large numbers in the ceiling and make uncanny noises at night. But they were easily checked from doing this by preventing any part of the adjacent trees from touching the house. In nearly all cases that { examined it was seen plainly that the phasmas had selected for their domicile trees that had been largely bored by larvae of a large longicorn beetle. This beetle, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl.,@ is abundant on the island, and numerous specimens may be taken at night on the trunks of many kinds of trees. The larvae make large borings and eject most of their excrement outside the trees; each ‘makes a large hollow, and as many usually work together their borings “frequently interlace; in time, with the work of other insects, timber-rotting fungi, etc., large hollows are formed, and in these the phasmas take, up their residence. A large orange tree was practically destroyed by larvae of this beetle, and figures (pl. xvii.) are given of the inside and outside appearance of portion of the trunk of this tree, showing the great damage done. Large Kentia trees are also attacked. No lying banyan trees were noticed to be attacked by it, but larvae were abundant in dead ones. Very cold and rotten logs of many kinds of trees appeared to be attacked with as much favour as living trees, and their larvae are often taken from such logs by the islanders, with whom they are very favourite fish-bait. (1) It is not Cnemoplites (Arimaspes) howei, as the late Mr. A. S. Olliff thought possible. 5 147 Both sexes of the matured beetles vary in length, but the male may be readily distinguished from the female by its longer and stouter antennae and legs, especially the front tibiae and tarsi, pronotum with patches of coarse punctures alternated with more finely punctured and subopaque patches (instead of with coarse punctures throughout as on the female), and abdomen wider and subopaque, except that the fifth segment and tips of the others are shining; whereas on the female the abdomen is polished throughout. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.(2) Pratt XI. Male of Lord Howe Island Phasma, Karabidion australe, Montr. Prate XII. Female of Phasma. Pirate XITT. Figs. 1-8. Immature specimens of Phasma. AMS Larva with renewed right hind leg. te oand 7: we ae 5 tenn tront’ leg. eS: be a 5) fieht maddie” leo. bare: Eggs. Pratt XIV. Two mature males with right hind legs renewed. PuaTE XV. Sections of tree inhabited by Phasmas (greatly reduced). > PruaTh XV I, Longicorn Beetles, Agrianome spinicollis, W. S. Macl. Pratt XVII. Sections of orange tree damaged by Longicornes (greatly reduced). : (2) Photographs by Mr. Henry Hale, of the South Besivalian Museum. 148 HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, THE ANCHORING SPICULES OF AN HEXACTINELLID SPONGE FROM THE ORDOVICIAN ROCKS OF THE MACDONNELL RANGES, CENTRAL AUSTRALIA. . By R. Ervnerince, Junr., Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, Honorary Fellow. [Contribution from the Australian Museum. | [Read July 13, 1916.] PLATE OV LL: In 1960 a small collection of MacDonnell Ranges fossils was presented to the Australian Museum by the Department of Mines, Adelaide. Amongst these was a small piece of red fossiliferous quartzite, the weathered surface covered with minute straight, white, rod-like bodies, and the same showing in section on the fractured ends of the entire mass. This at the time was put aside for further examination, and, as so often happens in such cases, forgotten. These white, apparently rod-like bodies I take to be the anchoring spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge, and referable to the genus Hyalostelia, Zittel (=Pyritonema, McCoy). The existence of these spicules had already been recog- nized in the rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges. At the annual meeting of the Society, on October 17, 1893, Mr. W. Howcliin ‘‘exhibited a fossil sponge, Hyalostelia, from the Lower Silurian rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges, forwarded by Mr. Thornton, of Tempe Downs. The only other site where it is known to occur in South Australia is in the Cambrian rocks at Curramuika.’’ Professor R. Tate briefly referred in his account of the Horn Expedition fossils to the occurrence of sponge rootlets in quartzite at Finke Gorge. He described(5) them as cylindrical casts, 15 mm. in diameter, extending through a vertical thickness of four inches. Notwithstanding these (1) McCoy: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hlist., vi. (2), 1850, p. 2738. (2) Howchin: Trans. Roy. Soc: S$. Aus., xvil., pt. ., 1893; p. 855. (3) Tate: Report Horn Expdn. Central Austr., pt. i11., 1896, p.. Lis 149 casts are larger than //yalostelia rods proper, Tate yielded preference to a sponge view of their nature rather than regard them as Annelide burrows. The cylindrical rods forming the specimen now before me, and which I propose to term /yalostelia australis, have a variable diameter of 0°19-1°39 mm., the longest preserved piece measuring twenty millimetres. They are circular in sec- tion, and when the strong mineral alteration the reds have undergone allows the structure to be seen, it is concentric. In many an axial tube is still apparent. These spicular cables are quite free and unattached to one another, without any trace of ‘‘rope-like bundles,’’ and although not all absolutely parallel to one another, lie more or less in one direction. The matrix is a compact quartzite slightly iron-stained in colour, and the rods being white stand out in strong contrast. As already stated, the spicular rods are siliceous like the matrix, but in places have undergone a secondary chalcedonic change, and when this is so all structure is obliterated, the alteration taking the form of bleb-like particles. Neither hooked-hke terminations nor projecting decorative structures were observed. The variation in the spicule diameter (0°19-1°39 mm.) is quite in keeping with that of the already-described species, lemnasciomus.. McCoy, sp. (Cl5-"( mm!) “Dr. J. G. Hinde comments on this variability in the anchoring spicules of the above species,(4) which is met with in limestones of Llandeilo age; these also are converted into chalcedonic silica. The diameter of the MacDonnell Ranges anchoring spicules, therefore, very considerably exceeds that of the British form, and will afford a ready means of distinguishing the two until the body of the sponge proper in H. australis is discovered. As a matter of strict priority the name Hyalostelia, Zittel, 1878, should give place to that of Pyritonema, McCoy, 1850. Dr. Hinde, however, has retained the former, but in the English edition of Zittel’s ‘‘Text-book of Palaeontology,’”’ by Eastman, the two are separately maintained, Pyrito- nema being defined as “‘fascicles of long, stout spicules, supposed to be root tufts’’; whilst in Hyalostelia the anchor- ing spicules are “‘root-tufts composed of elongated, slightly- bent fibres, sometimes terminating in four recurved rays. Mr. Howchin was kind enough to lend me his specimen, when I found that it and the Museum example form portions (4) Hinde: Mon. Brit. Foss. Sponges, Die 25 LOSS. pele. Gy Vol. i., 1990) pian: 150 of one and the same piece of rock. When united the two pleces measure one and a quarter inches long, one and a half inches wide, and three-quarters of an inch thick, the spicular rods extending throughout. I am indebted to Mr. Howchin for the following remarks {August 31, 1916]:— ‘From the material in my hand I think there must be at least two clearly distinct species. Notwithstanding the inclusion of rods of different diameters in the same individual, there is, in all my examples, a certain preponderance of a given diameter in the rods of any one particular sponge. This also seems to be borne out by the descriptions and figures hitherto published. That is to say, in a certain number of cases the individual rods do not, throughout the entire speci- men, attain a diameter of more than half that of the average size of other examples. The diameters of the respective species, as described, are as follows (Hinde’s figures being Lise). — (Hyalosteha parallela, McCoy, 02 to Od aim | Group I. (fine |. (Pyritonema) fasciculus, McCoy, 0-2 hair-like rods). } to 0°5 mm. H. (Hyalonema) youngi, Eth., junr. i Described as “‘hair-like.’’ Hyalostela australis, Eth., junr., 0°19 to 1°39 mm. 1. (Hyatonema) smith, Y.-ande Yee to.) 1/5 ua, “Tt is true that H. australis (rods) do ‘considerably exceed’ in size those of Pyritonema fasciculus, but they are, if anything, a little smaller than those of H. smithi. The Tempe Downs example comes so near to the Carboniferous H. smithwu that I regarded it as indistinguishable from that form, and for that reason did not define it as a new species.’”’ ( ( Group II. (stout rods). | EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. HYALOSTELIA AUSTRALIS, Eth., fils. Fig. 1. Transverse section of anchoring spicules—x4 diam. 2. Longitudinal section of several spicules—x7 diam. 3) =H In both sections the dense black portions in the spicules are the silicified tissue; the white patches, on the contrary, are the blebs of chaleedonic silica. In the transverse section (fig. 1) some of the axial canals are visible (as at a), and again in a longitudinal section (fig. 2, b). st AURORAL OBSERVATIONS AT THE CAPE ROYDS STATION, ANTARCTICA. British Antarctic Expedition, 1908. By D. Mawson, K.B., D.Sc., Ere. [Read July 13, 1916.| Puates XIX. ann XX. PREFACE. The following notes were prepared for publication in the year 1911. The printing, however, was delayed, as Sir Ernest Shackleton expected to publish the Scientific Reports of the Expedition as a continuous series. Since then, want ot the necessary funds has driven him to abandon the idea _of a complete series, and this manuscript is at last released for publication. The matter submitted is, firstly, the journal of aurorae observed, and, secondly, conclusions drawn from an analysis of the records contained therein. The journal is a compilation of all loggings entered by members of the party. In this almost everybody at the hut participated. One of the par- ticular duties of the night-watchman was to scan the heavens at intervals for auroral phenomena. As the party contained few trained observers, the journal is not consistently thorough throughout. However, as I was responsible for that depart- ment of the work, | made it my business to personally observe every display possible between the hours of 8 a.m. and mid- night; the night-watchman had standing orders to waken me at any time between midnight and 8 a.m., should there be any notable demonstration. I wish to mention. Professor T. W. E. David, Chief of Scientific Staff, as having been specially active in observations and loggings connected with this journal. As the records of auroral phenomena noted by observers of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition of the years 1912 and 1913 were very full and supply much more matter for discussion than herein available, only more prominent con- clusions will be referred to in this contribution. Later on the subject can be reopened in the light of the fuller information made available by the later expedition. Adelaide University, January, 1916. Vol. XL., Plate XIX. | (FLOATING GLACIER Ice) MINNA 30 LMT MORNING 7e%30 Se MT M0} = - Sik 7is MUBISCOVERY ~ BLACK SOUTH ISLAND = 39 WHITE r BROWN = SMR BB ISLAND ‘3 > > iP ° TLISTER a a Ik MUST — I ie) a Floating GLACIER ce) S 4 b& < Bean 2 o \ eee) , p Y DAILEY 95 9 2 i \ SECM Seale \ oe % ' sie , o 1 RS 7 m | \ Ss J \ A\'DISCOVERY winren QuaRTens~ —-~ VICTORIA HutPr | CASTLE Roci* URDO cael | ELOATING GLAC/ER 16) Mises 4 xs TL Dosa GLACIER Tonoue : oe a) wee AR, ee cee sR © GD INACCESSIBLE [2 amas on nh Se Ss ROSS C.Barne NEW HARBOUR 5 30! =s hy, OBSERVING STATIO 7730 Re ’ EY Le serenesus SER TATION =. ey 7 = 19300 C.frozier aH TUG TE RACE ZA ISLAND le Pp fe ie SOUNO lo 3 ba = } ROSS SEA C.Bird 7.7" GRANITE HARBOUR. BEAUFORT f) ISLAND ROSS SEA Wie 3 ate 1 425 | os: Sue 10" (fee 166°E Locatiry Map OF THE OBSERVING Station at Capp Royps. {164° 162° HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AU: aan ; | ' ; 152 CONTENTS. Page J. JouRNAL OF AURORAE : — i Introductory Remarks 52 Explanation of Terms employ edn in fie Text 153 : The Journal ae ay os. ei a ee Il. Summary :— is Frequency in relation to Sun-spot Cycle ... ae 2. The Annual Variation of Frequency ... wy a 3. Auroral Storm Pericds ... ee SE wos 4. Diurnal Variation 203 5. Frequency in relation to Caen ante Dincction 205 6. Diurnal Frequency and Geographic Direction considered Conjointly ... oe fe 20) ae 7. Diurnal Variation in Trend At ae a 8. Relation to Lines of Magnetic Force ... eS 9. Relation to Land Topography ... ne on 10. Relation to Meteorological Conditions el oa 11. Colour i im By a x 4 i Del 12. Suggestions ... PASS (REARS. A oe Ate 211 I.—JOURNAL (OF AURORAE. 1. InrrRopuctroRy REMARKS. All directions mentioned in the text are given as true and not magnetic bearings. The magnetic declination at Cape Royds was, approximately, 150° E. The time of the entries is stated in a daily round of twenty-four hours, beginning at midnight and ending with the following midnight. For example, 22.30 refers to 10.30 p.m. of the civil scale. The hour entered was that of the hut clock, with neces- sary adjustments made at two periods of the year, on occasions when the clock was ascertained to be considerably in error in relation to local mean time. Unfortunately, those of the party in charge of the ‘‘time’’ were not as painstaking as they should have been, and so this record, though relatively accurate in itself, cannot be relied upon, within several minutes of time at least, for comparison with other stations. The trend of bands in the sky was noted as frequently as possible, and the direction stated always the real trend, as if observed in the zenith; not the apparent trend as seen in perspective. In cases more than a few degrees from the actual zenith some experience is necessary to accurately deter- mine such direction. As a rule, no attempt was made to log the trend of arcs of low elevation, on account of uncertainties entailed therein. Arcs extending straight across the zenith 153 from horizon to horizon, as they drifted away from the zenith, always appeared, on acccunt of perspective, to become bowed with convexity away from the observer. This and other optical effects had at all times to be carefully borne in mind when recording the trend of fragments of arcs at a distance from the zenith. . It is certain that many faint auroral phenomena escape observation altogether, except at the hands of an experienced observer. Often when the luminous phenomena have so faded as to be invisible to the eye in the normal way, something may still be’seen by looking towards a point 60° or 90° away and then staring sideways. By doing so the focus is thrown upon a fresh (more sensitive) portion of the retina. Reference in the text is frequently made to topographical features of the locality about Cape Royds, the observing station. The position of these can be noted by reference to plate xix. (facing page 151). 2. EXPLANATION OF TERMS EMPLOYED IN THE TEXT. The manifestations recorded as aurorae are luminous phenomena of diverse form resembling closely the appearances produced by electric discharge in rarified gases. The accumu- lated labours of contributors to this subject show that the incandescence observed in auroral displays is due in some way to electric disturbances in the higher rarified atmosphere. In logging the manifestations a number of types have been recognized and agreed upon by various authors. The majority of the contributions to the literature of the subject, however, have not been sufficiently scientific, and published works are overloaded with a redundancy of terms, often over- lapping and ill-selected. In this place, a discussion of the subject will not be attempted. It will suffice to explain what is meant by the terms actually used in this journal. Curtain.—This is the- idealized form of aurora phe- nomena, and contains all the elements of auroral manifesta- tions. Curtains are in the form of somewhat convoluted (draped) bands and bars across the sky. Like the article of furnishing trom which they take their name, they are narrow in lateral width, but the vertical extension is always con- siderable. A fine illustrative example, though somewhat more than usually convoluted, is that figured by Dr. Wilson as plate 10 in the Aurora Report of the British National Antarctic Expedition of 1902-1904. The elements of a curtain are vertical filaments, or streamers, as they are referred to in this journal. The streamers are arranged just 154 as are the teeth in a comb, when the latter is held vertically with the back of the comb below. At the lower edge of a typical curtain the streamers are all united to form a con- tinuous ribbon of light at an even altitude above the surface of the earth; above they fade into invisibility at varying altitudes, imperceptibly passing into outer darkness. In cases where the display is fainter, only the brighter sections of a curtain may be visible, and the relation of such patches of light in the heavens only become manifest at intervals when the excitation increases and the intervening portions df the curtain become dimly outlined. Often all that is visible is one or two isolated streamers which experience has taught are, i1-most cases at least, the visible parts of an invisible curtain, if one may so express oneself. Curtains, as they are viewed, wax and wane—-now dazzling bright and again quickly fading to almost invisibility. The excitation travels definitely from one end to the other, often in slow, pulsating movements. In the case of intense displays, however, the luminescence ripples in a kind of wave-motion through the streamers from one end to the other. In addition to the passage of luminescence along the length of a curtain, the whole curtain usually shows a tendency to drift (hody-travel) towards some quarter of the heavens. Curtains seldom appear singly, but more often multiple, usually as strictly parallel forms, in number proportionate to the intensity of the aurora. Very brillant curtains usually reduce them- selves within a few minutes to a nebulous condition, in which the streamers and all fine outline are lost in a broad incan- descent (nebulous) band or are. Nebulous bands, arcs, and patches are commonly referred to throughout this journal. Brilliant aurorae below the horizon may cast a reflection on and so illuminate the borders of visible clouds, producing an auroral glow. Our observations show that at other times there was the appearance of auroral excitation connected with specific clouds. The term corona is not employed here, for in literature it is, often at least, misapplied. The streamers of curtain rings, when such are situated in the zenith, on account of perspec- tive effect, appear to converge to a meeting-point above, and | so have often been referred to in literature as a special form under the name of corona. Elsewhere in contributions on the subject of the aurora polaris the term is employed to refer to manifestations when an intense display reaches thé zenith. The term arch is, except perhaps in exceptional cases, a misnomer, as extensive linear bands are of the nature of arcs at a fairly uniform height above the surface of the earth. L55 3. JOURNAL OF AURORAE OBSERVED AT Care Royps, Ross Isianp (Lat. 77° 32° Soutu, Lone. 26th, 4.00 3rd, 24.00 4th, 2.00 16.00 24.00 6th, 22.00 7th, 2.00 4.00 12th, 21.00 13th, 2.00 20th, 23.00 24.00 21st, 21.00 22.15 24.00 22nd, 2.00 4.00 25th. 23.00 26th, 22.00 24.00 27th, 2:00 4.00 22. 00 23.30 166° 12’ East), purine 1908. March, 1908. An auroral streamer on the S.E. horizon. Streamers from E.N.E. to S.E. near the horizon. Auroral streamers again noted. Streamers over N.E. and S.W. horizon. Curtain to E. Curtain behind Ross Island extending from N. to S.E. by E. Fine snowfall from no visible cloud at 23.00. ; Four arcs extended overhead to N. and S., situated in the sky to E. of zenith. Also streamers appeared over the horizon. Aurora again noted; partially obscured by nimbus clouds near the horizon. Slight haze with fine snow between 2.00 and 4.00. Two streamers seen in the EK. Curtain trending to the N.W. Curtains stretching N. and S. across the sky to E. of zenith. The moon well up,' and so the auroral light must be strong to be visible. Streamers in the N. Beams over the slopes of Mount Erebus, to the N.E. Four parallel bands across the sky from the zenith to the E., trend somewhat EK. of N. The light is strong, notwithstanding the brightness of the moonlight. Streamers and low arcs from N. to S. on the E. horizon. Aurora continues in the E. Aurora continues, but fainter. Streamers arising from the N.E. horizon, noted on the next succeeding days when clear between 17.30 and 18.30. Stronger lights, usually as ares, show up between 22.00: and 2.00. Aurora bright from N. to E. Aurora in N. and E. "Aurora in N.E. to S. Aurora reported in N.E. and S. Aurora reported in N.E. and S. Auroral phenomena appeared in the S. and S. by W. Almost the whole sky from N. by W., through E. to S., ablaze with auroral bands, curtains, and nebu- lous masses. The luminous masses appear to travel rapidly in a definite direction. The forms are ever changing, retaining their shapes for not longer than 10 seconds. The nebulous masses have the appearance of being very near the earth’s surface. This evening, and several preceding evenings, the bands trended in a distinctly more EK. and W. direction than on earlier occasions. 28th, Ast, Ath, 5th : 22nd, 23rd, 2Ath, 00.30 2.00 2.00 22.00 24.00 22.00 3.00 20.00 22.00 2.00) 11.00 20.00 22.00 3.00 4.00) 15.00 16.30 17.30) 18.15 21.30 24.00 156 The brilliant auroral display continues. OU He 09 19 SS Qiao —_—_—_—_— -_~ a 2nd, 2.00 4.00 | 8.00 J 12.00 15.15 16.00 ard. 16380 20.00 158 Auroral phenomena in the N.N.W. to E. by S.E. Aurora in the E. Long nebulous auroral ares, uniformly illuminated, extended along the highlands of Ross Island. The luminescence shaded off towards the border of the bands. This is the first appearance of this definite type of aurora. In other parts of the sky a dull auroral glow appeared. A most striking auroral curtain ran along the high- lands in a more or less N.N.W. direction. It appeared to be very low over Mount Erebus and to touch the present active crater. At one stage it ringed the crater of Mount Erebus. For the space of about four minutes it appeared strongly coloured; the colour bands were horizontally stratified, red below, passing upwards through vellow, greenish-white, and purple to blackness above. The excitation producing the colour travelled S. from the direction of Cape Bird towards Mount Erebus. The arc as a whole appeared to travel to the N. The arc still faintly red below. Absence of auroral phenomena. June. A brilhant display in the form of curtains, streamers, and nebulous masses covered the sky E. of the zenith from N. to S.W. Aurora distributed generally over the portions of the sky to the EK. of the zenith from N. to S.W. Long streamers in the N.N.W. A luminous haze continued faint during the day, and appeared stronger in the evening. An aurora near the S.E. horizon. Aurora in the E. Faint aurora on horizon N. of Mount Erebus. A faint auroral are extended nearly E. and W. over the zenith. A single strongly-defined curtain extended somewhat N. of W. over the zenith. This followed a straight line over the ice of McMurdo Sound, but in the vicinity of Ross Island curved to the N., so as to bring its course directly over the summit of Mount Erebus. | A nearly E. and W. auroral band crossed the heavens exactly as noted at this time yesterday. It con- tinued eastward as far as the eve could reach. A less strongly marked band extended from the N. horizon towards the zenith. A bright glow, resembling an auroral haze, extended round the horizon. 4th, 1.15 9.45 14.00 15.00 15.30 16.30 159 A brilliant auroral display concurrently with mild blizzard conditions. An intensely illuminated cur- tain formed the main part of the aurora and stretched across the zenith, trending N.W. For a short period a red selvage appeared below. Ripples of luminescence travelled from end to end at a wild and rapid pace. When the excitation travelled more slowly and in a more concentrated fashion the jerky effect noted is best described as a pulsation. The building up of the curtain by vertical filaments, exactly as the teeth are arranged in a comb, was well illustrated. As the exciting cause traversed the length of the band in a horizontal direction it caused a kindling along a median zone, and this was followed quickly by a vertical travel of the exciting cause, both upwards and downwards, along the filaments. In the case of the downward travel, it strongly reminded one of the shower of descending light produced by the explosion of a rocket occurring at its maximum altitude. The upward kindling was similar, but of course inverted. This particular curtain re- mained strongly illuminated for 10 minutes; it then faded, and had disappeared in 30 minutes. Other parallel curtains traversed the heavens, and all, towards their southern extension, showed cur- vature to the E. Besides the rippling luminescence referred to, there was distinct and rapid _ bodily drift to the N.W. We watched a beautiiul para- bolic form develop just south of the zenith. The luminescence first appeared at what afterwards formed the apex which was at the southern end; the axis of the parabola pointed S. by E. from the zenith. Very soon the whole became an ill- defined nebulous mass, and drifted away rapidly to the N.W., as if impelled by the blizzard wind. The whole display lasted only about an hour, and was noted no more all night. The wind now rapidly fell and a well-defined auroral are developed overhead, appearing to trend in a S. by W. direction, but becoming more N. and S. during the next half-hour. A faint aurora developed in a W. by N. direction as an are over the zenith. The curtain still faintly seen, but now more truly E.. and W. A faint auroral haze was observable in the S. and S.W. near the zenith. Dead-calm atmosphere. The curtain now well defined, trending across the zenith to the W. by N. It was but slightly bowed, with the concavity directed towards the S. Jt showed a slow body-travel to the E. The same curtain appeared, drifted somewhat N. of the zenith, but preserving approximately the same trend. It now appeared to be bowed to the N.; the bowed appearance was, therefore, due largely to the perspective effect, and the luminous band must be almost or quite straight. Ath. oth, 17.15 20.00 20.20 21.15 160 : Anrora absent. The aurora reappeared. Streamers located between the zenith and the Western Mountains. A couple of small auroral streamers to the W: in the vicinity of the Western Mountains developed almost suddeniy into a serpent-like scroll crossing the zenith from the W., then bending slightly to the N. and flanking Mount Erebus. The trend from the zenith across the Sound was W.S.W. The form was that of an exquisitely beautiful draped curtain; the filaments, however, were not readily discerned, because of its zenith altitude. Between the zenith and the western horizon eight or nine flexures existed. The excitation travelled from W. to E. There was a slow drift to the S.H. The maximum brilliance of illumination occurred at the time of its first appearance; a few minutes later the evenly-brilliant lower margin became cleaved by a number of dark partings which developed at regular intervals and with a con- stant inclination (about 15° to the trend of the folded curtain). For a time, when at its brightest, a red fringe formed a lower selvage. Its originally narrow horizontal width gradually broadened out and finally gave rise to smaller parallel patches. Already it had frayed out into several parallel but poorer and less definite bands. Jt now dispersed, leaving auroral nebula over the whole heavens. In its late stages the arc appeared to stand above Mount Erebus and the vicinity of Mount Lister. It had thus swung somewhat to the S.W. It now appeared to be slightly concave to the S. (pro- bably due to perspective). As many as four parallel bands were now noted in the sky simul- taneously; these in turn gave way to scattered nebulous patches. The main trend of curtains swung round more to the N. as the evening pro- gressed, ‘passing, “irom a N.N'E. to a None trend (reckoning from the zenith). Aurora in patches. both N. and S. A curtained arc to the E. of the zenith, trending N. and 8. A small patch also to the S.W. of the zenith. Scattered patches and irregular nebulous masses distributed over a great part of the sky. The visible aurora almost solely represented by nebulous patches; these were particularly bright in the zenith and large in areal extent. Nebulous patches distributed over the whole sky. One long band extended in a N. and S. direction and reached the vicinity of Mount Lister. iiard parallel curtain rose over horizon from E.S.E. A curtain 20° up in N.N.W., trending about N.E. ; the curtain composed of isolated high streamers. Two faint curtains, trending N.N.E.; one crossing the zenith, the other 45° up in the N. Only the horizon ends were represented. The greatest inten- sity of aurora this evening was between 22.30 and 23.00. No aurora reported. Sky obscured until 22.00. Aurora in E.S.E. Anlie, «1 45 5th, 00.20 15th, 6.00 17.15 17.45) 18.30 19.30 18th, 2.00 3.15 193 Disjointed curtains in the eastern half of the sky and even to the zenith, trending in a general N. and S. direction. Auroral display in the N., E., and S. Aurora in the E.S.E. Disjointed curtains low down around three-parts of the horizon; not in the W. to S. Long streamers over the Mount Erebus horizon. A long low curtain in the E. sky, stretching from SE: to NW. No aurora. A streamer-curtain, trending mainly E. and W., and bowed to the S., extending from W. to S.E., at an elevation of 40° above the S. horizon. Very faint nebulous streamers 60° up in the S.S.E., 20° up in the S.E., and on the E.S.E. horizon. A detached curtain from low down in the S.E. to E. Patches of a moderately bright curtain extending from near Cape Barne towards Mount. Erebus, and not more than 30° up. A curtain arc from N. to S. over Mount Erebus. In the W. two short curtains were situated high in the W., sloping down steeply to the E.; reported to appear to be dipping to earth. From this date no aurora was reported for some time. This was, no doubt, due largely to the following causes:—(a) A long period of obscured sky; (4) bright moonlight; (c) daylight was now strong during the day. It is, however, unlikely that there was any striking auroral displays throughout this period. Part of a curtain 20° up in the N. Several detached streamers more to the E. After this observation was obscured by daylight. As the daylight waned auroral streamers were seen over the N. slopes of Mount Erebus. Long streamers rising over the N.E._ horizon. Gradually several nebulous bands appeared just above the horizon in that direction. A few streamers remaining. ‘Aurora reported. A curtain to the N.E. and E. The display was low on the horizon, and at no time was it very bright. The excitation appeared to travel in waves from the S.E. A glow on the horizon behind Mount Erebus indicated an extension of the display to the S. Conditions as last reported. Only isolated streamers remain as remnants of the above curtain. The greatest intensity was in the EK. A few short and very faint streamers visible in the N.E. A nebulous aurora on the highlands of Ross Island to the N.E. Several faint streamer- panne: to the S. of Mount Erebus as far as S.E. Dy Aurora on the N. highlands of Ross Island and a patch of luminous nebula on the horizon line. 18th, 20.15 29.30 19th, 15.00 17.40 18.30 19.45 20.10 20.20 20.50 21.15 22.00 23.00 20th, 00.40 2.00 194 No definite aurora, only a very faint luminosity surrounding the slopes of Mount Erebus. A nebulous auroral patch on the horizon due E. A faint luminous glow on the horizon-haze 10° up in the W. and S. A curtain seen from Hut Point to the S.E. Aurora commenced in the S.E. as a faint curtain of thin streamers. The streamers were very high, reaching 25° above the horizon in the vicinity of Mount Erebus. The streamers became stronger and black lines appeared to be a real phenomenon ; they were distinctly darker than the general sky, and visible for two or three minutes only. The display in the E.S.E. continued and the cur- tain rose 15° above the horizon, and appeared to trend S. by W. A long curtain eventually formed a semicircle around the E. and S. of Mount Erebus. Faint streamers rose occasion- ally above the summit of the mountain, and associated with these were black rays. After 18.30 only a very little aurora remained on the N. slope of Mount Erebus. Aurora almost completely absent. A very faint luminous glow over the Ross Island highlands, and an almost invisible streamer rising above the horizon in the E.N.E. . Aurora becoming stronger. An aurora of the first magnitude along the Mount Erebus slopes extending from N. to S. Streamers strongly developed and rising to 45°. Each of the streamers as it developed first established itself above in great brilliance, then extended downwards and appeared to drop some of its luminescence. The excitation travelled from N. to §., with very little body-movement, but an apparent creep towards the N.W. The highest streamers uniformly appeared following the out- line of the backbone of Ross Island. When at its brightest the curtain showed a crimson lower selvage. There was even a coloured border faintly seen on some of the vertical streamers (colour banding in vertical direction). A curtain composed of a succession of isolated high streamers appeared to trend N.N.W. across the eastern sky 15° up. A curtain 25° up in the E. appeared to trend N.W. A curtain seen on the horizon from N.N.E. to S.S.E. A faint glow over the E. horizon. The curtains seen earlier in the evening appeared to have retreated to the E. A bright curtain extended from over Cape Barne to a point 60° up E. of the zenith and concave on Mount Erebus. pl Maca. figs. 1-4. Myrmica (Monomorium) longiceps, F. Smith: Cat. Hymen., Brit. Mus., 6, 1856, p. 128, female. Atta antipodum, F. Smith: ibid., p. 166, female. Myrmica longiceps, Lowne: Entomolgist, 2, 1865, p. 334. Aphaenogaster longiceps, Mayr: Journ. Mus. Godeff, 12, 1876, p. 48, male, female (in part); Verh.: Zool. bot. Ges. Wien., 36, 1886, p. 359; Dalla Torre: Cat. Hymen., 7, 1893, p. 103. 217 A phaenogaster(?) antipodum, Mayr: ibid., p. 360, female. Aphaenogaster antipodum, Dalla ae Catt Efymen., 7, 1893, p. 98, female; Froggatt: Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 1905, p. 21, female. Stenamma longiceps, Froggatt: ibid., p. 17. Stenamma (Ischnomyrmez) longiceps, race ruginota, Forel: Rey. Suisse Zdol., 10, 1902, p. 440, two females. Aphaenogaster longiceps, subsp. ruginota, Emery: Boll. Lab. Aool. Gemoserar. Portici, 8, 1914, p. 181, fig. 1b, male: Aphaenogaster longiceps, Emery: ibid., p. 181, fig. la, male. Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) ruginota, Forel: Ark. Zool., 9, 1915, p. 75, two females and male. Aphaenogaster (Attomyrma) longiceps, Emery: Rend. R. Acad. Se. Ist. Bologna, 1915, p. 71. WV orker.—Length, 5-7 mm. Head about one and one- quarter times as long as broad, as broad in front as behind, with feebly convex see. rounded posterior corners and a pronounced, reflected occipital margin. Eyes rather small, convex at the middle of the sides of the head. Mandibles long, with rather straight external borders, their apical borders irregularly denticulate, with three larger teeth at the tip. Clypeus moderately convex, its anterior border broadly rounded and entire. Frontal] carinae sub- parallel; frontal area large, triangular; frontal groove indis- tinct. Antennae slender; scapes extending about one-fourth their length beyond the occipital border of the head, their tips distinctly incrassated; funiculi with distinct 4-jointed club, and all the joints more than twice as long as broad. Thorax rather long and slender, pronotum slightly flattened above, rising posteriorly to the mesonotum, which slopes rapidly backward and is slightly concave anteriorly in profile, marginate on each side above and along its inferior border. Mescépinotal constriction abrupt and rather deep. Epinotum as high as long, its base horizontal and straight, forming a right-angle with the shorter declivity; the spines somewhat curved at base, slender and acute, less than half as long. as the declivity, nearly as long as their distance apart at the base and directed backward and slightly outward. Petiole with a slender peduncle shorter than the node, which is rather high and rounded above, its anterior slope rising abruptly and perpendicularly from the peduncle. Seen from above, the node is longer than broad. Postpetiole a little higher than the petiolar node and somewhat broader. Legs long and slender; spurs of the hind tibiae very small. Shining; mandibles subopaque, coarsely striated ; clypeus and head bore smooth and shining, longitudinally rugose 218 between the frontal carinae and eyes, the rugae diverging behind. Cheeks with coarse, elongate punctures. Mesonotum and epinotum subopaque and rugose-punctate, the rugae irregular on the sides and often transverse on the base of the epinotum; pronotum and declivity of epinotum smooth and shining, as are also the petiole, postpetiole, gaster, and legs. Antennal scapes and legs with sparse piligerousspunctures. Body, including the antennae and legs, covered with rather abundant, erect, coarse, yellowish hairs; those on the scapes and tibiae standing off at an angle of about 30° to 45°. Yellowish-brown to piceous or castianeous-brown ; append- ages paler; first gastric segment in pale specimens often darker behind; mandibular teeth black. Female.—Length, 10°5-12 mm.; wings, .13-14 mm. Head rather small, scarcely longer than broad, sub- rectangular, very slightly broader behind than in front. Antennal scapes reaching about one-fourth their length beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax large; mesonotum overarching the small pronotum in front, flat- tened behind; seen from above, distinctly longer than broad; scutellum longitudinally impressed in the middle; base of epinotum sloping, longer than the declivity, the spines long, blunt, directed upward, outward, and backward. Petiolar node compressed anteroposteriorly, its upper border feebly impressed in the middle; postpetiole short, broader than long. Gaster large. Wings with large discal cell and only one cubital cell. Sculpture resembling that of the worker, but the whole upper-surface of head and cheeks longitudinally rugose, except a small median occipital area which is shining and coarsely punctate, and the clypeus, which is transversely rugu- lose on the sides. Thorax, including the mesopleurae, smooth and shining; epinotum sharply rugose, the rugae on the base transverse in front, arcuate behind, on the sides irregular above, longitudinal below and extending forward on to the mesosterna. -Pilosity like that of the worker. Colour darker, castaneous; legs, usually including the coxae, yellowish; wings distinctly and uniformly infuscated throughout, radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown, remaining veins paler. Male.—Length, 5-6 mm.; wings, 6-6°5 mm. Head, excluding the eyes, distinctly longer than broad, convex behind and above, not broader behind than in front, its occipital border with a pronounced, strongly-reflected margin. Cheeks very short; eyes large and convex. 219 Mandibles narrow, with two or three teeth. -Clypeus convex, with rounded entire anterior border. Antennal scapes slender, somewhat shorter than the head; funiculi with joints gradu- ally increasing in length distally, but without distinct club; first joint slightly swollen. Thorax large; mesonotum, seen from above, as long as broad, very convex, especially in front, where it strongly overarches the very small pronotum. Meso- sterna and mesopleurae large and very convex. Epinotum narrow, prolonged backward, its base rapidly sloping and more concave anteriorly, its posterior portion somewhat higher, subnodiform, and with very short declivity. Petiolar and postpetiolar nodes low and rounded, the latter longer than broad and somewhat broader than the former. Legs long and very slender. Venation of wings as in the female. Pilosity and sculpture much as in the worker, but the hairs somewhat finer and the head much less rugose in front, the mesopleurae and upper-surface of the epinotum smooth and shining and the mandibles shining and sparsely punctate. Colour as in the female, but the head darker, the mandibles yellow, and the wings and apterostigma somewhat paler. Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (type locality); Yarra dis- trict (W. W. Froggatt); Swan River (lecality of female, Atta antipodum, cited by F. Smith). New South Wales: Jenolan Caves (J. C. Wiburd); Port Hacking (W. B. Gur- ney); National Park, near Sydney, Sutherland, Leura, Katoomba, Hornsby, Manly, Sandringham, Bulli Pass, Gos- ford, and Uralla (Wheeler); Fitzroy Falls (R. J. Tillyard) ; Sydney (A. M. Lea); Sydney and Katoomba (F. Silvestri) ; Shoalhaven district (W. W. Froggatt); Dorrigo (W. Heron). Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Colosseum (E. Mjoberg) ; Townsville (F. P. Dodd); Brisbane and Koah (Wheeler) ; Bribie Island (Wheeler and H. Hacker). Although series of specimens from different localities vary more or less in average size, in colour, sculpture, and the length and shape of the epinotal spines, it seems inadvisable on the basis of the material examined to confer names on the varieties of this species. APHAENOGASTER (NyYSTALOMYRMA) PyTHIA, Forel. Tien tes. 4-H ik oan. toe.) 5-8. Aphaenogaster longiceps, Mayr.: Journ. Mus. Godeff., 12 1876, p. 43, female, male (in part). Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Ark. Zool., 9, 1915, p. 76, two females and male. * 220 Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) pythia, Forel: ctbid., p. 76, two females and male. Worker.—-Length, 4-5°5 mm. Averaging smaller than /ongiceps. Head scarcely longer than broad, distinctly broader behind than in front, with less- rounded posterior corners than in longiceps, and with less- constricted, though distinctly marginate, posterior border. Eyes distinctly less convex, antennae shorter, though the scapes surpass the occipital border of the head by nearly one-fourth their length; funicular joints shorter. Pronotum and base of epinotum more convex and rounded above in pro- file; mesoépinotal constriction shorter. Epinotal spines shorter, much further apart at their base than long, and directed more upward. Petiolar node rising less abruptly | from the peduncle. Legs shorter and stouter, gaster perhaps a little larger than in longiceps. Smoother and more shining; mandibles subopaque and shining; the rugae between the frontal carinae and eyes feebler; epinotum smooth and shining above; sides of meso- notum and epinotum much more finely rugulose-punctate, so that their surfaces are also more shining. Hairs finer and paler and a little more oblique on the legs and antennal scapes. Colour usually paler and more yellowish than in longiceps. Female.—Length, 95-11 mm.; wings, 12°5-13 mm. Smaller than the female of Jongiceps, with the posterior corners of the head more pronounced and less rounded, the eyes somewhat less convex, the antennae, thorax, and legs shorter, and the epinotal spines smaller and acute. Venation as in longiceps. Sculpture much as in Jongiceps, but the head more sub- opaque and more finely rugose. Gaster and upper-surface of thorax very smooth and shining. Pilosity as in the worker. Colour distinctly paler than that of the female Jonviceps, wings less deeply infuscated, yellowish-hyaline, with the radial vein and apterostigma dark-brown. Mesonotum with three large longitudinal brown blotches, gaster behind the first segment brownish-yellow, as are also the legs, including the coxae. Male.—Length, 4-4°5 mm. Smaller than the male of longiceps, the head and antennae shorter, the former scarcely longer than broad, excluding the eyes; thorax much ghorter and broader, the 221 pronotum and scutellum seen together from above scarcely longer than broad. In profile the scutellum is more convex and projecting, the anterior portion of the base of the epinotum descends more abruptly, and the nodiform posterior enlargement is more pronounced in profile, but less pro- nounced when seen from above. The nodes of the petiole and postpetiole are much lower than in longiceps. Sculpture, colour, and pilosity much as in that species. Hab.—Queensland: Herberton (type locality) and Cedar Creek (E. Mjoberg); Gayndah; Peak Downs; Rockhampton ; Kuranda and Enoggera (Wheeler). New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). APHAENOGASTER (NYSTALOMYRMA) BARBIGULA, sp. nov. Bisex. fos. 7 tor Speman... fie. 9: Stenamma (Ischnomyrmer) longteeps, Forel: Rev. Suisse Zool., 10, 1902, p. 439. female; Fauna S.W. Aust., Hamb. Exped., 1, 1907, p. 284, two females and male. Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) longiceps, Forel: Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat., 49, 1913, p. 187, female. Worker. Head regularly-elliptical, about one and one-fifth times as long as broad, not broader behind than in front, with . convex sides, rounded behind the eyes, and without posterior corners. Occipital border feebly reflexed. Eyes moderately convex. Mandibles irregularly denticulate, with three larger apical teeth. Clypeus, frontal carinae, and frontal area much as in longiceps; frontal groove indistinct. Antennae rather long, scapes incrassated distally, extending less than one- fourth their length beyond the posterior border of the head, funiculi distinctly 4-jointed, all the joints shorter than in longiceps. Pronotum and base of epinotum rounded and convex in profile; mesoépinotal constriction long and _ pro- nounced, epinotal spines reduced to small, rather acute, sub- erect teeth. Petiolar node rounded, lower than in /ongiceps or pythia. Postpetiole scarcely longer than broad, decidedly broader than the petiole, in profile with abrupt posterior slope. Legs rather slender; posterior tibiae with small spurs. Length, 4°5-5°5 mm. Shining; mandibles subopaque, longitudinally striate; clypeus feebly and transversely rugulose; head very smooth and shining above and behind, sharply, longitudinally rugose between the frontal carinae and eyes; cheeks only with several small, scattered, piligerous punctures. Thorax smooth and shining, with the sides of the mesonotum and epinotum punctate-rugose, the rugae being somewhat longitudinal on 222 the former; remainder of body smooth and shining, with small, scattered piligerous punctures. Hairs as in longiceps and pythia, except that they are very long on the gula, forming a well-developed psammo- phore; on the scapes and legs they are more oblique than in longiceps and more as in pythia. Colour variable and like that of /ongiceps. Female.—Length, 13 mm.; wings, 13°5 mm. Similar to the females of the two preceding species. Head subrectangular, a little broader behind than in front, with rounded posterior corners. Antennal scapes extending only a short distance beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax rather long; base of epinctum long, its spines acute, shorter than in /ongiceps and directed downward and back- ward. Scutellum and petiolar node without median impres- sion. WVenaticn of the wings as in the preceding species. Smooth and shining ; mandibles subopaque, finely striate ; clypeus transversely rugulose; head finely, longitudinally rugose; rugosity on the base of the epinotum above fine, indistinct and transverse, more distinct and longitudinal on the sides. Hairs similar to those of the worker but rather short, except on the gula, where they form a psammophore, as in the worker. Colour uniformly yellowish-ferruginous, with slightly paler legs. Wings yellowish-hyaline, as pale as in pythia, with dark-brown radial vein and apterostigma; remaining veins resin-coloured. Hab.—-South Australia: Adelaide (type locality) (A. M. Lea and Rothney); Meningie (L. H. Mincham); Gawler (A. M. Lea); Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. H. Wright). Western Australia: Dongarra; Gooseberry Hill; Wallaby Island; Beverley (F. H. Duboulay). Victoria: Sea Lake (J.C. Goudie). New South Wales: Yanco (W. W. Froggatt). This species, described from numerous workers from many of the localities cited above and a single female taken by Mr. G. E. H. Wright between Karoonda and Peebinga, is readily distinguished from Jongiceps and pythia by the conspicuous psammophore of the worker and female, by the peculiar shape of the head and very short epinotal spines of the worker, and by the downwardly-directed epinotal spines of the female. The male seems to have been seen by Forel, but was not described, as it was referred to longiceps. When again taken it will probably be found to differ as much from the males of /ongiceps and pythia as the worker and female differ from the corresponding phases of these species. ote go bo 90 SI o> a) ; 223 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. PATE ROME: Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps. F. Smith. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in profile. ; Head of female, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in profile. Head of female, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp. Head of worker, dorsal view. Worker, body in profile. Head of female, dorsal view. PravE XOX: Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) longiceps, F. Smith. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of female in profile. Same of male. . Thorax of male, dorsal view. Head of male, dorsal view. Aphaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) pythia, Forel. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of .female in profile. Same of male. Thorax of male, dorsal view. Head of male, dorsal view. A phaenogaster (Nystalomyrma) barbigula, n. sp. Thorax, petiole, and postpetiole of female in profile. 224 ACARIANS FROM AUSTRALIAN AND TASMANIAN ANTS AND ANT-NESTS. By NatHan Banks. (Communicated by Arthur M. Lea.) [Read July 13, 1916.] PLATES XOXUER morx xX X . The myrmecophilous mites collected by Mr. Lea in Tasmania and Australia were sent me for determination and description several years ago. Some of the specimens are immature and cannot now be determined; most of the adult specimens prove to be new species. This is not strange, as very few mites of these families have been described from these regions, and these few not from ant-nests. There is little generically remarkable in the collection ; they are such as might be found in ant-nests in other countries. Only a few of them were attached to the ants; the others are largely scavengers, but nevertheless will doubt- less be found to be rather closely confined to ant-nests, and not generally distributed or with other environments. The myrmecophilous mites of few regions outside of Europe are known, and Mr. Lea deserves much praise for his industry and attention in gathering such a number of these tiny and generally-neglected creatures. As to host-relation, Ectatomma metallicum is host to seven species of mites; Ponera lutea and Polyrachis hexacantha each have six species; one mite occurs with four species of ants, but nearly all the others have but one host. BDELLIDAE. BpELLA (SCIRUS) HOSPITA, Nn. sp. Pl. xxiii., fie. 4. Body about twice as long as broad, broadly rounded behind, tapering in front; beak about two-thirds as long as width of body, with four hairs each side. Palpus with first and last joint about equal in length, and each about as long as the beak, second and third joints very short, subequal, last joint with long hairs on tips and apical half or more, few hairs on other joints. Cephalothorax with one eye each side. Dorsum of abdomen with few fine, scarcely-visible hairs. Legs of moderate length, femur 4 hardly as long 225 as the beak, with few fine hairs, more numerous on tarsi, especially near apex. Length, 16 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha. Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Jridomyrmes. ERYTHRAEIDAE. FESSONIA PROMINENS, N.. sp. Pl. xine tie 7b; Body twice as long as broad, broadest in front; cephalo- thorax with a prominent, median process, and each side with two concavities; opposite the second one are the large, sessile eyes, two each side, close together, and behind them on the median line is a pair of pits or sensillae, each with a hair, but I cannot see a crista or groove. Legs slender, of even thickness throughout; legs 1 and 4 about as long as body, the tarsi a little shorter than the preceding joint, but not swollen. Body clothed above and below ‘with short, cone-like hairs, each with small spicules in transverse rows; there are several patches on the dorsum free of hairs, three such spaces on the cephalothorax, and a row of four each side on the abdomen. The legs have similar but more elongate hairs, while the tarsi have still more slender hairs, almost bristly. Length, 1 mm. Habh.—Victoria: Ocean Grove, with /ridomyrmex nite- dus (Lea collection). RHYNCHOLOPHUS ATTOLUS, N. sp. Pl: xxii: Similar in most respects to R. retentus, body of same shape; small, triangular cephalothorax is lower than abdomen, crista enlarged at posterior end, one eye each side, palpi rather long. The body is clothed with short hairy bristles, not clavate as in #. retentus,; the legs are a little longer, leg 1 longer than body, 4 much longer than body, 2 and 3 about as long as body. In leg 1 the tarsus is as long as penultimate joint, and this latter scarcely any longer than the one before it (in &. retentus it is much longer). In hind legs the joints are all more slender than in #. retentus, the tarsus being scarcely three-fourths as long as the pre- ceding joint, not at all enlarged toward tip, and plainly longer than tarsus 1. Length, 1:2 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea. RHYNCHOLOPHUS RETENTUS, Nn. sp. Ply xxiii., figs: 2 and’ 3. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, sides nearly parallel, only little narrower behind. Dorsum ; , 226 clothed with hairs, which are thick or slightly clavate, and all clothed with fine hairs. Cephalothorax small, triangular, — much longer than abdomen; crista reaching near end, enlarged only at posterior end; one eye each side. Beak slender, terminating in a recurved point each side; palpi long and rather slender, ending in a blunt claw, with about seven teeth in a row before it, thumb of moderate length, not swollen, with hairs of moderate length. Legs not very slender; leg 1 rather longer than body, 4 about as long as body, 2 much shorter; tarsus 1 as long.as penultimate joint, slightly swollen; tarsus 4 nearly three-fourths as long as penultimate joint; tarsus 1 with dense fine hairs, other joints with scattered short bristles, which are minutely hairy. Length, 13 to 15 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha; Sea Lake and Ocean Grove, with Jridomyrmex nitidus. TROMBIDIIDAE. TROMBIDIUM AEQUALIS, Nn. sp. Pl. xxiii., fig. 1. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest in front, broadly rounded behind. Legs short; leg 1 longest, about equal to body, leg 4 a little shorter, legs 2 and 3 subequal and about as long as width of the body, tarsus enlarged, but over three times as long as broad and fully one-third longer than the preceding joint, tarsus 4 not enlarged, equal to preceding joint. Palpi large and stout, ending in a rather slender claw, and a cylindric thumb equal to the claw, inner edge of claw fringed with teeth, the last of which is heavier than the others. Cephalothorax with two sessile eyes each side, close together, crista ending in a pair of sensillae. Legs clothed with moderately long single hairs. Bedy densely clothed with short erect hairs, those on cephalo- thorax and tip of body often branched. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea (Lea collection). PARASITIDAE. CELAENOPSIS BREVIATUS, Nl. sp. Pay sxx g Aine i Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest in middle. Dorsum with scattered fine hairs; mouth-parts barely projecting in frent of the body: palpi short; legs very Short, the fourth pair longest, and these scarcely as long as width of body; leg 1 shorter and weaker than the other pairs, ending in a few short simple hairs, other legs with few short hairs. Sternal shield in 227 three parts, a transverse part in front, and behind are two pieces meeting angularly in the middle; the vulva, behind these pieces, is V-shaped; the genital plate has two bristles each side, the sternal plate one on each side, the ventral plates have many short bristles near sides, and others on the ventral area toward margin; the anus is hardly its length before the hind margin. Length, °8 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, Hobart, and Kindred, with Jridomyrmer. MYRMONYSSUS AEQUALIS, h. sp. Pisthavetie. NOn xxv., figs. djandil6; and: xxvii.) fie. 21: Body oval, rather pointed in front, broadly rounded behind, with short fine hairs around margin, and on dorsum densely covered with very-short fine hair. All legs rather stout, and front pair hardly as long as body, second pair plainly shorter; third and fourth hardly as stout as others; the tibia and patella in each leg subequal in length, the tarsus always longer, and ending in a large caroncle, tarsus 2 on lower side narrowed before middle; all legs with few short, sumple hairs, few as long as the width of a joint. The under- side of the beak has several transverse or oblique rugose streaks on each side. Length, 8 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, Hobart, and Ulverstone, on ants (14132) and (14941), and Bagdad, on thorax of Iridomyrmex gracilis. HYPOASPIS MINUSCULUS, 0. sp. Pl. xxiv Ghose: Body about one and one- half times as long as broad, broadest in front of middle, tapering each way. Dorsum with a few scattered, rather short, simple bristles, mostly near the margin. Palpi short. Legs rather slender, first pair nearly as long as body, second much shorter and stouter, fourth shorter than the first; in all the tarsi are much longer than the preceding joint, and all legs with fairly numerous hairs. Sternal plate short, concave behind, with three short bristles each side; ventral surface with a few bristles, and a pair of rather longer ones near tip; anal shield plainly longer than broad, broader in front than behind, with an apical bristle, anus near the front edge. Length, 55 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with ants (No. 20). HYPOASPIS INEPILIS, n. sp. Blo xxvii teary Q. Body about one and one-half times longer than broad, broadest at posterior third, tapering rather suddenly 12 - 228 behind, dorsal shield occupying anterior two-thirds of dorsum, truncate behind, with two rows of long bristles each side, the submedian row not regular, a few other bristles near margin, a pair in front, and several behind the shield. Legs long but rather stout, the second pair plainly heavier than the others, the first and fourth pairs about as long as the body, all with long simple hairs; tarsus 1 about one and one-half times longer than the preceding joint, all with short-stalked caroncles; sternal shield with three bristles each side, ventral shield very broad behind and truncate, anal shield but little longer than broad at base, not much narrowed behind, a stout bristle at each posterior corner, several bristles near margins of ventral shield, and others on ventral surface outside of shield. The peritreme begins behind coxa 3 and extends in slight, almost even, curve forward. Last joint of palpus has a little process or finger on middle beneath. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Camponotus, sp. (No. 14865). CYRTOLAELAPS GRACILIPES, 0. sp. IPL. SoRive) Toes Q. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest at middle, tapering each way, with about seven simple hairs on each side, mostly behind; legs very long and slender, especially the tarsi, all with simple hairs; sternal shield deeply concave behind, with two bristles each side, genital with one bristle each side, ventral shield tapering behind, the anal shield broad and truncate in front, a bristle behind anus, about six simple bristles on ventral surface each side of ventral shield. The male has the body more tapering behind, leg 2 larger but without spurs, the coxa 4 more approximate. Length, ‘9 mm. Hah.—New South Wales: Sydney and Liverpool. Vic- toria: Lal Lal, with Ponera lutea, Camponotus nigriceps, Eetatomma metallicum, and Polyrachis hexacantha. CYRTOLAELAPS FEMORALIS, nN. sp. Ply xxps, pie eo: Yellow-brown; body oval, pointed in front, rounded behind; dorsum smooth, without hairs; epistoma with a slender median point: sternum with four bristles in a trans- verse row across middle; vulva between hind coxae sub- triangular; legs short, but very slender and with cnly fine hairs, tarsus 1 ends in fine hairs but with a small caroncle and claws, tibia 1 shorter than tarsus, as long as patella; in legs 3 and 4 the femora are long, very slender at base, and 229 curved, the patella and tibia both very short, subequal, the tarsus very long. Length, °75° mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Evandale Junction, with Hctatomma metallicum. PARASITUS LYRATUS, Nl. sp. Pl. xsoiiere 13. Yellowish. Body hardly twice as long as broad, sides evenly rounded, broadest behind middle; no hairs on the body above, a pair of very short ones at tip; sternal plate lyre-shaped, with three pairs of bristles, metapodia nearly circular, each with a bristle, ventral shield roundedly triangular, the point in front between the hind coxae; anal shield nearly its length behind ventral, subtriangular, with an apical bristle; legs rather long, front pair very slender, with some apical hairs as well as the claws; all legs with few short almost spine-like hairs. In male the second and fourth pairs of legs are plainly thicker than the others, the femur of leg 2 with a stout spine in front; coxae 4 approximate, not one-half their diameter apart; ventral and anal shields united and nearly covering the venter, pointed behind. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Dunorlan, with Amblyopone australis. PARASITUS DISPARATUS, Nl. sp. PY, xxiv ee ieee Body nearly twice as long as broad, tapering each way ; above with many short stout bristles, mostly clavate, especially at sides, one at each humerus is longer and serrate behind: legs slender, all with bristles, but near tips with fine hair; first pair about as long as the body, the tarsus nearly as ‘long as the tibia and patella together; leg 2 stouter but. without spurs, leg 4 reaching behind body, the tarsus 4 not longer than tarsus 1, sternum rather narrow, between hind coxae no wider than a coxa; the anal shield large and broad, the anus its length from the tip. Length, 8 mm. Hah.—Tasmania: Latrobe, with Polyrachis hexacantha. PARASITUS INVERSUS, HN. sp. Pl, xxiv. tie Body pyriform, about one fe one-half times longer than broad, broadly rounded behind. Dorsum with a pair of minute bristles on extreme front; a submarginal row of about. eight long, bristles, those behind stouter than those in front, and a submedian pair toward tip; margin with shorter bristles, except toward front. Venter with short bristles each aide behind, a pair below on beak, three pairs on the sternal plate, a pair (with minute hair at base) just behind the sternal 230 plate, a pair toward base on sides of ventral plate, one each side cf tlie anus, and a long one behind on anal plate. Legs long and rather slender, with scattered fine hairs. The peri- treme is outwardly margined by a plate which extends a little behind hind coxae. Ventral plate much broader behind than in front, a little longer than broad, anal plate much broader in front, long-pointed behind; the anus (broader behind) at about middle cf anal plate; an elongate metapodial plate each side behind the peritremal plate. Length, 1:1 mm. /lab.—Victoria: Portland (H. W. Davey), with Hcta- tomma metalliecum. ANTENNOPHORIDAE. PTOCHARUS DAVEYII, Silvestri. © oP). xxvat) fies De Boll’ WabresZool. Agric.” Portiche yeep, o6, 1970! Body as broad as long or much broader, and very higlt behind according to amount of distension, broadest at or behind middle. Dorsum shows a shield much longer than broad, and beyond its middle a transverse line, not reaching either side; dorsum without hair. Venter and margin with many fine short hairs; genital plate triangular, separated by a line from the ventri-anal plate, latter broader than long, broadest on anterior third, anal aperture at its tip. Legs very short and stout; first pair nearly as long as body, clothed with many simple hairs, longer ones at tip of tarsus, other tarsi rather blunt. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New Scuth Wales: Liverpcol, with Camponotus aeneopilosus and Lridomyrmex nitidus. PARAMEGISTUS AUSTRALIS, N. sp. Pl) xxvils io: Body plainly a little longer than broad. Dorsum smooth, few if any bristles. Mouth-parts small; movable finger of male mandibles slender, curved. Legs short, not as long as width of body; leg 1 slender, with many rather stout bristles, other legs thicker, with very few bristles. Sternal shield transversely divided, the smaller anterior part apparently in three parts; two short spimes each side on the anterior part and one each side on the posterior part; male aperture ellip- tical, small. Ventral plate large, very broad at posterior third, with about 16 short spines; anal plate broader than ventral, crescentic, with many fine hairs, the anus, which is pointed behind, near its anterior margin. Length, °8 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Lal Lal, with Polyrachis hexacantha. Probably will form a new genus on account of shape of ventral plate. 231 ANTENNOPHORUS EMARGINATUS, 0. sp. Pl. xxvii. 20: Body much broader than long, rather pointed in front, behind plainly emarginate in the middle; venter with a large cavity containing the legs and margined by an outer ridge fringed with inward-projecting bristles. Margin with bristles, few on sides, many behind. Legs short and stout, no spines, leg 1 more slender, tarsus ending in a tuft of hairs, and several hairs at tip of penultimate jomt. Anal opening at hind margin of anal plate, close to hind border of body. Dorsum with many stiff bristles, rather longer than those on venter. Length, 6 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea. UROPODIDAE. TRACHYUROPODA LEAI, Nn. sp. Pl. xxvil vies: Dark yellowish-brown. Body subpyriform, about one and one-half times as long as broad, narrowed in front, evenly rounded behind, lateral margins rather roughened, the hood over mouth- _parts crenulate in front; dorsal surface of body somewhat roughened, but not coarsely so, legs short and stout, coxa 1 with several small spines at tip, femur 1 with a very large tooth on inner edge toward base in both sexes; tarsus with a short spine above near middle and with many fine long hairs toward tip. Male genital aperture is between coxae 3, circular; anal aperture slightly elongate, near tip of body, and with an emarginated ridge just behind it; female aperture subtriangular, about one and one-half times as long as broad at base, tip rounded. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney and Otford, with Stenamma longiceps. TRACHYUROPODA CONSTRICTA, Nl. sp. PB evi tee eee Body about one and one-third times longer than broad, broadest at middle, just behind the middle it is plainly con- stricted on each side, the outer margin uneven; a prominent process in front of humeri, the humeri also prominent, the sides undulate, the posterior margin only faintly irregular: within this outer margin is an inner line, wholly even, and pointed in front. Dorsal surface minutely rough, but no ridges nor prominent cavities, only some granules and minute pits. Male aperture broader in front than behind, and with a rather large hyaline spot between it and coxa 3; female 232 vulva cecupying most of sternal area, jong and not much widened behind, behind it are two transverse rows of short dark ridges; inner posterior margin of venter with a curved ridge extending up each side: anus with a small hyaline spot each side. Legs with few very minute hairs, except near tip. Colour yellowish-brown. Length, ‘9 mm. Hah.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Ponera lutea. URoPnrrEnna COMPARATA, Nl. Sp. PIS XXvil., Tos: 2 eee, 29. Yellowish-brown. Body nearly one and one-half times as long as broad, broadest at middle, tapering behind almost to a point, in front truncate below, above with small rounded portion : a row of hairs all around body a little way from margin. Legs very short; tarsus 1 with many fine hairs toward tip, other tarsi with spines. In front of coxae 1 isa broad semicircular plate, and beneath it two ridges, at first approaching each other, then running parallel, but not meeting. The female genital aperture is in middle of body, about one-fourth longer than broad, almost reaching the coxae 1, the anterior two-thirds of border is thickened; anal aperture more than twice its length in front of submarginal line, two bristles behind it, two bristles each side behind genital aperture, one behind coxa 4, a transverse curved row of 8 bristles half-way from hind coxae to anus, two bristles im front and five each side of genital aperture, and two each side behind on perigenital plate. Length, 6 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Evandale Junction, with J/yrmecia (No. 6423). UROPLITELLA DISPARATA, N. Sp. Pl. xxvils, figs; 2oeand 27. Yellow-brown. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad; in front is a very small inconspicuous median swelling, evenly rounded behind; no hairs around margin,’ in front of coxae 1 is a triangular space bordered by a dark ridge. Legs short, femur 1 with a tubercle near inner base bearing a bristle; tarsus 1 with fine hairs near tip, other tarsi with rather stout spines: anus about one and one-half times its length from submarginal line; female genital aper- ture in middle of body, about one and one-third times as long as broad, margin on anterior two-thirds thickened; four bristles in front, four each side, and fine hairs behind on venter, three hairs (one median) behind anus; perigenital plate elongate and rounded behind. Male aperture circular, between coxae 2 and 3, and one and one-half times its diameter from them. Length, 65 mm. 233 Hab.—Tasmania: Railton, Burnie, and Hobart, on Myrmecia pyriformis. New South Wales: Sydney, with Camponotus nigriceps: and Otford, with Camponotus aeneo- qnlosus. URoPoDA AMBLYOPONAE, Nl. sp. Pissoxxvai., fig. 2b,famed: xxx., hig.) 46: Yellow-brown. Body anaes one and one-third times longer than broad, a very faint swelling in middle of: front margin ; dorsum with simple hairs and a submarginal row of about 16 scale-like ones along posterior submarginal groove Submarginal line extends up to front legs, and is farther from margin than length of anus. Legs short, tarsi slender, tarsus 1 with many long simple hairs toward tip, other tarsi with spines about as long as basal width of joint; in front of coxae 1 are two large approximate plates (labial plates) hiding the front tarsi. Male genital aperture between coxae 3 cireular, not its diameter from coxae 3, a corneous part appearing in each posterior side of opening. Female aperture nearly one and one-half times as Jong as broad, slightly narrowed behind, the anterior three-fifths much heavier along the margin thas the posterior two-fifths; hind margin at middle of hind coxae ; 5 anterior margin more than width of coxa behind the camerostome. Venter with few short hairs. Length, ‘7 mm. fab. — Tasmania: Dunorlan and Hobart,-—. with Amblyopone australis. UROPODA APICATA, Nl. sp. Proxxx., ficsseevands 45: Very similar to / ”. fraterna, but the internal line in the plate in front of coxae 1 is angulate and pointed in front, and in the male the genital aperture is between coxae 2 and 3, and there is a hyaline spot each side between the bases of these coxae. Body about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadly rounded at each end; no hairs above; in the male the middle of anterior margin is rather incurved ; female genital aperture hardly nearer posterior than anterior margin ; about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, truncate behind, and reaching middle of hind coxae; anus near sub- marginal line; an internal line fully length of anus in front of it; legs very short, tarsi shorter than usual, with short spines, tarsi 1 with hairs near tip. In the male the plate in front of coxae | is broader in front; hind coxae more approxi- mate than in female; male genital aperture more than the diameter from camerostome. Length, -45 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Jrdomyrmex rufoniger and Ponera lutea. 234 UROPODA BIFRONS, DN. sp. Pi Sxexvii, fone! Bedy nearly circular, a little longer than broad, a slight protruberance in front; legs very short, with few hairs, except on tarsi, toward tip; femur 1 with a truncated cone tipped with a hair on inner side near base (at base of the lamella), femur 2 with a stout spine at base, hind tarsi with two small teeth on inner side at and beyond middle. Labial plate forming two large divergent plates, each pointed in front; two small hairs in front of the plate. Male genital aperture between coxae 3, plainly a little nearer the posterior than to the anterior edge of the body. Anal aperture small, more than its length in front of its margin. Ventral surface with few scattered simple hairs; the peritreme makes a strong foot-shaped bend outward from coxa 2. The dorsum has submedian rows of slightly clavate hairs, and a few others toward the tip. Length, 1°2 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River and Launceston, with Jyrmecia pyritormis. Readily known by the shape of the labial plate. UROPODA BILOBATA, 0. Sp. Pl. oxxvini., tet: Yellowish. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, narrowed in front, almost pointed, broadly rounded .- behind; dorsum with scattered, long simple hairs; plate in front of coxae 1 bilobed, and with a pair of submedian bristles | in front; female genital aperture nearer to hind than to front margin, about one and one-half times as long as broad, hardly narrowed behind, where it is truncate, but not reaching hind border of hind coxae; in front but little separated from camercstome; no hairs on venter; anus fully its length from the submarginal line; legs very short and rather slender, the tarsi with short spines, the front tarsi with hairs toward the tip. Length, 6 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Otford, with Stenamma longiceps. UROPODA CONVEXIFRONS, 0. Sp. Pls. =v! tie, (37, “amex; , Hho ads Pale yellow-brown. Body about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadest behind middle, somewhat pro- ‘minent in front, broadly rounded behind; dorsum without hairs; coxa 1 with three hairs in transverse row; in front of coxae | is a broad semicircular plate with inrolled lateral edges hiding the anterior tarsi; legs short, tarsus 1 with fine hairs near tip, other tarsi with short stout spines. Female genital aperture a little nearer to hind than to front margin, 235 about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest at middle, tapering behind, reaching to hind margin of hind coxae, in front of it four bristles, venter without bristles; anus nearly circular and about its length from the submar- ginal line. Male genital aperture hardly circular, broader in front between coxae 3, and nearly one and one-half times its diameter from them. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Latrobe, with Vetatomma metallicum. UROPODA DENTIFRONS, Nl. sp. Pix sogviir., fiostesoteete sand 36: Body short, subpyriform, slightly pointed in front, body hardly one-fourth longer than broad, male genital aperture between coxae 3 only a trifle nearer to the posterior than to the anterior margin. Dorsum with scattered, rather long, simple hairs; a row of very short ones submarginal on the lower edge of the body. Labial plate broad, divided in middle, each lobe with several teeth on anterior margin. Legs very short, stout, with few hairs except at tip, femora 1 and 2 of male with a large spur near inner base; peritreme beyond coxa 2 with a long outward band. In the female the vulva is about one-half to two-thirds of coxae 2 behind the camercstome, its anterior edge at middle of coxae 2; a pair of submedian hairs in this space and one each side at coxae 2; vulva about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front: behind it is truncate between coxae 4. Length, ‘55 mm. H1ab.—Tasmania: Stanley. Victoria: Portland, with Ectatomma. metalhieum. URoOPODA DUPLICATA, N. sp. Pl. xxx: Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest in middle, rounded behind, in front with a small median prominence; dorsum with scattered fine hairs arising from hyaline dots: plate in front of coxae 1 with outer outline truncate in front and an inner rounded portion ; female genital aperture one and one-fourth times as long as broad, rather nearer hind than front margin, barely narrowed behind, and reaching to hind margin of hind coxae, in front close to camerostome, four hairs each side and four in front; few, if any, distinct hairs on venter; anus more than its length from the submarginal line; legs rather slender, front tars1 with many hairs toward the tip, others with short spines. Length, 55 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Polyrachis ammon. 236 UROPODA FRATERNA, 0. Sp. Pl. xxx, fiesaes Very similar to U. internata. The plate in front of coxae | is more acute in front, and shows an inner curved ridge; the female genital aperture is nearer to the camero- stome, and is about one and one-third times longer than broad, not noticeably narrowed behind coxae, and not reaching much behind middle of hind coxae. The venter shows an internal line, asin /’. internata, but it is farther in front of the anus; there are hairs around genital aperture and on venter, as in U’. anternata, and some between the internal and submarginal lines. The male genital aperture is circular and situated between coxae 2, and hardly its diameter from the camero- stome; the plate in front of the coxae 1 is more nearly truncate in front. Length, ‘45 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Chudleigh, with Polyrachis hewa- cantha. UROPODA INTERNATA, Nl. sp. Pl, xxvui.; fie. So. Yellowish-brown. Body about one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded at each end, broadest near middle ; no hairs on dorsum ; plate in front of coxae 1 roundly triangular ; temale genital aperture nearer to posterior than to anterior end, iully one and one-half times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front, narrowed at hind coxae, almost trun- cate behind, where it reaches hind edge of hind coxae; in front quite widely separated from camerostome, two pairs of hairs in front, four each side, and one behind hind coxae, venter with some scattered fine hairs; anus almost reaching the submarginal line, in front of it a distinct internal line extend- ing up each side to hind tarsi. Legs very short, especially femora, tarsi with stout spines, except tarsus 1 with fine hairs near tip. Length, ‘4 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with /ridomyrmez. UROPODA LONGIFRONS, I. sp. Ph.oxxviii 2, fiee2. Very similar to (’. convexifrons from Tasmania and with the same host; but the plate in front of coxae 1 is plainly longer, about as long as broad. The body is about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadest behind the middle, narrowed in front; no hairs on dorsum. The female genital aperture is much closer to the hind than to the front end, about one and one-third times as long as broad, slightly narrowed and truncate behind, where it reaches the hind edge of hind coxae, in front well separated from the camerostome, four bristles in front of it; anus hardly its length from the sub- marginal line; few, if any, hairs on venter; tarsi with short. 237 spines, front tarsi with fine hairs toward tip. Length, 05 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney. Victoria: Sea Lake, with Hectatomma metallicum. UROPODA OBLIQUIFRONS, N. Sp. Pl. xxix., figs. 39 and 40. Body only a little longer than broad and only slightly pointed in front. A submarginal row of simple hairs, and above an inner row of long scale-hke hairs, and others on the middle area of the dorsum. The labial plate with its anterior edge retreating obliquely each side and slightly toothed, rather more in the male than in the female. Legs short, tarsi hairy at tip; femur 1 of male with a spur near base bearing a hair, femur 2 of male with a long spur near base, tarsus 4 of male with a tooth on imner edge near the middle. In female only short spurs on the anterior femora. The male genital aperture is between and fully its diameter from the coxae 3, and there are bristles in front of it and at bases of the coxae, and a few on the ventra] plate. This male aperture is a little nearer the posterior than anterior edge of the body. In the female the genital aperture is about one-half the width of a coxa behind the camerostome, and its hind border is between coxae 4 and nearly truncate, the aperture is broadest near its middle; there are two pairs of bristles in front of it. The peritreme makes a prominent bend outside of coxae 2. Length, 1°05 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Burnie, with Amblyopone australis. UROPODA SUBMARGINATA, 0. Sp. Pl. xxx ol: Very similar to U. apicata, but the plate in front of coxae | is broader in front and the inner pointed part is more triangular; there is no internal line on the venter, and the dorsum has scattered hyaline dots, each with minute hair. and a submarginal line of these hyaline dots, slightly elevated, all around body above. Body about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadest in middle, broadly rounded at each end ; female genital aperture about in middle of body, one and one-fourth times as long as broad, hardly narrowed and trun- cate behind, where it reaches to middle of hind coxae; anus about one and one-half times its length from submarginal line, a bristle each side and a little behind it, but few other bristles on venter ; four bristles in front of genital opening and severai each side. Male aperture circular, about its diameter from the camerostome and from coxae 2, situated between hind parts of coxae 2. Length, 6 mm. 238 Hab.—New South Wales: Otford, with Camponotus aeneomlosus. UROPODA TASMANICA, Nn. sp. Pl. xxix., figs.-42)go)44: Red-brown. Body about one and one-fourth times as long as broad, broadest a little beyond middle, in front is a hardly-distinct, rounded projection, showing slightly more prominent in some than other specimens. Dorsum with many scattered sinall clavate hairs, but not prominent. Venter with numerous short simple hairs, sternum with a pair just behind camerostome ; submarginal line about twice the length of anus from the margin. Legs short, femora thickened, tarsi long, tarsus 1 with many long simple hairs near tip, other tarsi with some spines about as long as basal width of the joint. Genital aperture of female one and one-half times longer than broad, a little narrowed behind; in the male the genital opening is circular, situated between coxae 3, from which it is separated by hardly the diameter, and shows a dark spot each side. Length, 1 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Railton, Ulverstone, and Hobart, with Myrmeca pyriformis. UROPODA TRILOBATA, Nn. Sp. Pl. Sexvil, somes This species is similar to U’. conveatfrons, but the plate in front of coxae 1 is more elongated and trilobed in front. The body is about once and one-third times as long as broad, broadest in middle, and broadly rounded both in front and behind; dorsum hairless. The female genital aperture is plainly nearer the hind than the front margin of body, it 1s about one and one-third times as long as broad, broadly rounded in front and hardly narrowed behind, and reaches to the hind margin of the hind coxae; in front it does not extend so near the camerostome as in U. conveaifrons, and the four hairs in front are in pairs, one pair near the camerostome and one near the genital opening. The anus is hardly its length from the submarginal line. The tarsi have stout spines, except tarsus 1, which has fine hairs near tip. Length, 5 mm. | Hab.—Tasmania: Devonport, with ant (No. 14941). ORIBATIDAE. GALUMNA ANTALATA, Nl. sp. Pl, xxxcy some. In general similar to G. alata. A large, smooth body, small cephalothorax, large wings, nearly twice as long as deep, and emarginate before the middle. The cephalothorax 239 shows no trans-lamella, and there are no superior bristles; the pseudostigmatic organ is setaceous (not enlarged at tip). The legs show only slender simple bristles; the femora are not margined. The globose abdomen is without hairs; the genital aperture is nearly square and almost twice its length in' front of the very much larger anal aperture: this is fully twice as long and nearly twice as wide as the genital aperture, and is widest in posterior part. The coxal plate shows three short lines each side, the posterior two united at inner ends. Length, ‘6 mm. | Hab.—Tasmania: Latrobe, Burnie, and Hobart, with Aimblyopone australis and Hetatomma metalhicum. NoTASPIS SPINULOSA, Michael. Specimens of this large, bristly species were taken at | Hobart, Tasmania, with the ant Jridomyrmez. It was described from New Zealand, and agrees well with Michael’s description and fine figures. TYROGLYPHIDAE. TYROGLYPHUS INAEQUALIS, Nn. sp. Pl. xxx poios ral) Pale-yellowish, with dark spot each side on abdomen. Body fully twice as long as broad; abdomen in the female rather emarginate behind in middle, and here with three long hairs on each side, one of them about as long as the body, others as long as the width of the body. Cephalothorax with four large, subequal bristles above on the posterior part and two long ones in front. Legs rather short; leg 1 larger than the other pairs, and in male much enlarged, but not toothed. The hind tarsi very slender; all legs with few hairs or bristles, that at tip of penultimate joint the largest; in hind legs the intermediate joints subequal in length, and together nearly as long as the hind tarsus. Length, °3 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, with Stenamma longiceps (Lea collection). BHXPLANATION OF PLATHRS. Pirate XXITI. Fig. 1. Trombidium aequalis, tarsus 1, palpus, hairs. » 2. KRhyncholophus retentus, palpus. ree P + jee esi hairs, beak. » 4. Bdella hospita, palpus, beak. 5 »o. Fessona prominens, hairs, cephalothorax. 5 6. Rhyncholophus attolus, legs, palpus, hairs. » @. Celaenopsis breviatus, venter. 240 Pratt XXIV. Hypoaspis minusculus, venter. Parasitus inversus, venter. Myrmonyssus aequalis, beak. Parasitus disparatus, venter. Cyrtolaelaps gracilipes, venter. Pirate XXV. Parasitus lyratus, venter, claw, male leg 2. Myrmonyssus aequalis, dorsum. Cyrtolaelaps femoralis, part of venter. Myrmonyssus aequalis, male leg 1. Hypoaspis inepilis, dorsum. PratE XXVI, Trachyuropoda lear, venter, leg 1. Paramegistus australis, venter, mandible, epiandrium. Antennophorus emarginatus, venter. Myrmonyssus aequalis, leg 2, male. Ptochares daveyit, venter. Trachyuropoda constricta, venter, part of male venter, hind tarsus. PuatE XXVIII. Uroplitella comparata, sternum. Uropoda amblyoponae, labial plate, hairs. Uroplitella disparata, sternum. leg 1, labial plate. Uropoda trilobata, leg ie labial plate. Uroplitella comparata, leg 1, labial plate. Uropoda bifrons, labial plate. Pruate XXVIII. Uropoda bilobata, coxa 1, labial plate, hairs. ae longifrons, leg 1, labial plate. a dentifrons, labial plate. be 35 peritreme, epiandrium. ul internata, venter. < dentifrons, leg 1. x converifrons, part of venter. Prate XXIX. Uropoda duplicata, part of venter, hairs. We obliquifrons, coxae 1 and. 2, peritreme, hair. 3 5 labial plate. 3 convexifrons, epiandrium. ee tasmanica, venter, hairs. As ee tarsi 4 and 1. es ¥. epiandrium. PLATE XXX, Galumna antalata, leg 1, pseudostigmal hair. Uropoda amblyoponae, venter. - apiata, part of venter, female. +B) LB) +B) 9 male. - fraterna, labial plate. Tyroglyphus inaequalis, legs 1 and 4. Uropoda submarginata, part of venter. THE LEPIDOPTERA OF BROKEN HILL, NEW SOUTH WALES. PART II. By Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.S., FES, ete. [Read July 13, 1916.] BOMBYCINA. Family LYMANTRIADAE. 224. EUPROCTIS CORALLIPHORA, Low. Two specimens, in September. 925. KUPROCTIS EDWARDSI, Newm. Two specimens, in March. 226. CoLUSSA DENTICULATA, Newm. Not uncommon during March and April. 227. CoLussa varia, Wik. Two specimens; one from Stephens Creek, one from Yandama. 228. ANTHELA STYGIANA, Butl. Two fine specimens, in March and April. 229. ANTHELA PYROMACULA, Low. Two specimens, in September. 230. ANTHELA CALLISPILA, Low. Three specimens, in April. 231. ANTHELA PSAMMOCHROA, Low. Taken occasionally, in March and April. 232. ANTHELA CLEMENTSI, Swin. Two specimens, in March. 233. ENTOMETA FERVENS, WI1k. Rather common, December to March. Attached to Eucalyptus. 234. ORGYIA RETINOPEPLA, Low. One specimen, in October. 242 Family HYPSIDAE. 235. NycTEMERA amica, White. Common during March and April. Family SPHINGIDAE. 236. HeRSE cONVOLVULI, Linn. Not uncommon, February to April. 237. HrERSE ABADONNA, Fabr. Five specimens, in March. This is distincta, Lucas. 238. CELERIO LINEATA, Fabr. Not uncommon, February and March. This form is known as livornicoides, Lucas. The genus Celerio has priority over Chaerocampa, Dup. 239. CELERIO SCROFA, Bdv. Several specimens, October to March. 240. CELERIO EROTUS, Cram. One (poor), specimen, in March, an accidental straggler. 241. CkELERIO EUPHORBIAE, Linn. One specimen, in April, captured by Mr. J. Fairhead. 242. HIPppoTIoN CELERIO, Linn. Not uncommon, January to March. 243. Hemaris HyLas, Linn. Three specimens, early in January. 244. Hemaris kine, Macl. One specimen, at electric light, in February. 245. HopLiocNEMA BRACHYCERA, Low. Taken occasionally, September to November. I have specimens from Pinnaroo and Semaphore, South Australia; Roebourne, Western Australia; and Alice Springs, Central Australia. This species has the facies of species of Cosmotriche, one of the Votodontidac. © Family EUPTEROTIDAE. 246. OCHROGASTER CONTRARIA, WI. Not uncommon during March and April. 243 247. OCHROGASTER INTERRUPTA, WIk. Four specimens, in March. Probably a form of contraria. 248. EPrIcoMA ARGENTATA, WI1k. Three specimens, at light, in October. Family NOTODONTIDAE. 249. DESTOLMIA LINEATA, Whlk. Five specimens, all males, in October and November, almost certainly attached to Casuarina. I have it from Belair and Pinnaroo, South Australia, taken in September. 250. Stauropus (?) EUuRYscIA, Low. One specimen, type, in June. Family BOMBYCIDAE. 251. Bompyx oxyGRamMa, Low. Two specimens, in May. 252. BomBpyx MIOLEUCA, Mevr. One specimen, in March. 253. BoMBYX ALBIFINIS, WIlk. Two specimens (poor), from near Tarrawingee. These three species cannot remain in the genus Bombyz; and until the whole group is revised it would be useless to attempt their generic position. Family PSYCHIDAE. | 254., HYALARCTA HUEBNERI, Westw. Two specimens, in November. _ 255. CLANIA IGNOBILIS, WIk. Five specimens, bred in February. 256. CLANIA LEWINII, Westw. One specimen, November. 257. PLUTORECTIS GRISEA, Heyl. One specimen, at light, March. 258. PLUTORECTIS GYMNOPHASA, Low. Three specimens, October, November. * 244 259. PaARACHARASTIS ERIONOTA, Low. Three specimens, March to May. Family COSSIDAE. 260. Cossus cCINEREUS, WIk. Taken occasionally at light, m May and June. It is a ponderous insect, especially the female. 261. ZEUZERA COSCINOPA, Low. Several specimens, March and April. 262. ZEUZERA NEUROXANTHA, Low. Five specimens, October and March. Family HEPIALIDAE. 263. HECTOMANES POLYSPILA, Meyr. Two abraded specimens, in March. Mr. R. 8. Lower once met with this species in hundreds, attracted by lght, at Pinnaroo, South Australia, in March. 264. PiELUS HyaLInNatTus, Herr-Sch. Not uncommon, during May and June. 265. TRICTENA LABYRINTHICA, Don. Taken occasionally, in May-and June. PYRALIDINA. This group is rather extensively represented in the district, the whole of the families being en evidence. As will be apparent by those enumerated, nearly all the world-wide species are found here. //ellula wndalis, Gn.: Nomophila noctuella, Schiff; and Tritaca affinitalis, Led. (=ustalis, Wlk.), are met with in vast numbers, more especially: undalis. The Phycitidae and Crambidae are more numerous than the other families, whilst the Pterophoridae are repre- sented by the single Doxosteres canalis, Wk. Subfamily PHYCITIDAE. 266. EuUzZOPHERA COSMIELLA, ‘Meyyr. Rather common, at light, August to December. 267. EKUZOPHERODES POLIOCRANA, Low. Taken occasionally, March and April. 245 268. CATEREMNA MICRODOXA, Meyr. Not uncommon, September to November. 269. EUCARPHIA TRITALIS, W1k. Taken occasionally, September to December. 270. EHucarRPHIA NEOTOMELLA, Meyr. One specimen, September. 271. ETIELLA BEHRII, Zeller. Rather common, August to January. 272. ETIELLA CHRYSOPORELLA, Meyyr. Taken occasionally, August to November. 273. PEMPELIA OPIMELLA, Meyr. Two specimens, October. 274. PEMPELIA (?) HEMICHLAENA, Meyr. One fine specimen, October. 275. HETEROGRAPHIS IANTHEMIS, Meyyr. Salebria placoxantha, Low., P.L.S., N.S.W., p. 45 (1898). I think my specimens are identical with Mr. Meyrick’s. Mr. Meyrick, however, gives no locality in his original description. T.E.S., Lond., p. 260 (1887). Five specimens, March, September, and October. 276. Epicrocis Gypsopa, Meyr. Taken at rare intervals, March and April. 277. EPICROCIS OCULIFERELLA, Meyr. Rather common, September to November. Varies con- siderably in ground-colour and forewings, some specimens being almost clear ochreous, others silvery-grey to dark fuscous. . 278. LASIOTICHA CANILINEA, Meyr. Two specimens, March. 279. CRYPTOBLABES CENTROLEUCA, Low. Not uncommon, at light, November and December. 280. TRISSONCA MESACTELLA, Meyr. Not uncommon, March and April. Somewhat variable in ground-colour of forewings, which is sometimes pale-ochreous, or fuscous-whitish. ° 246 281. NEPHOPTERYX MONOSPILA, Low. Taken occasionally, April. 282. HypoPHANA HOMOSEMA, Meyr. Tolerably common, at hght, September to April. 283. HoMOEOSOMA VAGELLA, Zeller. Common, at light, August to December. 284. CROCYDOPORA CINIGERELLA, WH1k. Rather common, August to December. 285. ANERASTIA MIRABILELLA, Meyr. Not uncommon, February and March. 286. ANERASTIA DISTICHELLA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, March and April. 287. ANERASTIA METALLACTIS, Meyr. Five specimens, April. 288. KPHESTIA ELUTELLA, Hiib. Rather common, July to December. 289. EPHESTIA INTERPUNCTELLA, Hiib. Tolerably common, October to January. Subfamily GALLERIADAE. 290. ACHRAEA GRISELLA, Fab. Taken occasionally, November, March, and April. 291. APHOMIA PACHYTERA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, January to March. 292. MELISSOBLAPTES DISEMA, Low. One specimen, May. 293. MELISSOBLAPTES BARYPTERA, Low. One perfect specimen, March. The type came from Parkside, South Australia. 294. GALLERIA MELLONELLA, Linn. Rare here, three specimens, March and May. 247 Subfamily CRAMBIDAE. 295. DIPTYCHOPHORA OCHRACEALIS, WI1k Two specimens, November. 296. EHROMENE OCELLEA, Haw. Rather common, at hght, August to December. It is almost universally distributed. 297. SEDENIA XEROSCOPA, Low. Five specimens, September. 298. SEDENIA ACHROA, Low. Not uncommon, September and October. 299. SEDENIA RUPALIS, Gn. Four specimens, October. _ 300. SEDENIA CERVALIS, Gn. Nine specimens, September to November. 301. SEDENIA POLYDESMA, Low. Taken occasionally, September and October. 302. SuRATTHA HEDYSCOPA,- Low. Five specimens, taken at light, February. They were all taken at the same time and place, yet I have not met with the species since. 303. SURATTHA BATHROTRICHA, Low. Three specimens, October and November. 304. TaLis PEDIONOMA, Meyr. Common, March to May. 305. TaLIS PENTEUCHA, Meyr. Not uncommon, March. In the original description the specific name is printed panteucha, in Hampson’s revision penteucha. 306. TALIS GRAMMELLUS, Zeller. Rare here, April to May, five specimens. 307. TaLiIS ACONTOPHORA, Meyr. Common, March and April. 308. TALIS LONGIPALPELLUS, Meyr. Not uncommon, March to May. 248 309. TaLis cycLosEMA, Low. Three, specimens, March and April. 310. TaLis crypsicHRoa, Low. Rather common, March to May. 311. TaLIS STENIPTERALIS, Low. Three specimens, October. \ 312. TaLIS EREMENOPA, Low. Two specimens, in March. 313. CRAMBUS LEPTOGRAMMELLUS, Meyyr. Five specimens, March. Subfamily EPIPASCHIADAE. 314. JoCARA THERMOPTERA, Low. Three specimens, March and May. é 315. ASTRAPOMETIS SABURALIS, WIk. Taken occasionally, March and April. 316. MacaLLa HABITALIS, Gn. _ Common, November, December, and April. 317. MaAcaLLa FUNEREA, W1k. Three specimens, at light, taken for the first time, March, 1915. 318. SPECTATROTA FIMBRIALIS, Warr. Taken occasionally, September. Subfamily PYRALIDAE. 319. AGLOSSA CUPREALIS, Hiib. Not uncommon, November and December. 320. PyrAaLIS FARINALIS, Linn. Rather common during November, February, and April. 021. Pyratis caustica, Meyr. Occasionally in March, April, and June. The specimens are somewhat larger on the average than the type, expanding to 22 mm. 249 Subfamily HYDROCAMPIDAE. 322. NYMPHULA NITENS, Butl. Abundant some seasons, absent others, November to March. 323. NYMPHULA DIPLOPA, Low. Three specimens, October and November. 324. MUSOTIMA OCHROPTERALIS, Gn. Taken at rare intervals, in November. 325. MtSsoTIMA NITIDALIS, Wlk. Not uncommon, October and November, generally taken in the garden. Subfamily SCOPARIADAE. 326. ECLIPSIODES CRYPSIXANTHA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, at light, September and October. 327. ECLIPSIODES ARGOLINA, Low. This type is still unique, taken in April. 328. ECLIPSIODES EPIGYPSA, Low. Two specimens, in September. -329. EcCLIPSIODES CRYPSERYTHRA, Low. Four specimens, April and November. 330. ScoPARIA ANTHOMERA, Low. Two specimens, March. 331. ScoPpARIA SUSANAE, Low. Not uncommon, May to June. 332. ScoPARIA SCHTIZODESMA, Low. Taken occasionally, August to March. 333. SCOPARIA ANISOPHRAGMA, Low. Rather common, August and September. 334. ScoPpARIA LICHENOPA, Low. Tolerably common, April to June. | 335. SCOPARIA MESOGRAMMA, Low. A rare species, three specimens, August to October. 250 336. TETRAPROSOPUS PARACYCLA, Low. One specimen (type), in November. Subfamily PYRAUSTIDAE. 337. ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS, Cram. Taken occasionally, October and November. A _ widely- distributed species. 338. NACOLEIA RHAEOALIS, WIk. Not uncommon, March and September. Commonly known as murealis, W1k. 339. LyGROPIA XANTHOMELA, Meyr. Two specimens, March. 340. GLYPHODES microTA, Meyr. Five specimens, February and March. 341, HELLULA UNDADISE! ab. Abundant, from September to May. Widely distributed. Hampson (P.Z.S., p. 760, 1898) allows wndalis, Fab. ; hydralis, Gn.:; and phidilealis, Wlk., to rank as three distinct species. Mr. Meyrick considers them identical. 342. NoMOPHILA NOCTUELLA, Schiff. Common, nearly throughout the year. Universally dis- tributed. 343. METALLARCHA EURYCHRYSA, Meyr. One specimen, December, an accidental straggler. ce have specimens from JHoyleton and Petersburg, South Australia. 344, MRTALLARCHA LEUCODETIS, Low. Rather scarce, October and November. 345. EKURYCREON MASSALIS, WIlk. Common, January to April. 346. TRITAEA AFFINITALIS, Ld. 3 Common throughout the year, except July and August. 347. ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS, Dup. Taken occasionally, April and May. 348. MECYNA ORNITHOPTERALIS, Gn. Not uncommon, March and April. I follow Hampson in separating this species from polygoncalis, Hiib. 251 349. METASIA HOMOPHAEA, Meyr. ( ?) One specimen, doubtfully referable to this species, November. 350. PIoNEA oRTHOGRAMMA, Low. One specimen (type), in November. 351.. SCELIODES CORDALIS, Dbld. Common from September to November, and in March. The larvae probably feed in the seed-pods of Solanum esuriale, which is abundant here. 352. HELIOTHELA OPHIDERESANA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, November to March. Subfamily PTEROPHORIDAE. 353. DOXxOSTERES CANALIS, WIk. Taken occasionally, March and April. TORTRICINA. This group is only sparsely represented here, but those species taken are quite representative. A noticeable pecu- larity is the absence of the very common Tortrix postvittana, Wik.; but with the advent of the numerous gardens being formed, it is certain to be introduced ere long. A large pro- portion of those enumerated were taken at light. Subfamily PHALONIADAE. | 304. HELIOCOSMA ANTHODES, Meyr. Thirteen specimens, October. The type came from Wes- tern Australia. Subfamily TORTRICIDAE. 390. [SOCHORISTA PANAEOLANA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, November. 356. [SOCHORISTA ACRODESMA, Low. Five specimens, September. 357. Capua oxyGona, Low. Not uncommon, March and October. -358. CAPUA PLACODES, Low. Three specimens, September to December. 359. CAPUA ATRISTRIGANA, Meyr. Four specimens, March and April. 252 360. CAPUA LEPTOSPILA, Low. Three specimens, May. 361. EPICHORISTA PETROCHROA, Low. Five specimens, October and November. 362. DICHELOPA PANOPLANA, Meyr. Not uncommon, November. 363. PALAEOTOMA STYPHELANA, Meyr. Taken occasionally, October and November. Subfamily. HUCOSMIDAE. 364. Sprtonora EJECTANA, WI1k. Taken occasionally, September and October. 365. SPILONOTA MACROPETANA, Meyr. Common, at light, September to June. 366. EUCcOSMA PLEBIANA, Zeller. Common, March to June. 6 367. BacrRa oOPTANIAS, Meyr. Not uncommon, October to January. 368. PoLYCHROSIS BOTRANA, Schiff. Several specimens, March. 369. LASPEYRESIA POMONELLA, Linn. Rather common, October to January. 370. LASPEYRESIA LOMACULA, Low. Occasionally, October and March. Subfamily OKCOPHORIDAE. This subfamily is well represented, but most of the species taken here are of sombre colouring. The genus Philohota occurs very sparsely, its place being taken by the genus Nephogenes, of which I have nearly 30 varieties. The genus Trachyntis is essentially Western Australian, but I have taken several new species, and feel confident that many more remain to be discovered in this district. 371. EULECHRIA ATRADELPHA, Low. Two specimens, December. The type was taken at Stawell, Victoria. 253 372. EULECHRIA LEUCOPIS, Low. Taken occasionally, November. 373. EULECHRIA GRAPHICA, Meyr. One specimen, January. 374. EULECHRIA ACTIAS, Low. Taken occasionally, April and October. 375. KULECHRIA NEPHELOMA, Low. Not uncommon, November. 376. EULECHRIA ERIOPA, Low. Nine specimens, October. 377. EULECHRIA PENTASPILA, Low. A scarce species, four specimens, May. 378. EULECHRIA PHOTINOPIS, Low. A winter species, taken occasionally, July. 379. EULECHRIA SCIOPHANES, Meyr. Taken occasionally, March and October. 380. EULECHRIA PARALEUCA, Low. Two specimens, November. 381. EULECHRIA AUTOPHYLA, Low. Three specimens, March and April. 382. LINOSTICHA MYRIOSPILA, Low. One specimen, type, November. 383. LINOSTICHA AMPHILEUCA, Low. Two specimens, March. The type came from Victoria. 384. LinostTicHa’ PuDICcA, Low. Taken at rare intervals, August. 385. LINOSTICHA CREMNODISEMA, Low. Not uncommon, March and April. 386. LINOSTICHA EUADELPHA, Low. Several specimens, June. 387. OENOCHRODES CROSSOXANTHA, Low. Three females, November. Birchip, 254 388. TRACHYNTIS EREBOCOSMA, Low. Several specimens, April and May. 389. TRACHYNTIS SARCOSMA, Low. Five specimens, April and May. The type came from Cockburn, South Australia. 390. TRACHYNTIS ARGOCENTRA, Low. Taken occasionally, April. 391. TRACHYNTIS TETRASPORA, Low. Two specimens, May. Much paler than the type, which came from Derby, Western Australia. 392. TRACHYNTIS. PELOMA, Low. Not uncommon, April and May. The type came from Warrego, New South Wales. 393. PHLOEOPOLA INFERNA, Low. Not uncommon, March to May. 394. NeEPHOGENES PYROCENTRA, Low. Rather common, March to May; rarely in June and July. This species varies in ground-colour, some specimens being almost fleshy-white, others fuscous to black, but the fleshy-red longitudinal streak is always clearly defined. 395. NEPHOGENES XIPHOLEUCA, Low. Not uncommon, March to May. 396. NEPHOGENES PETRINODES, Low. Two specimens, June. : 397. NEPHOGENES Pycnopa, Low. Five specimens, November. The type came from near Townsville. 398. NEPHOGENES PERIGYPSA, Low. Nine specimens, October and November. 099. NEPHOGENES CENTROTHERMA, Low. Taken occasionally, March and April. 400. NEPHOGENES SUSANAE, Low.. Rather common, beaten from Bassia biflora, in August. 401. NEPHOGENES CRASSINERVIS, Low. Rather common, also beaten from Bassia biflora, August and September. 255 402. NEPHOGENES ATRISIGNIS, Low. Taken occasionally, in May. 403. NEPHOGENES BASATRA, Low. Rather common, August to October. 404. NEPHOGENES MELANTHES, Low. Common, October and November. 405. NEPHOGENES DROSERODES, Low. One specimen, type, August. 406. NEPHOGENES DRYMELANTHES, Low. Five specimens, April. ~~ 407. NEPHOGENES AMPHISEMA, Low. One specimen, Wompah (on the Queensland border), November. 408. NEPHOGENES Aapora, Meyr. Common, at hght, March and April. 409. NEPHOGENES FOEDATELLA, WIk. Taken occasionally, April. 2 410. NEPHOGENES OLYMPIAS, Low. Not uncommon, October. 411. NEPHOGENES ZALIAS, Low. Taken occasionally, October. 412. N&EPHOGENES SILIGNIAS, Low. Rather common, October and November. 413. NEPHOGENES EREBOMORPHA, Low. Seven specimens, June. 414. PHILOBOTA HABRODES, Low. Common, March to May. 415. PuHrLOBOTA GONOSTROPHA, Low. _ One specimen, type, May. Further material may indicate this species to be referable to Vephogenes. 416. PHILoBoTA oxysEmMaA, Low. Taken occasionally, January and March. Sometimes the markings are almost obscured by whitish ground-colour. 256 417. CAESYRA XANTHOCOMA, Low. Taken occasionally, September and October. 418. CAESYRA PELODESMA, Low. Not common, September and October. 419. OcysToLa HOoLODRYaS, Low. Rather common, at light, September to January. ¢ 420. HETEROBATHRA XIPHOSEMA, Low. Two specimens, August. 4921. HETEROBATHRA SEMNOSTOLA, Low. One specimen, type, August. 422. HrTEROBATHRA BIMACULA, Low. Two specimens, August. This and the two previous species are exceedingly scarce. 423. ARISTEIS MACROTRICHA, Low. One poor specimen, Tarrawingee. 494, PLEUROTA PYROSEMA, Low. Five specimens, May. A rare species. 4925. SAROPLA PARACYCLA, Low. Not uncommon, May and June. 426. KUCRYPTOGONA TRICHOBATHRA, Low. Taken occasionally, May and June. 4927. MimMoBRACHYOMA EUSEMA, Low Not uncommon, October to December. 428. GUESTIA ACTINIPHA, Low. Three specimens, May and June. 429. GUESTIA PELADELPHA, Low. Rather uncommon, at light, May to July. I took a large series on one occasion ; but it is usually scarce. 430. GUESTIA EURYBAPTA, Low. Four specimens, April to June. 431. Gurestia(?) 1scHnota, Low, One specimen, type, September. 25% 432. GUESTIA ADELPHODES, Low. Three specimens, May. 433. PAURONOTA THERMALOMA, Low. One specimen, type, July. 434. BoRKHAUSENIA MACULIFERA, Low. Taken occasionally, October and November. 435. BoRKHAUSENIA MEGALOPLACA, Low. Rather scarce, May and June. This species has the terminal joint of palpi short, and is more correctly referable to Pauronota. 436. BorKHAUSENIA HYPOXANTHA, Low. One specimen, type, November. 437. BoORKHAUSENIA(?) ERYTHROCEPHALA, Low. One specimen, type, April. 438. BorKHAUSENIA ZOPHOSEMA, Low. One specimen, type, August. 439. Mimopoxa pryina, Low. Three specimens, October. 440. MACHAERITIS XERODES, Low. Common in grassy places, October and November. 441. MAcroBATHRA ZONODESMA, Low. Three specimens, October. 442. MacroBaATHRA SYNCoMA, Low. Occasionally, October. 443. MacroBATHRA PHERNAEA, Low. Three specimens, October. 444. MAcROBATHRA GASTROLEUCA, "Low. One specimen, type, November. 445. MacroBaATHRA METALLICA, Low. Three specimens, October. 446. MacroBATHRA DROSERA, Low. Three specimens, October. jews) Or (ee) NOTES ON A HIGH-LEVEL OCCURRENCE OF A FOSSIL- IFEROUS BED OF UPPER CAINOZOIC AGE IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF THE MURRAY PLAINS. By Water Howcuin, F.G.S. [Read August 10, 1916.] In previous notices“) the broken and fragmentary occurrences of the fossiliferous beds of Cainozoic age in South Australia have been commented upon and the great range of altitude exhibited by these beds has been used as collateral evidence in proof of locally-developed earth movements. Up to the present the evidence has been supplied mostly by the older fossiliferous series, which have been shown to give a vertical range, in successive steps, of about 2,500 feet. (2) The upper marine series (Tate’s ‘“‘Miocene’’) does not show the same range in its respective altitudes as the lower series. The city of Adelaide is built on a platform of these beds at a height of 100 feet above sea-level. They occur in many places in the sea cliffs of Gulf St. Vincent, at about the same level, or less, and also in the cliffs of the River Murray at about 40 feet above sea-level. The greatest elevation of the Upper Cainozoic marine beds on the western side of the ranges, so far as known, occurs near Hallett’s Cove. In the cove itself the fossiliferous ( ?) Miocene occupies a position in the face of the clifis, between the Permo-carboniferous till and the Pleistocene clays, at a height of 100 feet above sea-level; but at the distance of a mile inland the same beds are repeated, resting on a shelf of Upper Cambrian rocks, at a height of about 200 feet above sea-level. An additional occurrence is described in the (1911), p. 47; ‘‘An Outlier of Older Cainozoic Rocks in the River Light near Mallala,’’ ditto, vol. xxxvi. (1912), p. 14; ‘‘Foramini- fera and other Organic Remains obtained from Borings on the Lilydale Sheep-station,’’ ditto, vol. xxxix. (1915), p. 3465. (2) Tate fixed the base of the Lower Cainozoic fossiliferous beds, in the Croydon bore, at 1,681 feet; so that when the height of the bore above sea-level (57 feet) is allowed for, and the height of the fossiliferous fragment on the Hindmarsh Tiers (about 900 feet above sea-level) is added, we get an extreme vertical range of these beds as 2,524 feet. 259 DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSILIFEROUS BED. Recently my attention has been directed to a new locality for the occurrence of beds of this age situated near the Mount Mary railway station, on the Adelaide to Morgan line. At a distance of one and a half miles from the railway station, towards Morgan, at the 91? mile post, the line passes through two shallow cuttings, at the summit of a slight rise in the grade. The section exposed in these cuttings shows a maxi- mum face of 7 feet, the lower 5 feet consisting of a shelly deposit, which latter is capped by layers of travertine lime- stone having an average thickness of 2 feet. The shell-bed (so far as seen) consists entirely of oysters, and is apparently limited to one species, Osfrea sturtiana. These are in enormous numbers, being packed closely together, and with only a slight amount of morganic bed material, the latter consisting of calcareous sand and shelly fragments. The occurrence of paired valves was found to be relatively rare, for whilst a few of these were obtained, by far the greater number occurred as separates, probably separated and distributed by wave action. The only other organic remains that came under observa- tion were gathered from the washed material obtained from within and around the shells. These were microzoic, and consisted of two species of foraminifera /Rotalia beccaru and Polystomella crispa), one or two valves of ostracods, and a fair number of fragments of small spines belonging to Spatangoid echinoderms. The facies of the bed and its contents show a direct resemblance to the upper series of the River Murray cliffs, in which O. sturtiana is the typical and most-abundant fossil. Tate says ‘5):—‘“‘This species constitutes banks up to-10 feet or more in thickness in the upper part of the River Murray cliffs, from Overland Corner to beyond Blanchetown.’’ I cannot find that Tate has given any other record for the occurrence of the species than that of the River Murray cliffs, and this is the only locality given by Dennant in his Catalogue.“ I have collected one or two examples at Hallett’s Cove, but it is not known elsewhere in South Aus- tralia, and has not been noted outside of the State. The restricted occurrence of this species, as compared with the countless number of individuals assembled within a limited area, is very remarkable when viewed in relation to geographical distribution, and is very difficult to explain. This particular oyster appears to have held the ground of a (5) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. viii. (1886), p. 97. (4) Records Geolog. Sur. of Victoria,. vol. i., pt. ii., 1908. 32 260 certain area so effectively as to practically exclude all com- petitors and to maintain the exclusive possession for a considerable time; yet, notwithstanding its local fecundity, failed to establish itself beyond its own particular province. The deposit, as seen on the railway, is intersected by a shallow valley, which cuts it in two. The outcrop must at one time have been continuous, but whether it has been eroded to its base by the valley or simply obscured by cover in the hollow is uncertain. The permanent way has been ballasted with the shells throughout the two cuttings, and the embankment between the cuttings has been constructed of the same material. The full length of the fossiliferous outcrop, including the intervening valley, is about 500 yards. The travertine limestone which caps the fossiliferous bed slopes, with the ground on either side of the rise, and together with the shell-bed, pass below the surface of the ground. At no point in the outcrops is the base of the fossiliferous bed seen, nor the bed-rock on which it rests; its thickness, there- fore, is uncertain. EVIDENCE OF EARTH MOVEMENTS. It has been already stated that the normal height of the Upper Cainozoic marine series in South Australia is 100 feet above sea-level, or less than that. At Hallett’s Cove they occur in two steps, at 100 feet and also at 200 feet above. sea-level. The height of the Mount Mary railway station is given, officially, as 311 feet above sea-level, while the fossili- ferous bed in that neighbourhood is 30 feet higher. The corresponding bed in the cliffs of the River Murray is thirteen miles distant from the Mount Mary bed, and has a mean elevation of 40 feet above present sea-level. The two occur- rences are, therefore, not only widely separated as to location, but the one occupies a position 300 feet above the other. Notwithstanding these discrepancies in their present positions, there can be no doubt that the respective beds were deposited at the same level, and that the oysters formed a living colony in the same waters and at the same time. In order to explain the present discordance in their respective levels, it must be assumed that a two-fold move- ment has taken place. First, a general uplift of the sea-bed, extending to some hundreds of feet, by which a plateau was formed; and, secondly, a collapse on the eastern side, by which the ground in that direction subsided to the extent of at least 300 feet. The facts brought to our notice by this interesting outlier of marine beds at Mount Mary form an additional contribu- tion to the geological history of the Mount Lofty Ranges, 261 ‘aud accords with the succession of events that 1s assumed to have taken place on the western side of the ranges. The western slopes of the dissected plateau show successive steps in which longitudinal segments have slipped down—in some cases below sea-level—forming the foothills of the ranges and the sunken areas of Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf. The Mount Mary occurrences of these beds give evidence of similar earth movements having taken place on the eastern side of the ranges as on the western. A very distinct fault-scarp faces the Murray Plains, with a north and south strike, making a line with Eudunda, Point Pass, and Robertstown. ‘To the eastward of this fault-scarp the ground slopes away to the River Murray. Point Pass railway station, situated at the foot of the eastern scarp, is 1,249 feet above sea-level ; the oyster-bed, near Mount Mary, is 340 feet above sea-level ; and the corresponding’ bed at Morgan is 40 feet above sea- level. By the movement of elevation an old sea-bed was raised several hundred feet above sea-level, and this upward movement was followed by longitudinal fractures, in two or more steps, by which the faulted segments left the old marine ‘sediments at different levels. These differentiai movements of the earth’s crust supply a certain order of succession by which we may infer their geological age. Thus the older marine beds of Cainozoic age hhave been more displaced and occur through a greater range of altitude than the newer marine beds of the series. These facts suggest that the earth movements had been in operation before the newer members of the series were laid down and were continued subsequently to the latter’s deposition. The movements were evidently complicated, and involved alterna- tions of elevation and subsidence. My attention was called to the Ostrea bed by my nephew, Mr. E. E. Howchin, who had received his information from Mi. A. ‘Tonkin, whose duties as an enginedriver on the Morgan railway took him daily through the cuttings where the shells are exposed. MINERAL NOTES.) | By D. Mawson, D.Sc. [Read August 10, 1916. | PLate XX Kf. ConTENTS. 1, Octahedrite. 2,.‘Twinned Gypsum Crystals. | 3) > Bermua 4, Loadstone. 5, Monazite. 6, Cordierite. 7, Sillimanite. §8,, Spinel. 9, Sphene. 10, Davidite. 1. Octahedrite.—A new and interesting locality for this mineral is at the Glen Osmond Quarry, Adelaide. It is the: first reported occurrence of octahedrite in Australia. The: crystals, which are of rare occurrence, are found on the drusy surfaces of fissures traversing the quartzite. It appears in acicular and obtuse octahedral forms associated with rutile. The crystal measured is a stumpy octahedron about 1 cm. long. It is capped by a basal face, and shows also the following: (117), (113), (112), (111), and (110). The faces save sharps readings. The angle of 68° 15’ between the cleavages is characteristic. The colour is reddish-brown. The specimen measured was collected by Mr. A. C. Broughton. 2. Twinned Gypsum Crystals —Mr. F. Voss Smith, manager of Block 14 Mine, Broken Hill, handed over to me: the interesting twinned gypsum crystals illustrated (see plate: xxxi.). They were formed in the imterior of a boiler of marine type on the Westward Ho! Mine, near Manna Hill, South Australia. The water which had formed the feed for- the boiler was drawn from a creek containing mineralized water. When it was cleaned out, the occasion of the finding of the crystals, the boiler had been standing idle for five- years and the contents evaporated. As shown in the illus-. tration, they are cruciform penetration twins, with the (100) as twin plane. 3. Beryl.—This mineral occurs in notable quantities as large isolated crystals in the quartz reefs and coarse pegma-. tites associated with Pre-Cambrian granite intrusives out-- cropping to the north of Olary, in the Boolcoomatta Hills, and elsewhere in that neighbourhood. They are faintly (1) These notes are based on minerals exhibited before the: Society during the vears 1910 and 1911. Publication was deferred owing to the author having mislaid his notes before departing on his Antarctic Expedition in December, 1911. 263 greenish in colour, and surface specimens are always turbid and much cracked and discoloured. The crystals are usually bounded by 1010 faces with irregular ends. In one case the 1010 faces were bevelled by 2130 faces and the ends ‘terminated by definite basal planes. The mest notable feature, however, is the great size to which they attain. The fragments of a crystal weighing 100 lb. were recovered from one outcrop. 4. Loadstone.-—Slags of highly-magnetic polar magnetite occur weathered out along the outcrop of a basic intrusion in the Pre-Cambrian belt about one mile to the north-east of the Woman-in-White Mine, Boolcoomatta. 5. Monazite.—This mineral occurs in notable quantity in association with corundum in the corundum-mica-schist be- tween Mounts Pitt and Painter, in the Flinders Range. This oO formation is within two miles of the great lode culminating ain Mount Gee, associated with which “ae the several radio- active minerals already exhibited at a meeting of this Society —namely, autunite and torbernite, with less-frequent zeunerite, gummite, carnotite, etc. The monazite-bearing rock in question outcrops as an irregular patch about a quarter of a mile in diameter and is intersected by a gorge. ‘The neighbouring rocks have been shown to be Pre-Cambrian, and are chiefly volcanic. (Vide Aust. Ass. for Adv. Science Report, 1911.) The origin of the formation appears to have been the result of the action of gaseous and liquid magmatic solutions (pneumatrolysis) upon the surrounding rocks. Such a conclusion-1s supported by the nature of the mineral association, by the coarseness and irregularity of the erystallizations, and by the presence of much tourmaline, apatite, and monazite. The absence of silica, and the abund- ance of mica, cordierite, and the like, show that agent was ‘doubtless rich in hydrofluoric acid. Massive formations of _ fluor spar and remarkable crystallized quartz formations else- where in the neighbourhood (fe.g., at Mount Gee) further ‘support this theory. On this line of reasoning the Mount Gee formation is to be regarded as a later phase (further from ‘the magma hearth) of pneumatrolysis which, in the first place, had effected the development of the corundum-mica- schist belt containing the monazite. Monazite is everywhere “present in the corundum-schist, but in very variable amount. Here and there it is visible to the naked eye in the hand ‘specimen, and aggregates up to half an inch in diameter have ‘come under notice. It is usually embedded in or surrounded ‘by the leaves of the mica, but where black tourmaline is ‘abundant is often embedded in the tourmaline. Crystalline ‘facets are commonly shown on the grain-like individuals. The 264 colour varies from light honey-yellow to a_ reddish-brown. Two samples, obtained by the bulk concentration of the ore on a Wilfley dry table, were submitted to Mr. J. C..H. Mingaye, who kindly analysed them and obtained the follow- ing results :— Sample 1. Sample 2.. Rare earths of the Cerium Group as oxides * me ot) eee O04 Of 66°48 % aria (CUO al as ae oe O20 % O16. 295 The No. 2 sample was much more free from admixture of other mineral matter. Both will be noted to be unusually poor in thoria. 6. Cordierite.—Associated with the corundum-schist, already referred to, near Mount Pitt, is cordierite-rock. On account of the abundance and excellence of the material this forms a notable occurrence of the mineral. The distribution is irregular throughout the zone affected by pneumatrolysis, but is more abundant and appears in distinct bands in the peripheral belt. Usually it is admixed with corundum, silli- manite, and some mica; but in places outcrops of almost pure cordierite-rock appear. Where there is much cordierite the corundum is pink. Some perfect double-ended hexagonal pyramids of pink corundum have been met with embedded in: the cordierite. In one place the rock is about half-pink corundum and half cordierite, and there lumps of corundum many pounds in weight were got. Normally, it is of a waxy appearance and a brown colour, but is also found very light- ecloured and even black. Its microscopic characters are normal and the pleochroic halos are beautifully shown. 7. Sillimanite.—Microscope sections show this mineral to occur in notable amcunts in association with the ccrdierite just described. It is normal in character. This is probably the most important cccurrence of this mineral yet recorded in South Australia. 8. Spinel.Large octahedral crystals of the spinel, pleonaste, are frequent in the corundum-mica-schist belt near Mount Pitt. They are opaque, and reach an inch im diameter. The octahedral form is perfect. The composition of the spinel appears to vary in ‘different portions of the outcrop, but the prevailing type is best described as a pleonaste. The crystals are often embedded in the soft mica and can easily be isolated. 9. Sphene.—Mr. Greenwood was the first to bring in specimens of this mineral from the Mount Painter district. These were examined chemically and identified byoer: We Chapman, of the Mines Department. An examination of the 265 - outcrop from which these specimens were derived proved the rock to be a very coarse-grained igneous injection, perhaps best described as a gabbro-pegmatite. It outcrops in the Pre-Cambrian area on the creek about a mile below Mount Gee. The sphene crystals are of a clove-brown colour, and some were discovered that weighed several pounds. They are embedded in a coarse uralitized-diopside. The formation recalls the ‘‘yatalite’’ of Benson, from the Pre-Cambrian area near Adelaide. 10. Davidite.—In a preliminary notice @ concerning radio-active minerals from the Radium Hill lode, near Olary, the name davidite was suggested for one of them. Since that date mining operations have opened up the lode and exposed additional features of interest. A special contribution on the subject will be forthcoming shortly, but in the meantime further reference to the association and identity of davidite is due. The davidite i its pure form is but rarely met with in the lode. It is in the form of streaks, grains, and crystals embedded in the other filling. The latter is chiefly radio- active ilmenite of a non-homogeneous character. In places grains and patches of pure rutile appear. Occasionally in the more massive portions of the lode stringers of quartz, centrally disposed, make their appearance. Embedded in such quartz nice cuboid crystals of davidite are to be met with. In thin sections, under the microscope, these crystals appear homo- geneous, and there 1s no evidence that they are a mechanical mixture of mineral ingredients. An analysis by Dr. W. T. Cooke of some of this material is published elsewhere. ©) The radio-active ilmenite forming the general lode-filling becomes blacker and duller in the deeper zones, and at the same time is more highly radic-active. The principal change is that of decrease of titanium and increase in iron and uranium. In certain pockets and apophyses the filling is mainly coarse, intensely black biotite, through which the radio-active mineral is distributed as nodules. These latter commonly contain 8 per cent. U,O,. The mineral composing these nodules weathers comparatively readily, and, as met with, is often in the state of brown, earthy aggregates. On the spoil heap, where the micaceous gangue has been dumped at the mouth of the shaft, a growth of carnotite is to be observed ‘developed on the flakes of black biotite subsequently to reaching the surface. The biotite thus becomes, in the course (2) V ide Ty rans. and Pree) Roy. Soc., S. ere 1906. (3) Vide Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., present volume, ' Ds 26d: (4) Vide Report by R. KK. Stanley: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc.. ‘S. Aus., present volume, p. 268. 266 of several months, coated more or less with mustard-yellow carnotite. A sooty coating in two fissures in the lode, and also smearing some of the coarse biotite, was found to be very highly radio-active. In appearance the coating sug- gested oxide of manganese. It completely dissolves in weak acid. A rough test showed it to be almost entirely oxide of uranium. This apparently is the first report of the occur- rence of uranic oxide free in nature. The formation of the carnotite at the surface, in the dump heap, appears to depend upon the presence of this uranic oxide in the gangue. In the surface portions of the lode a micaceous mineral in tiny green scales occurs in places. At the time of writing the pre- liminary note “ it was suggested that this might prove to be roscoelite. Examination is hampered by the minute quantity available, but it certainly is not roscoelite, inasmuch as the absence of vanadium has been proved. Uranium also is absent, but it does contain 6°8 per cent. of Cr,O, (chromic oxide). The 16 lb. block of lode matter which formed the basis of the report © by T. Crook, F.G.S., and G. 8. Blake, B.Sc., F.C.S., contains no typical davidite that can be observed by the naked eye. Their reports deal comprehen- sively with what the block sample contained—namely, carno- tite and the massive non-homogeneous radio-active ilmenite, which composes the body of the lode.) It may be also that the block contains some davidite in microscopic quantities. As already mentioned, davidite occurs elsewhere in the lode in the form of rough crystals, which are microscopically homogeneous. The conclusions of Crook and Blake that davidite is a non-homogeneous substance is, therefore, not valid. (5) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1906. (6) ‘On Carnotite and an associated mineral complex from South Australia,’”’? Min. Mag., March, 1910) vol. xv. (7) Note made upon personal inspection of the block.—D. M. 267 CHEMICAL NOTES ON DAVIDITE. By W. T. Cooke, D.Sc., University, Adelaide. [Read August 10, 1916.] A preliminary note by Professor Rennie and myself on certain radio-active minerals from Olary appeared in these Proceedings in the year 1906. Of the ferriferous and titan- iferous radio-active constituents of the lode, the one referred to as Davidite is the most interesting, as it 1s homogeneous and is a distinct peel (vide ‘‘Mineral Notes,’’ by Dr. Maw- son, in this volume, p. 262). The bulk of the lode, however, is a Peo and chemical mixture of ilmenite, magnetite, rutile, and davidite. Analyses of davidite gave the following figures :— ios whe et Le: or ee ue) FeO aby rit ue va glio Fe,O, Mas bee ee op Sige USO) Rare earths ... ae 8°3 KeOr er O., and U,Onwe ae fees ny 40 MgO a ig Pp ae oe 0-6 CaO : ae sons ae ee 1*5 Bb 7 .. ai ie ay: ie a. Li CrOs.c3: Wrogy:: Aust. Ins., pl: KV, fig. Cnale)y a: Australasiaeé, Kirby: Trans. Linn. Soc., 1818, p. 462, pl. xxui., fig. (female) 5. var. Kirbyi, Westw. (nec Hope, nec Bainbridge): I.c., 1848, p. 13; pl: m1:, fig: Gnale) 2. var. terrae-reginae, Blackb.: ante, 1899, p. 25; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904, p. 483. The wonderful variation in the structure of the clypeus of the male of this species is without parallel in the Australian 278 Scarabacidae. In general it may be noted as haying a rostrum-like prolongation of a dilated and angular basal portion ; the basal portion usually has a semi-double tubercle in the middle of its base, but this may be sometimes extended until it is on the apical portion; the basal portion varies from about one-fourth longer than the apical portion to less than half its length. The tip may be simple, produced down- wards in a subconical process, or in a more or less con- ‘spicuously bifid one. The lower-surface from the tip may be continued in a more or less even curve to the base, or ‘distinctly inflated from just beyond where the apical portion commences; but in one form (pl. xxxui., fig. 38) there is an elongated, narrow, bifid process attached to the lower surface near the base; on this form the apical portion is always long, with its tip turned down and conspicuously bifid; it appears to he the typical one, but is much rarer than many of the others. I have seen no specimen with the lower process ‘small or simple. Hab.—Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia. BOLBOCERAS BAINBRIDGE!, Westw. Ply xxx: fies. “61 and*62. The type of this species, as described and figured by Westwood, was a female, not.a male, as he presumed; the male differs in having the concave portion of the prothorax larger, deeper, with much sparser punctures, and with the horn in front much larger; the head is very different, bemg widely flattened (or feebly concave) and impunctate between the eyes and a distinct tubercle behind each of these, the space in front of the eyes is also flattened, but with a distinct upward trend, with coarse punctures and without upright ‘tubercles, but each side in front produced into an acute process overhanging the mandibles. On one small male, however, the frontal processes and the horn on the prothorax are smaller. The colour of both sexes varies from light ecastaneous to dark reddish-brown. Hab.—Western Australia: Warren® and Swan Rivers. BOLBOCERAS TAURUS, Westw. B. puncticolle, Macl. Pl. xxxiin3 mies, (o2eand 53: The above synonymy, as given by Blackburn, appears to be correct; but he referred the species to his second group, although the front margin of the prothorax is deeply -bifoveate (a character noted by both Westwood and Macleay). (1) Several pairs, sent at the same time, by Mr. W. D. Dodd. 279 No doubt he considered the bicarinate (instead of multi carinate) hind tibiae as of mere importance than the foveae. BoLBOCERAS FRONTALE, Guer. , I have not seen the descriptions and figure of this species by Guerin and Klug, but a specimen sent from the British Museum, as compared with the type of frontale, is certainly a male of serricolle (given as a synonym of frontale), and the sexes of which were correctly described by Bainbridge. Many mated pairs of the species were taken at Beverley by the late Mr. F. H. du Boulay; of these the male usually has the prothoracic horns almost equilaterally triangular, but varying till combined they are but little more than a notched trans- verse ridge, as on some females; some males, on the other hand, have the horns porrect and much more acute. The elevations on the head also vary in size, but the deep pro- thoracic excavations are always very conspicuous on the males. BOLBOCERAS CARPENTARIAE, Macl. This species occurs in several parts of Northern Queens- land and of the Northern Territory, and is variable in size and sculpture. On the typical form the prothoracic horns are small, and arise from an almost evenly convex surface ; the front margin of the prothorax has two small, deep foveae, and the hind tibiae are multicarinate; the cephalic horn is about as long as the space between the eyes. The extreme form of the species has the cephalic horn much longer (fully twice the width of the head), the prothorax witli the horns longer (almost the width of the head), and the space behind same obliquely flattened instead cf evenly convex. I am unable to distinguish its female from the female of cornigerum, and several males before me seem to be connecting links between the two species. BoLBOCERAS TRITUBERCULATUM, Bainb. The female figured by Westwood as belonging to this species was incorrectly identified. There are in the Museum several specimens of both sexes, sent (mated) by the late Mr. F. H. du Boulay from Beverley. The female differs from the male in having two small subcontiguous tubercles on the middle of the head, the prothorax non-tuberculate, and with two transverse curved carinae not quite enclosing a somewhat elliptic space, the hind one of which is much more distant from the base than that of the male. The specimen he figured (figs. 6, a and )) as septemtuberculatum is quite evidently not that species, and probably was a slight female variety of trituberculatum. 280 BOLBOCERAS PONTIFERUM, Blackb. A specimen from Western Australia in the National Museum agrees perfectly with the type in the tubercles and excavations of the prothorax, but has the cephalic horn much longer (about thrice as long as the distance between the eyes) and with its tip conspicuously forked. BOLBOCERAS ARMIGERUM, Macl. A specimen from Queensland, in the National Museum, ‘apparently belongs to this species, but has the median tubercles of the pronotum slightly closer together and stouter ‘than usual, with the cephalic horns very difoter a! the median one being much longer than usual and the lateral ones some- what shorter; the lower front angles of the prothorax are also much more acute. Fig. 43, pl. xxxiu., is of the normal form, 44 of the variety. BOLBOCERAS VARIOLICOLLE, Lea, var. ( 1) A specimen from Queensland (Maranoa) in the National Museum is somewhat smaller (15 mm.) than the type of variolicolle, and has the prothoracic margins much less con- spicuously serrated, the ocular canthi one with their -outer angles rounded off, the middle and lateral areas of the clypeus confused together owing to the absence of internal boundary lines, the frontal elevation ccnsisting of a longer ‘and not semi-double horn, and the front face of the clypeus much less elevated. Judged by their heads alone, this specimen and the type of variolicolle would appear to belong to two species, but the four processes on the pronotum of ‘each are so closely in agreement that, knowing but one ‘specimen of each, and allowing for the very considerable variation that occurs on the heads of many species, it does not appear desirable to describe the Maranoa specimen as new. A figure (pl. xxxi., fig. 45) of the front view of the clypeus is given for comparison with that of the type. (Proc. “Maino. Soc., N.S.. Wales; 1915; pl ahyni. | fe By; ROLBOCERAS INSIGNE, Nn. sp. Pl xexin hes. 46nd 47’. ¢. Bright castaneous. Under-surface densely clothed, lower portion. of cephalic horn with a few straggling hairs. Head with a long and suberect. horn, its base and the clypeus with dense but rather shallow punctures; canthi ~ ‘concave; mandibles with a subtriangular extension near apex. Prothorar with a large medio-frontal excavation, curvi- linearly deepened at each side, a moderately long, curved 281 horn on each side near the excavation, middle with a stout semi-double projection slightly overhanging the excavation ; sublateral foveae rather large, sides with punctures as on front of head. Seutel/wim impunctate. Hlytra with small punctures in striae, of these the thirteenth and fourteenth not conjoined towards the base. Front t?biae with five teeth, hind pair with two or three small and two wide carinae. Length, 22 mm. Head with a subconical elevation crowned with two small tubercles between eyes, frontal margin elevated into a subconical tubercle above each antenna; lateral areae with the front carinae curved round so as to become conjoined to the supra-antennal tubercles, instead of touching the front angles of the clypeus. rothoraxr obliquely flattened in middle of apex, the slope crowned by a transverse bisinuate ridge, whose ends are directed towards the front angles; with two small, deep, but somewhat transverse, marginal foveae in front; with dense and coarse punctures connecting the sublateral foveae. Hab.—Western Australia: Walkaway. Type, 1914; 863 in the Western Australian Museum. The foveae on the front margin of the prothorax of the male are not deep and circular as on other members of Group 1, but they appear as deeper parts of the large exca- vation; on the female, however, they are deep and isolated, and as the hind tibiae have two or three ‘small carinae, in addition to the two wide ones, there need be no hesitation in referring the species to Blackburn’s Group 1. I think the prothorax should be regarded as having onlv three horns, as the median one, although feebly double at its apex, is supported on a single base, very different to the two con- spicuous median horns of tenaxr, armigerum, and quinqgue- corne. This character alone will readily distinguish it from all the other males of its group. The female in general appearance is close to many others, but in Blackburn’s table would be associated with cornigerum, (2) from which it differs in the median semi-double elevation of head free from any carinae. On the male the cephalic horn is about as long as the head is wide across the canthi; on the female the lateral areae of the clypeus, although completely enclosed by carinae, have but two of these, instead of three. (2) In that table cornigerum was separated from hippopus by punctures of the interstices, but evidently the word interstices was accidentally used for striae; all the specimens in the Museum are without punctures on the interstices, but are punctate-striate, whereas on hippopus they are striate only.. 282 BOLBOCERAS QUINQUECORNE, 0. sp. Pl. soexuij ioe 0: ¢. Castaneous, some parts darker than others. Under- surface densely clothed, lower portions of cephalic horn with straggling hairs. Head with a rather long suberect horn, its lower two- thirds and the clypeus with dense but rather shallow punc- tures; carina on its lower front distinctly elevated in the middle; canthi feebly concave; mandibles notched towards apex. Prothorax with a wide, transverse, frontal excavation, with four subconical horns overhanging same, between same and base two rather large pear-shaped foveae; sublateral foveae fairly large; sides with dense punctures as on front of head, with larger shallow punctures irregularly distributed, and with minute ones scattered about; a shallow median line, but with conspicuous punctures on basal half. Scutellwm iunpunctate. lytra striate-punctate, thirteenth and four- teenth rows conjoined towards base. Front tibiae with five teeth, hind ones with two small irregular subbasal carinae in addition to two large ones. Length, 23 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Tennant Creek (J. F. Field). ‘ype; el. 3699. Allied to tenaxr and armigerum, but head with a single elongated simple horn; from tenax also it differs in the two median horns of the prothorax being much closer together ; this should distinguish it also from froggatt, which is stated to have the two median horns wider apart than in fena@: the clypeus is much as on t#enar, and both mandibles are conspicuously sinuate, characters which should also be distinctive from froggatti. On the front margin of the prothorax there is a small fovea towards each side, but it is not deep as in Group 1; the hind tibiae might be regarded as somewhat similar to those of Group 1, but the clypeus is certainly as on the first subgroup of Group 2; the species, however, is so obviously allied to tenav and armigerum that it should be associated with them in any table. ; BoLBOCERAS TRIFOVEICOLLE, n. sp. Pl. sexi fing, 43eemd. 49: d. Castaneous. Under-surface densely clothed. Head with three conspicuous, but not very long, erect horns between antennae, the outer ones subconical, the median one truncated or semi-double at its tip; front portion of clypeus almost vertical and somewhat elevated in middle; with crowded punctures, except towards base, where they are small and sparse; canthi shallow; mandibles sinuous towards apex. SProthoraz with a large fovea on each side in front, 283 each opening out to the front angle, but the two separated by a wide ridge, the ridge with two short, wide horns over- hanging it, behind these a rather large fovea, a rather short subconical tubercle towards each side in line with the median ones; sublateral foveae irregular; sides with dense punctures, with small punctures and with rather large and fairly deep ones irregularly scattered about. Scute//uwm with small punctures. lytra striate-punctate, thirteenth and four- teenth rows close together towards base, but not conjoined. Front tibiae with five teeth, hind ones with two transverse: earinae, between the subapical one and the base a row of small tubercles on each side. Length, 16-18 mm. Q. Head with two small tubercles on frontal elevation, carinae of clypeus strong, the frontal margin raised into an obtuse tubercle above each antenna. VTrothorax with two small shallow marginal foveae at apex, the space immediately behind a line connecting samé, smcoth, almost vertical, and crowned by a somewhat curved carina, the larger punctures more numerous than on male, continued across the middle, and the middle ones connected by irregular rows with the marginal foveae. Hab.—North-western Australia: Fortescue River (W. De Woda). lype, I. 3700. “Marble. Bar (Western: Azus- tralian Museum). Co-type, 1914—831; South Australia (National Museum). Allied to armigerum, but male with median horn of head semi-double, the median ones of prothorax also semi- double, closer together, with a deep fovea behind them, and a deep one on each side in front; the female, in general appearance, is close to the female of tenar, with which it would be associated in Blackburn’s table, but differs in having the outer edge of each canthus on a level with the upper edge of the eye, not below it; there are also other slight differences. The elevated parts of the head and the tibial teeth are black. The prothorax is entirely without small foveae on the front margin; the two frontal foveae of the male are large, but so placed that when the prothorax is viewed from slightly behind they are quite invisible, each is of a size almost to contain the head if the canthi and tubercles were removed from same; the median fovea is much smaller although very conspicuous. BOLBOCERAS HOPLOCEPHALUM, Nn. Sp. (PIRMne-@0he, LCS. i Gromee co. Dark castaneous. Under-surface densely clothed. Head with two very conspicuous horns at base, concave between same, and a subtriangular ridge between antennae, 284 the ridge crowned with two subtriangular tubercles; front. face of clypeus subvertical, with crowded and fairly large punctures, elsewhere sparsely or not at all punctate ; canthi rather deeply concave; outlines of mandibles somewhat sinuous. Jrothorax obliquely irregularly flattened and highly polished on apical half, at summit of slope with four remnants of a transverse ridge; with round distinct punctures irregularly scattered about, but towards the sides becoming subobsolete. Scutellum impunctate. /ytra conspicuously striated, with rather feeble punctures in the striae, thirteenth and fourteenth irregularly conjoined towards the base. Front tibiae with five teeth, hind ones with two transverse carinae. Length, 14-16 mm. QO. Vlead with frons concave and frontal elevation ‘absent, clypeal elevation with three notches, lateral areae much smaller than usual. Prothorar along middle almost evenly rounded from base to apex, except for a carina traversing ‘the apical fourth, in front of same to head impunctate, except at the margin; punctures larger and more numerous than on male. Hab.—Western Australia: Beverley (F. H. du Boulay). Dapes h.) 2a! The male differs from the male of taurus in 1 having the ‘horns between the eyes much longer than the ones in front, instead of much shorter, the front ones are also conjoined ‘instead of widely separated, the apex of the prothorax is ‘also not bifoveate. The horns at the base vary in length and direction, on some specimens, except for a shght curva- ture, they are almost erect, so that the space between their tips is about the same as that between their outer bases; on ‘other specimens, however, they diverge so much that their tips are twice as distant as their outer bases. The sublateral foveae of the prothorax, although not very deep, are laterally extended, and are bounded in front and behind by distinct ridges. Blackburn considered the junctioning or otherwise of the thirteenth and fourteenth elytral striae near the base to be of specific importance, but on several specimens of this species they are irregularly conjoined on one side and free 5 ‘(although close together) on the other. BOLBOCERAS CONTEXTUM, 0. sp. Pl. xxx, figs, Saaand So: gd. Castaneous, some projecting parts black. In parts densely pilose. //ead irregularly excavated and with scattered punctures : a transverse ridge between eyes, ending near each eye in an ecute conical tubercle, each tubercle with a thin longitudinal ridge extending backwards to the base and frontwards to the 285 inner front corner of the ocular canthus; the latter with front edge gently incurved and outer front angle hghtly rounded off; clypeal elevation in the form of an acute undulating ridge, with its sides tuberculate; front face of clypeus (middle area) almost vertical, asperate-punctate; left mandible evenly rounded and then obliquely truncate to apex. /rothoraxr with sides strongly rounded and finely (almost evenly) ser- rated; with irregularly distributed punctures, varying from sparse and minute to coarse and crowded, more crowded on the sides and larger across middle than elsewhere; with two subtriangular tubercles slightly nearer apex than base and almost directly posterior to the subocular tubercles, the two connected by a curved carina; with a rather deep and fairly large excavation from apex (where it is deepest) to just out- side of each of the submedian tubercles; sublateral foveae rather large and irregular. s/ytra rather lightly striate- punctate. Front ¢zbiae with five teeth, hind tibiae bicarinate. Length, 12-13 mm. Q. Differs in having the head. more densely punctate, the ridge between the eyes more obtuse and not ending in tubercles, clypeal elevation slightly higher in the middle than at sides, front face of clypeus with larger and more regular punctures, frontal excavations of prothorax reduced to shallow depressions and the discal tubercles absent, but with the connecting ridge distinct and bisinuate. Hab.—-Northern Territory: Daly River (H. Wesselman). Miya, Lat D .68: Belongs to the first subgroup of Blackburn’s second group of the genus, although the male has two foveae close to the front margin of the. pronotum (inconspicuous on the female, however), and in his table would be associated with taurus, from which the male differs in having the cephalic elevations much smaller, those in front closer together, the prothorax with two small processes, and the frontal excava- tions much smaller and shallower; the female differs from the female of fauvrus in having. the transverse elevation between the eyes not tuberculate, the clypeal elevation different, and the _pronotum with a semi-double median transverse ridge, and: with very different punctures. In some respects it approaches some small females of frontale and hoplocephalum, but the elytral striation is less profound and the clypeal elevation is very different; the male, however, is very different to the males of those species. BOLBOCERAS PENTAGONICUM, n. sp. Pl xxxil Shss oo. and 60. Flavo-castaneous, tips of some projecting parts black or blackish. » In places densely pilose. 286 Head, with dense and small asperate granules; with a short longitudinal hairy elevation inwards of each eye; ocular canthi acute at outer apex; clypeal elevation with a distinct subconical elevation on each side and a slightly larger one in middle, immediately behind the middle one two slightly smaller ones; middle area of clypeus with its dividing hne distinct in middle, but obliterated towards sides; mandibles: very prominent, each deeply and conspicuously notched at about one-third from apex. /Prothorax with sides strongly rounded and very feebly serrated; surface irregularly granu- late and punctate; at about basal third with an obtuse carina parallel with hind margin, but terminated before the irregular sublateral foveae, behind it (except in middle) a shallow depression; in front of carina a depression bounded in front by a feeble ridge, tipped by two small tubercles not ~ quite touching each other, between tubercles and apex a fairly large excavation. /lytra striate-punctate, both punc- tures and striae more cr less obliterated posteriorly. Front tibiae with six teeth, hind tibiae bicarinate. Length, 23 mm. /Tab.—Western Austraha: Perth (F. H. du Boulay). Type (unique) in National Museum. This and the two following species belong to the second subgroup of Blackburn’s second group, a subgroup whose species have females quite as distinctive as their males, but (apart from dissection) I am unaware as to how the sex of a unique specimen may be determined, and I do not know the sex or sexes of these species. The five tubercles (three of which are close together) between the antennae and the short hairy ridges near the eyes readily distinguish the present species from any other known to me. The tubercles on the pronotum are smaller than those on the head, the medio- frontal excavation is slightly larger than an antennal club, its middle is longitudinally impressed, and the impression can be traced backwards between the small tubercles to near the subbasal carina; there are no round, sharply-defined punctures on the prothorax, the surface being mostly asperate-granulate and in places almost vermiculate. BOLBOCERAS DACODERUM, Ni. sp. Pl; Skin, fee oe Castaneous, some projecting parts black. In_ places densely pilose. ; Head rather widely flattened and with small punctures between eyes; clypea! elevation with three rather small sub- conical elevations of even height, but the middle one some- what larger than the others; middle area of clypeus appearing as an almost vertical rugose front face; mandibles strongly 287 rectangularly notched at one-third from apex. VProthorax rather strongly emarginate in front, sides strongly rounded and very feebly serrated; with rather dense and moderately darge, irregularly- distributed punctures, interspersed with numerous small ones, but along median third with small ones only; towards base with a feeble transverse carina, nearest (but not touching) the base in middle, and vanishing far from the sides; with two rather sre. porrect, conical, subcontiguous tubercles in middle, slightly nearer base than apex, the space between them and subbasal carina gently depressed, between them and apex largely excavated; sub- lateral foveae moderately large. Llytra_ rather strongly punctate-striate, interstices with small punctures and in places finely rugose. Front tibiae with six teeth, hind tibiae bicarinate. Length, 14 mm. Hab.—Western Australia. Type (unique) in National Museum, from C. French. Nearer to chelyuwm than to any other species known to me, but the two median processes of pronotum closer together, the transverse carina less conspicuous, at its middle nearest to the base (instead of most distant from it there), cephalic elevations very different, and mandibles rectangu- larly notched. BoLBOCERAS TRYMODERUM, Nn. sp. Dark castaneous, elytra almost black, some projecting varts of head and legs black. In places densely pilose. /Iead gently dilated near eyes and feebly ‘depressed in middle; with rather small, irregularly- distributed punctures ; ocular canthi acutely angular at outer apex ; clypeal elevation lightly tuberculate on ean side, in middle elevated into a conspicuous semi-double process, oblique on its posterior face, almost vertical on its lateral and front faces; margining lines of clypeal areas in places obliterated ; bitandibies a Per lightly notched towards apex. Prothoraxz rather deeply emarginate ain front, sides strongly rounded and lightly but unevenly serrated; with moderately large irregularly-distributed punc- tures, and some very small ones; with a conspicuous median carina terminating near each side slightly in advance of the sublateral fovea, its middle slightly nearer base than apex ; in front of carina almost vertical, and with transverse, semi-double ridges, each about the width of the scuielinnie: and separated slightly more than same; in front of the space between them with a deep round fovea, a moderately distinct fovea on each side of middle of front margin. //ytra strongly striate-punctaie, both striae and punctures becoming less defined posteriorly. Front fehiae with six teeth, hind tibiae icarinate.- Length, 13 mm. Fh 288 Hlab.—Western Australia: Lawlers (W. du Boulay). Type (unique) in National Museum. In general appearance fairly close to interruptum, but prothorax without a medio-apical projection, each projection in frent of the subbasal carina semi-double, and not with the appearance as of parts of an interrupted carina, and the elevations on the head very different. The semi-double tubercle on the head is slightly longer than the second tooth on the front tibiae. LIPAROCHRUS DILATATIFRONS, Blackb. L. timidus, Arrow. A specimen of dilatatifrons was sent to Mr. Arrow for his opinion, and in reply he wrote that it was identical with timidus; the former name has priority. PARARHOPAEA. In his table of the “‘True Jfelolonthides’’ fante, 1911; pp. 187, 188) Blackburn distinguished this genus Jona ‘Labrum strongly directed ferward, almost horizontal,’’ as against ‘“Labrum vertical or nearly so’’ of Rhopaea and Lseudo- holophylia. The type of the only previously described species of Pararhopaea (callabonnensis) 1s 10 the Museum, and its labrum appears to be quite vertical to the long axis of the body; in fact, it appears exactly on the same plane as the basal portion of the clypeus, and almost at right angles to the front elevation of that organ. In Rhopaea it is directed at right angles to a straight line continuing the base of the clypeus, and gently diver ges from a line continuing its front elevation. PARARHOPAEA GIGAS, Ni. sp. 3. Bright castaneous, some narrow maregining parts black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish hair on sterna, parts of legs, junction of prothorax and elytra, hind margin of scutellum, and basal joint of antennae; upper-surface with very short, sparse, depressed, whitish setae. Head with two feeble elevations between eyes; the punctures there dense, large, shallow, and reticulate, about base much smaller and sparser; clypeus with elevation high aud bilobed, in middle of apex much less elevated than at sides ; labrum widely and deeply notched, with numerous setiferous punctures. Antennae with first joint large and obtriangular, second small, third-tenth forming a curved flabellate club. Apical joint of palpi with a wide, shallow depression. Prothorar about twice as wide as long (14 x 73 mm.), sides crenulate and subangularly dilated near the 289 middle; with large shallow punctures, dense in front, irregu- larly distributed elsewhere; with a feeble and irregular median line. Scwteliwm with irregular punctures, hind margin rugose. Slytra three-fourths as wide as long (18 x 24 mm.), shoulders rounded, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle; with irregularly distributed and rather small punctures, some round and others transversely rugose ; disc of each elytron with three extremely feeble costae, the third commencing in a shallow post-humeral depression. Pygidium acutely margined, tip obtusely bilobed, with numerous small punctures and in parts shagreened. Legs long; front tibiae acutely tridentate, hind tibiae with two unequal spurs, the inner one moderately acute and about as long as basal joint of tarsi, the outer one longer and wider, dilated from base to beyond the middle, and then feebly rounded to apex; claw-joint with a short bisetose onychium ; claws long, with a strong acute tooth about middle and a rounded swelling at base. Length (d, @Q), 34-39 mm. Q.. Differs in having prothorax smaller and narrower, elytra more dilated, abdomen considerably larger, pygidium more convex and much less acutely margined, club much smaller, legs shorter, spurs to hind tibiae wider and shorter, and hind tarsi considerably shorter. Hab.—Western parts of South Australia: Ouldea (R. _ T. Maurice), Lake Arcoona (A. Loveday), Overland Railway, ten miles east of Golden Well (— Chandler, in National Museum). Type, I. 517. } The largest specimen in actual bulk is exceeded only by an unusually large specimen of Lepidiota froggatti, of all the Australian J/elolonthides in the Museum, but its length is shightly less than that of Lepidoderma waterhouser.. The club is composed of eight joints, instead of seven, as in callabonnensis and the following species, but in the allied genus, Mhopaea, the joints of the club vary in number from five to eight. On the male the first lamella of the club is about as long as the clypeus is wide, and is truncate at its tip, the second is rather abruptly bent backwards from where if passes the first and (as also the succeeding joints) is about one-third longer than it. On the female the lamellae of the club are only about the length of the basal tarsal joint, the first lamella is about two-thirds the length of the others, slightly longer than the joint itself, and acutely pointed. On the apical joint of the only female in the Museum there is a small swelling that from some directions causes the club to appear nine-jointed, but this is probably accidental. On the specimen in the National Museum there are a few long hairs near each front angle. of the pronotum. K 290 PARARHOPAEA RHIPIDOCERA, Nl. Sp. 3. More or less castaneous, some marginal parts nar- rowly black or blackish. Densely clothed with long yellowish hair on sterna and parts of legs, basal joint of antennae, latero-frontal and hind margins of prothorax, and hind margin of scutellum. Head coarsely sculptured between eyes; clypeus with large, round, shallow punctures, its margining elevation high and very feebly bilobed; labrum moderately notched, with a few coarse punctures at sides. Antennae with first joint moderately large, second short, third slightly longer and wider, with a short projection near the inner apex, fourth- tenth forming a strongly-curved flabellate club. Apical joint of palpi with a long excavation. /Prothorax strongly transverse, sides moderately rounded with the margins crenulated, apex incurved to middle: with moderately large, shallow punctures, dense in front, irregular elsewhere; with feeble remnants of a median line and with a shallow depres- sion towards each side. Hlytra not much wider than pro- thorax, sides almost parallel to near apex; with moderately coarse punctures, in places subvermiculate, and denser towards apex and sides than elsewhere; disc of each elytron with four costae, the inner ones more conspicuous than the outer ones. Pygidium with rather acute margins, tip feebly notched; with moderately dense punctures. Legs rather long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, hind tibiae with two unequal spurs, but the longer one not much wider than the shorter one; onychium small, but with two long setae, each claw with an acute tooth. Length, 18-24 mm. Habh.—Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). Type, I. 4523. Of the size and general appearance of ca/labonnensis, but head very different between eyes, prothorax longer, with different punctures, and without long discal hairs. The smaller specimens are rather more coarsely sculptured than the largerones. The head between the eyes on most of the specimens appears irregularly biareolate, with the punctures crowded and coarse, on two of them the coarsely-punctured space appears instead to be elliptic in outline. The lamellae of the club are subequal in length and slightly longer than the four basal joints of the tarsi; they are usually closely folded together, but when separated have a beautiful fan-like appearance. The hairs at the apex of the scutellum are not on its upper-surface, and on several specimens are concealed {or abraded). 291 LEPIDIOTA PICTICOLLIS, Nl. sp. Bright castaneous; head, all margins, and a median line on prothorax, scutellum, under-surface, pygidium, and legs black or blackish; antennae (club castaneous), palpi, and claws obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with seta-like white depressed scales, dense on head, all margins of pro- thorax, scutellum, and sides of abdomen, and not very dense elsewhere; sterna and base of abdomen with long, dense, whitish pubescence, and with some straggling hairs; legs with long hairs and white seta-like scales. Head with crowded and moderately large punctures; clypeus conspicuously bilobed, with larger and_ sparser punctures than on the rest of head. Antennae with first joint almost as long as four following combined, second rather short and stout, third and fourth moderately long and subcylindrical, fifth of irregular shape, sixth and seventh very short and strongly transverse; club three-jointed, the lamellae nearly as long as the six preceding joints combined. Prothorazx strongly transverse, sides finely margined and feebly crenulated, front without raised margin; with small and not very dense punctures, becoming crowded at sides and in front, with a shallow medio-frontal impression. Scutellum with rather dense punctures. SHlytra at base very little wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to near apex; surface lightly rugose, and with small and not dense punc- tures; each elytron with four discal costae, the two inner ones moderately distinct and conjoined to form a small swelling at summit of apical slope, the two outer ones very feeble, with the fourth quite close to the margin. Pygidiwm rather acutely margined, with a vague median line, tip lightly notched; punctures crowded and rather small. Legs rather long; front tibiae strongly tridentate, middle tooth nearer the apical than the subbasal one; tarsi slightly longer than tibiae; claws each with a long and acute median tooth, and a small subtriangular basal one. Length, 36-38 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland: (H. J. Carter’s No. 6), Stradbroke Island (H. Hacker, Queensland Museum’s No. S07). ,Eype, 1.4525. In general appearance not at all close to any of the species named or identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn, and at first glance apparently nearer to Pararhopaea and Paralemdiota than to Lemdiota, but the antennal club is rather small and composed of but three joints, hence in his table of the true J/elolonthides it could only be referred to Neolemdiota or to Lepidiota (unless to a new genus). Re- ferring it to Lepidiota, in his table of that genus it would K2 292 be referred to A, BB, but from the four species there associated (as, in fact, from all others of the genus) it may be readily distinguished by the bicoloured pronotum ; on this the black (or, at least, very dark-brown) markings are so disposed that the castaneous parts form two large irregularly- rounded patches. In some lights some of the hairs on the front femora have a beautiful golden-rose gloss. The front tarsi are of the same proportionate length as those of froggatti. The specimen from Mr. Carter (labelled by the late Rev. T. Blackburn ‘‘Not known to me’’) is considerably paler than the others, with the pygidium obscurely reddish ; it is also much less densely clothed (but this is probably due to abrasion). LEPIDIOTA DARWINI, Blackb. The type of this species was a female, but both sexes were described by Blackburn. There are now before me nine females, two of which were compared and agreed with the type, and another is marked as a co-type. On all of them the propygidium and abdomen are very densely clothed with scales that are (either now or evidently once were) of a snowy whiteness; on three of them the pygidium is moderately clothed, but the scales are sparser and larger than on the adjacent parts; on the others, however, the pygidium is almost or entirely glabrous, and appears conspicuously black, in striking contrast to the snowy scales near it; it appears to be a trifle longer than wide, but by actual measurement is seen to be a trifle wider than long. There are also six males before me, two bearing Black- burn’s name labels and two others his number 2789 (in a note-book recorded as darwini). At first glance these speci- mens look strikingly different to the females, and I am by no means satisfied that their identity is certain. They differ in being smaller, paler (the colour gradually becoming still paler posteriorly), prothorax more convex, with larger and sparser punctures, without a shining median line (this being distinct on all the females); elytra less regularly clothed and with three or four fairly well-defined (although not conspicuously elevated) glabrous lines on each (of these, on the females there are scarcely any traces, or none at all, although the type was said to ‘‘bear obscure indications of three or four wide, scarcely-convex costae’’). The pygidium is more transverse than in the female (regularly clothed on all six), the abdomen is smaller, and the elytra are less dilated posteriorly, but these latter characters are certainly sexual. 293 LEPIDIOTA PERKINSI, Blackb. Four co- types of this species are slightly smaller and the prothoracic punctures are smaller in proportion than on the males noted under darwini, but at most they represent a ‘shght variety of the same. If the males so noted are really males of darwini, then perkins: must rank as a variety only of that species. LEPIDIOTA DELICATULA, Blackb. L. suavior, Blackb. In the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection there was no label representing de/icatula, as there nearly always was when an unique specimen had been removed from his collection; in ‘consequence he appears to have entirely overlooked the species when tabulating the genus.) The type is in the South Australian Museum, and was compared and agreed with the ‘type (now in the British Museum) of swvavior. LIPIDIOTA SQUAMULATA, Waterh. -In commenting on the scales of this species (under the ‘description of /ea:) Blackburn laid stress on the colour of the same. There are before me two specimens from his collection labelled as squamulata, two sent by Mr. Arrow as having been compared with the type, and some others. The species appears to be fairly common in North-western Australia. Some of the specimens have all the scales of a snowy or shghtly waxen whiteness (probably the natural colour of living specimens), on others they are all more or less brownish, and on still others they vary from white to brown, but this is almost certainly due to discoloration by age, immersion in liquids, etc. DIPHUCEPHALA. In Blackburn’s table of this genus (ante, 1906, pp. 268- 272), in A, E, and EE, there are mistakes; evidently ignota was misplaced, and the word ‘‘elytra’’ was used instead of ““prothorax’’; the lines in question should have been :— E. Lateral margins of prothorax strongly dentate in the middle ... . ,ignota, Mack ‘EE. Lateral margins of prothorax at most feebly angular in the middle. the line EE governing only nitens and rufipes, and not ignota. For K (aurolimbata) the character of the clothing of the pygidium used is confined to the female, the depression ‘behind the scutellum is extremely feeble, and practically ‘useless ; the species, however, is a very distinct one. Gy Ante, 1912p. .G3. 294 For LL (smaragdula) * rygidium’”’ was evidently a mis- take for ‘‘scutellum’’; the species in his collection, doubtfully identified as smaragdula has the scutellum non-foveate, but pygidium much as on pulchella (on p. 268 Burmeister was given as the author instead of Boisduval). DIPHUCEPHALA PULCHELLA, Waterh. D. azureipennis, Macl. This species varies in length from 6 to 8 mm., and has an almost parallel range of variation in colour to that of colaspidoides, from which species it may be readily dis-. tinguished by the much wider and less parallel-sided median groove of the prothorax. From examination of the type of azurer_pennis Blackburn considered that name to be synony- mous, and such was my own impression from a_ similar examination. DIPHUCEPHALA NITIDICOLLIS, Macl. D. obscura, Mael. This synonymy has been already noted by Blackburn, and when J examined the specimens standing under the name of obscura in the Macleay Museum they appeared to be simply dirty ones of nitedicollis. DIPHUCEPHALA MINIMA, Macl. - The only specimen in the Museum that could be placed in BBB, of Blackburn’s table, is a small female that agrees well with Macleay’s description of manama, except that the front tibiae are bidentate (but the second tooth is very small) and that the colour is purplish-blue instead of green (a com- mon variation in colour). DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPENNIS, Macl. DIPHUCEPHALA COERULEA, Macl. DIPHUCEPHALA LATIPENNIS, Macl. The types of these species were returned to the Queens- land Museum by Macleay, and have perished. DIPHUCEPHALA HIRTIPES, n. sp. 3. Bright metallic-green, densely clothed parts more or less coppery; club of antennae, flanks of prosternum, hind tibiae (except at base), hind tarsi, and parts of the others, black or blackish; rest of the legs and of the antennae reddish. Head, pronoctum (except a large medio-basal sub- quadrate space), flanks of sterna and hind coxae with dense depressed scales, more or less stramineous in colour, abdomen 295 with paler scales, but along’ middle with long stramineous hairs, becoming almost tufted at tip ; pygidium densely squamose, metasternum with rather long pubescence or short hairs; legs with stramineous hairs, becoming much longer, blackish, and very conspicuous on the hind tibiae and tarsi. Head with densely crowded punctures ; clypeus with two conspicuous sutures, the space between about twice as wide as long, tips semi- upright, somewhat rounded, the notch semi- circular. Prothoraz about as long as wide, sides lghtly increasing in width from base to middle and then strongly diminishing to apex, which is about half the width of base; with a very feeble median line; punctures very dense, but more or less concealed, except on the glabrous portion, where they are very shallow, with a confluently-variolose appear- ance. Scutelluim highly polished and impunctate. Elytra finely shagreened throughout, with irregular rows of small punctures. Front tibiae bidentate; three basal joints of front tarsi densely clothed on lower surface. Length, 9. mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type, ie atin D? In genera] appearance strikingly close to sericea, with which it would be associated in Blackburn’s table, but ‘apical half and sides of pronotum densely squamose and the rest glabrous, elytra glabrous and with much smaller punctures, and abdomen with very different clothing (the hairy part of the abdomen is completely free from scales). The ocular canthi have longer and stiffer clothing than usual; there is a feeble ridge along the middle of the “pygidium. DIPHUCEPHALA TARSALIS, 0. sp. ¢. Bright metallic golden-green, antennae (club black) and legs (claws blackish) reddish. Moderately densely clothed with rather long, subdepressed, stramineous setae, becoming denser and paler on under-surface and pygidium, but the latter glabrous at apex. Head flat and with crowded punctures between eyes; cclypeus with tips elevated and obtusely triangular, the ‘dividing notch very wide. Prothorax lightly teens. ‘sides lightly incurved between middle (where each is acutely angular) and base, with a rather deep median groove some- what dilated at base, lateral sulci well defined but not traceable to middle, with rather large punctures (more «crowded in the depressions than elsewhere), each with a single setiferous granule. Scuteflum highly polished and impunc- uae EL ytra distinctly wider than prothorax; with large, deep, approximate punctures in irregular rows: fourth and 296 seventh interstices lightly elevated. Pygidiwm rather coarsely- shagreened. Front tabiae acutely bidentate; front tarsi densely padded on under-surface, first joint somewhat triangular, second (excluding its supporting base) fully four times as wide as long, third somewhat smaller but of the same proportionate width, fourth irregularly triangular. Length, 6-6 mm. @. Differs in having the tips of the clypeus much smaller and but feebly elevated, legs shorter, with front tarst much narrower and not spongicse, and by the more convex abdomeii. /Tab.—-Queensland: Mount Tambourie (A. M. Lea) > New South Wales: Comboyne (W. H. Muldoon). Type, I. 4487. | In Blackburn’s table would he associated with ntidi- collis, from which it differs in being considerably smaller, and by the remarkably wide front tarsi of the male; from small specimens of rufipes it differs in the very different clothing of upper-surface and different shapes of the inflated front tarsal joints of the male; in size it 1s about equal to puberiula, but the sculpture and clothing are very different. The tips of the clypeus are obscurely diluted with red. / D1PHUCEPHALA PYGIDIALIS, Nh. sp. * d. Bright metallic-green or coppery-green, two or three basal joints of antennae reddish, the Aries wie. under- surface of clypeal tips black and shining, tarsi blue or purple, the claws black, tips of front tibiae reddish. With white, moderately-long setae or elongate scales, fairly dense on head’ (denser on tips of clypeus than elsewhere), moderately dense: on sides, base, and along middle of pronotum (and a few scattered hone elsewhere), and forming feeble lines on elytra; under-surface and legs with moderately- long white: hair, forming a tuft on pyeidium and becoming black on parts of tarsi. Head shagreened and with crowded, partially concealed punctures; clypeus distinctly and evenly narrowed from base, the tips acutely elevated and subtriangular, their dividing notch almost U-shaped. Prothorar moderately transverse, but much longer than the apical width, which is about half that of the base, base bisinuate, but truncate at scutellum, sides rather strongly rounded, front angles rounded off, median line (except: for its clothing) vaguely defined, lateral impressions rather small deep foveae; finely shagreened’ throughout and with small dense punctures at sides. Seutellim depressed in middle, shining, and very feebly shagreened. //ytra somewhat dilated im middle, a feeble: 297 depression near base; with somewhat irregular rows of not very large punctures, shagreened throughout. Pygidium sshagreened and with a vague median line. Front tehiae with an acute apical tooth only, three basal joints of front tarsi inflated and (as also the fourth) with dense white setae on under-surface. Length, 8-104 mm. Q. Differs in having the head smaller, sides of clypeus more strongly rounded. ‘the papjecting tips much smaller, abdomen more convex, legs shorter, with the front tarsi not ‘dilated and not spongiose. Hab.—Western Australia: (old collection), Cunderdin (Western keen Museum), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). Py pe, vant, In Blackburn’s table would be associated with furcata, from which {as from all other Western Australian species) it is distinguished by the conspicuously narrowed clypeus of the male, and finely shagreened and curiously Sena pro-. notum. The male of masfers: has the sides of the clypeus more rounded, the prothorax with large shallow punctures on the sides, and the pygidium not tufted, with the clothing elsewhere different. On two of the specimens the pronotum is more conspicuously coppery than the other parts. The long white scales on the elytra of specimens in perfect con- dition form a row on each interstice, but a very sight amount of abrasion causes them to appear irregularly distributed, they give the elytra (to the naked eye) a curiously speckled appearance ; on all the specimens the base of the prothorax is margined with scales; on two males the scales form three ‘conspicuous longitudinal lines and two feeble ones, with a few scattered about irregularly; on another male they are irregular, but on the only female before me the longitudinally ‘disposed scales are confined to a conspicuous median line and the margins (on the latter they are mixed with numerous long hairs), the disc between being quite glabrous. The pygidium is glabrous on the upper portion and sides, but with dense hairs at the tip, and these, mingling with those at the tip of the abdomen, give it a tufted appearance; it is without trace of a foveate impression in either sex. D1pHUCEPHALA INSULARIS, Nn. sp. 3. Bright metallic-green, or coppery-green, tarsi blue or purple, antennae, palpi, and under- surface of tips of clypeus black. Moderately clothed with stramineous depressed setae, on the elytra having a somewhat lineate appearance; ‘denser and paler on the under-surface and pygidium, but the latter glabrous at tip. 298 Head shagreened, and with crowded, large, shallow punctures; clypeus with tips largely produced, rounded on their inner and almost straight on their outer sides, the dividing notch wide. /Prothorar moderately transverse, base not much wider than apex, front angles acute, sides acutely angulate in middle, with a wide, simple, and rather shallow basal depression, suddenly narrowed towards apex, lateral depressions deep and vaguely traceable to median one; with rather dense, large, shallow, shagreened punctures, denser in depressions than elsewhere. Scutellwm polished at base, shagreened elsewhere. WH/ytra shagreened throughout, and with more or less regular rows of moderately large punctures. Front ¢ehrae with a rather light subapical tooth in addition to the apical one; front tarsi spongiose. Length, 53-6 mm. Q. Differs in having the clypeus more conspicuously divided into two parts by a transverse carina, the front part more polished, the tips shorter and much less elevated, abdomen more evenly convex, and legs shorter, with front tarsi thinner and not spongiose. Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island (Dr. A. Jefferis Turner, H. Hacker, and Queensland Museum’s No. 313). Type, I. 4494. In some respects close to the description of rectipennis, but smaller and sides of elytra no straighter than im pulchella; bat Blackburn would probably have associated it with spencer in his table; from the species so identified by him it differs in being smaller, elytra finely shagreened as well as punctured, lateral armature of prothorax more con- spicuous, and front tibiae with dentition less conspicuously (or not at all) reddish. Its size is about equal to that of pygmaea, but the medio-basal depression of the pronotum is not semi-double. The colour of the upper-surface of the individual is almost uniform (although the pronotum, owing to its punctures, has a shghtly different shade to the naked eye), but nine (four males and five females) of the specimens are coppery-green and five (all males) are more or less bluish-green. The tip of the pygidium is shining in both SOX€S. A female from New South Wales (Dorrigo, W. Heron), that appears to belong to the species, has the head and pro- thorax more conspicuously green than the elytra and other parts. CUNDERDINIA, N. g. Clypeus with side and front margins conspicuously elevated, the latter very feebly incurved to middle. Antennae composed of nine joints (three forming a club). Claws large, 299 each with a strong acute tooth commencing before the middle. Other characters much as in Diphucephala. The only species known at first glance appears to be quite an ordinary Diphucephala, but the extra joint to the antennae and the very different claws and clypeus forbid its being referred to that genus. CUNDERDINIA VARIABILIS, Nn. sp. g. Bright metallic-green, ‘tibiae and tarsi purple, antennae black, two basal joimts reddish, two apical joints of palpi black. Under-surface with dense white scales in places, and with long straggling white hair, the legs also with white hair, and the pygidimm with hair and scales, a few white setae about apical parts of elytra, and moderately ‘dense on clypeus, some straggling hairs at sides of prothorax. Head with densely crowded punctures, becoming still more crowded on clypeus; clypeus about once and one half as wide as long, its suture with head straight, sides feebly rounded and increasing in height to apex, which is very feebly bilobed. Eyes with a small medio-frontal canthus. Antennae short, first joint moderately long, second subglobular, third and fourth each about the length of second, but much thinner, fifth transverse and of irregular shape, sixth smaller and still more transverse, lamellae of the club slightly shorter than the eye. Prothorar at base slightly wider than the median length, much wider than at apex, and very feebly bisinuate, front angles acute and produced, hind angles acute, each side at middle acutely produced, and inwards of produced part with a foveate impression, a feeble median line on basal half; with dense, round, sharply-defined punc- tures of moderate size, becoming smaller and more crowded on sides. Scutellum rather large, semicircular, convex, but with apex flat and narrowly margined ; impunctate but feebly rugose. lytra very little wider:than prothorax, sides very feebly increasing in width to apex, where each is widely separately rounded; with crowded punctures of moderate or fairly large size, and many transversely confluent. Pygidiwm obtusely triangular and slightly longer than wide. Legs long; front tibiae with a feeble outer tooth near the apex, but the apical tooth long, curved, and acute; tarsi longer than tibiae, front ones with four basal joints, densely padded with whitish setae on lower-surface, two basal joints rather wide, third narrower, fourth as long as third but narrower, fifth (with claws) almost as long as the rest eCTeL Lets Length. 73-8 mm. Q. Differs in having the clypeus shghtly less Bfvited in front, abdomen more convex, legs shorter, with the front tarsi not spongiose on the lower-surface. 300 Hab.—Western Australia: Cunderdin. Type, 8233 im Western Australian Museum; co-type, I. 5758, in South Australian Museum. The colour as described for the type applies also to three other males, except that on one of them the head is somewhat purplish; one female is coppery-green, another is purplish- blue, and another male 1s purple; the two latter specimens in some lights appear to be of exactly the same shade of colour. There is a small point with two long setae between the claws, representing an onychium, but it is much less conspicuous than on Diphucephala. PHYLLOTOCIDIUM PICTUM, 0. sp. PN RT Os d. Head (labrum black), prothorax (margins narrowly flavous), and scutellum dark metallic-green, elytra flavous, suture, margins, base (narrowly), and apex purplish, under- surface and pygidium black, with a purplish gloss; antennae, palpi, and legs (tibiae more or less green) flavous. Under- surface and legs with rather long white or whitish hairs, a few similar hairs cn sides of prothorax and of elytra. {cad with rather dense, well-defined punctures, flat between eyes; clypeus convex in middle, suture well defined, punctures smaller than on base of head; labrum about half the width of base of clypeus. Prothorax moderately trans- verse, all angles acute, sides somewhat dilated from apex to middle and gently incurved between same and _ base; punctures slightly larger and not quite so crowded as on head between eyes. Scuteliwm semicircularly triangular, punctures as on pronotum. //ytra no wider than prothorax at base, sides somewhat dilated to middle, apex truncate; with not very dense and irregularly-distributed punctures of small or moderate size; subsutural stria on each elytron distinct, the others rather feeble. Pygidiwm with punctures as on pro- notum. Hind covuc as long as two basal segments of abdomen combined, hind femora stout, hind tarsi about as long as femora and tibiae combined, claws almost as long as their supporting joint; front tibiae acutely produced at apex, slightly longer than tarsi, middle tibiae slightly shorter than tarsi; four front tarsi each with two long white membranous appendages between the claws, these strongly curved and distinctly shorter than the hind ones. Length, 5-5} mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cunderdin (Western Austra- lian Museum, No. 8232). Type, I. 5763. The remarkable appendages to the four front tarsi (prob- ably absent from the female) are evidence that this species 301 should be referred to Phyllotocidium rather than to Phyllo- tocus, but from the only previously described species of that genus it differs in many respects; the appendages are conspicuously longer than the claws they are placed between, and are slightly longer and distinctly wider than the hind claws. On the type the four hind tibiae (except at the base) are of the same shade of green as the pronotum, and the front pair have a slight metallic gloss, but on another specimen the front tibiae are more conspicuously green, and that colour is slightly extended to all the tarsi. EUCNEMIDAE. The Hucnemidae are represented by a fair number of species in Australia, although not one appears to occur in abundance, and most are extremely rare, although often widely distributed. Whilst the species are usually very variable in size, and but few have strikingly distinctive colours, the genera are fairly easy of identification by charac- ters of the under-surface, antennae, and legs. Sixteen species are recorded in Masters’ Catalogue, but several were overlooked. The following references are neces- sary to bring the Catalogue up to date :— TABLE OF GENERA.—Blackb., Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., 1899, PP 2LG,. 27. DiscarrorHorax, Blackb., /f.¢., p. 219; KoEBELEI, ilaekbest-¢44p. 220. DyscHaRaAcuTHis, Blackb., J.c., p. 217; BREVIPENNIS, iplackb,vee., p-219; Trans. Roy. Sec. S#Aus.; 19015 plist. Dyscolocerus, Bonv., Mon., p. 729; Blackb,, Trans. oye soc, o.Aus., 1892, p. 55; HuROS, Blackhb., 1c. p..56; CONCOLOR, iblackh,,. Proc. Roy; Soc. Vic.,. 1899, "p. 225); VICTORIENSIS, Blackb., /.c., p. 226; Basatis, Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894, p. 596; 1898, p. 555. DROMOEOLUS INTERIORIS, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1691, ip.502. DystTRicgonistTHis, Blackb., Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic., 1899, p. 221; PARapoxus, Blackb., /.c., p: 222. ENTOMOPHTHALMUS, Bonv., Mon., p. 513; UNIFORMIS, Blackb: weroc Joy. Soc. Vici leoggn pu 224. EuMENES, Bonv., Mon., p. 744; BAKEWELLI, Bonv., l.c., p..(45, pl. SG. he. 2. FoRNAX PARVULUS, Bonv., Mon., p. 346, pl. 16, fig. 1; COLORATUS, Biackb:, Transeitoye (Soe. «S. Aus., £89577.) 219. (4) Melasinae, Fleut.: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1901, p. 6386. 302 GALBODEMA RUFICEPS, Bonv. In Masters’ Catalogue (3044) in error as a distinct species, originally described as a variety of MANNERHEIMI, Cast.; Fleut., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., 1896, p. 587, records the variety from New Guinea, and it occurs also in Queensland and New South Wales. Hemiopsipa, Macl. (Lycaon, Bon.), Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1895, p. 230; nova, Bonv. (masterst, Macl.), ¢.c., p. 230; CONcoLoR, Lea, Vc., p. 595; Bxeumame Bonv., Blackb., /.c., 1891, p. 503,@ Nroiycaon, “Blacaoe Trans.. Roy. Soc. S:Aus., 1900, p49; arrAs) Seinen Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1902, p. 353. Hypocorzitus, Esch., Bonv., Mon., p. 694; ausTRALIs, Mient: Ann?) Mus: (On Gen: 18965) 9.596. Microrgacus, Esch., Bonv., Mon., p. 524; surura is, Bonv., /.c., p. 591, pl. 29, fig. 1; catRNsENSIS, Blackb., Proc. Roy. Sec Vic. 18905 p22. Nemaropes, Latr., Bonv., Mon., p. 644; magor, Bonv., l.c., p, 668, pl. 32, fig. 3; Fleut., ‘Ann. Soc. Ent. Belee 1897, p. 257; Dromoeolus thoracicus, Lea, Proc. Linn Soc: N.S. Wales, 1894, p: 595; Blackb:, Proc. Roy. Soc Wgem S995. op. 219: TRIGONOPLEURUS RUGULOSUS, Bonv., Dromocolus nigri- collis, Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1894, p. 593; iBlaekb.; (Proc. Roy. Sec. Vic) 1eoernpa to: MICRORHAGUS. The species of this genus of world-wide distribution vary to an extraordinary degree in the antennae (see plates 26-29 of Bonvouloir’s Monograph); but the genus may be distin- guished from all others in Australia (except Yntomophthal- mus) by the presence of rather deep grooves resulting from the prosternal sutures being deepened, parallel-sided (except that they are somewhat dilated posteriorly), and parallel with each other, in consequence the propleural triangles are replaced by parallelograms. From HLntomophthalmus it is distinguished by the antennae, these having the third joint long, whereas on that genus the third joint is quite remark- ably short and usually closely applied to the fourth, so that the antennae at first appear to be but ten-jointed. MICRORHAGUS CAIRNSENSIS, Blackb. (© On this species the grooves marking the prosternal sutures are unusually wide, but not as deep as in the other (5) The specimen commented upon by Blackburn as probably belonging to this species has disappeared from his collection. (6) By a printer’s error originally printed cairnesensis. 303 species in the Museum, and the space outside of each groove is neither a parallelogram nor a triangle, as it is rounded in front, parallel-sided for some distance, and then strongly obliquely narrowed. In general appearance it is strikingly unlike any other in the Museum, and to associate it with them at first appears absurd. The antennae of the female are somewhat like those of figures 3 and 5, of plate 28, in Bonvouloir’s monograph, but the male has an additional ramus. MICRORHAGUS VARIEGATUS, DN. sp. Black or blackish, in places obscurely diluted with red, tibiae and tarsi reddish, antennae dull reddish-brown. Irregularly clothed. Head with crowded punctures, distinct at base, partially concealed elsewhere. Antennae moderately long, second joint very short, third somewhat longer than fourth and fifth combined, fourth to tenth slightly produced on one side at apex, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax strongly transverse, front angles rounded, sides elsewhere parallel, hind angles acutely produced and strongly carinated, front margin carinated, and on each side with a short spur directed towards but not reaching the carina on the hind angle, with a strong median carina about base, but terminated before middle; with crowded but compara- tively small punctures. lytra parallel-sided almost to apex ; with crowded and moderately large punctures about base, becoming smaller elsewhere, tips with a few granules. Prosternal sulci deep, narrow, about half the width of the propleural parallelograms; these slightly dilated about base and fully twice as long as wide. Length, 34 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Illawarra (Blackburn’s Col- lection). Type (unique), I. 5724. : A moderately robust species with beautiful clothing. The obscurely variegated parts of the derm are the basal angles of prothorax, base and suture of elytra, and part of the muzzle. The clothing gives the upper-surface a conspicu- ously variegated appearance, as it is dense and golden in places, and sparser, shorter, and blackish in others; the golden pubescence is denser on the basal half of the prothorax than elsewhere, and in the middle is directed towards the basal carina, on the rest of the base it is directed backwards: on the apical half of each elytron the golden pubescence is conspicuous on the suture, apex, and side, the inner portion having more black pubescence than elsewhere; on the under- surface the pubescence is short and rather ashen. Each elytron has a postmedian sutural stria, but except for these striaticn is absent; the surface as viewed from the side 304 appears to be slightly undulating, but there are no con- spicuous depressions. MIcRORHAGUS SERRATICORNIS, Nn. sp. Brownish-black, appendages of a dingy-red, tarsi paler. Moderately and almost uniformly clothed with short stramineous pubescence. Head with crowded, partially-concealed , punctures. Antennae not very long, second joint short, third dilated to apex, about as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth lightly produced on one side at apex, fifth more strongly, sixth to tenth still more strongly produced (subpectinate), eleventh thin, longer than tenth. VProthorar transverse; with crowded asperate punctures; basal third with a narrow median carina. Slytra almost parallel-sided to near apex; base with crowded asperate punctures, but becoming smaller posteriorly; with vague remnants of striation, but becoming distinct on apical half near suture and on the tips. Prosternal sulci rather deep in front, becoming shallower and deeper behind, where the width is about equal ‘to that of the propleural parallelograms, these about thrice as long as wide. Length, 3 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed River (Blackburn’s Collection). Type (unique), I. 5727. A dingy species. The sides of the prothorax, basal angles, carinated front margin, and lateral spurs from same are almost exactly as in the preceding species. MIcRORHAGUS ATER, Nn. Sp. Deep-black, knees and tarsi reddish. Clothed with short, dark pubescence, becoming stramineous and somewhat longer at base of prothorax and of elytra, and on head. Head with crowded, more or less concealed, punctures. Antennae much as in_ preceding species. Prothorax moderately transverse, parallel-sided, except for the rounded front angles, strongly convex, hind angles strongly produced and acutely carinated, with a short medio-basal carina, front margin finely carinated, and on each side with a short spur projecting backwards; with dense and small but not asperate punctures. Hlytra with crowded asperate punctures on basal fourth and on tips, the intervening space with smaller but more clearly-defined ones; with feeble remnants of striation. Prosternal sulci rather deep, somewhat dilated posteriorly, where the width is about equal to that of the propleural parallelograms, these about thrice as long as wide. Length, 3} mm. 305 Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 5726. A jet-black species, very close in general appearance to howensis, but legs partly darker, antennae much more con- spicuously serrated, and head with paler clothing. To see the blackish pubescence clearly the insect must be viewed from the sides. MICRORHAGUS TENUICORNIS, 0. sp. Black; base (including hind angles) of prothorax, scutellum, basal third (or fourth) of elytra, and the suture more or less conspicuously diluted with red, legs bright-red, antennae piceous-brown, two basal joints, or second only, somewhat paler. Moderately clothed with stramineous pubescence about base of prothorax and of elytra, elsewhere with black or ashen pubescence. Head with a fine transverse subbasal carina; with very dense punctures, clearly defined behind carina, partially con- cealed in front of same. Antennae long and fin, very feebly serrated ; second joint very short, third almost as long as fourth and fifth combined, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax strongly transverse, front angles rounded, sides slightly dilated at posterior angles, these strongly produced and acutely carinated, with a short medio-basal carina, con- tinued as a depressed median line to apex, front margin with a fine carina, which on each side has a short spur projecting obliquely backwards; with crowded punctures of moderate size. Hlytra lightly but regularly decreasing in width posteriorly; with crowded and rather coarse asperate punc- tures about base, becoming smaller posteriorly ; with a distinct sutural stria beyond the middle on each elytron, elsewhere with but feeble remnants of striation. Prosternal sulct deep, narrow, and parallel-sided almost throughout; propleural parallelograms about thrice as long as wide. Length, 23-33 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). Type, Tar 28k There are four specimens under examination and they differ but little, enter se, except in size. The species known to me may be tabulated as follows :— Antennae flabellate ... wee ue ti ... cairnsensis Antennae not flabellate. Prothorax bright-red ee 5; .. Tuficollas Prothorax (base sometimes excepted) black or blackish. Third joint of antennae longer than fourth and fifth combined eit Hs. ..» wariegatus A 306 Third joint no longer than fourth and fifth combined, if as long. Fifth to tenth joints of antennae strongly serrate (subramose). Antennae black ae ‘3 Bi. en Antennae reddish ... We ve serraticornis Antennae scarcely serrated. Derm of elytra entirely black ... Ys howensis Base of ely tra more or less diluted w ith red ae xa Rt a ae tenuicorms ENTOMOPHTHALMUS DECIPIENS, Nn. sp. Black; tip of prothorax, antennae, and legs (femora infuscated) reddish. Uniformly clothed with short ashen pubescence. Head with dense partially-concealed punctures; with a short medio-basal carina. Antennae long, thin, and lightly serrated, second and third joints very short, fourth almost as long as fifth, fifth to tenth subequal in length, eleventh distinctly longer. Prothorax strongly transverse, quite parallel-sided except for the shghtly rounded front angles, basal angles acute and acutely carinated, with a short medio- basal carina, front margin with a fine carina, each side of which has a short spur projecting obliquely backwards; with dense small punctures. LHlytra feebly diminishing in width posteriorly ; with crowded asperate punctures at base and on tips, becoming smaller and more clearly defined elsewhere, near suture and on tips with fairly well-defined striae, else- where with but feeble remnants of same. Prosternal sulci deep, narrow, and parallel-sided, except at extreme base; propleural parallelograms about four times as long as wide. Length, 23 mm. Flab. SON Caner Queensland (Blackburn’s Cl Type (unigue), I. 5729. In general appearance, except as to the antennae, very close to Muicrorhagus serraticorms. Bonvouloir’s figure of HE. onterruptus (pl. xxv., fig. 9) will give a good general idea of the species. The antennae at first appear to be quite distinctly ten-jointed, but on close examination the supposed third joint is seen to be really two, the third being very short and closely applied to the base of the fourth; under a com- pound power the suture between them. is seen to be oblique, and the third to be about one-fourth of the fourth and much shorter than the second (in this respect it seems to be similar to lori, from New Guinea). The only other Australian species of the genus (wniformis) was described by Blackburn as “‘rufo-ferrugineous.’’ 307 HEMIOPSIDA. Macleay: Trans. Ent. Soc. N. a Wales, 1872, p. 261; Lea: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1895, p. 230. iN. See Bonvouloir : Ann Soe. Pntepieseeis70, ps. 718 Wr.) Neolyeaom Blackb.: ante, 1900, p. 49. The genus Hemiopsida was proposed by Macleay for a species, mastersi, which I have already recorded as a probable synonym of Lycaon novus. The genus itself was referred to the HKiateridae, following Dicteniophorus, but without its affinities being noted. Previously the genus had been named Lycaon by Bonvouloir, but that name having been already in use, Blackburn (overlooking my previous note) proposed for it the name NVeolycaon. In the genus the antennae of the male are considerably longer than those of the female, and . the eleventh joint is conspicuously longer. HeEmMIopPsiIpA concotor, Lea (Lycaon). This species was doubtfully referred to Lycaon, with the general outlines of which it is certainly in close agreement, but the sides of the prosternum are shallowly grooved (dis-. tinctly in front) for the partial reception (up to about the ninth joint) of the antennae, the grooves, however, are not of the deep nature and closed posteriorly as those of Fornax and other genera, and are not margined within, although the lateral margin bounding each is carinated. Probably a new genus will be eventually required for it, but the type (and only specimen I have seen) having lost. the tips of both antennae and all the claw joints, it appears desirable not to propose such a genus at present. HEMIOPSIDA KRAATZI, Bonv. (Lycaon). Specimens of this species are readily distinguished from those of nova and nigricans (some specimens of which they -closely resemble) by the very short second and third joints of antennae, the combined length of these being less than that of the first or fourth. The antennae usually have the basal joint blackish, but occasionally they are entirely pale; the ‘abdomen is sometimes of a rather. bright red, but is usually no paler than the rest of the under-surface. One male is entirely of a dingy-red, except for a narrow blackish border, where the prothorax, scutellum, and elytra meet. Two females evidently belong to the species, but they differ from the males in being longer and wider, elytra less narrowed posteriorly, antennae considerably shorter, the three apical joints much shorter and less cylindrical (the eleventh, how- ‘ever, is conspicuously longer than the tenth), the combined 308 length of the second and third joints is rather more tham that of the fourth, but the third is conspicuously shorter than the fourth. The size ranges from 64 to 125 mm. The type was recorded as from New Holland. The specimens before me are from New South Wales (Dorrigo and Bellingen). HEMIOPSIDA VENTRALIS, Ni. sp. Castaneous; head, pronotum (a large discal patclr excepted), part of sterna, and basal joint of antennae, black or blackish. Rather densely clothed with whitish pubescence. Head with crowded punctures of moderate size; a sub- foveate impression between antennary sockets; clypeus widely depressed in middle. Antennae extending to about one-fifth from apex of elytra, second joint very short, third to tenth moderately serrated, third slightly longer than first or fourth, fourth-tenth subequal in lengtlr, eleventh almost as long as’ ninth and tenth combined. Prothoraxr with sides obliquely and almost evenly increasing in width to base, with an irregular shining median line on basal half; with punctures much as on head. JH/ytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with rather small but dense and irregular punctures, becoming crowded about base; striation rather lightly im- pressed, ~ but becoming deep posteriorly. Abdomen with a wide and deep impression on each side of middle. Length, 65 mm. ' Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 5744. The depression on each side of the abdomen commences about the middle of the first segment, and terminates at the tip of the third, its inner wall is almost vertical; at first glance the depressions appear to be due to irregular contrac- tions, but they are alike on both sides; they are wider than on longicormis, commence and end sooner, and are much less conspicuously clothed. The second joint of the antennae is paler than the following ones; the pale portion of the pro- notum is almost circular in outline. HEMIOPSIDA MEDIANA, 0. sp. Deep-black, tarsi obscurely reddish. Moderately clothed with short stramineous pubescence. Head densely granulate-punctate, with a shallow depres- sion between antennary sockets and another on clypeus. Antennae extending to about middle of elytra, second joint very short, third slightly shorter than first, and slightly longer than fourth, fourth-tenth subequal in length, eleventh distinctly longer. Prothorax rather strongly convex, sides. gently rounded, hind angles acute and clasping shoulders, 309 median line well defined throughout; with dense but sharply- defined punctures, becoming crowded on sides. JL/ytra scarcely wider than extreme base of prothorax, parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with crowded punctures throughout, but somewhat larger about base than elsewhere; striation ‘well defined, becoming deep about apex and sides. Abdomen with a feeble depression towards each side of each segment. Length, 64 mm. Hab. lege acland - Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 5743. A small black species, but readily distinguished from nana by the conspicuous median prothoracic line. The ser- rations of the antennae are very feeble. A specimen from the Blackall Ranges (H. Hacker’s No. 897) differs from the type in having the elytra and part of the antennae obscurely diluted with red, and with the tarsi of a rather bright castaneous. Table of species known to me:— Prosternum with a shallow channel on each side, but acutely bounded outwardly .. concolor Prosternum not so channelled. : Abdomen strongly longitudinally excavated on each side of middle. The excavations terminate on the third segment ; ventralis The Pea vemoue ter miners on oe Sour th segment ... longicornis: Abdomen not. longitudinally excavated. Third joint of antennae much shorter than fourth ss eT OQLet Third joint slightly longer than fourth, or at least almost as long. Prothorax with a distinct median line ... mediana Prothorax without such. Elytra black = 43 le Je a eR TL I. {nova Elytra not black (7) ) nigricans DYSCOLOCERUS. To this genus, proposed by Bonvoulcir upon a single species from Sumatra, Blackburn has added three species and I have added one and know several others; but it is probable that all the Australian species will eventually be considered as belonging to a new genus. DyScOLOCERUS CONCOLOR, Blackb. There are in the Museum three co-type males of this species. Blackburn described the sexes as differing in the apical segment of abdomen, that of the male being lightly (7)On some large females of nigricans the elytra are almost black. 310 angulate towards the apex; but the margins of the apical segment of these males are exactly the same as on three females before me. The sexes, however, may be readily distinguished by the antennae; on the male the three apical joints” are distinctly longer than the seven preceding com- bined, and the eleventh joint is slightly longer than the eighth, and much longer than the tenth; on he female the three apical joints are less cylindrical, shorter than the seven preceding combined, and the ninth and eleventh are of equal length, and not much longer than the tenth. The species occurs in New South Wales (Forest Reefs), as well as in ‘Tasmania. DYSCOLOCERUS FUSCUS, n. sp. Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs somewhat paler. Densely clothed with rather short, stramineous pubescence. Head evenly convex; with crowded punctures. Antennae with second joint about as long as fourth, third about as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth-eighth equal in length and slightly longer than wide, ninth about as long as seventh and eighth combined, as long as eleventh, and slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax strongly rounded in front, then parallel-sided to base, median line distinct ; punctures slightly larger than on head, crowded on middle, still more crowded | -on sides. “/ytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with crowded punctures at base, elsewhere with somewhat smaller granulate punctures; striation well defined. Length, 7-8 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Murray River (H. S. Cope). Type, I. 5746. 7 A compact species, with outlines much as those of porosus and rubriventris, and distinctly wider than concolor. On account of the ninth joit of antennae suddenly much longer than the eighth, and the comparatively wide pro- thorax, the species has been referred to Vyscolocerus rather than to Hemiopsida. In some lights the pubescence has a golden gloss. The two specimens in the Museum are probably females. DyYSCOLOCERUS AUREOPILOSUS, n. sp. Of a uniform dingy castaneous-brown, legs and antennae somewhat paler. Densely clothed with golden pubescence. Head with crowded punctures ; cently depressed between antennary sockets. Antennae long and rather thin, second joint almost as long as fourth, third as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth-eighth subequal, ninth-eleventh slightly longer than seven preceding joints combined, ninth about as long as three preceding joints combined, slightly longer ‘than tenth, and slightly shorter than eleventh. Prothoraa . out rather strongly rounded in front, and then with sides feebly dilated to extreme base, median line fairly distinct on apical half, but not traceable to base; punctures much as on pre-- ceding species. SH/lytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; punctures and striae much as on preceding species. Length, 8 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (H. J. Carter).. Type (unique), I. 5752. In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding species, but prothorax less transverse, more rounded in front, sides less parallel and with hind angles diverging outwards, median line less conspicuous in front, and not traceable to base. The antennae are strikingly different, but they are probably sexually variable in both; the type of the present species is probably a male. As I do not know heros and victoriensis, they have been excluded from the following table, but the former would be associated with basalis and the latter with concolor. Elytra partly black ... a be Si a Wubasalis Klytra entirely black. Abdomen conspicuously paler than sterna ... rubriventris Abdomen concolorous, or almost so, with sterna porosus Elytra nowhere black. Prothorax without median line fa ..: ae Goncoler Prothorax with median line. Prothorax with basal half parallel-sided ... fuscus Prothorax with basal half diverging to extreme base ... i rp ed .. aureopilosus Nematopves, Latreille. Fam. Nat.,, 1825° p. 248: Lacord., iv., p. 118; Bonv., Mon.,. idle hodeths NEMATODES MAJOR, Bonv. Mon., p. 668, ply xxxim, fio<3: Dromoecolus thoracicus, Lea. The genus Vematodes was not recorded from Australia in Masters’ Catalogue, and Bonvoulcir described major as: from Victoria, in the United States. This mistake has been already pointed out by Fleutiaux (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1897, p. 257), who records it from Melbourne. The late Rev. T. Blackburn has already noted that Dromoeolus thora- cicus is a Nematodes, and I am now convinced that it is a pure synonym of V. major. The species varies in length from 6 to 10 mm. Two specimens, from Merimbula probably belong to the species; they differ from the others before me in being smaller (5-54 mm.), much paler, and with the discal impressions of the pronotum scarcely traceable. Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania. 312 FEUMENES BAKEWELLI, Bonv. This species ranges from 1] to 14 mm. in length, and “occurs in Tasmania as well as in Victoria. DROMOEOLUS DIGNOSCENDUS, Bonv. The description of this species is but little more than a comparison with ferruginipes from Waigiou, the only refer- ence to colour being ‘‘la couleur des tarses est plus claire.” The length (variable in all the species known to me) was given as 5 mm. There are four specimens before me from ‘Tasmania (the type was from Melbourne), that possibly belong to the species; they are black, antennae (basal joint excepted) obscurely diluted with red, and tarsi and knees rather more conspicuously red (although not brightly so). ‘The pubescence is rather dense and irregularly distributed. The second and fourth joints of antennae are short, subequal, and their combined length about equal to that of the third. ‘Of the other black Australian species it is distinguished from australasiae by the non-carinated head and fourth joint of antennae much shorter than the third, and from /ugubris by the non-carinated head and paler appendages. The four Australian species of the genus may be tabu- lated as follows :— Derm dull reddish-brown... abe oan ... nterioris Derm black. Head non-carinated a $y 68 ... dignoscendus (?) Head carinated. Third and fourth joints of antennae subequal australasiae Third joint much longer than fourth .. lugubris ARISUS. The species of this genus in general appearance are much like those of Yornaz, but are distinct therefrom by short oblique sulci on the metasternum; to see these clearly, how- ever, it is necessary to force the legs aside. All the species have the head more or less conspicuously tricarinated in front, with the median carina sometimes continuous from base to apex; on some specimens the median carina is very feeble on the clypeus, so that then the elevations resemble a thin Y. ARISUS DEPRESSUS, Bonv. A specimen from New South Wales (Tamworth) probably belongs to this species, but it differs from the description in being somewhat smaller (44 instead of 6 mm.); the carina on its head, from the junction of the oblique ones on the clypeus, is very conspicuous to the base. The sutural stria on each elytron is well defined throughout, and about the base the ale others are fairly distinct, but they are very feeble or alto~ gether wanting elsewhere. Of the striae Bonvouloir remarks : 2“ Blytris non striatis’’; but again, ‘‘sans traces de stries distinctes, sauf la guata suturale.’? A specimen from Soutlr Australia (Monarto) is a little smaller (55 mm.) than the type; in addition to size, it differs from the Tamworth one in having the carina on the basal part of the head much less distinct, “although traceable, and the elytral striation rather more pronounced. ARISUS CARINATICEPS, n. sp. Black; suture, under-surface, antennae, and legs more or less obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with stramineous pubescence. Head with a conspicuous median carina from base to apex, clypeus with an oblique carina on each side joining the median carina between the antennary sockets; punctures crowded and rather small. Antennae moderately long, second joint short, third slightly longer than fourth, fourth- tenth equal in length, but feebly decreasing in width, eleventh: longer. Prothorar with sides rounded in front and then oblique to base; with dense and rather small but sharply- defined punctures, becoming crowded on sides; with a narrow, shining, continuous median line. Wlytra feebly decreasing in width from near base; with dense granulate punctures about base, posteriorly becoming smaller, sparser, and less asperate; striation well defined, except about middle of each elytron. Hind corvae at sides about half as long as their greatest length; basal joint of hind tarsi about as long as the rest combined, third triangular and deeply bilobed. Length, 53-6 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron); Vic- toria: Benalla (R. Helms). Type, I. 5734. Differs from depressus in having the derm black and prothorax with a shining median line. The metasternal sulci are partially concealed by the middle femora, but are con- spicuous when these have been forced aside. ARISUS MINUTUS, 0. sp. Bright castaneous. Densely clothed with short, stra- mineous pubescence. Head with a strong median carina, but becoming rather feeble on clypeus, the latter with a thin oblique cne on each side joining the median one between the antennary sockets ; with dense and rather small, partially-concealed punctures. Antennae rather short, second joint short, third rather wide, distinctly longer than fourth, fourth-tenth subequal in lengtl» 314 ‘and rather strongly serrated, eleventh distinctly longer. Prothorax with sides rather strongly rounded in front, with a shining median carina on basal third; with small and rather ‘dense punctures, becoming denser on sides. “lytra slightly ‘diminishing in width from near base; with rather dense asperate punctures about base, much smaller and _ sparser elsewhere; striation well defined about suture and base, finer ror wanting elsewhere. Length, 4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (W. du Boulay). Type (unique), I. 5735. The hind coxae are much as in the preceding species, but the tarsi are missing; the species differs from the description of depressus in being smaller (it 1s considerably smaller than any previously described species of the genus) and antennae not filiform but quite strongly serrated ; the prothoracic punc- tures are also considerably finer than on a species I have, with some slight doubts, identified as depressus. The meta- sternal sulci are very short, oblique, and close to the leg, and to see them clearly the femora must be forced aside; each appears as the apex of a much wider and somewhat deeper ‘depression on the flank. FORNAX. This genus is the most abundant in species of all the Eucnemidae, and the species at first glance are mostly strikingly alike in general appearance, but they may usually be readily distinguished by characters of the head and antennae. In Blackburn’s table the genus is distinguished by ‘‘Basal joint of hind tarsi as long as all the other joints together’’; this is true of most of the species before me, but on several of them the basal joint is either slightly or quite conspicuously shorter than the rest combined; these, however, may be distinguished from Discaptothorax by the considerably narrower latero-prosternal grooves. FoRNAX PARVULUS, Bonv. There are five specimens of Yornax before me that differ from all the others in having the fourth and fifth joints of antennae subequal in length and exceptionally short, their combined length being equal or subequal to that of the sixth. I cannot satisfy myself, however, that they belong to but one species, although possibly they all belong to parvulus. The smallest specimen (54 mm., similar in length to the type) is from Tasmania, and has the tip of the abdomen almost pointed (certainly not ‘‘/ate rotundato’’), the fourth and fifth joints of antennae are strongly transverse, and their combined length is slightly less than that of the sixth, and the sixth to ninth joints are slightly dilated. A specimen 315 from Northern Queensland is of similar length, but is slightly wider, the fourth and fifth joints slightly longer (but still transverse), and together quite as long as the sixth; the tip of the abdomen could fairly be called widely rounded (pos- sibly the tip is sexually variable). Two from New South Wales (Galston) are similar to the Tasmanian specimen, except that they are larger (6-8 mm.). A specimen from Victoria is still larger (9 mm.), with the fourth and fifth joints combined just perceptibly longer than the sixth. The species was recorded from Tasmania, but was omitted from Masters’ Catalogue. FORNAX SUTURALIS, 0. sp. Black; tarsi and apical half. of antennae obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with short, depressed pubescence. Head with crowded punctures; with a narrow carina connecting the antennary sockets and continued along same to eyes, a short longitudinal one in middle. Antennae short, third joint longer than fourth, fourth to tenth subequal in length and very feebly serrated, eleventh conspicuously thinner and longer than tenth. Prothorax with front angles rather strongly rounded, then parallel-sided to base; with crowded but rather small punctures; median line vaguely depressed in front, very distinct towards base, a shallow, transverse depression on each side at base, the derm between each depression and the median line distinctly elevated. Llytra with crowded subasperate punctures about base, becoming smaller and more sharply defined posteriorly ; striation well defined throughout. Hind covzae at sides about half as long as their greatest length, this about equal to length of second abdominal segment; basal joint of hind tarsi as long as the rest combined. Length, 34-51 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: (W. du Boulay) ; Dorrigo (W. Heron and H. J. Carter). Type, I. 5739. The pubescence on the under-surface is uniformly short and pale, on the upper-surface it is pale on the head, basal third of prothorax, and basal sixth and suture of elytra; on the rest of the upper-surface the pubescence is black, but visible only from the sides or an oblique direction; on some specimens the pale sutural pubescence is confined to one interstice on each elytron, but on others the space so covered is dilated about the middle. FORNAX PARVONIGER, N. sp. Black, antennae and legs more or less obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with short, depressed pubescence, somewhat: 316 ashen on head, at base of prothorax and of elytra, and on under-surface; darker elsewhere. - Head evenly convex; with small dense punctures, becom- ing crowded in front; inter-ocular carina rather feeble and interrupted in middle. Antennae rather. thin, second joint slightly longer than fourth and decidedly shorter than third, fourth to tenth subequal and feebly serrated, eleventh almost as long as ninth and tenth combined. /rothorax rather strongly convex in front, front angles rounded, sides thence feebly increasing in width to base, median line shallow on basal third, scarcely traceable elsewhere; sides with small and moderately dense punctures, becoming smaller and _ sparser about middle. Hlytra distinctly narrowed from base to apex ; with crowded asperate punctures about base, becoming sparser and more sharply defined elsewhere; striation distinct about base and suture, rather feebly defined or absent else- where. Hind coxae strongly and evenly narrowed to sides, greatest length distinctly more than that of second abdominal seement; basal joint of hind tarsi as long as the rest com- bined. Length, 34-4 mm. . Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 5740. Close to swtwralis, but head without longitudinal carina, inter-ocular carina slightly interrupted in middle, prothorax with much smaller punctures and median lne more feeble, elytra less parallel-sided, with smaller punctures, and less conspicuous striation and hind coxae longer. FORNAX CARINATIFRONS, N. sp. Black, tarsi obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with short, depressed pubescence. Head with crowded distinct punctures; inter-ocular carina well defined throughout. Antennae with second joint short, third slightly longer than fourth, fourth to tenth sub- equal, eleventh slightly longer. Prothorax with front angles rather strongly rounded, sides thence parallel-sided to base, median line well defined on basal half only ; punctures towards margins as on head, somewhat larger about middJe. F/ytra feebly diminishing in width from near base ; with crowded but sharply-defined punctures, larger and more crowded about base than elsewhere; striation well defined throughout. Hind corae at sides scarcely one-half their greatest length, this shghtly more than that of second abdominal segment: hind tarsi rather short, basal joint about as long as the rest com- bined, claw-joint very thin. Length, 33-54 mm. /Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 5742. 317 Readily distinguished from the preceding species by the coarser prothoracic punctures and more regular elytral striation ; the mter-ocular carina is also not interrupted in middle. On the head, base of prothorax and of elytra, and on the under-surface the pubescence is paler than elsewhere, but from some directions, even on those parts, it appears to be black; on one specimen the pale pubescence on the elytra is confined to about the basal fifth, on the type it is extended to the basal fourth, and in addition is triangularly continued along the suture to the apical fifth. Most of the joints of the antennae, when viewed at right angles to their greatest width, appear to be subquadrate or briefly oblong. FORNAX INTERRUPTUS, 0. sp. Bright castaneous, elytra at darker. Uniformly clothed with stramineous pubescence. Head strongly convex; with dense and rather small punctures, becoming crowded in front; inter- antennary carina interrupted in middle. Antennae moderately long, second joint short, third almost as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth slightly shorter than fifth, and fifth than sixth, sixth- tenth subequal, eleventh distinctly longer. Prothorax with front angles rounded off, sides thence parallel-sided to base; with rather dense and small punctures, becoming crowded on sides. “lytra almost parallel-sided to beyond the middle: rather densely granulate-punctate about base, punctures smaller and sparser elsewhere: striation well defined through- out. Hind cozae narrowed almost to points at the sides, greatest length more than that of second abdominal segment ; hind tarsi with basal joint about as long as the rest combined. Length, 5-54 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea), Brisbane (Dr. A. J. Turner); New South Wales: Dorrigo {W:, Heron), (ype, 1. 5733. Apparently close to additus, but fourth and fifth joints of antennae almost the same size and punctures evidently smaller. The fourth and fifth joints are each slightly shorter than the sixth, not strikingly so as on parvulus. There is a vague remnant of a median line close to the base of the prothorax, but not of a carina. FORNAX ORTHODOXUS, n. sp. Bright castaneous. Densely clothed with short stramin- eous pubescence. Head strongly convex; with crowded and rather coarse punctures; inter-antennary carina widely interrupted in middle. Antennae moderately long, second joint short, third 318 almost as long as fourth and fifth combined, fourth slightly shorter than fifth, and fifth than sixth, sixth-eleventh sub- equal. Prothorar with front angles rounded, sides thence parallel to base; with crowded and not very large but sub- rugose punctures, becoming still more crowded on sides. Hlytra feebly diminishing in width from near shoulders; rather densely granulate-punctate about base, punctures smaller and more clearly defined elsewhere; striation well defined through- out. Hind cozae narrowed almost to points at the sides, greatest length equal to that of apical segment of abdomen (this rather acutely pointed and with numerous small granules); basal joint of hind tarsi as long as the rest com- bined. Length, 4% mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 5751. A rather narrow species. The pronotum from some direc- tions appears to be covered with small granules instead of punctures. The eleventh joint of antennae is just perceptibly longer than the tenth ; in fact, from some directions it appears to be a trifle shorter. FORNAX SUBOPACUS, Nn. sp. Castaneous, head and prothorax without gloss, elytra and under-surface very feebly shiming. Densely clothed with short, stramineous pubescence. Head with crowded, partially-concealed punctures; inter- antennary carina not continued across middle. Antennae moderately long, first joint scarcely longer than third, second very short, third to tenth serrated, third about once and one-half the length of fourth, fourth to tenth subequal in length but gradually decreasing in width (eleventh missing). Prothoras with sides rounded in front; very densely and rugosely punctate; tewards base with feeble remnant of a median line. “/ytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with dense punctures throughout, but more rugose about base than elsewhere; striation well defined. Hind cowae strongly but curvilinearly decreasing in width to sides, greatest length scarcely more than that of second abdominal segment; hind tarsi with basal joint shghtly shorter than the rest combined, fourth slightly narrower than third. Length, 43 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), [. 5750. The opaque head and prothorax (due principally to density of punctures) should alone readily distinguish the species from all other Australian ones of the genus. The tarsi are rather shorter and the lateral sulci of the prosternum rather wider than are usual in Fornaz. 319 Table of species known to me:— A. Derm black. a. Head with a short longitudinal carina. 6b. Third joint of antennae longer than fourth suturalis bb. Third joint shorter than fourth ... . mger aa. Head not longitudinally carinate. ¢. Pronotum with minute, ill-defined punc- tures on disc¢ 3 a Pi .. parvoniger c. Pronotum with larger, pa domed punctures... | REE Carat TONS AA. Derm more or less castaneous. B. Fourth and fifth joints of antennae com- bined no longer than sixth, if as long parvulus BB. Fourth and fifth joints combined longer than sixth. C. Derm of pronotum opaque a ... subopacus CC. Derm of pronotum shining. D. Eleventh joint of antennae just per- ceptibly longer than tenth ... orthodorus DD. Eleventh joint conspicuously longer than tenth. E. Widest part of prothorax not the extreme base. d. Prothorax with a feeble median line, but traceable throughout norfolcensis dd. Prothorax without such a line... howensis EE. Widest part of prothorax the extreme base. F. Elytra somewhat darker than DE thorax interruptus FF. Elytra no darker than prothor ax. Me G. Comparatively large and robust majorinus GG. Smaller and thinner. H. Basal joint .of hind tarsi longer than the rest com- bined talayroides HH. Basal joint shorter than the rest combined #) ~~» castaneus DYSTRIGONISTHIS PARADOXUS, Blackb. The type of this species was from North Queensland {probably from Cairns). There are four specimens from Cairns, nine from New South Wales (Forest Reefs), and three from South Australia (Mount Lofty and Adelaide), that appear to belong to the species. They vary in length from 5 to 10 mm. (the type was about 7 mm). Their elytral striae are peculiar; at the greatest width (just above the metasternum) each has eleven, of these the tenth vanishes level with the apex of the first abdominal segment, the ninth and eighth meet near the apex, and then, as one, deepens and continues till it joins the first, the second and third vanish at about one-fourth from the apex, the fifth and sixth become conjoined and terminate nearer the apex, and the fourth and seventh become conjoined and terminate still nearer the apex. 320 GALBOCERUS, 0. g. Head convex, antennary sockets large, not closely approximated; clypeus trisinuate in front. Antennae flabel- late. Prothorax mcderately transverse. /lytra_ parallel- sided to beyond the middle. Prosternmum with a wide and deep excavation on each side of base; propleural triangles each margined inwardly by a distinct carina, extending from front coxa to level with the middle of the eye, margined out- wardly by the overhanging side of pronotum. Metasternum with two side pieces on each side, the outer one (the true episternum) rather thin and parallel-sided, the inner one hooked at base and narrowed till it disappears slightly before the apex. Hind coxae long mwardly, strongly and evenly narrowed (almost to a point) outwardly; tarsi with fourth joint wide and strongly produced on lower-surface, claws each with a wide and conspicuous membranous appendix. The type and only specimen in the Museum is, in general appearance, strikingly lke J/icrorhagus cairnsensis on an enlarged scale, but it differs from J/icrorhagus in having propleural triangles instead cf parallelograms, in the pro- sternal and metasternal sutures, tarsi, etc. Galbodema has wide and deep prosternal sulci. Galba has deep prosternal sulci and very different tarsi. No other Australian genus has been recorded as having species with flabellate antennae. The flanks of the pronotum are overhanging, so as to provide protection for the antennae when at rest (much as on Phaeno- cerus clavicornis), but as the propleural triangles are flat up to (although polished near) the overhanging margins the prosternum cannot be regarded as having lateral sulci (as in Galba, Galbodema, etc.); there is, however, a wide and deep excavation on each side at the base for the reception of the femur. The head of the type being closely applied to the breast, with the palpi partially concealing them, I have not been able to see if the hind edge of the mandibles is strongly sinuous, but believe it to be so. Regarding it as such, the genus, in Blackburn’s table, would be associated with Hypo- coelus, from which it differs in the antennae, tarsi, and meta- sternum. Regarding it as belonging to CC of that table, it would be associated with Humenes, which has very different sides of prosternum, metasternum, antennae, and claws. I am dubious as to its correct position, but provisionally it may be placed near Phaenocerus. GALBOCERUS PARALLELUS, N. sp. Piceous-brown (almost black), antennae and legs of a dingy-red. Rather densely clothed with short, stramineous pubescence. 321 Head with densely crowded and rather shallow punctures, subgranulate in places. Antennae with first joint slightly longer than the space between antennary sockets, second very short and strongly transverse, third slightly longer than fourth and the length of fifth, the others to ninth (two apical joints missing) slightly increasing in length; ramus of third to ninth each about thrice the length of its supporting joint. Prothorax with sides rather strongly rounded in front, thence parallel-sided to base, with a feeble foveate impression on each side of middle; very densely punctate, towards the mar- gins granulate-punctate. Hlytra almost continuously parallel- sided with prothorax to beyond the middle; very densely granulate about base, granulate-punctate elsewhere ; striation well defined throughout. Four hind ¢tarsz with basal joint as long as the rest combined, basal joint of front tarsi as long as the next three combined. Length, 11 mm. Hab.—North-western Australia: Port George IV. (J. R. B. Love). Type (unique), I. 5748. There are very vague remnants of a median line on the prothorax, the discal foveae are feeble, but quite distinct from certain directions. MALACODERMIDAE. LAIUS PURPUREIPENNIS, 0. Sp. d. Purple; two basal joints of antennae flavous, rest of antennae, legs, and under-surface black. Densely and finely pubescent. Head with dense and very minute punctures. Antennae rather long; first jomt long and of irregular shape, second large and distorted, the following joints small. Prothorar distinctly transverse, front truncate, sides strongly rounded ; punctures as on head. L/ytra with sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; scarcely visibly punctate. Front femora obliquely excavated in front; front tibiae dilated towards base, and obliquely sulcate on inner side near base. Length, 4-45 mm. Q. Differs in having two basal joints of antennae very different and the front femora and tibiae simple. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin and Melville Island (GF. Hills Nera77). Type, 15687. A remarkable species, and the only one at all close to allem, from which it may be at once distinguished by the two basal joints of antennae; of these the first is dilated towards apex, with the apical portion wide and its summit oblique, from some directions appearing subangular near its outer apex; the second is slightly wider than long, joined to the first on one side, and to the third in the. middle, its L 322 upper-surface irregularly concave, with an opening near where it joins the first joint, but with the hollow space inside almost labyrinthic (although of large size it is so largely excavated that it appears little more than a thin irregular shell, convex on the Jower-surface). On the female the first joint is somewhat shorter and simple, the second is simple, subparallel-sided, and about as long as the third and fourth combined. On allen: the first joint of the male is more irregular about apex, the second is much smaller, differently joined to the first and third, and its upper-surface totally unlike that of present species. The head, prothorax, and scutellum are of a different shade of purple to the elytra. CURCULIONIDAE. MANDALOTUS ABDOMINALIS, Lea. On some specimens of this species in perfect condition the clothing 1s more conspicuously variegated than on the types, being of a rusty-brown, mottled with darker and paler spots, on each elytron there is usually a pale, conspicuous spot on the third interstice about the middle. On these specimens also the transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules is fairly distinct, even before abrasion. MANDALOTUS LATENS, Lea. On fresh specimens of this species the clothing is more or less rusty- or muddy-brown, but rather conspicuously varie- gated with numerous small, irregularly disposed, pale spots. MANDALOTUS INTEROCULARIS, Lea., var. Two specimens (sexes) from the Glenelg River (Victoria, J. Rau) appear too close to interocularis to be described as new; but the abdominal carina of the male is more convex, not quite so close to the apex of the segment, the metasternum is slightly more concave, the elytra have feeble tubercles on the third, fifth, and seventh interstices about the apical slope, and the front tibiae are stouter towards and less curved about the apex. The female has the conspicuous inter-ocular tubercle as on the type female. In the 1914 table, regarding the elytra as tuberculate, the variety would be associated with arciferus, but on the male of that species the middle of the abdominal carina almost touches the apex of the segment: Numerous specimens of the ordinary form have been taken by Mr. Secker at Lucindale. MANDALOTUS TRANSVERSUS, Lea. The types of this species are females, although they were described as probably being males; but Dr. Ferguson has 323 sent additional specimens from Dorrigo, one of which is a male. It differs from the female in having each of the middle coxae conspicuously armed with an upright, obtusely- pointed ridge; the basal segment of the abdomen is flat, with the base and sides of the intercoxal process conspicuously elevated, the front tibiae are stronger and more curved, and are conspicuously ciliated; the hind tibiae have their apical three-fifths largely scooped out on the inner side, so that when viewed from most directions each appears moderately curved on the outer side and very strongly on the inner, the scooped-out part commences so suddenly that, from some directions, it appears to start from a subbasal tooth; there are also two contiguous medio-basal foveae (small but con- spicuous) on the prosternum. The clothing of the fresh specimens is more of a rusty-red than on the types, and the apical slope is rather less uneven. The female could still be assigned to the position given it im the 1914 table of the genus, but the male would be associated with dentipes, from which it differs in its different and more conspicuous dentition of middle coxae and very different hind tibiae; the hind tibiae of dentipes are very decidedly shorter, more regularly diminish in thickness from the base to the dilated apex, and are rather more strongly and evenly curved; that species also is without medio-basal foveae of the prosternum, and has conspicuous bristles on the metasternum and part of the abdomen. MANDALOTUS ANGUSTUS, Lea. On the middle coxae of the type male of this species there is a shining, slightly-elevated ridge; it is indistinct from some directions, but fairly distinct from others. MANDALOTUS SQUAMIBUNDUS, Lea. In the 1914 table of the genus this species was separated from maculatus (from which, however, it differs in many respects) by the absence of pale elytral spots. But Dr. Ferguson has sent eight fresh specimens from Bowen for examination, and nearly all of these have four rather feeble pale spots at the base of the elytra, and a few still more feeble ones scattered about elsewhere. MANDALOTUS NODICOLLIS, Lea. Some specimens of this species from Townsville are evidently in perfect condition, without the muddy crust that usually conceals the clothing. The clothing is very dense, of a lhght muddy-brown or grey, with numerous pale spots scattered about on the head, prothorax, elytra, and legs; on some specimens the spots have a silvery lustre, or even a L2 324 slightly greenish or golden one. The ocular lobes are unusually feeble and the emargination of the prosternum less pronounced than is usual in the genus. MANDALOTUS TENUICORNIS, Lea. Numerous specimens of this species have been taken at Robe by Messrs. Feuerheerdt and Secker. Their clothing varies from that of the types to a dingy greyish-white or slaty- white, more or less conspicuously mottled with sooty or sooty-brown. On the males the sides of the prothorax, near the base, are often distinctly wider than the base of the elytra. ! MANDALOTUS HOPLOSTERNUS, 0. sp. ¢. Dull reddish-brown, some parts more or less deeply infuscated. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, thickly interspersed with stout setae. Rostrum short, median carina traceable through clothing. Scape rather long and not very stout; second joint of funiele distinctly longer than first. Prothorax rather strongly transverse, sides strongly and almost evenly rounded, median line narrow, deep, and almost continuous throughout; with large, subvermiculate, obtuse granules, readily traceable through clothing. lytra somewhat angular, extreme base slightly narrower than widest part of prothorax; with several feeble subtubercular elevations about middle and base and on apical slope, but with a conspicuous tubercle on each side behind shoulder; with rows of large punctures not much smaller on apical slope than about base. Prosternum with a conspicuous keel between and in front of coxae. Abdomen with basal segment gently depressed in middle. Front coxae widely separated ; front tibiae triangularly produced at inner apex, hind ones strongly narrowed before and strongly dilated at apex. Length, 6 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (J. W. Mellor). Type (unique), I. 5571. The prosternum armed in front associates this species with armipectus in the latest table of the genus, ‘8 but on that species (which is also a much smaller one) the armature is like a semi-double transverse ridge; on the present species it is an obtuse, but very conspicuous, longitudinal one. In general appearance its upper-surface is strikingly lke that of aneisus, simulator, and niger. The prothorax is almost entirely dark, the elytra are dark, but in places conspicuously diluted with red; but the colour of the derm is not to be relied upon in J/andalotus. On the elytra the setae are usually pale and confined to the elevated parts. (8) Ante, 1914, p. 298. 325 MANDALOTUS LAMINIPECTUS, Nt. Sp. 3. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red; antennae, tarsi, and tips of tibiae castaneous. Densely clothed with sooty-brown scales, more or less obscurely varie- gated with ashen ones, and with numerous stout setae scattered about. Rostrum moderately long, wider at base than at apex, median carina narrow and distinct throughout. Scape moderately stout; two basal joints of funicle long, rather thin and subequal. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly transvere, median line narrow and rather well defined ; with numerous round granules, readily traceable through clothing. H#lytra at widest slightly wider than pro- thorax; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures; some of the interstices irregularly elevated (scarcely tubercu- late), but with a fairly conspicuous swelling behind each shoulder. J/esosternaum with a wide and very conspicuous inter-coxal process. Front corae widely separated; femora very stout; tibiae comparatively short. Length (¢, 9), 5-54 mm. @. Differs in having the prothorax more transverse, elytra narrower at the base and wider across middle, meso- sternum unarmed, abdomen gently convex, and legs somewhat shorter. Hab.—Victoria: Glenelg River (J. Rau). Type, I. 5570. The front coxae are very widely separated, and the separation is accentuated by the coxae themselves being scooped out or obliquely flattened, although this is less con- spicuous on the female than on the male. The projection between the middle coxae of the male is very curious; at the base it 1s about as wide as long, but it obliquely dilates till at the apex it is almost twice as wide as long, with the apices ‘conspicuously elevated and the space between them incurved, the whole process, except for the tips, being depressed below the coxae and concave. Regarding it as notched, it would (in the 1914 table of the genus) be. associated with inecisus and daminatipes, but the process in each of those species is very much smaller and of very different shape; their rostrum, front tibiae, etc., are also different. The hind femora of the male from some directions have a deceptive appearance as of being obtusely dentate. On the female the paler scales are almost white, and form feeble spots on the prothorax and elytra, and are rather dense at the base of the head. MANDALOTUS WEDGENSIS, n. sp. gd. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red, antennae and tarsi castaneous. Densely clothed with slaty-grey 326 scales interspersed with numerous fine setae, the latter becoming long on tibiae. Rostrum moderately long, median carina _ feeble. Antennae comparatively long and thin, first joint of funicle slightly longer and conspicuously stouter than second. /ro- thorax lightly transverse, sides moderately rounded, median line feebly impressed; with numerous feeble granules, the depressions about which appear vermiculate through the clothing. “lytra at base exactly the width of base of pro- thorax, but disinctly wider at basal fourth, thence gently rounded to apex; with regular rows of large, partially-con- cealed punctures; interstices not separately convex, but the fifth and seventh slightly wider than the others. Basal segment of abdomen with dense punctures, bounded externally by a distinctly curved carina, the other segments almost impunctate. Front covrae widely separated ; hind tibiae: acutely dentate at inner middle, inner apex acutely spined. Length, 4 mm. ' Hab.—South Austraha: Wedge Island (Captain §. A. Witte) aly pe, te 5807 _ The curvature of the abdominal carina is midway between that of the species DDe and ¢e of the 1914 table of the genus; but the species may be readily distinguished from the members of those groups, except sydneyensis, by the hind tibiae; sydneyensis has much longer and denser setae on the upper-surface, and clothing otherwise different, larger eyes and front coxae less widely separated. The gentle ‘slope of the elytra is not at all interrupted by separate convexity of the interstices. MANDALOTUS TIBIALIS, 0. sp. ¢. Dark reddish-brown or blackish, some parts (and including the antennae and tarsi) more or less castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-grey or ashen, obscurely-varie- gated scales; interspersed with numerous stout setae; front tibiae conspicuously but not densely ciliated. Rostrum rather short, carina not traceable through clothing. Antennae moderately long and thin; second joint of funicle slightly longer and thinner than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded and widest across apical third, median line narrowly impressed ; apparently without granules. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax at base, and somewhat sinuous there, owing to the elevation of the third interstice on each, parallel-sided (except for a small post-humeral tubercle) to beyend the middle, somewhat irregular on and about apical slope; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures, becoming smaller pos- =) teriorly. Front coxvae rather widely separated, middle coxae 327 each armed with a strong, recurved, acute tooth; hind tibiae transverely multicarinate internally, front ones variable. Length, 33-4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Syduey (Old Collection), Blue Mountains, and Rydalmere (Dr. E. W. Ferguson); Mitta- gong, 2,000-2,500 feet (British Museum, from J. J. Walker). Mype, 1. 553i. - I cannot satisfy myself that the five specimens before me belong to more than one species; two of them have the elytra about the apical slope subtuberculate and decidedly rougher thai! on the others, and their front tibiae are apparently strikingly different. On the Sydney and Mittagong speci- mens the front tibiae have the apical three-fourths arched and granulate on the lower-surface, with the granulated portion suddenly terminating in a conspicuous tooth near the base (somewhat as on avenaceus), each of the front femora also has a notch in which the tooth can rest; on the other speci- mens the tibiae are also granulate, but at the position of the strong tooth there is a gentle swelling only, much as on many other species of the genus. The carinae of the hind tibiae are invisible from most directions. In the 1914 table of the genus, regarding the elytra as tuberculate, the species would be readily distinguished from all those referred to F, and also regarding them as non-tuberculate from all those referred to K, by the middle coxae, the remarkable teeth on these vary somewhat in size, but are conspicuous on all the specimens; they curve obliquely inwards over the intercoxal process; the armature of the middle coxae of dentipes, transversus, and scabher is very different. The prothorax on abrasion is seen to have the disc entirely without granules and to be covered with small dense punctures, mixed with a few of larger size; but the sides appear to have a few feeble elevations. The alternate interstices of elytra are not conspicuously elevated above their fellows, except that the third becomes almost: tuberculate at base. MANDALOTUS RAUI, Nn. sp. 3. Black, some parts obscurely reddish; funicle and tarsi bright castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stout setae. Rostrum moderately long, upper-surface with derm entirely concealed by clothing. Scape rather long: funicle thin, first joint thicker and slightly longer than second. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides strongly and evenly rounded, median line feebly impressed ; with numerous round granules, slightly traceable through clothing, but conspicuous on abrasion. F/ytra subarcuate at base, which is wider than 328 prothorax, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; witle rows of rather large, almost (or quite) concealed punctures ; alternate interstices feebly elevated. Front coxae very widely separated, middle ones each with a shining oblique ridge. Length (¢d, 9), 33-4 mm. Q. Differs in having the prothorax somewhat smaller, elytra somewhat wider, basal segment of abdomen convex in middle (instead of flat), and legs somewhat shorter, with simple coxae. Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, seven specimens from tussocks (J. Rau). Type, I. 5573. In the 1914 table of the genus would be placed under K after hh, and from all the species there placed (except angustus) 1 differs in the middle coxae;: from angustus it differs in being somewhat smaller, rather more robust, with the front coxae much more widely separated (almest twice the distance), and with the middle coxae more conspicuously carinated (the carina from some directions causes each coxa to appear armed with a subacute conical tubercle). The separation of the front coxae is rather more than in rwvfi- manus, and the elytra, although non-tuberculate, are more uneven than on that species. The elytra (except perhaps at their base) could not fairly be regarded as tuberculate; their base is much less conspicuously: Pisimaeie (except for slight encroachments by the third interstices it could fairly “be regarded as arcuate) than in Aumeralis. The clothing on all the specimens is very dingy and somewhat obscured by mud, but on two of them there are faint indicaticns of pale spots on the prothorax, and still more faint indications on the elytra MANDALOTUS SUBHUMERALIS, 0. sp. +. Blackish-brown, some parts obscurely reddish; antennae and tarsi castaneous. Densely clothed with muddy- brown slightly-variegated scales and with stout setae. Rostrum short and stout, median carina traceable through clothing. Scape not very long: first joint of funicle stouter and slightly longer than second. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides and base strongly rounded; with numerous granules conspicuously transversely arranged. Elytra sub- arcuate and wider than prothorax at base, with a conspicuous tubercular swelling on each side just beyond shoulder; with regular rows of large punctures, appearing very small through clothing; odd interstices very feebly elevated above the ever ones. Two basal segments of abdomen feebly depressed in middle. Legs moderately stout; front coxae lightly but distinctly separated. Length, 3 mm. 329 Hab.—South Australia. Type (unique), I. 5583. Close to arcuatus, with which it would be associated in the 1914 table of the genus, but differs in having the front tibiae less curved at apex, ciliation shorter and sparser, scape somewhat stouter, but in particular by the subhumeral pro- minence on each elytron. From crawford: (also from South Australia) it is distinguished by its smaller size, narrower form, subhumeral prominences, and abdominal clothing con- cealing derm. It is about the size and at first glance some- what the appearance of dchopera lachrymosa of the Crypto- thynchides. The paler markings consist of an interrupted stripe on each side of the prothorax and numerous feeble spots on the elytra. The clubs and two apical joints of each funicle are missing from the type. MANDALOTUS INCONSPICUUS, Nn. sp. $. Dull reddish-brown, appendages paler. Densely clothed with light-brown or stramineous scales, somewhat variegated on upper-surface; with numerous stout setae scattered about. Rostrum moderately long, sculpture of upper-surface entirely concealed. Scape not. very long, somewhat inflated to apex; first joint of funicle distinctly longer and wider than second, the others all transverse. Prothorar distinctly trans- verse, sides rather strongly rounded; with dense, normally concealed punctures. JLlytra elongate-elliptic, shoulders evenly rounded. Abdomen flat. Legs rather stout: front eoxae touching. Length, 2-24 mm. Q. Differs: in being somewhat larger and _ wider, abdomen gently convex, and legs shorter. Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow). “Eype; 1: 587: In the 1914 table of the genus this species would be associated with maculatus and squamibundus; from the former it is distinguished by its much denser clothing (entirely concealing the punctures of the upper-surface) and shorter and stouter antennae and legs. From squamibundus it.is distinguished by its smaller size and slightly narrower form, somewhat shorter antennae and legs, front tibiae less acutely produced at apex, and sparser and less regular elytral setae. On the only female before me the elytral clothing is paler than on the two males and with numerous small chocolate-brown spots; on the males the spotting is very ‘obscure. The setae are unusually stout, even on the legs and under-surface, and on the elytra are confined to a single row on each interstice; they are nearly all stramineous. Before 330 abrasion the elytra appear to be finely striated, but after abrasion rows of large punctures become evident. LEPTOPS. In the table of this genus in Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1916, a line was unfortunately left out; this should have followed immediately after K on page 316, as follows :—‘“‘KK—Elytra with few tubercles, or if numerous then obtuse.’’ This line governing all the species that followed. With long series of many species of the genus one is inevitably forced. to the conclusion that the majority are extremely variable. The sexual differences are usually very pronounced, nevertheless with many species the sexes vary towards each other, so that, from an external observation, it is often difficult to be sure of the sex of an individual. As a natural result, many synonyms have resulted, and the acquisition by the Museum of long series of many species taken by Mr. H. W. Brown in the Cue district has made it possible for some of these to be noted, and the plates given (with the exception of five figures all of the members of the group with the breast armed, and comprising most of the giants of the genus) will serve to illustrate the great variability in size and sculpture of some of them. LEPTOPS DUPONTI, Boi. var. wterioris, Blackb. var. obsoletus, Lea. var. carmmatus, Lea. L. tribulus, in error. iP exe I previously (°°) referred to interioris as a variety of tribulus, and named two other forms as varieties of the same species. But Mr. Arrow, from examination of the type, has pointed out that our identification of tribulus 2°) was incor- rect, and that the real tribu/us is the Queensland species known as /ferus. In Masters’ Catalogue, echidna and duponti are given as synonyms of tribulus, but it has been already) pointed out (from examination of the type) that echidna is really the (9) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 327. (10) The specimens in the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection: identified as tribulus were all of the species commonly supposed to be such, and the numerous references in Australian literature apparently all refer to the same species. (11) Z.c., 331, by a printer’s error recorded as from “N.,”” instead of ‘‘W.”? Australia. 331 species described by Blackburn as planicol/is, and is a very distinct species. Till evidence to the contrary, therefore, is forthcoming, it 1s necessary to regard duponti as the name of the species hitherto commonly known as ftrebulus. Plate xxxiv. will give a good idea of the variations in size and sculpture of the species; on fig. 74 there may be noticed a smal! projection in- front of the front legs; this is typical of the group with armed breast, and is entirely absent from the real tribulus (ferus). LEPTOPS FERUS, Pasc. Pi xxxix./Shogpenloeto 158. According to a specimen sent for examination by Mr. Arrow, and stated to agree with the type, this is the real tribulus of Fabricius. In the side figure (158) the Catasarcus- like post-humeral tubercle can scarcely be noted, but on fig. 157 it appears on the right side as a small prominence ‘close to the leg. LEPTOPS AREOLATUS, Blackb. L. frenehia Wiest L. rudis, Wea. PRO Xxxvil.; hese ko 122. This species is one of the most variable of the genus. ‘The type (fig. 112) is a rather large male, with the tubercles more obtuse than usual (approaching the female). The normal male (fig. 116) has two rows of more or less conical tubercles on each elytron, the row on the third interstice consisting of from three to seven, on the seventh from five to ‘ten, with the two nearest the apex larger (usually very con- siderably so) than the others. The female is usually much larger and much wider than the male, with the elytral punctures sharply defined and limited, but they are very variable; on the types of frenchi and pudas they are so strikingly different in general appear- ance that it seems difficult to regard the two specimens as belonging to but one species, but long series taken by Mr. Brown at Cue and Ankertell (including many taken 7m cop.) leave no doubt of this being the case. On the third inter- stice there are from two to five very obtuse tubercles, on some specimens tending to become subcarinate towards the base; on the seventh interstice the tubercles are much less ‘conspicuous than on the male and are usually but two in number (on the latero-apical slope), and even these are not always distinctly conical; on an occasional specimen there are ‘some feebly tuberculate spaces on the fifth interstice. 332 The type of frenchi (fig. 114) is a large female of the species, with the derm having a glazed appearance and the punctures more clearly outlined than on any other specimen under examination. The type of rudis (fig. 111) is another large female, with the punctures less sharply defined, although still of large size, and more frequently confluent than usual. The base of the elytra is certainly different in shape to that of the type of frenchi, but the differences appear to be of an individual nature rather than specific. Leptops ciavus, Fab. ‘(formerly H1proruinus). L. elegans, Lea. Mr. Arrow informs me that e/egans is a synonym of clavus (from comparison with the type of the latter). This being the'case, it would appear that the subfamily /H7ppo- rhumdes must be altogether removed from the lists of Aus- tralian beetles, as the only other species (mgrospinosus, No. 4940) standing under the subfamily in Masters’ Catalogue belongs to the Amycterides. LEPTOPS EBENINUS, Pasce. L. crassicornis, Pasc. Mr. Arrow sent for examination a specimen of crassicornis: that appeared to represent a variety only of ebeninus, and on his attention being called to this, he wrote:—‘‘The types of ebeninus and crassicornis differ little, and seem to me to be certainly conspecific.’’ Later on he sent two specimens of the latter and three of the former, including a co-type of each with a label in Pascoe’s writing. On ebeninus the tubercles are more conspicuously conical than they are on crassicormis, on whose elytra they are usually rounded and fewer in number; but they belong to one species and to a small group (2) all of whose species are variable. LEPTOPS RETUSUS, Pasc. L. rostralis, Lea. The description of retusus\is quite misleading; the species 1s a very distinct one, and has been redescribed under the name of rostralis. On Mr. Arrow informing me of this, three questions as to the type were asked, as follows:—1. Is there a small tubercle 5) on each side of the elytra just above the middle of the metasternum? 2. Is there a curious (12) K, of the table in Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 315. (15) C, of the table, l.c. 300 oblique swelling just in front of each eye? 3. Are the large elytral tubercles in the same positions as the specimen sent of rostralis’ As affirmative answers were given to all, there is no doubt but that the names are synonymous. LEPTOPS HYPOCRITUS, Pasc. A co-type, sent for examination by Mr. Arrow, has clothing not at all green, the prothorax with a feeble median (not subbasal) carina, with two distinct transverse interrupted impressions; each elytra with three undulated (scarcely sub- tuberculate) ridges, of which one commences on the shoulder as an obtuse tubercle. The rostrum was described as ‘‘in medio canaliculato,’’ the middle of that of the co-type seems to be narrowly impressed near the base, but near the apex it appears to be feebly carinated; regarding it as non-carinated it would in my table “*) be placed with setosus, with which it has scarcely anything in common; regarding it as carinated it would be placed in 4u, from all the species of which ‘it is at once distinguished by having but the humeral tubercles. Probably, however, the male possesses characters that would cause it to be referred to a different section. Quite certainly it is not the species I incorrectly had as hypocritus, and so commented upon. (19) LEPTOPS ACUTISPINIS, Pasc. A very distinct species, the original description, how- ever, is not quite accurate (judging by a co-type on loan from the British Museum), as the rostrum is described as “‘robust, a slender somewhat abbreviated carina in front’’; whereas it is comparatively thin and has a median carina traceable from the base almost to the apical triangle. ‘LEPTOPS POLYACANTHUS, Pasc. A specimen from Cunnamulla appears to belong to this species, but has the elytral tubercles more acute than usual and the inter-ocular elevations very feeble instead of strongly pronounced. LEPTOPS FASCICULATUS, Lea, var. PULCHRIPENNIS, n. var. In the Cairns district I obtained numerous specimens that appear to represent a variety of fasciculatus,; they differ from the typical form in having the elytra non-fasciculate, or at least with the fascicles so reduced as to 8 Manele more (14) eS Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 316. (15) Ante, 1914, p. 296. 334 than feeble clusters of setae, and not supported by tubercular swellings. To the naked eye the elytra have a _ spotted appearance, but this is due to small patches of golden scales; the patches on some specimens are brilliantly golden, or greenish-golden, but on others are whitish with a slight golden gloss, and the amount of surface they cover varies considerably ; the scales among which they are set are sooty- brown or black, but on the apical slope the scales are entirely dark. Many other parts of the body and appendages are also supplred with golden scales, but without the spotted appearance of the elytra. In some lights each elytral punc- ture appears to have a small shining granule on each side, but with greasy or abraded specimens these tend to disappear ; on such specimens also the golden patches diminish in size and brilliance. The granules are occasionally traceable on the typical form, but not on fasciatus, which species the variety approaches in sculpture, although at present I cannot look upon that species as a variety of fasciculatus. Two other specimens have the scales on the upper-surface entirely golden, with a purplish tinge; on another the scales are white, with a golden or purplish tinge, becoming .greenish on the sides. LEPTOPS VACILLANS, Lea. The types of this species were supposed to be from Queensland, but there were two,specimens of the species in the Blackburn Collection labelled as from Western Australia. LEPTOPS GLOBICOLLIS, Lea. Numerous specimens from Dalby differ from the type of this species in being larger (up to 20 mm.) and with all the joints of the funicle longer than wide. LEPTOPS CONTRARIUS, Blackb, Pl. xxxvii., figs. 127 to 32. In general appearance many specimens of this species are extremely close to the variety carinatus of duponti; but the suddenly terminated intermediate carinae of rostrum are distinctive. Like so many of the species with armed breast it is very variable in length (16 to 33 mm.) and as to the tubercles and carinae. of the elytra. Mr. Brown has taken numerous specimens at Cue. LEPTOPS coLossus, Pasc. Pl. oxxxviire fies oat 1374 The white scales on this species with age tend to become of a muddy-brown, especially on specimens at all greasy. 335 LEepTops ECHIDNA, W. S. Macl. Pl. xxxviil., figs. 138 to 140. On the males of this species the first row of elytral tubercles is sometimes continued almost to the base, instead of degenerating into a carina there; in the females it is sometimes represented by two or three tubercles about the apical slope, and carinated thence to base. In both sexes the prothorax appears to be invariably largely scooped out on the disc (the middle usually but not always carinated) and the sides are conspicuously dilated from base to near apex. There are numerous specimens (ranging from 18 to 28 mm.) in the Museum from Eyre Sand Patch; but the species also ranges down to 11 mm.; see the following note. LEPTOPS ACERBUS, Pasc. IPI XXXVIll.; ese sor ands 134. I have previously (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1906, p. 323) commented upon two forms, either of which might be acerbus ; of these a specimen from Champion Bay is figured at 134 on plate xxxvin., and there are others from Beverley before me quite as small (down to 11 mm.). I am now quite satis- fied that these are varieties of echidna; but the specimen without exact locality (fig. 133) is certainly not echidna. LEPTOPS BIORDINATUS, ‘Blackb. PILE Xxxvi:; fieeeeesnabo . 104: Superficially some males of this species strongly approach some males of dwponti, but the suddenly terminated inter- mediate carinae of rostrum are at once distinctive. On an occasional specimen the third interstice on each elytron is carinated from base to about summit of apical slope, so that at first glance there is considerable resemblance to some speci- mens of imterioris; on one specimen the second and fourth interstices appear like closely-set chains of small beads, the tubercles (or granules) being twice as numerous as on the typical form. A large specimen from Eucla is most certainly without a pair of conjoined tubercles “& on the suture near summit of apical slope, nevertheless there is at the position where these should be two minute flattened shining epages that appear to represent remnants of tubercles. Hab.—Port Pirie, Fowler and Murat Bays, Gawler Range, Wilmington. (16) They are decidedly variable in size on the species. 336 LEPTOPS GRAVIS, Blackb. Pl) xxxvi., figs 0Seto 110. Except by the intermediate carinae of the rostrum gradually running into the head, instead of abruptly ter- minated, it is difficult to distinguish some females of this species from females of biordinatus. At Cooper Creek the natives’ name for the species (according to the late Dr. J. G. Reuther) is “‘Warnkati.’’ LEPTOPS FRONTALIS, Blackhb. A specimen from Stapleton (Northern Territory) differs from the normal form of this species in having the humeral tubercle on each ‘elytron reduced almost to the vanishing point. LEPTOPS ELONGATUS, Lea. Pl. xxxix:/ fies, 143%to 145. Mr. Brown took numerous specimens (there are now nine before me) that I hesitate to regard as more than a variety of elongatus; they all differ in having the elytral tubercles more obtuse, on the apical slope they are more prominent than the others, but much less acute than those of the type; the median channel of the pronotum is much less conspicuous (not due solely to clothing), less parallel-sided, and on five of the specimens an obtuse ridge traverses its middle, so that ‘on each of these it appears as two irregular foveae. The median and sublateral carinae of the rostrum are narrower than on the type, although the same in direction and bounded by similar grooves; the sixth joint of the funicle is transverse, and the other joints are slightly shorter than on the type. The clothing is more of a snowy whiteness (on the type the darker colour may be due to age), and on the abdomen, to the naked eye, appears to form three stripes, of which the median one is abbreviated, its place on the apical segment being taken by a subtriangular shining space; on each of the nine specimens this space is very distinct, although sparsely clothed, on the type it is_ scarcely traceable owing to being rather densely clothed, on the type also the larger scales are much more numerous on the under-surface generally. Seven of the specimens are from 14 to 16 mm. in length, the others are much larger, 21 to 23 mm. LEPTOPS HERCULES, Lea. Pl. xxxviii., figs, 14% jand 142. The male of this species differs from the female (the only sex described) in being much narrower, considerably smaller, prothorax slightly longer than wide, elytra with more acutely — 337 conical tubercles -on apical slope and punctures (except on sides) less well defined owing to the greater elevation of the interstices. The only male I have seen differs also in having the prothorax without a median carina and the scutellum not elevated, but these may be individual variations. It is evidently abraded, and has numerous minute denticulations showing on the front tibiae. Lreprorps HORRIDUS, Lea. A specimen from the Coen River differs from the typical form of this species in being much smaller (11 mm.) and narrower, with the elytral tubercles conspicuously red and more acute; the Catasarcus-like. tubercle on each side, more- over, is much smaller than usual, although traceable. LEPTOPS LATICOLLIS, Lea. Mr. G. F. Hill has taken numerous specimens of this species near Darwin, and sent six for examination. These all have the upper-surface apparently glabrous, but really sparsely clothed with short setae. The female differs from the male in having the elytra considerably wider than the prothorax, and with somewhat shorter legs. LEPTOPS PARVICORNIS, Lea. Plate xxxix., figs.) 146 to, 148. Three specimens were photographed to show the differ- ences in size and appearance of this rare species. LEPTOPS CACOZELUS, Lea. PPexxxix,, frosslio4 and 155. A specimen from Tarcoola evidently belongs to this species, but has two small conjoined tubercles on the suture near the summit of the apical slope; on another remnants of tubercles are traceable; these specimens seem almost to con- nect the species with parvicornis. LEPTOPS CRASSIROSTRIS, Lea. A specimen from Dr. Ferguson, without locality label, may belong to this singular species; but it differs from the type in having the elytra less suddenly elevated at the base, with six small tubercles there, some obtuse but fairly large ones on the third and fifth interstices, and the punctures larger; on the prothorax also the granules are larger and better defined. From phymatodis it differs in the rostrum being much shorter, the elytral tubercles much smaller, and the base of elytra very different. 338 LEPTOPS AMPLIPENNIS, Lea. Pl. xxxv. fieee0: The figure given is that cf the only specimen I have seen of this species. LEPTOPS MURICATUS, Pasc. Pl. xxxyv.;. fies, Oleamnd 92. In the genus Leptops there are very few species that closely resemble each other and yet may be distinguished by strong differential characters; but there are two species before me niehen of which might be muricatus by the description, which strongly resemble each other and yet are certainly distinct. One of these is described as new under the name of hrowni, the other I previously tabulated as muricatus; the latter has a small but distinct Catasarcus-like tubercle on each elytron, the median carina of the rostrum is not abruptly terminated, but vanishes level with the parts about the base of the rostrum, and behind it there is a shallow groove, quite disconnected with the grooves on each side of the median carina, characters strongly at variance with brown; there is a feeble and very obtuse swelling in front of each front coxa, but this is very different to the conspicuous conical or sub- conical tubercle of brown. As it is a widely-distributed species, and occurs on the coast of Western Australia (the type was from Nicol Bay), 1t is much more likely to be the true muricatus than browni, which so far has only been taken in the dry interior by Mr. Brown. LEPTOPS DUBOULAYI, Pasc. Plioxxxix.) oss Loiapamloe. A very fine species, varying in some directions towards: colossus, and in others towards hercules, but quite distinct from both. LEPTOPS HORNI, Blackb. Two specimens from Derby may represent a variety of this species; they differ from the description and from some typical specimens in being much larger (15-18 mm.), with one pair only of conjoined tubercles on the suture, and that pair comparatively smaller, the median groove of the pro- thorax 1s also more pronounced and regular. LEPTOPS PALMENSIS, Blackb. In the 1906 table of the genus a co-type “”) of this species would be asociated with horni, from which it differs in the- (17) In cee National Museuu Ricieourne: 339 elytra having fewer tubercles, prothoracic sculpture less ver- miculate, and scape stouter. The expression ‘‘tuberculis sub- obsoletis”’ and “‘the alternate elytral interstices are obscurely knobby rather than distinctly tuberculate,’’ would be deceiving if applied to the co-type (although, no doubt, correct for the type), as from it tubercles (except those on and about the apical slope) and knobs are entirely absent, the alternate interstices being feebly waved only. LEPTOPS ScULPTUS, Blackb. A single specimen from the North-west of South Aus- tralia (H. Basedow) probably belongs to this species; it differs, however, in being much smaller than the type (9 as against 14 lines), “1% but in all other respects it agrees with the description. LEPTOPS NITIDIVENTRIS, N. sp. Le xXxxv., figs tom honoo: ¢. Black. Densely clothed on legs and on depressed parts with small round whitish or greyish scales, closely appled to derm; antennae and legs with numerous setae. Rostrum with intermediate carinae strongly elevated, dilated at base, and suddenly terminated there, median carina rather eee and short; sublateral sulci narrow and deep in front, dilated to near base, and then narrowed; scrobes wide and deep at base, suddenly curved upwards so as to margin the eyes. Antennae not very long; first joint of funicle slightly longer than second, none of the others transverse. Prothorax rather long, and roughly sculptured. Scutellum very small. Llytra long, at widest not twice the width of prothorax; with subgeminate rows of large punc- tures, more or less interrupted by elevations; third, fifth, and seventh interstices with conspicuous rows of tubercles, com- mencing as obtuse elevations near the base and becoming larger and conical posteriorly. Prosternum with a conspicu- ous tubercle in front of each coxa, and a semi-double one in middle of base. Abdomen highly polished except at sides. Legs long ; tibiae not denticulate. Length, excluding rostrum ea ; 9 .), 20-30omm: ; Q. Differs in being larger, with much wider elytra (especially posteriorly), longitudinal elevations of prothorax less abrupt, tubercles more numerous and obtuse, and append- ages shorter. (448) Much less than the range of variation of the allied contrarws. 340 Hah.—Western Australia: Ankertell, Lake Austin, Cue CH WW Brown). *iype, 1." o586) A very fine species, taken in abundance by Mr. Brown. In the 1906 @% table of the genus it would be associated with colossus, but it is not at all close in appearance to that species, and in neither sex are the third and fifth interstices carinate. It is readily distinguished from areolatus by the abruptly terminated rostral carinae and highly-polished abdomen; the latter character is rare, but not unique in the genus. Owing to the rows of granules on the elytra and to the four linear elevations on the prothorax the clothing on some specimens. has a vaguely striped appearance. The prothorax by actual measurement at its widest part is slightly wider than long, but to the naked eye it appears to be slightly longer than wide; it has a wide median excavation, bounded by vermicu- late elevations, meeting in front but not behind; along the. . middle there is usually a narrow irregular carina, but this is sometimes split up into two parts, and occasionally is absent, the sides are bounded by irregular elevations consisting of subconjoined granules and tubercles, on each side of which are numerous small polished tubercles. The row of tubercles: on ‘the third interstice is much more conspicuous than the others (although the tubercle at the junction of the fifth and seventh rows is the largest of all), the seventh row commences with a small subconical one on the shoulder, the fifth com- mences some distance from the base. Seen directly from behind, the major portion of the apical slope is bounded by the six largest tubercles—two on the third interstices (approaching but not meeting on the suture), two at the junctions of the fifth and seventh interstices, and two where these connect with the third (near the apex) ; similar tubercles are on several of the other large species, but all of these have the abdomen very different. Between the middle coxae there are two processes, (29) a short one attached to the metasternum and a longer sloping one forming part of the metasternum (these are quite readily seen to be separate processes, and although they do not appear to have been previously com- mented upon, are present, although not always exactly the same, on every species of the genus, although usually obscured by the clothing), the semi-double tubercle behind the front coxae is present on some others of the large species; the front of the prosternum is widely excavated for the reception of the base of the head. 9) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, pp. 314-316. (20) These do not come out very clearly on fig. 86. 341 LEPTOPS PILULIFER,’ 1. sp: Pl. xxxv., figs. 87 to 89 and 93 and 94. Black. Depressed parts, antennae and legs densely clothed with whitish or ashen scales; in addition with stout. setae. ?ostrum with three conspicuous carinae on upper-surface, gradually converging from the front to near the base, but not meeting there, owing to a deep inter-ocular fovea, which separates the intermediate ones (these evenly run out at the base), and in which the median one terminates; sublateral sulci rather narrow, open posteriorly; scrobes wide and deep, at base directed upwards along front margin of eyes. Antennae rather short; third to seventh joints of funicle transverse. Prothorax about as long as wide, roughly vermi- culate-tuberculate, with a rather narrow median groove. Scutellum very small. JHlytra elongate-ovate, at widest (about the middle) fully twice as wide as prothorax; with rather large and irregular, but not very deep, punctures; suture with two small conjoined tubercles near summit of apical slope, and remnants of others before same; third, fifth, and seventh interstices with numerous tubercles, the others: sometimes with tubercles (but smaller ones). Prosternum distinctly armed. Legs moderately long; tibiae feebly denti-. culate. Length, 28-30 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May and W. 1D). Dodd), Yalgoo (H. W: Brown). Type, 1. 5388. In the 1906 table of the genus would be associated with gravis, but the elytral tubercles are different; a few of them (on the apical slope) are subconical, the others are all rounded (knob-like), and these, together with short connecting inter- vals, give the elytra an appearance as of being supplied with strings of beads—fairly large round ones, alternated with thinner cylindrical ones; the second, fourth, and sixth inter-. stices are usually supplied with small tubercles or granules, but on some specimens appear simply as slightly-waved lines. The setae on the appendages are fairly dense, on the elytra they change to true scales, fairly thickly scattered about on the elevated parts, and a few amongst the ordinary scales; on the prothorax they are rather narrower. The median groove on the prothorax is more conspicuous on some specimens than on others, but this is due partly to clothing; along its middle there is usually a carina or remnants of same. The six speci- mens before me appear to be all females; two others (figs. 93 and 94) differ in having somewhat wider elytra, with more numerous tubercles, approaching some females of the preced- ing species, but the abdomen is roughly punctured and not highly polished. 342 LEPTOPS BROWNI, Ni. sp. Ph xxxvil, figs. 123: t0 126. d. Black. Densely clothed on the depressed parts and - on the appendages with soft white scales; upper-surface im addition with some larger scales scattered about; appendages (especially the tibiae and tarsi) rather densely setose. Rostrum rather long; median carina very conspicuous, at base terminating in a large inter-ocular fovea; intermediate carinae rather narrow, somewhat dilated at base, but not sud- denly terminated there; sublateral sulci narrow, open pos- teriorly; scrobes deep in front, rather shallow behind, where at base they are directed upwards to margin the eyes. Prothorax elongate, sides but feebly dilated in middle, roughly vermiculate, the middle with a conspicuous groove. JLlytra elongate, ie base not much wider than prothorax, but fully twice as wide about the middle; with large but frequently interrupted punctures; with numerous small conical or sub- onical tubercles, becoming larger and more acute on and about the apical slope. Prosternuwm with a distinct subconical tubercle on each side in front, and a semi-double one in middle of base. Legs rather long, tibiae with denticulations scarcely traceable through clothing. Length (dg, 9), 21-33 mm. @. Differs in being larger, with much wider elytra; tubercles more numerous and obtuse, and legs somewhat shorter. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue and Lake Austin (H. W. Brown). Type, I. 5387. One of the finest species of the genus, and taken in fair numbers by Mr. Brown. In the 1906 table of the genus would be associated with gravis, with which, however, it has little in common. All the specimens differ from those pre- viously (and, I believe, correctly) identified by me as muri- catus, and which they strongly resemble in many respects, m having the median carina of the rostrum almost abruptly terminated, and beyond it a deep and fairly long groove (the ‘termination of the groove on each side of the “carina) ; the breast is always distinctly armed, and there is no Catasarcus- like tubercle or spine on each elytron, just above the middle ‘-of the metasternal episternum; they all have also a conspicu- ‘ous median channel on the pronotum: this is rather narrow and parallel-sided on some specimens, but on others is some- what dilated posteriorly, on the latter it is usually supplied with a median carina; it is densely clothed with snowy scales, and towards each side there is another but less distinct line of scales, in consequence the surface appears to be divided into four Jongitudinal vermiculate spaces—two wide median 343 ones and two considerably narrower lateral ones; on the female it usually appears to be divided into six longitudinal spaces. To the naked eye the extreme length of the pro- thorax appears to be considerably more than its extreme width, but their measurements are exactly the same. The suture has always two conjoined conical tubercles near summit of apical slope, but they vary considerably in size; there are usually also numerous smaller tubercles or granules on the suture towards the base; the tubercles are larger on the third, fifth, and seventh interstices than on the others, but _ on the basal half are small, although sometimes acute; about the summit of the apical slope, however, they are decidedly larger and very acute; on the second, fourth, and sixth inter- stices the tubercles are sometimes numerous and conical or subconical, but on many specimens they appear as rounded knobs, or as shght undulations; the eighth and ninth inter- stices are also sometimes supplied with a few small tubercles. on the basal half. As with nitidiventris, the major portion of the apical slope is bounded by six of the largest tubercles on the elytra, but, in addition, on this species there are the sutural ones, and sometimes two smaller ones adjacent to them on the slope itself. LEPTOPS NITIDICOLLIS, n. sp. Pl. xxxix., figs. 149 and 150. Black. Clothed with light-brown scales and stiff setae. Head with inter-ccular fovea very small. Rostrum stout, sculpture less deeply impressed than usual. Antennae rather . short. Prothorax moderately transverse, comparatively _ smooth and shining, with a conspicuous median line; towards the sides vermiculately impressed, with small scattered punc- tures. Hlyira subovate, with irregular subgeminate rows of punctures, suture with two small conjoined tubercles near summit of apical slope; third, fifth, and seventh interstices carinate and then tuberculate. Prosternum obtusely armed in front. Abdomen highly polished. Legs moderately long ; tibiae not visibly denticulate. Length, 22-24 mm. Hab.—Western Austraha: (Blackburn’s Collection), Kollerberrm:’ (©) Erench). Type, Tytab0t- There are three specimens, apparently females, before me. Their elytra are exactly as on many specimens of mterioris, but the prothorax is very different, being (except for certain impressed lines) smooth, shining, and without granules or tubercles. The pectoral armature is obtuse, but the species is so obviously a member of the group with the breast armed that it should certainly be placed in that group; regarding it as such, it would, in the 1906 table, be associated 344 with tribulus (as there identified), but really dwponti, from - which and from all its varieties it is readily distinguished by the highly-pohshed abdomen and very different prothorax, ‘the rostral sculpture also is different., Regarding the breast as unarmed, it would be associated with hornz, with which it has scarcely anything in common. The clothing is irregu- larly distributed, the scales being very dense on the scutellum, elytra, base of head, antennae, and legs; the setae are dense on the apical slope of elytra, muzzle, antennae, and legs, and sparse elsewhere; the prothorax is fairly densely clothed about the base, but sparsely elsewhere, and such setae as are present do not project upwards, but are almost buried in the derm, in consequence the upper-surface has a softly-polished appearance, strikingly at variance with most species of the genus; the abdomen is highly polished and with but few setae. The inter-ocular fovea appears to be little more than a puncture of moderate size. The median carina of the rostrum appears as a wide obtuse elevation, scarcely separated from the intermediate ones (these being practically absent) ; the sublateral sulci are fairly deep, subcrescentic in shape, and closed at both ends; the scrobes are wide and shallow posteriorly. From above the second joint of funicle appears to be slightly longer than the first, but from the side it is seen to be slightly shorter. Some of the elytral punctures are quite round, but the majority are separated by very irregular zig-zag or vermiculate lines. The carina on the third interstice 1s continued to beyond the middle, and is _ then broken up into from two to four small tubercles; on the fifth interstice the carina on two specimens is shorter and posteriorly broken up into feeble tubercles, but on one specimen it is continued as a feeble regular elevation till it vanishes; on the seventh interstice the carina is short and pesteriorly is represented by from ten to twelve small tubercles; all the tubercles are small, but the most conspicu- ‘ous ones are those on and about the apical slope. LEPTOPS INSULARIS, Nn. sp. Black. Densely clothed with pale scales and setae. Head with inter-ocular fovea narrow and rather deep, but almost concealed before abrasion. Rostrum not very long; median carina narrow and acutely elevated, the inter- mediate ones rather less acutely elevated ; sublateral sulci rather narrow, somewhat dilated, and open _ posteriorly. Antennae moderately thin; second joint of funicle somewhat longer than the first, none of the others transverse. Pro- thorax lightly transverse, * sides evenly rounded, surface vermiculate-rugose. //ytra briefly subovate, at widest fully 345 twice the width of prothorax; with geminate rows of large- punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing; third, fifth, and seventh insterstices gently elevated, the third at base dilated and produced on to base of prothorax. Legs rather long; tibiae lightly denticulate. Length, 11-14. mm. Hab.—North-western Australia: Baudin Island (British Museum and Blackburn’s Collection, from J. J. Walker), De Freycinet and Condillac Islands (British Museum). Type, fl 5652. A non-tuberculate species that in the 1906 table of the genus would be associated with regularis, from which it differs in the comparatively much wider and very differently clothed’ and punctured elytra, etc. In some respects it seemed to agree with the description of Onesorus obesus, but it differs very considerably from a specimen of that species sent by Mr. Arrow for examination. Structurally it is close to hirsutus, but the clothing is very different. The scales are small and round, and on the head, prothorax, under-surface, and legs are white (on some specimens snowy-white, but with a faint silvery gloss); the pronotum appears to have three vague dark stripes, but this is due to the scales there being sparser- than elsewhere; on the elytra the clothing is stramineous, the setae are dense on the appendages, moderately dense on the head and prothorax, and again dense on the elytra, where: they are rather stouter than elsewhere, but do not project upwards, being curved over with their tips almost touching the scales, or actually concealed by them. The second joint of the funicle, even from the side, is seen to be distinctly longer than the first. The clothing of the prothorax partially conceals the sculpture, so that it appears through the scales to be supplied with numerous small granules; but on abrasiow very few of these are seen to be isolated; cn abrasion also a small medio-frontal depression (scarcely traceable before) becomes distinct. The female is larger and wider than the male, with somewhat shorter legs. LEPTOPS VARIEGATUS, HN. sp. Black. Very densely clothed with soft round scales and with numerous setae. Rostrum unusually short, with a narrow median groove ; scrobes rather narrow and deep, posteriorly directed below eyes. Scape short and stout, dilated to apex; first joint of funicle distinctly longer than second, none of the others transverse. Prothkorax subcylindrical, sides feebly rounded, surface vermiculate-rugose. Hlytra suddenly much wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex; with regular rows of partially-concealed punctures; interstices 346 regularly elevated, but the even ones slightly wider than the odd ones. /egs not very long; denticulations of tibiae scarcely traceable through clothing. Length, 13 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type (unique), I. 5655. A non-tuberculate species, with very short rostrum and curious elytral bristles; it would be placed in A in the 1906 table of the genus, but it is not at all close to any species of that group. On the scutellum, under-surface, and legs the geales are whitish and usually with a faint golden gloss; on the upper-surface they are mostly fawn-coloured or light- brown; on the head there are two smoky spots at the base; on the elytra there are some small, irregularly-distributed spots of jet-black scales, on the sides there are some white scales, and on each elytron two oblong snowy spots about the middle, on the third and fifth interstices. On the elytra the setae are at almost right angles to the derm, long, stiff, and coloured the same as the scales amongst which they are set; on the head and prothorax the scales are much shorter. The space on each side of the rostrum, between the scrobe and the median groove, is narrow at the antenna and very much wider at the base, and has a fairly conspicuous oblique groove ; this, however, is not the sublateral sulcus, which is very indistinct and between it and the scrobe. The type being unique and in perfect condition it was not abraded to make sure of the finer sculpture; on close examination the majority of scales on the elytra present an appearance as of grains of maize on a cob, the white scales are of similar size, but the black ones are slightly smaller and resemble jet-black beads. LEPTOPS INERMIS, Nn. sp. Black, some parts obscurely brownish. Densely clothed with soft round scales and with numerous setae. Head with a narrow inter-ocular fovea. Eyes rather more convex than usual. Rostrum not very long, sides rather strongly incurved to middle. Antennae comparatively long and thin; second joint of funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides moderately rounded, median line somewhat obscure; about middle granulate- punctate, towards sides vermiculate. “/ytra cordate-ovate, greatest width almost twice that of prothorax; with geminate rows of large, regular punctures; third, fifth, and seventh interstices, and the suture posteriorly, gently elevated. Legs rather long; front tibiae conspicuously denticulate, the others less noticeably so. Length, 9-10 mm. Hab:—Northern Territory: Batchelor (Gj>F.. Hii ype, T2be5si: 347 : Belongs to A of the 1906 table of the genus. The scales are really very different to those of glaucus, but apart from these it differs from that species in being smaller, rostrum somewhat shorter, scrobes very different, alternate interstices. of elytra less conspicuously elevated, and punctures, etc., different. Its genera! appearance is somewhat hke that of orthodorus or fraterculus, but the elytra are completely devoid of tubercles. On one specimen the legs and elytra are obscurely diluted with red, on the other they are almost or quite black. The scales vary on the two specimens, on one being almost entirely of various shades of pale golden-green ; on the other, on the upper-surface, most of the scales are pale stramineous-brown, but on its under-surface and legs many of its scales are more or less golden-green or golden. The setae are long and thin on the muzzle, legs, and under-surface, rather sparse and stout on the prothorax, and fairly stout but not conspicuous on the elytra, where they are fairly numerous on the even and sparse on the odd interstices. The sculpture of the upper-surface of the rostrum is almost con- cealed by the clothing; a narrow median carina is distinct, but between this and the scrobes the surface appears to be irregularly punctate or granulate and without any conspicu- ous ridges or grooves; the scrobes are very shallow posteriorly, dilated there, and almost touch the lower-half of the eyes. LEPTOPS SUTURALIS, Nn. sp. Black. Very densely clothed with pale-ashen scales, interspersed with numerous stout but not very conspicuous setae. Head with an obtuse swelling near each eye; inter-ocular fovea long and deep. Restrum short and stout, median carina conspicuous from inter-ocular fovea to apical plate; sublateral sulci short, deep, and closed by the obtuse swellings on head; scrobes deep and sinuous, turned upwards alongside of eyes. Antennae short and stout; first joint of funicle about as long as second and third combined, second to seventh all distinctly transverse.- Prothorax almost as long as wide; surface roughly vermiculate, with an interrupted median groove. Slytra elliptic-ovate, base truncate; with rows of large, partially-concealed punctures, regular only on sides; suture, third, fifth, and seventh interstices tuberculate. Length, 12-15 mm. _ Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown); Northern Territory: Barrow Creek (F. R. W. Scott). Type, #25536. Regarding the head as tuberculate, this species, in the 1906 table of the genus, would be associated with concaviceps, 348 but the rostrum is very different; regarding the head as non-tuberculate, it would be associated with horni, also with the rostrum very different. The elytra are much like those of musimon, but on that species the cephalic tubercles are much larger and curved, and the intermediate carinae, sub- lateral sulci, and scrobes are all very different. On each elytron there are some small post-median tubercles on the suture (varying in number from two to five), the larger of which are about the summit of the apical slope; on the third and fifth interstices the tubercles commence at the extreme base (but the basal ones are small); on the seventh they commence near, but not at, the base; altogether there are between twenty-five and thirty on each elytron. LEPTOPS LONGIPES, ND. sp. Black, parts of legs obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with whitish mixed with ashen scales; elytra with numerous short, thin setae, slightly longer on the apical slope than towards the base, denser on legs than elsewhere. Head with a long, but apparently rather shallow, inter- ocular fovea. Rostrum not very long, sides feebly incurved to middle; median carina (if present) not traceable through clothing, sublateral sulci rather deep and narrow; scrobes rather shallow posteriorly, directed towards lower edge of eyes, but then directed upwards. Antennae rather short; first joint ot funicle distinctly longer than second. LProthorax not very wide, sides irregularly rounded, feebly depressed along middle, elsewhere with low vermiculate elevations. Hlytra elongate-ovate, or elliptic; punctures more or less ‘concealed, but evidently of moderate size; with numerous small tubercles. Legs rather long; front tibiae not visibly ‘denticulate; claw-joint unusually long. Length, 16 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Port Augusta (Blackburn’s ‘Collection). Type (unique), I. 5535. In general appearance somewhat like swtwralis, but with the head and rostrum very different. In the 1906 table of the genus it would be associated with horm, from which it differs in being considerably larger, median carina of rostrum ‘scarcely traceable, prothorax much smoother, elytra with more numerous tubercles, but of which there are not two ‘conspicuously larger ones on the suture about summit of apical slope. The setae on the supper-surface, although short, are decidedly thin; on the tarsi and on the under- surface of the tibiae they are much longer, almost hair-like, in fact. There is a greenish lustre on some scales of the antennae and legs. The third, fifth, and seventh interstices 349 have numerous small but distinct tubercles, the rows on the third and fifth terminate near summit of apical slope, the row on the seventh about the middle; in addition, there are numerous small but distinct ones on the suture, and a few still more obtuse ones on the basal third of the second interstice. LEPTOPS LATIPENNIS, Nn. sp. Black. Densely clothed with small, round, elle: muddy- brown (scarcely fawn-coloured) scales; upper-surface with very inconspicuous setae, but CO dense and moderately long on abdomen and legs. Head with inter-ocular fovea small and partly concealed. Rostrum moderately long; median carina distinct but feebly elevated, the grooves on each side feeble; sublateral sulci rather shallow and open posteriorly; scrobes comparatively narrow, at base directed upwards so as to margin the eyes. Antennae of moderate length; joints of the funicle more cylindrical than usual. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides irregularly rounded, with a rather large median exca- vation;. surface roughly vermiculate-tuberculate. Hlytra rather briefly ovate, across middle fully twice the width of prothorax ; with numerous almost regular rows of rather large punctures; suture, third, fifth, seventh, and ninth interstices tuberculate, tubercles eel. but many ‘acutely conical. Legs rather long ; tibiae rather strongly denticulate. Length, 13-15 mm. . Hab.—Australia (Old Collection); Northern Territory: Dalydeiver (G. FE. Hill). “Type; Pv a520. At first glance apparently a member of the group with armed prosternum, but the swellings in front of the front coxae are so extremely feeble that it would be wrong to treat them as armature; the species, therefore, in the 1906 table of the genus would be associated with horni, from which it differs in being considerably larger, rostrum longer and very differently sculptured at sides, and seventh interstice of elytra with a series of small but acute tubercles. In general appear- ance it is somewhat like large specimens of cacozelus, or small ones of parvicornis, but the intermediate carinae of rostrum are not suddenly terminated as on those species. A few of the scales have a golden lustre. The elytral setae are so few in number and so closely resemble the scales that at first they appear to be absent; even on the apical slope they are incon- spicuous. There is a conspicuous pair of conjoined tubercles on the suture near apical slope, and a few feeble ones before same; on the third and fifth interstices the tubercles are largest (but not very large) posteriorly, on the seventh they are largest towards the base, the tubercles on the ninth are 350 very small; there are altogether from twenty to twenty-five on each elytron. LEPTOPS FEROX, Nn. sp. Black, antennae and tips of spines diluted with red. Rather sparsely clothed. Head with inter-ocular fovea very shallow. Rostrum moderately long, upper-surface with five conspicuous carinae ; scrobes deep in front, but vanishing before the middle. Antennae moderately long and thin. Srothoraz mcderately transverse, sides increasing in width from base to near apex and then suddenly narrowed to apex, with a wide median excavation bounded by irregular longitudinal elevations, between this and sides irregularly vermiculate. S/ytra elongate-elliptic, with large punctures and large acute tubercles or spines; apex bimucronate. Legs long; tibiae scarcely visibly denticulate; claw-jomt unusually long. Length, 12 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn! s Collection). Type (unique), 1. 5533. In the 1906 table of the genus would be associated with gladiator and laticollis, from which it differs (besides in many other particulars) in the greater number of its tubercles. I know of no species closely resembling it in general appear- ance. The two large spines terminating the subsutural row almost meet at their bases, but nevertheless could hardly be regarded as ‘‘on’’ the suture; their position is practically that of the end ones on the third interstice, but that interstice, cwing to the large size of the tubercles and the punctures is not easily made out. On the type, scales are dense only ow | the antennae, tibiae, and tarsi, @) elsewhere they are decidedly scarce; on the legs, muzzle, and under-surface there are numerous pale setae: the inequalities of the elytra were filled with 4 reddish kind of greasy meal, but on soaking the specimen for some time in chloroform most of this disap- peared. The five rcestral carinae are of almost exactly the same length and elevation, and parallel almost throughout, the median one is joined to the apical plate, the two on each side are joined together in front, but not behind; consequence the sublateral sulcus, which they margin, is very narrow and open posteriorly. The elytral punctures are large, but the rows are considerably affected by the tubercles ; in turn, it is difficult to define the interstices the tubercles should be regarded as being on; those on each elytron are in (21) Their presence there would appear to indicate that the other parts of the body and appendages have not been considerably abraded. 351 two conspicuous rows, commencing near the base and ter- minating near summit of apical slope, six In the inner and five in the outer row, of these the smallest 1s humeral; there is also a small but ‘subconical tubercle half-way down the apical slope. POLYPHRADES LONGIPENNIS, Pasc. This is an abundant and widely distributed species in South Australia, and varies considerably in size (6-11 mm.) ; its scales are usually ashen-grey, but vary to ashen-green, and even to ruddy-golden; the elytra with the fifth and seventh interstices conjoined posteriorly so as to become costate to apex, is its most distinctive (although not unique) feature. POLYPHRADES RUGULOSUS, Blackb., Q. Cherrus longulus, Blackb., ¢. The types are in the South Australian Museum, and undoubtedly belong to but one species, of which ruqgulosus is the female and Jongulus the male, although the latter was referred to Cherrus on account of the rather long scape: of the same length, however, as im rugulosus, which was described as a “‘typical’ Polyphrades. It belongs to a group of species that might be referred to either Polyphrades or Cherrus; but perhaps are preferably regarded as of the former. In addition to the type localities, specimens have been taken at Kalgoorlie and Boorabbin. POLYPHRADES pictus, Blackb. In his table of Polyphrades, ‘2) Blackburn distinguished pictus and biplagiatus from the other species by ‘‘head very conspicuously strigose longitudinally’’—a character he did not mention in the description. In 4iplagiatus, even before abrasion, the head is seen to be quite strongly strigose; but on five co-types of pictus the striation was not conspicuous before abrasion, although where the scales were intentionally removed it was very evident. POLYPHRADES ROSTRALIS, Blackb. Two specimens from Paringa differ from some co-types of this species in having the clothing on the head and on the sides of prothorax and elytra metallic; on one specimen there are some brilliant green scales, forming a conspicuous line from apex of prothorax to apex of elytra, the scales between this line and the margins are more of an ashen-green. On the second specimen most of the scales are golden-green or (22) Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1893, pp. 282, 283. 352 golden, many on the sides being brilliantly metallic; on the upper part of its elytra, however, there are many obscure patches of chocolate-brown scales. PoOLYPHRADES FORTIS, Blackb. There are nine specimens before me (varying in length from 10 to 16 mm.) that evidently belong to this species, which appears to be a singularly easily abraded one, as six of them have the upper-surface almost entirely g elabrous, on the elytra a few scales remaining only on the sides and apex. A specimen in perfect condition has the whole of the upper- surface closely covered with small round ashen scales, but with a slight metallic gloss in places; on the apical slope of its elytra there are some short setae (even these are missing from the other specimens), and the sides for the space of three interstices (as on the type) are densely clothed with pale scales. The other two specimens are too dirty for their clothing to be noted. The type was from Victoria, those before me from Murat and Streaky Bays and Norseman. A specimen from Kuminin (W estern Australia) probably also belongs to the species; its clothing is much as on the perfect specimen, but the five rostral carinae are much less conspicuously elevated and shorter (they vary, however, on the nine specimens), and many of the elytral punctures are transversely connected, the connecting depressions often extending across three or even more interstices; on two of the other specimens, however, there is an evident tendency to this structure, but on most of them the punctures are completely isolated. POLYPHRADES UNIFORMIS, Lea. Some specimens from Mullewa and Geraldton of this species are more conspicuously variegated than the types; they have three vaguely infuscated lines on the prothorax ; on the elytra there are numerous patches of golden-red scales set amongst sooty-brown ones, on others the paler spots are of a dingy greyish-white. One specimen from Coolgardie at first glance appears to have very dingy scales on the elytra, but on close examination they are seen to be of a beautiful golden-rose colour on the upper-surface, changing to pale golden-green on the sides. PoLYPHRADES LATUS, Lea. Four specimens from the Stewart River (Queensland) differ from the types in being much smaller (4-5 mm.). 5 Fs) POLYPHRADES GRANICOLLIS, Lea. Some specimens of this species (from Mount Lofty and Port Lincoln) are very small (ranging down to 3 mm.), and three of these from Mount Lofty have the elytral setae less depressed than usual; others are slightly larger than the types. In general appearance the species is fairly close to pictus, except that the average specimen is less brightly coloured, but on abrasion the head is seen to be non-strigose, except to a slight extent in the immediate vicinity of the eyes. POLYPHRADES BASALIS, N. sp. Black, appendages in parts obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with light-brown scales, paler on sides and about base of elytra than on disc, under-surface of body and of legs with white scales; with fairly numerous setae, becom- ing dense (but depressed) on elytra. Rostrum very short and wide, on an almost even plane with head, and scarcely depressed and non-carinated along middle, inter-antennary space very wide; apical plate short, notched in front. Scape stout, short, and lightly curved; basal joint of funicle almost as long as second and third combined, fourth to seventh transverse. Prothorax almost twice as wide as long, sides gently rounded ; with small dense granules, readily traceable before abrasion. JMlytra subovate, sides rather strongly rounded, suddenly narrowed at base; with regular rows of large, deep punctures, appearing small through clothing. Tzbzae lightly denticulate; claws not quite even. Length, 6-64 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (H. Wesselman). ype ml Doo 1: | In general appearance fairly close to females of basirostris, but space between scrobes much greater, eyes less convex, and base of rostrum and of elytra different; the much wider space between the scrobes also distinguishes the species from collaris and ampliatus. On the front of the rostrum and on parts of the legs the scales have a more or less golden lustre; there are some small patches of sooty- brown scales on the sides of the elytra. From some directions the rostrum is seen to have a small glabrous triangle, but it is not conspicuously elevated above the adjacent parts and is not joined to a median carina; seen directly from in front or behind its triangular shape is not at all evident, whereas on most species the apical triangle is quite conspicuous from any point of view. The two specimens before me are probably females. A specimen from East Kimberley (Inspector Stephens) appears to belong to this species, but differs in being smaller M 354 (43 mm.), clothing entirely ashen, and elytral setae rather more conspicuous. POLYPHRADES PLANIPENNIS, 0. sp. Black, parts of appendages very obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with ashen scales, darker on the upper- surface than on the under-surface; with dense setae. Rostrum short and wide, on an even plane with front of — head, with a narrow median line, inter-antennary space very wide and obliquely dilated to eyes; apical plate triangular and densely punctate. Scape stout; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, third to seventh trans- verse. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded; with small dense granules almost concealed before abrasion. Llytra very wide, more than half of their surface flat, base conjointly rather lightly arcuate, shoulders strongly rounded, widest near base; with rows of large, quadrate punctures, appearing much smaller, but in distinct striae, before abrasion. Tvbiae finely denticulate; claws almost equal, separated for about half chee length. Length, 62-7 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Tennant Creek (J. F. Field). Pype, 1h.95809: The very wide rostrum, not distinctly separated at base from head and very wide between the scrobes, strongly and evenly rounded sides of prothorax, and very wide elytra, will in combination readily distinguish this species from the other Northern Territory ones. Its general appearance is some- ‘ what lke that of latus, but the rostrum is very different. Tumidulus, which also has the rostrum and front of head on an even plane, is a strikingly different species. The setae are everywhere dense, on the prothorax they are mostly directed towards the middle, on the elytra, in conjunction with the dense clothing on the interstices, they give the surface a striped appearance. The discal portion of the elytra is unusually wide and flat. POLYPHRADES DURIUSCULUS, Nn. sp. Black, tarsi obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, feebly variegated in places, and mixed with numerous stout setae. Eyes almost circular and rather prominent. Rostrum rather short and wide, feebly depressed along middle, inter- antennary space conspicuously narrowed to middle, where the width is about equal to that of an eye; apical triangle distinctly elevated and punctate. Scape rather short, lightly curved; basal joint of funicle not very long, slightly longer 355 than second, second feebly, the others rather strongly trans- verse. Protheres moderately transverse, sides moderately, base and apex lightly rounded; with dense round granules, very distinct after but not before abrasion. Elytra elongate- subcordate, not much wider than prothorax, widest about middle ; ie regular rows of large round punctures, appear- ing very small but in distinct striae before abrasion. Legs rather short and stout; claws short, equal, separated from about the middle. Length, 5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 5810. A rough-looking species, larger than parvis, inter-anten- nary space more narrowed posteriorly, antennae stouter, - prothorax less rounded, and clothing rougher. Considerably narrower than /atws, prothoracic granules not conspicuous before abrasion, and their setae stouter and more depressed ; the elytral setae are also decidedly less numerous than on that species. The clothing is so dense that the inter-ocular sculp- ture is entirely concealed, but a small portion has been abraded near an eye, and is seen to be rather strongly obliquely strigose; the prothoracic granules are scarcely trace- able through the clothing, although each is supplied with a stout seta. There are some feeble pale spots of scales at the base of elytra, between eyes, and on the legs, and still more feeble spots on the pronotum; the setae are stout, Ok all more or less decumbent. POLYPHRADES MAESTUS, 0. sp. g. Black, parts of appendages obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with muddy-brown, feebly-variegated scales, becoming ashen on under-surface ; moderately densely but rather inconspicuously setose. Hyes rather large and ovate. _Rostrum moderately long, tricarinate, median carina narrow and conspicuously joined to a conspicuous and almost impunctate apical triangle. Scape stout and almost straight; first joint of funicle slightly longer than second and third combined, second slightly longer than third, the following ones lightly transverse. Prothorax rather lightly transverse, sides moderately and evenly rounded; granules dense, round, and _ distinct before abrasion. lytra moderately long, base conjointly lightly arcuate, widest at about basal third; with regular rows of large, suboblong punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, but striation deep and distinct. Legs moderately long; tibiae distinctly denticulate; claws short, equal, and separated only near apex. Length (¢, 9), 63-8 mm. M2 356 Q. Differs in having wider elytra, basal segment. of abdomen distinctly convex (instead of flat in middle), and appendages somewhat shorter. : Hab.—South Australia: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerhardt and A» MoCiea). “Type, Time it Belongs to a group of closely-allied species, distinguish- able mostly by characters of the rostrum and elytra. The intermediate carinae of the rostrum, which are partially con- cealed by the clothing, slightly converge towards the base; in fulvus they diverge towards the base; there are also slight differences in the base of elytra, in the clothing, etc. From nanus it differs in the base of prothorax and elytra, in the ~ much sparser elytral setae, etc. Purctus has the inter-anten- nary space decidedly narrower, scape shorter and more curved, and elytral setae different. N2trdilabris is a somewhat wider species, with median carina of rostrum apparently absent and with dense elytral setae; on the present species the setae are never more than in three rows on an interstice, and in places are in but one or two, they are also more depressed and inconspicuous. Some of the scales on the under-surface and legs have a golden or rosy gloss, especially in the males. Seen directly from the side the rostrum appears to be depressed at its junction with the head, although without a conspicuously impresed line as on some species of the genus. POLYPHRADES HALMATURINUS, Ni. sp. 3. Black, appendages more or less red. Closely covered with obscurely mottled brown and ashen scales, becoming more or less metallic on under-surface; rather sparsely setose. Eyes fairly large and ovate. Rostrum moderately long, tricarinate, the sublateral ones slightly converging hindwards but not extending to base, median one narrow and distinct, joined to a conspicuous apical triangle. Antennae compara- tively thin; first joint of funicle as long as second and third combined, second as long as third and fourth combined, fourth to seventh transverse. Prothorax moderately trans- verse, sides strongly and evenly rounded; densely granulate and punctate. Llytra briefly subovate, sides strongly rounded and widest across basal third; with regular rows of large, subquadrate punctures, appearing small and in narrow striae through clothing. Legs moderately long; claws short, equal, and separated near the tip only. Length, 34-3? mm. Q. Differs in having the prothorax slightly longer, elytra distinctly wider, two basal segments of abdomen rather strongly convex (instead of the first flat in middle and the second gently convex), and the appendages shorter. oof Hab.—South Anstralia: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, 1. 5812. . A small species, slightly larger than the average size of laetus, with slightly stouter antennae, and the inter- antennary space distinctly wider; the clothing is also not the same (although the markings of /aetus are very variable). From very small specimens of granicollis it is distinguished by its narrower form, thinner antennae, and differently- sculptured prothorax. Jnconspicuus is a more coarsely- sculptured species, with stouter and darker antennae, etc. ; all the other small species differ from it In many respects. - The scales on the upper-surface are mostly of a rather dingy- brown, obscurely mottled with ashen spots, but on some specimens many of the scales have a slight golden or golden- green gloss; on the under-surface most of the scales are golden or golden-green. At first glance the upper-surface appears to be without setae, but on close examination one or ‘two irregular rows may be traced on each elytral interstice. ‘The prothoracic granules are not conspicuous before abrasion, and even after the scales have been removed they are seen to be all more or less conjoined, with numerous intervening ‘punctures. Where I have abraded the head it is seen to be sparsely punctate and non-striate. POLYPHRADES MACROPS, 0. Sp. Black, some parts obscurely diluted with red, appendages flavous, in parts lightly infuscated. Upper-surface densely clothed with scales, and with thin but suberect setae; under- ‘surface almost glabrous. Hyes unusually large and almost circular. Rostrum rather short and ‘parallel-sided, inter-antennary space without traceable carinae, apical plate semi-circular. Scape compara- ‘tively long and thin, lightly curved; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, the first stout, third to seventh thin but transverse; club “briefly ovate. Prothoraxz moderately transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded, with dense granules traceable through clothing. Zlytra distinctly wider ‘than prothorax at base, sides feebly rounded to beyond the middle, and then strongly narrowed to apex, with regular rows of large punctures, appearing very small through cloth- ‘ing. Femora stout; claws notched at tip. Length, 24 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Mount Gambier; Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 5613. In general appearance like a small Mandalotus, but claws soldered together except at the tip. The eyes are consider- ably larger (in proportion, fully twice as large as in laetus) than in any other described species of the genus, and this 308 character alone will readily distinguish it from all the others ;. they are almost perfectly circular in outline, but from above. appear rather narrowly elliptic, and at the base are more © than twice as far apart as at the apex. The scape is almost as long as the funicle and club combined. Both’ specimens at first appear to be uniformly covered with muddy-looking scales, but on the Mount Gambier specimen, in certain lights, many of them appear conspicuously golden or golden-red. STENOCORYNUS LEPIDURUS, Ni. sp. Black, appendages more or less obscurely reddish. Irregularly clothed with more or less muddy-brown scales, on the legs mixed with numerous setae. Head with small punctures between eyes; inter-ocular fovea suboblong and fairly large. Rostrum almost twice as. long as wide, with a conspicuous median carina, on each side of which is a deep groove; sublateral sulci deep and sub- crescentic in form. Scape about as long as four following joints combined ; two basal joints of fale rather long, none: of the others transverse. Prothoras rather lightly transverse in male, widely so in female, with an irregular transverse subbasal impression; surface irregularly vermiculate; front margin’ conspicuously incurved behind each eye, and lightly in middle. Scutellum minute. K/ytra not,much wider than prothorax at base, sides dilated to beyond the middle; with somewhat irregular rows of large, round, deep punctures, a few about base transversely confluent; third interstice rather: lightly elevated, sixth still more hghtly. Length, 10-13 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd and H. Hacker). Type, I. 5627. On the pronotum and most of the elytra the clothing is’ rather sparse, but on the apical slope of the latter it is unusually dense, and this does not appear to be due to abrasion elsewhere, as it is alike on the three specimens before me (two of which were taken 7m cop. by Mr. Hacker). The eyes are narrower and the elytral punctures much coarser’ than on any other species of the genus. ONESORUS CONIFER, Lea. A specimen from Northern Queensland differs from the: type in having the humeral tubercle less conspicuous, but otherwise agrees well with it. ONESORUS ARMIPENNIS, n. sp. Reddish-brown, in places almost black. Densely clothed with variegated scales, interspersed with numerous stout and more or less decumbent setae. ang wo Head with an obtuse elevation close to each eye. Eyes -elongate-ovate. Rostrum short and stout; median carina distinct in middle, commencing at a narrow inter-ocular fovea, and not joined to apical plate; sublateral sulci narrow and oblique, open in front but closed posteriorly. Antennae stout; scape about the length of four following joints; two basal joints of funicle moderately long and subequal, the four apical ones transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse; sur- ‘face vermiculate and coarsely punctate; with a distinct median line. Scutellum absent. EHlytra short, much wider than prothorax, with rows of very large punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, especially posteriorly ; fourth, seventh, and tenth Hitierstieee elevated, the tenth with a conspicuous, subconical, humeral tubercle. Claws distinctly but not widely separated from about their middle. Length, 8-9 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Stewart River (W. D. Dodd). Type, I. 5650. In general appearance somewhat lke Leptops frontalis, but very different between the eyes and with the shoulders ‘tuberculate. The claws are close together on their basal half, but could scarcely be considered to be soldered together as in Zymaus. ‘The colour of the derm is variable, and although on the two typical specimens is more or less reddish, on the ‘variety noted below it is almost entirely black. The scales are mostly whitish, often with a silvery lustre, but change in ‘places to a rather light-brown or slaty-grey, verging to ochreous: on each elytron, however, there is a conspicuous ‘patch of black scales, commencing suddenly at about one- fourth from base and extending about half-way to the apex ‘on the eighth and ninth interstices. The sculpture of the ‘rostrum is distinct, although the clothing is dense; between each median groove and sublateral sulcus there is an elevation ‘that commences rather widely at the subtubercular elevation and runs out to a sharp point, slightly in advance of the ‘median carina; as a result, the rostrum across the middle has ‘five conspicuously-elevated lines, at the extreme base two obtuse ones, and in front two obtuse ones. The elevated. interstices on the elytra appear to be slightly undulating in height, but this is principally due to the alteration in colour of their clothing. Another specimen from the Stewart River differs in being larger (12 mm.), clothing much dingier, elytra without the conspicuous black patches, setae rather longer and more humerous, and inter-ocular carina larger and wider, without an obtuse tubercle between it and each eye. 36 S ONESORUS VERMICOLLIS, n. sp. Black, some parts obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with scales of various shades of slaty-grey and brown, mixed with setae. Head with an obtuse swelling near each eye. Eyes elongate-ovate. Rostrum stout; median carina rather feeble, but traceable from a rather narrow inter-ocular fovea to apical triangle; sublateral sulci slightly open in front, but closed posteriorly. Antennae stout; scape very little shorter than funicle; two basal joints of funicle moderately long and subequal, four apical joints transverse. Prothorax strongly transverse, with coarse vermiculate sculpture and large irregular punctures, median line rather feeble. Sewtellum apparently absent. Slytra short and broad, with ‘rows of very large punctures, appearing much smaller through cloth- ing; fourth, seventh, and tenth interstices elevated, the fourth very conspicuously so about summit of apical slope. Claws free throughout. Length, 8 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Coen River-(W. D. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 5663. In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding species, but with claws quite free and shoulders non-tubercu- late. The scape is almost as long as the funicle, a character which will readily distinguish it from pullatus, in which it is no longer than the three basal joints of same. In macu- losus the scape, although longer than on pullatus, is distinctly shorter than the funicle; that species also differs in having no joints of the funicle transverse, thinner and differently- sculptured rostrum, and prothorax with much smaller punctures. The clothing, as with other species of the genus, is probably variable; on the type the lower parts and legs are mostly clothed with paler scales, on the upper parts the scales are mostly of a rather dark-brown, becoming almost black in places, but on the elevated parts rather conspicuously variegated. The setae on the antennae and legs are dense and very distinct, but on the upper parts they are much sparser, stouter, and clesely resemble the scales amongst which they are placed. ONESORUS OCULARIS, 0. sp. Black, in parts more or less obscurely diluted with red, appendages almost entirely reddish. Densely clothed. Head wide and gently convex between eyes; these very conspicuous. Rostrum wide, upper-surface flat and non-- carinate, with a narrow median groove vaguely traceable on to front of head; sublateral sulci entirely absent; scrobes short, rather abruptly terminated. Scape about as long as 361 the four following joints combined ; two basal joints of funicle moderately long, the second slightly longer than first, none of the others transverse. Prothorax fully twice as wide as the median length, sculpture partially concealed. Llytra briefly ovate, shoulders and sides strongly rounded, across middle fully twice the width of prothorax; with rows of large deep punctures close together, but appearing much smaller through clothing; fourth, seventh, and tenth interstices rather lightly elevated. Claw-joint long, with free claws. Length, 8-10 mm. Hab.—North-western Australia (C. French), Derby (W. Dy Doda Type, 1. 5666. The clothing appears to be variable, but is in perfect condition on only one of the four specimens before me; on that specimen it is mostly of a greyish-white, but on the upper parts of the elytra becoming of a mottled light-brown, the mottling more conspicuous on the elevated parts than elsewhere ; the setae are dense, and distinct only on the tibiae and muzzle; on the second specimen the clothing is mostly of a dingy-brown, with two rather wide, vague, paler stripes on the elytra, extending from the base almost to the apex; on the third specimen the clothing is almost entirely of a dingy- white; the fourth specimen is very badly abraded. The eyes are very peculiar; when viewed from above they appear to be subangular in the middle; from the side the front edge is seen to be rounded and the hind one incurved, as a result the top portion is much wider than the other portions; the hind margin also appears to be carinated, but this is somewhat obscured before some of the clothing has been removed. On abrasion the head: and rostrum are seen to be closely covered with punctures, those on the latter more or less obliquely confluent. The prothorax appears to be closely and irregu- larly punctate, but on abrasion is seen to be closely covered with net-like elevations, enclosing large irregular punctures. Three of the specimens have a small but distinct scutellum, but on the fourth it is not traceable. ONESORUS PULLATUS, Nn. sp. Black, in places obscurely diluted with red. Densely clothed with somewhat variegated scales, mixed with setae, the latter stout and rather inconspicuous on upper-surface, but denser and longer on tibiae. Head rather strongly convex between eyes; these briefly ovate. Rostrum short, sculpture more or less concealed by clothing. Scape stout, not as long as the three following joints combined ; second joint of funicle slightly longer than 362 first, none of the others transverse. Prothorax almost twice: as wide as the median length; surface with vermiculate but partially-concealed sculpture, median line distinct. Sewtel- lum triangular and distinct. Slytra briefly ovate, shoulders and sides strongly rounded; with regular rows of very large punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing; fourth, seventh, and tenth interstices rather lightly elevated. Claw- joint long and thin and with free claws. Length, 6-8 mm. Hab.—Northern Territory: Daly River (H. Wesselman). Type, I. 5664. In general appearance somewhat like the preceding species, but with very different eyes and shorter scape; the latter is quite unusually short, being scarcely as long as the three basal joints of funicle combined. In general appear- ance it is fairly close to a Queensland species identified by Blackburn, with doubt, as candidus, but differs in having the prothorax and elytra much wider, the latter more abruptly increasing in width near the base, and with scape distinctly shorter. The clothing is not exactly the same on any two of the five specimens in the Museum; on the type it is mostly ashen-grey with a smoky spot behind each eye, three smoky longitudinal stripes on prothorax, the elytra irregularly spotted and striped with smoky-brown and stramineous, and the femora obscurely ringed; on the second specimen the darker spots and patches on the upper-surface are very con- fusedly arranged; on the three others the clothing is mostly. of a uniform dingy-stramineous, with three obscure stripes on prothorax and three or four on elytra; on one of them the clothing on the suture is paler than on the adjacent parts; on the others the somewhat darker scales are not inter- rupted by the suture; the other stripe on each elytron is on the eighth and ninth interstices (and sometimes on part of the adjacent ones) for the greater portion of their length. To the naked eye (as on the type of the preceding species) some of the elevated parts have a regularly-spotted appearance. The apparent sculpture of the rostrum depends to a certain extent on the density of the scales; on the type it appears to be grooved and non-carinate along the middle, with the sub- lateral sulci fairly distinct; on another it appears feebly carinated along the middle, and with the sublateral sulci absent. ONESORUS ALBATUS, 0. Sp. Black, some parts of appendages obscurely diluted with red. Densely but irregularly clothed with snowy-white scales; the under-surface, appendages, and muzzle with rather dense setae. 363 Head rather strongly convex between eyes; these ovate. Rostrum rather long for the genus, with a conspicuous median carina from a rather feeble inter-ocular fovea to the feebly- defined apical triangle; sublateral sulci rather elongate and partially concealed; scrobes feebly sinuous, directed towards lower third of eyes. Antennae comparatively long and thin; scape about the length of five following joints combined; first joint of funicle slightly longer than second, the others gradually decreasing in length, but none transverse. Pro- thorax somewhat transverse, front margin somewhat sinuous; - surface irregularly sculptured. Alytra briefly ovate, about twice the width of prothorax, surface very irregular. Legs comparatively long and thin; claw-joimt long and thin, claws rather feebly separated from about the middle. Length, 10 mm. Hfab.—South Australia: Yunta (— Bunkitt). Type (unique), I. 5839. The rostrum is longer than in other species of the genus, and but for the claws the present one probably would have been referred to Leptops. The type is possibly somewhat abraded, but probably not. The snowy scales on the under- surface, rostrum, and legs (except that in places the setae are denser than elsewhere) are dense and almost regular, on the prothorax they are dense on the sides and form an irregular stripe on each side of the middle; on the elytra they are dense in places, notably on the median third of the fourth interstice and on parts of the seventh, but in places they are very sparse or wanting; the elytra are without setae, except for a few on the apical slope. The sculpture of the prothorax appears to consist of irregular transverse or oblique eleva- tions, each crowned with a row of punctures or granules, but where the scales are sparse the surface is very irregular. The scutellum appears to be absent. The elytra have somewhat irregular rows of large punctures, the majority of which are more or less obscured by scales, the suture is somewhat elevated posteriorly and has small granules throughout, and granules are rather numerous on the basal third; about the middle of each elytron there is a very irregular impression (these at first appear to be accidental, but as they are much alike on the two sides presumably they are normal). ONESORUS TARSALIS, n. sp. Reddish-castaneous, some parts darker. Clothed with snowy-white scales, on the legs mixed with dense fine setae. Head gently convex between eyes, these rather briefly ovate; inter-ocular fovea narrow. Rostrum moderately long, 364 median carina rather feeble and inconspicuously joined to apical triangle; sublateral sulci partially concealed. Scape about the length of four following joints combined; first joint of funicle slightly shorter than second, none of the others trans- verse. Prothorax almost twice as wide as the median length, surface irregular and with two irregular transverse impressions... Scutellum absent. Hlytra subovate, sides rather strongly rounded, with regular rows of large, deep punctures, partially concealed in places; fourth, seventh, and tenth interstices somewhat elevated. Legs comparatively long and thin; claw-joint unusually long and thin, claws conspicuously separated throughout. Length, 9 mm. Hab.—Central Australia: Finke River (Captain 8. A. White). Type (unique), I. 5840. The claw-joint 1s thinner and about twice the length of that of maculosus, but there are many other differences. The type is probably somewhat abraded; on the under-surface, legs, and sides the scales are dense and uniform, except that in places some of them have a silvery lustre; on the prothorax they are condensed into four irregular stripes (causing an _appearance as of three conspicuous dark intervening stripes), on the elytra they are very irregularly distributed, and the apical slope has a curious transversely spotted appearance. Following is a table of the species known to me :— A. eaten conspicuously armed. . No joints of funicle transverse sick ani, CONTE CTE ae Some joints transverse Se my . armipennis AA. Shoulders unarmed. B. Claws not separated throughout ... . albatus BB. Claws separated throughout. ; C. Eyes apparently carinated a .. ocularis CC. Eves not carinated. D. Each elytron without three conspicu- ously elevated interstices. b. Hind tibiae with a few small but con- spicuous teeth a hoplocnemus bb. Hind tibiae at most minutely denticulate .. squamosus DD. Each elvtron with three > conspicuously elevated interstices. E. Three apical joints of funicle trans- oy verse .. .. vermicollis EE. No joints of funicle ‘transverse. F. Scutellum distinct and occupying a basal notch in elytra .. pullatus FF. Scutellum indistinct and elytra without a notch for same. G. Fully three-fourths of front claw joint projecting beyond lobes of third . tarsalis GG. Searcely more than half pro- jecting ... toe a -. maculosus 365 I have only been able to include one of the original species in the table; of the.others, I have seen a co-type of obesus; in size, shape, and general appearance it is fairly close to sguamosus, but its elytral punctures are quite twice as large as those of that species. O. tigrmus (from ‘“* ‘Australia’’) is perhaps nearer pullatus than any other species, but the description of its elytral clothing and tibial setae are at variance with the five specimens of pullatus under examination. O. candidus (also from ‘‘Australia’’) is very briefly described, but short as the description is I have seen nothing that will fit it; a Queensland species, close to maculosus, was doubtfully identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn as candi- dus, but differs from the description in several particulars, and it was considered not advisable to include it in the table. ATERPUS FOVEIPENNIS, Lea; var. BIFOVEIFRONS, n. var. A recently-obtained specimen possibly represents a variety of this species. It differs from the type in being slightly larger (11 mm.), with the upper-surface (except far a few of ie elytral foveae) quite as densely clothed as the under. Rostrum somewhat irregularly impressed in frent. Prothorax with more conspicuous setae, punctures much smaller (at least, apparently so), and with a curious, small, shining, pear-shaped fovea on each side of the apex, immediately in a line with the middle of the eye. Elytra with third and fifth interstices much more distinctly elevated and nowhere subtuberculate. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type Sie var... 1 2726. MERIPHERELLUS ee ee n. sp. Chocolate-brown, restrum, antennae (the club black) and legs (hind femora dark near, but not at, apex) flavous. With white scales between eyes, on prothorax, apex of elytra, and on under-surface. , Head with.dense punctures. Eyes large, coarsely faceted, separated slightly more than half the width of base of rostrum. Rostrum moderately long, somewhat curved, dilated at apex; with rows of rather small punctures. Antennae thin, inserted about one-fifth from apex of rostrum ; scape almost as long as funicle and club combined; first joint of funicle stouter and longer than second; club moderately long. Prothorar small, almost twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly rounded, base much wider than apex; with 366 dense punctures, in places concealed. Slytra scarcely once and one half as long as wide, much wider than prothorax, widest across shoulders, with rows of large punctures in rather deep striae; interstices each with a row of punctures. Legs long; femora stout, front lightly, middle moderately, hind strongly and acutely dentate; tibiae thin; front tarsi wide, flat, and fringed with long hairs; basal joint elongate- triangular, longer than the two following combined; second rather strongly dilated, with the apex notched; third cleft almost to base, with the lobes divergent; fourth rather small. Length, 14 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). ypey Le 212i: It was with some doubt that this species was referred to Jferipherellus, as its front tarsi are very different to those of apicalis. They are, in fact, very peculiar, but may be sexually variable; the type appears to be a male. The white scales are as described, but the type shows traces of abrasion. From some directions parts of the elytral interstices appear to be ridged, so that there they appear to be much narrower than the seriate punctures. MIcRAONYCHUS RUFIMANUS, Nl. sp. Reddish-brown, in places almost black; most of rostrum, scape, part of funicle and tarsi more or Jess reddish. Moderately densely clothed with pale, greenish-blue or bluish- green scales, in places with a slight coppery gloss. Rostrum long, thin, and shining; punctures concealed about base, near same small but distinct, elsewhere minute. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides gently rounded, base not much wider than apex; punctures partially concealed. Hlytra slightly wider, than prothorax, sides very feebly decreasing in width from shoulders, with regular rows of large, clearly-defined punctures. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). Wipe, fF 1887: A beautiful species, readily distinguished from all others of the genus by its red tarsi. On the front of the prothorax, head, and base of rostrum the scales are mostly smaller than elsewhere, and with a faint coppery lustre; on the prothorax of one specimen there is a distinct median line of scales, but on another the line is not so evident. On the elytra the scales are rather large, and appear in a single row on each interstice, and many of them have a washed-out look. On the under-surface, however, the green is very evident. 367 MICRAONYCHUS CINERASCENS, DN. Sp. Dark piceous-brown, rostrum and parts of antennae and of legs reddish or diluted with red. Densely clothed with round, obscurely whitish scales, interspersed with numerous scoty ones; but the sooty ones rather sparse on legs and almost absent from under-surface. Head with punctures entirely concealed. Rostrum Tats. thin, and lightly curved, with small punctures concealed only Bhat extreme base. /rothorax moderately transverse, base not much wider than apex; punctures dense and normally — concealed. Llytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel- sided to near apex; with rows of more or less quadrate, deep ~punctures, close together, but frequently concealed. Length, 23-3 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln, Kangaroo Island (A. M. lea). Type, I. 2088. At a glance apparently belonging to M/isophrice and with the general appearance of argentata and ailternata; but with a distinct pectoral canal, which extends to the abdomen, although becoming very shallow posteriorly. There are numerous subdepressed setae (distinctly visible from the sides only) amongst the elytral scales. BRENTHIDAE. KUPSALIS PICTIPENNIS, Nn. sp. Pl. xxx ewer 3. Bright castaneous, some parts narrowly darker, elytra with elongate flavous spots or vittae. Head, from slightly in advance of eyes to insertion of antennae, irregularly excavated and very uneven; mandibles bifid or tritid at tips, internally with several small tubercles. Antennae with joints more or less cylindrical, the eleventh elongate. Prothoraz smooth, with a few minutely setiferous punctures at sides, sides rather strongly dilated to beyond the middle and then abruptly narrowed at base, a transverse line parallel with the «base, the space between longitudinally rugose. Hlytra slightly narrower than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex; with regular deep striae, mostly suddenly terminating near apex, the striae mostly with deep and large punctures, but becoming smaller towards suture, sides, and apex; interstices impunctate or almost so. Femora stout, finely and acutely dentate; tibiae notched for reception of tarsi; true fourth joint of tarsi small, but quite distinct between lobes of third. Length (including mandibles), 17-19 mm. 368 @. Differs in having two small foveae between eyes and antennae, rostrum long, thin, cylindrical, and with minute mandibles, prothorax slightly narrower, elytra and abdomen slightly wider and legs slightly shorter. Hab.—Queensland: Claudie River, several specimens cut out of an old log (J. A. Kershaw). Types in National Museum. The male differs from the male of promissus in being larger, in having the head considerably wider between eyes and insertion of antennae, and the space there largely exca- vated, without a process projecting obliquely backwards on each side between an antenna and eye, the joints of the antennae more cylindrical, and the elytra with rows of large punctures in regular striae. The female differs from the female of that species also in being without the lateral pro- cesses on the head, and by the elytral punctures and striae being as in its own male. The markings are also different; on some specimens they are more conspicuous than on others, but they appear to be always in the same positions on each elytron as follows:—A long one on the third interstice start- ing from the base, one on the fourth starting from near the apex of the one on the third, one on the eighth from the base to near the middle, a small one on the fifth at the base, one on the sixth at the basal fourth, one on the third near apex, and a transverse cluster on the third to sixth (looking like an irregular interrupted fascia) ; the ninth interstice also is sometimes pale throughout. The pale parts of the inter- stices are usually wider than the adjacent parts. ' EUPSALIS PROMISSUS, Pasc. Recorded by Pascoe originally from Batchian. I have previously recorded the species from the Northern Territory, but without quoting the original reference, which is:—Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. x. (Ser. 4), 1872, p. 323, pl. xv., fig. 8. The species also occurs in Queensland (Endeavour River). The length and mandibles of the Australian speci- mens vary as described in the original ones. CERAMBYCIDAE. URACANTHUS and allied Genera. The Uracanthides formed Group xxii. of Lacordaire (VIIT.—388), and were by him divided into two sections ; the first containing Scolecobrotus, Uracanthus, and Aethiora, and the second Rhinophthalmus; with the latter I am not now concerned. To the first group Pascoe added Emenica, so that at the present time it contains four genera, and these may 369° be tabulated (using their authors’ diagnostic characters) as follows :— Antennae composed of twelve joints (25) ... .. Scolecobrotus Antennae composed of eleven joints. First joint of antennae long and thin, sides of prothorax straight Aethiora (24) First joint of normal length, sides not str aight. Elytra with apices rounded (25) son .. Hmenica Elytra with apices armed ... Bi .. Uvracanthus URACANTHUS GIGAS, 0. sp. n 3. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely clothed with short ashen pubescence, denser and somewhat longer on head, prothorax (where it is slightly curly), scutellum, and sterna than elsewhere. Head with small and large punctures intermingled on elypeus, clypeal suture partially concealed by clothing; muzzle of moderate length. Antennae with at least two joints passing elytra, fifth to tenth joints obliquely produced to one side at apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth, and about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax about as long as the basal width, sides bisinuate and rounded in middle; disc uneven, becoming corrugated towards sides and in front. Hlytra moderately wide at base, sides regularly decreasing in width posteriorly, each widely emarginate and strongly bidentate at apex; each with three feeble but dis- tinctly elevated lines, disappearing before apex, the outer one before shoulder; with very dense subasperate punctures oi two sizes intermingled, but the largest ones rather small. Legs long and thin, basal joint of hind tarsi almost as long as the rest combined. Length, 46-52 mm. Q. Differs in being larger (66 mm.), elytra wider and less narrowed posteriorly, abdomen much larger, and legs shorter. Hab.—Queensland: Kingaroy (C. French); Western Australia: Muiddalyd (26) (National Museum, from T. Worr). (23) On Uracanthus triangularis and dubius the antennae are occasionally twelve-jointed. (24)Its only species, fuliginea (originally referred to Uvra- canthus), is unknown to me, as it was to Blackburn. It is fre- quently dificult to deal with Pascoe’s genera, unless their typical species are known. (25) Judging from the description and figure this is all I can find to distinguish the genus from Uracanthus, and several species of the latter genus have the apical armature so feeble that it could almost be regarded as absent, and from some it is quite absent. (26) Possibly a temporary mining camp; the name does not appear in the latest postal guide. 370 Type (¢) in C. French’s collection; type (9), I: 5690, im South Australian Museum. Much larger than any previously described species of the genus; each of the three basal joints of the male tarsi has on each side of its apex an acute spine, and these may eventually be considered as of generic importance. The head, prothorax, and scutellum are darker (almost black) than the rest of the body, but no part is of a bright colour. The femora of the male are without distinctively sexual clothing. The eleventh jot of antennae is narrowed from about the apical fourth, the narrow portion appearing to start from a feeble suture. The antennae of the female are probably shorter than those: of the male, but on the only one before me they are broken off almost at the base. The two males differ somewhat, the (smaller) one from Western Australia having stouter antennae, the outer line of each mandible an almost even curve (on the type the polished apical portion is deflected almost at a right angle), the apical segment of its abdomen is more strongly concave (probably due to irregularity in drying), and the tarsal spines are less conspicuous. URACANTHUS INSIGNIS, Nn. sp. IPT. PRR | foe oo Dark piceo-castaneous, elytra (apex and suture excepted) paler. Densely clothed (except for some conspicuously glabrous spaces) with short stramineous and white pubescence. Head with muzzle almost twice as long as wide; clypeus with a few conspicuous punctures, rounded posteriorly, with the suture deep, triangular, and wide in the middle. Antennae thin, not passing third abdominal segment, fifth to tenth joints rather feebly produced to one side at apex, tenth about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorar. much longer than wide, base almost twice as wide as apex; glabrous portion with about twenty conspicuous corrugations, but irregular and with a small node on each side of middle. Elytra narrow, almost parallel-sided, each widely emarginate and strongly and acutely bispinose at apex, with remnants of feebly-elevated lines; with dense and minute punctures, but. on basal third with rather large partially-concealed ones.. Legs thin, but not very long. Length, 30 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Narara (W. du _ Boulay). Type, I. 5691. The most beautiful species of the genus, with an unusually long muzzle, curious clypeal suture, and apical spines of elytra unusually far apart. The type is probably a male, although the femora are without distinctively sexual clothing. The clothing on the head is rather dense, but the- atl muzzle, sides in front of eyes, base, and under-surface are glabrous, or almost so; the prothorax is widely glabrous along middle, the pubescence on each side of the glabrous space appearing as a narrow white line; between each of these and the side the pubescence is stramineous, then there is another white line, narrow at the apex and wide at the base; the scutellum and the suture for a slight distance beyond it are glabrous, then the suture for a slight distance is clothed with white pubescence, but from about the basal third is narrowly dark-brown and glabrous (although not conspicuously so), the apex of each elytron (for a space about two-thirds as long as its width) is highly polished and much darker (the spines are black): on the under-surface the clothing is white or whitish. URACANTHUS DUBIUS, N. sp. Pl.” xs) hes sGs ¢. Piceous-brown, most of elytra somewhat paler. Densely clothed with somewhat ashen short pubescence, pro- thorax with two feeble whitish lines, middle femora with very dense suberect pubescence filling a narrow groove along under-surface, hind femora with similar but less dense clothing. Head with median line deep and well defined, but abruptly terminated near base, clypeus with small dense partially-concealed punctures, its suture deep and_ sub- triangular. Antennae extending to about one-fifth from apex of elytra, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex, tenth slightly shorter than ninth and about two-thirds the length of eleventh. Prothorax longer than wide, strongly transversely multi-corrugate, a series of small nodes across middle. Hlytra moderately wide at base, parallel-sided from near shoulders almost to apex, each acutely bispinose at apex, with very feebly indicated elevated lines; basal third with dense small punctures, becoming even smaller posteriorly. Length (d, 9), 34-36 mm. Q. Differs in being more robust, antennae distinctly shorter, and femora neither grooved nor specially clothed. Hab.—Western Australia: Eucla (C. French); South Australia: Denial Bay (Dr. Abbott), Murat Bay (E. A. King), Fowler Bay (Blackburn’s Collection, from Professor Tate). Type, I. 5482. A large dark species, which possibly should have been treated as one of the varieties of triangularis, but with sub- humeral markings moderately clothed instead of conspicuously glabrous; it is also considerably darker than that species, some- what more robust, and the smallest of the six specimens the size 372 of the largest of numerous ones of triangularis before me. One of the specimens was labelled as fuscocinerews in the Blackburn Collection, but it is evidently not that species, which is described as being much smaller and as having three smooth brown patches at the base of each elytron: one humeral, one median, and one sutural; markings which, if constant, should readily distinguish it from all others of the genus. It will be noticed, however, that under Variety C of triangularis a specimen is commented upon whose left side agrees with the description of fuscocinereus. The elytra are without glabrous patches, but a space behind each shoulder and the tips of the elytra are darker at the positions where, in trianyularis, the derm is glabrous, but the clothing there is almost, or quite, as dense as elsewhere. On the elytra, except at the dark patches, the pubescence, to the naked eye, appears to be in numerous fine lines, this being due to very feeble elevations; no part of the prothorax is distinctly glabrous, and the oblique whitish lines of pubescence are not very con- spicuous. The tarsi, for the genus, are comparatively short. On the type male the eleventh joint of antennae is narrowed towards the apex, but the narrower portion has its outline continuous with the basal portion, and the false suture scarcely traceable. On a female in Mr. French’s Collection the apical portion is conspicuously marked off from the basal portion by a notch, and the false suture is fairly distinct; but on a second male the right antenna (the left is unfor- tunately broken) is quite distinctly twelve-jointed, the twelfth joint being about one-third the length of the eleventh. (27) URACANTHUS FUSCUS, 0. sp. PLS xxxii., ese 3. Dark brown. Densely clothed with short stramine- ous pubescence; middle femora with conspicuously dense clothing along under-surface, the hind ones less densely clothed. r Head with median line narrow, base finely granulate, clypeal suture rather deep and semi-circular, muzzle rather short. Antennae just passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex and rather flat, eleventh joint about one-third longer than tenth. /Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides bisinuate, disc irregularly multi- corrugate, with a small node on each side of middle. Hlytra not much wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed from (27)On the males of triangularis the false suture is usually fairly conspicuous, and on two specimens in the Museum the antennae are distinctly twelve-jointed; on specimens of many other species also the false suture is sometimes very distinct. ale ‘ shoulders to basal third and then parallel-sided almost tc apex, suture spinose, a small notch between it and middle of apex, which is rounded; elevated lines scarcely visibly indi- cated; with very small punctures, but a few of moderate size behind shoulders. Length (3, Q), 15-24 mm. Hab.—-South Australia (old collection, Macleay Museum and Rev. A. P. Burgess), Tarcoola (C. French). Type, f..b698. Structurally close. to semulans, but darker, prothorax more uniformly clothed, elytra with subhumeral markings but vaguely indicated (not at all on some specimens) and more or less clothed, and general clothing of elytra with a fine multi-lineate appearance (instead of uniform). The elytra are slightly darker near the shoulders and at the tips than elsewhere; two very feeble oblique lines of paler clothing may be traced on the prothorax of several of the specimens. The six specimens before me are all males, but their antennae- vary slightly in length and thickness. The specimens from the old collection have the derm entirely of a rather pale- castaneous, with the clothing uniformly whitish, but they were long exposed to light. URACANTHUS DISCICOLLIS, n. sp. Pl. xxxil., fies Saamd9: 3. Reddish-brown, some parts darker. Densely but irregularly clothed with whitish pubescence; all femora very densely clothed along middle of under-surface. Head with median line narrow, deep, and abruptly terminated, base densely granulate-punctate; clypeus convex, rounded posteriorly, subtuberculate on each side in front, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae passing elytra, joints rather thin and subcylindrical, but fifth to tenth feebly pro- duced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. VProthorar distinctly longer than wide, sides subangular in middle, transversely corrugated at apex, and somewhat uneven towards sides, glabrous portion smooth and with a few small punctures. Slytra narrow, apices rounded with suture feebly produced, with several very feebly elevated lines; with small dense punctures about base, becoming still smaller posteriorly. Length (¢, Q), 11-24 mm. ©. Differs in having shorter antennae, sides of pro- thorax less angulate in middle, elytra more parallel-sided, and legs shorter, with femora much less densely clothed along under-surface. : Hab.—Western Australia: Albany (R. Helms) ;* South Australia (Rev. A. P. Burgess and Blackburn’s Collection), Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow), Karoonda to Peebinga (G. E. 374 H. Wright), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Victoria: Inglewood, on Jelalewca sp. (D. Best); (1) New South Wales (Ho J. Carter) type, il 5606: In general appearance somewhat like bivittatus and marginellus, but tips of elytra evenly rounded, and with the suture very feebly produced (scarcely spinose). Of the seven- teen specimens before me the tips are never emarginate, but they vary from a form in which each is distinctly rounded (fig. 9) to one in which the suture. is slightly produced (fig. 8). The clothing is also different to the usual form of divittatus, whose prothoracic vittae are not continuous to apex. The scutellum and suture are usually darker (some- times almost black) than the adjacent parts. There are four wide stripes of pubescence along the prothorax: one on each side of middle and one along each side, the intervening spaces are highly polished and almost (or quite) glabrous; the median glabrous space is usually, but not always, conspicu- ‘ously dilated towards the base, the dilated space being almost oval in outline; on ten specimens it 1s non-corrugated and with but a few small punctures, and the base is almost with- out corrugations, but on several specimens there are some ‘distinct ones there, but the surface gradually changes till it is almost entirely irregularly corrugated; the disc of the Albany specimen might almost be regarded as vermiculate, with a short but distinct median line. The elytra appear to have three brown lines from base to apex: one sutural (common to both) and one near each side, but these lines are really due to their covering pubescence being much sparser than elsewhere. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennae is rather distinct on some specimens and scarcely traceable on others. The size is very variable. URACANTHUS PERTENUIS, 0. sp. Phos ios) SlGiamed: 11: gd. Piceo-castaneous. Irregularly clothed with wlntish pubescence. ts a Head with median line wery narrow, base densely granu- late-punctate; clypeus subtriangular, with a few small punctures, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae very thin, almost extending to the tip of elytra, fifth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about. one-fourth longer than tenth. /Prothorax much longer than wide, base conspicuously wider than apex, sides feebly bisinuate; conspicuously multi-corrugate, but somewhat irregular about middle. //ytra at base not much wider than prothorax, sides regularly decreasing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; densely . 375 and minutely punctate. Jegs unusually thin; basal joint of hind tarsi almost as long as the rest combined. Length (go, Q), 14-21 mm. Differs in having somewhat shorter antennae, with the fifth to tenth joints less produced on one side at apex, and shorter legs with thinner tarsi. Hab.— Australia (Blackburn’s Collection) ; Western Australia (— Unbehaun) ; South Australia: Goolwa (old col- lection); Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. and Acacia armata (D. Best); Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type, T. 5488. A very thin species, at first glance somewhat suggestive of Stephanops, but with the muzzle of normal length. The. clothing of the prothorax is somewhat as on discicollis, but the tips of the elytra are utterly different, and, in fact, the species is not very close to any other in the Museum. On the head the pubescence is dense between the eyes; on the- prothorax it is condensed into four conspicuous vittae, with the intervening spaces polished and almost glabrous; on the elytra the pubescence is dense at the base on the sutural half for a short distance, but 1s narrowly continued along the suture, on each side the dense pubescence is rather narrow, but is somewhat dilated at about the basal third; the rest of the elytra is very sparsely clothed; as a result, to the naked eye, the elytra appear to be conspicuously brown, with three. narrow whitish lines; on the under-surface the white pub- escence is much denser at the sides of the sterna than else- where. The prothorax is about twice as long as its apical width. The elytra (except for the suture and margins) are without elevated lines; their tips are unusually acutely armed, but the sutural spine varies somewhat; the outer one, how- ever, appears to be always long and acute. The males are without sexual adornment of the femora, but in addition to the differences noted above their antennae are clothed with a fringe of pubescence projecting downwards (the fringe is very fine, but is quite distinct in a good light); on the female this is represented by a few sparse setae only. - URACANTHUS PARVUS, N. sp. Pl. xxx, foe: ¢. Piceous. Rather sparsely clothed with whitish _ pubescence. Head with a very narrow median line, base densely granulate-punctate; clypeus semi-circularly rounded, with the suture deep: Antennae thin and distinctly passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints triangularly produced on one side at 376 ‘apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Pro- thorax distinctly longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides feebly dilated slightly nearer base than apex, with dense corrugations, somewhat irregular, across middle. Llytra slightly wider than prothorax, sides feebly decreasing in width to middle, thence parallel-sided to apex, where each is semi-circularly notched and rather acutely bispinose. Legs very thin, tibiae somewhat curved. Length, 11 mm. ‘Western Australia (W. du Boulay). Type (unique), I. 5703. The type is the smallest specimen of the genus I have seen. From the. preceding species it is distinguished (apart from size) by the very different clothing (the antennae, how- ever, are very similarly fringed), prothorax wider in front, with the sides more rounded, more conspicuously multi-cor- rugate, and by the outer spine of each elytron smaller than the inner one. The clothing is moderately dense between the eyes, about the middle on each side of elytra, and on each side from apex of prosternum to apex of metasternum; on the base of elytra, about the middle, it is not quite so dense as on part of the sides, but rather denser than on the adjacent ‘parts; the disc of the pronotum is non-vittate. The femora are without sexual adornment. The false suture of the eleventh joint of antennae is very distinct. URACANTHUS TROPICUS, Nn. Sp. PL sexi) ition Piceo-castaneous, some parts paler. Rather densely ‘clothed with stramineous pubescence, becoming whitish on antennae, under-surface, and legs. | Head with median line deep; clypeus equilaterally triangular, punctures rather small, suture deep. Antennae extending to about fourth segment of abdomen, fourth to tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is but little less than that of the base, sides moderately rounded in middle; middle of disc smooth and.with a few small punctures, base, apex, and sides irregularly corrugated. /ytra not much wider than pro- thorax at base, very feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; with small punctures and some large (but not very large) ones towards base; with remnants of vaguely elevated lines. Length, 15-16 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s - Collection). ‘Type, I. 5697. Sth A small narrow species, which differs from parallelus im being narrower, but elytra at base proportionately wider than base of prothorax, and apical spikes more acute, prothorax more conspicuously corrugated and with sparser clothing. The clothing on the disc of the prothorax is scarcely evenly distributed, but is not vittate; on each elytron there is a narrow glabrous space from the shoulder to about the basal third or half, the pubescence outside of this space being paler than that towards the suture. The middle femora of one specimen are rather more densely clothed along the middle than on the other, its front tibiae are slightly wider, and the antennae are slightly longer, these differences probably being sexual. URACANTHUS PARALLELUS, 0. sp. Pi xxx, jeealer. d. Rather dark-castaneous, elytra somewhat paler. Densely clothed with stramineous pubescence; middle femora very densely clothed along middle of under- surface. Head with median line narrow and terminated some distance from base, where each is granulate-punctate ; clypeus subtriangular, with irregular punctures, suture deep and rather wide. Antennae thin, not extending to apex of elytra,. fifth to tenth joints feebly produced on one side at apex, eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorax ’much longer than wide, base not much wider than apex, sides gently rounded in middle; near base transversely corrugated. Hlytra very little wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to apex, where each is semi-circularly emarginate and acutely bispinose, each with remnants of three feeble elevations; with dense and minute punctures and some of larger size (but not very large) about basal third. Length, 18 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cooktown. Type (unique), in National Museum (from C. French). In general appearance very close to froggatti, but pro- thorax more densely clcthed, without visible transverse cor- rugations except about base, elytra even more parallel-sided, the tips conspicuously emarginate, bispinose, and with cloth- ing slightly sparser than elsewhere, the derm just before the tips not depressed, but evenly convex with the adjacent parts. To the naked eye the type appears to be parallel-sided ‘throughout. The clothing on the upper-surface is almost evenly distributed, the only distinctly glabrous parts being a small spot in the middle of the pronotum and a small spot on each shoulder (the latter possibly due to abrasicn). From some directions the tenth joint of antennae appears to be slightly longer than the eleventh. 378 URACANTHUS LATEROALBUS, Nl. sp. Pili sexy Ae): 3. Of a rather dark castaneous. Densely clothed with stramineous and white pubescence. Head with median line narrow, deep, and terminated near base, the latter densely granulate-punctate; muzzle shorter than usual; clypeus densely punctate, suture deep, semi-circular and rather wide. Antennae moderately long, fourth to tenth joints produced on one side at apex. Lro- thorax about one-fourth longer than wide, sides moderately rounded in middle; densely and strongly corrugated, but irregular about middle. H/lytra moderately robust, their median half almost parallel-sided, each notched at apex, with ‘the suture strongly dentate and the outer edge margining the notch subtriangular; each with several] very feeble eleva- tions or remnants of same; with very dense small punctures. Legs comparatively stout. Length, 29 mm. Hab.—Western Australa: Swan River. Type (unique), ZT, 5695. 3 A comparatively robust species, with stouter antennae than usual, the antennae, however, are damaged, but ten joints remaining on one side and four on the other; possibly exaniination of a specimen with complete antennae would indicate that it should be referred to Scolecobrotus. The pubescence on the head is somewhat ochreous and denser between the eyes than elsewhere; on the prothorax it. is nowhere vittate in character, but is darker on the disc than at the base, apex, and sides; on the scutellum, and on the elytra for a narrow space along the suture, the pubescence is whitish, and on each side there is a conspicuous marginal snowy stripe throughout; from the shoulder to about the basal third the stramineous pubescence is sparser than elsewhere. so that, to the naked eye, there appears a short subglabrous stripe; the pubescence on the under-surface and legs is mostly white. The four hind femora are densely clothed with somewhat ochreous pubescence along the under-surface, and along the middle of each there is a brownish glue-like substance: it is not accidental, as it is alike on the four femora, and I have seen a similar substance, or traces of it, on the males of several other species ; it is probably a secretion used for sexual attraction. URACANTHUS ALBATUS, N. sp. Pl. xe. 3. Reddish-castaneous. Densely clothed with white pubescence; four hind femora with very, dense subochreous O19 pubescence along middle of under-surface; three basal seg- ments of abdomen each with a conspicuous medio-apical spot of moderately long subochreous hairs. Head with a narrow median line somewhat dilated and abruptly terminated near base; clypeus with some large punctures and very minute ones, suture semi-circular and partially concealed by pubescence. Antennae extending to or slightly passing apex of elytra, fourth and fifth joints slightly, sixth to tenth acutely produced on one side at apex, eleventh joint about one-fourth longer than tenth. /Pro- thorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is considerably less than that of the base, sides subangularly produced in middle, strongly transversely corrugated, but irregular about middle. L£lytra about one-fourth wider than protherax, feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is strongly emarginate and acutely bispinose; basal third with dense and coarse punctures, becoming much smaller pos- teriorly ; each with three feeble elevations, of which the outer one is rather short and scarcely traceable. Length (¢d, 9), 14-25 mm. Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, femora not densely clothed along under-surface (although more densely than is usual with females of the genus), and abdomen without tufts on the three basal segments. Habh.—Western Australia: Kellerberrin (C. French) ; South Australia: Parachilna (Field Naturalists’ Expedition) ; Victoria: Mallee and Grampians (National Museum, from C. French), Dimboola, and Bacchus Marsh, on Acacia sp. (D. Gest). ype; U 5492. Fairly close to strigosus (whose male has very similar abdominal clothing), but elytral pubescence more uniform, prothorax distinctly shorter, and apical spines of elytra much more acute. The pubescence on the head and sides of sterna is denser than elsewhere; on the elytra, to the naked eye, it has a feebly lineate appearance, owing to the feebly elevated lines; on the prothorax it varies in density and disposition, on some specimens being almost uniformly distributed, with but a very small medio-basal glabrous spot, on others the spot is extended to appear as a narrow glabrous stripe; but on about half of the specimens before me the prothorax has four conspicuous vittae of pubescence, with the intervening spaces shining and almost glabrous. On the specimen from Kellerberrin most of the elytral pubescence is stramineous; two small Victorian specimens have the elytral clothing decidedly sparse. The false suture of the eleventh joint is so distinct on some specimens that their antennae appear to be almost twelve-jointed. 380 URACANTHUS LORANTHI, n. sp. Pl Sexi; ¢. Reddish-castaneous. Irregularly clothed. Head with median line narrow and abruptly terminated before base; clypeus with very dense punctures, its suture semi-circular. Antennae distinctly passing elytra, fifth to tenth joints rather lightly produced on one side at apex, five apical joimts compressed, eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is very little less than that of the base, sides sub- angularly produced in middle; surface irregularly vermicu- late (in places transversely corrugate). Hlytra not much wider than prothorax, decreasing in width to basal third, thence parallel-sided almost to apex, where each is rather lightly emarginate; basal third with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming much smaller to middle, thence to apex shagreened; each with three feeble elevations. Length (3g, 9), 14-18 mm. | . @. Differs in having decidedly shorter antennae, slightly shorter legs, and somewhat wider prothorax. Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne, on Loranthus sp. (National Museum and D. Best). Type in National Museum; co-type, 1. 5693, in South Australian Museum. At first glance somewhat like aceutus, but elytra with very different tips; each of these is distinctly emarginate, but the sides of the emargination vary from lightly spinose to completely unarmed. The head is moderately clothed with stramineous pubescence, the prothorax (including the sides) has four distinct vittae of similar pubescence, and along the middle a rather wide, loosely-compacted one (on some speci- mens, including the type male, appearing as two narrow vittae, or six in all); on the elytra (except about the base, where it is rather more distinct) the clothing is very short and inconspicuous; on the under-surface and legs the clothing is moderately dense. The clothing of the under-surface of the four hind femora is somewhat denser on the male than on the female, but is not conspicuously erect or suberect as on many males of the genus; the sexes, however, may be readily distinguished by the antennae, these passing the elytra in the male and not extending to their tips in the female. URACANTHUS SUTURALIS, Nn. sp. Pl. xxxn.5 wees. 3. Black, in places obscurely diluted with red. With white pubescence; under-surface of four hind femora densely clothed with moderately long ochreous pubescence. 381 Head with median line very narrow; clypeus with very dense punctures of irregular sizes, suture semi-circular, both suture and punctures partially concealed by clothing. Antennae distinctly passing apex of elytra, fourth to tenth produced on one side of apex, eleventh about one-third longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as long as the apical width, which is much less than that of the base, sides angu- larly produced in middle, surface irregular across middle, and more or less corrugated elsewhere. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax, parallel-sided from basal third to near apex, where each is evenly rounded, with the suture strongly spinose; with subgeminate rows of moderate- sized punctures, irregular towards base and very small and not geminate posteriorly ; each with three feebly-elevated lines and traces of others. Legs rather long and thin. Length, 22 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Murat Bay (E. A. King). Type (unique), I. 5692. An almost black species, but with conspicuously white clothing ; on the elytra the pubescence appears to be in regular fine lines, with the margins more densely and evenly clothed (but the basal half of the elytra of the type is much abraded) ; on the prothorax there is a conspicuous glabrous stripe on each side, and some glabrous spots on the disc. The elytra have the tips evenly rounded, but the strongly-spinose suture readily distinguishes from strzgosus. The eleventh joint of antennae, about one-third from apex, appears to have a fine suture, slightly notched at its upper edge, indicating an approach to the twelfth joint of Scolecobrotus more distinctly than on most species of the genus. URACANTHUS LONGICORNIS, n. sp. ES Xx Xil (ites to: 21: ¢. Bright reddish- castanene prothorax and scutellum somewhat darker. Densely clothed with white pubescence; hind femora shallowly grooved along under-surface, with conspicuous clothing (partly ochreous) filling the groove of each. Head with median line deep and abruptly terminated uear base, which is densely granulate-punctate; clypeus with some large punctures at sides, small and dense elsewhere, suture deep, wide, and semi-circular. Antennae with at ~ least two joints passing elytra, fourth to tenth joints triangu- larly produced on one side at apex, eleventh about one-fourth longer than tenth. Prothorax not much longer than greatest width, sides gently incurved between base and middle, and then strongly narrowed to apex, which is not much more than half the width of base; strongly transversely corrugated, « 3O2 but somewhat irregular across middle. Liytra not much wider than prothorax, moderately narrowed to basal third, and then parallel-sided to near apex, suture strongly spinose ; about basal third with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming much smaller from about the middle; each with two or three feebly-elevated lines. Length (¢, 9), 12-22 mm. Q. Differs in having shorter antennae and legs, longer and more parallel-sided elytra, wider abdomen, and hind femora with much shorter clothing along under-surface. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection and National Museum, from C. French), Endeavour River (C. French), Cairns (EH. Allen). Type, I. 5704. One of the specimens in the National Museum was labelled by Mr. Blackburn as near acutus,; from that species, however, it differs in having the prothorax shorter, wider at the base, and much less parallel-sided, with the tips of elytra very different; each elytron has the suture strongly acute, with the space near it either very feebly notched (fig. 19) or evenly rounded (fig. 21), but on the only female before me the sutural spine is rather small and the notch distinct (fig. 20); her antennae (unfortunately broken) are evidently considerably shorter than those of the male, with the serra- tions less pronounced. In some respects it appears to approach Aposites. The clothing on the prothorax, scutel- lum, extreme base, and basal sides of elytra has a rather loose woolly appearance, on the rest of the elytra it is very short and depressed ; on some specimens, to the naked eye, a narrow marginal white stripe may be traced from the base to the apex. One of the specimens in the National Museum is labelled as from South Australia, but probably in error. URACANTHUS TRIANGULARIS, Hope. Typical form. Each elytron with a conspicuous glabrous subtriangular patch behind the shoulder, the patch margined with denser clothing (appearing like a conspicuous irregular white line) than the adjacent parts; apex also conspicuously glabrous and acutely bispinose. Var. A. Apex of elytra not glabrous, but slightly darker than the adjacent parts, subtriangular basal vatch with clothing bounding it no denser or paler than elsewhere ; tips acutely bispinose. Length, 27-31 mm. This variety is distinguishable from some forms of szmzlans only by the acutely bispinose apex of each elytron. It occurs in New South Wales and Victoria (Mr. D. Best reared one specimen of it from a species of Lomatia). 383 Var. B. Apex of elytra not glabrous, and not, or scarcely, darker than the adjacent parts; subhumeral patch on each elytron rather shorter than on typical form, partially clothed towards the base and conspicuously bordered (intern- ally and posteriorly) with paler clothing. Length, 18-29 mm. This form occurs from Victoria to Western Australia, and is fairly common in the drier parts of South Australia. The size of the subhumeral patch varies, and when long the variety is only distinguished from the typical form by the non-glabrous apices. The length and acuteness of the outer spine varies, so that on some specimens it is but little more acute than on simulans, from which, in fact, it 1s not always easy to distinguish specimens of the variety. Var. C. Subhumeral patches with margining clothing not conspicuously paler than elsewhere, apex of each elytron acutely bispinose and not glabrous. Length, 21-24 mm. ' This form has a similar range to Var. B, and is distinguished from it only by the clothing at sides of subhumeral patches. A specimen, from Onslow, in Mr. French’s collection, might be referred to this variety; it has the subhumeral patch on the left elytron (on the right it is different, apparently owing to abrasion) partially clothed, so that it appears to be in three irregular parts, one humeral, one sutural, and the other median. But practically, judging from the descrip- tion, the only distinguishing feature of fuscocinercus was a ‘basal patch similarly divided. URACANTHUS FUSCOCINEREUS, White. The original description of this species is insufficient for its positive identification, and it was: possibly founded upon one of the numerous varieties of triangularis. Its habitat was given as “‘Australia,’’ not New South Wales, as in Masters’ Catalogue. URACANTHUS SIMULANS, Pasce. Pl) xxx fee. A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, labelled as simulans, is 15 lines in length, another from Ouldea is 14, the smallest in the Museum (from Beverley) is but 8; but the average is much the same as that of the types (10-11 lines). There are several closely-allied species from which it may be distinguished by each elytron acutely spinose at the sutural apex and not elsewhere, and clothing immediately behind glabrous elytral patches not denser than elsewhere. On the 384 aisc of the prothorax the transverse corrugations are some- times scarcely or not at all traceable across the middle; but on other specimens they are quite as strong there as elsewhere. Hab.—South Australia: Parachilna, Renmark, Ouldea ; Western Australia: Beverley, Mullewa, Geraldton. URACANTHUS STRIGOSUS, Pasc. Plyxxxi., figs: 235ho 25. According to Pascoe, eee distinguished by its fulvous- grey hairy stripes, with naked intervals. A specimen from Victoria (the type was from New South Wales), labelled by Blackburn as strigosus, has four hairy lines on each elytron, with the intervals subglabrous; on the prothorax also the clothing has a sublineate appearance. A specimen from Birchip has the lneate appearance much less defined, the elytral clothing being almost uniform, except that on the extreme margins it is denser; but on the prothorax three almost glabrous lines are very conspicuous. A_ specimen, taken from a wattle tree at Ropes Creek, differs in being narrower and smaller (& lines), with the prothorax somewhat narrower, with the lateral nodes more prominent, and with the three glabrous lines very conspicuously occupying most of the surface, and elytra with but two conspicuous hairy lines, although the others are traceable; its four hind femora are very densely clothed on the under-surface, this being a masculine feature; each of the three basal segments of its abdomen has a small medio-apical spot of conspicuosly different clothing to the adjacent parts (this also being a male character).. The apical spines (fig. 24) are more acute than usual. Ancther specimen, from Tarcoola, belonging to Mr. French, agrees with the Ropes Creek one, except that it is slightly larger and with the apical spines'of elytra (fig. 25) smaller and closer together. URACANTHUS MARGINELLUS, Hope. Pl. xxxil., figs. 26>a0d 27. A specimen from the Blackburn Collection, and bearing his name label as marginellus, may possibly be that species; but the elytra are obliquely emarginate at apex, with the ends ef the emarginations rounded off and not at all spinose (fig. 26); it was without locality label. Some other speci- mens from South Australia agree with it, others have the emargination even less pronounced, and on one there is a short inner spine (fig. 27). It is not always easy to dis- tinguish this form from bivittatus, whose outer elytr al spines (figs. 29 and 30) are often very blunt. 389 URACANTHUS PALLENS, Hope. Pl xxxiteue, 28. The original description i this species (excluding size, which in the genus is very variable) would fit several species, _ but as it was from Tasmania it is probable that a specimen from the Blackburn Collection (bearing a label that is similar to that of many Tasmanian specimens in his collection) may belong to it. This specimen is close to sxmulans, but the spines at the tips of its elytra (fig. 28) are somewhat different to those (fig. 22) of that species. URACANTHUS BIVITTATUS, Newm. PIP xxxii), figs. 629 sand (30. A fairly common species in New South Wales and South Australia. On some specimens the lines of clothing on the pronotum are continuous to the apex and closer together than on the typical form; but this may be sexual. URACANTHUS FROGGATTI, Blackb. This species was described as having the apex ‘‘of elytra truncate and devoid of spines,’’ but not correctly so, as two co-types in the Museum have the tips of elytra densely clothed with snowy pubescence, concealing their real sculp- ture; the tips themselves are emarginate, with the sides of the emargination lightly spinose, or at least acute; the elytra just before the tips are each conspicuously semi-circularly depressed. Appended is a table of the species known to me:— A. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and not behind shoulders... ... msignis AA. Elytra conspicuously glabrous at apex and behind shoulders — ... Fe: ae .. triangularjs AAA. Elytra with post-humeral “(not longitudinal) [ (typical) markings only. a. Each elytron unispinose. b. Post-humeral markings glabr ous (at least in part) a? ... simulans hb. Peak: humer al ‘markings qi olabrous es ... fuseus (in part) aa. Each elytron bispinose. c. With glabrous lines from post-humeral markings glabrilineatus cc. Without such lines d. Post-humeral markings not glabrous ... ner GwovEs ge . Post-humeral markings glabrous. e. Spines comparatively close eee ... pallens(?) ee. Spines distant . ... triangularis AAAA,. Elytra with longitudinal ‘markings or uni- { (varieties) formly clothed. B. Prothorax not distinctly longer than basal width gigas BB. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide. C. Elytral clothing condensed into numerous small fascicles... ae 32 ith te ... eryptophagus Ww 386 CC. Elytral clothing not so condensed. D. Each elytron produced only in middle of apex DD. Tips of elytra not as in D. E. Elytra unarmed. f. Pronotum binodose in middle ff. Pronotum not binodose in middle EE. Elytra armed, or at least distinctly emarginate. F. Prothorax without transverse corruga- tions is ah. Pe * ae : FF. Prothorax with transverse corrugations. G. A conspicuous transverse depression near tip of each elytron ay GG. Without such depressions. H. Tips of elytra not notched, but suture acutely produced. g. Three basal segments of abdomen of male each with a fascicle ... g. Abdomen non-fasciculate. h. Derm black hh. Derm not black. 1}. Prothorax vittate it. Prothorax non-vittate ure HH. Tip of each elytron notched, and usually bispinose. I. With large punctures towards base of elytra. 7. Three basal segments of abdomen of male each with a fascicle. Elytral clothing conspicuously vittate ca Me Elytral clothing uniform Abdomen non-fasciculate. ep Base of prothorax very little wider than apex Sis ll. Base much wider than apex ... II. With no large punctures on elytra. J. Prothoracic clothing more or less vittate. m. Outside of apical notch very acutely armed En oe mm. Outside less acutely armed than suture mmm. Outside rounded JJ. Prothoracic clothing non- vittate. IX. Prothoracic corrugations not continued across middle on : whole of basal half. n. Margins of elytra with ae clothing than disc nn. Margins with clothing as on disc H KK. Prothoracic ear aachaone continued across middle of basal half. acutus anermits disticollis (an [part) maleficus froggatti ventralis suturalis [part) discicollis Gn longicornis (Gn [ part) strigosus albatus loranthi : longicornis (in [ part) pertenuis bivittatus marginellus tropicus parallelus Bol L. Betti rping of elytra with con- spicuous white clothing throughout ~* .. ... lateroalbus LL. Margins not as in ie M. Derm black os ine LER MM. Derm not black. N. Each elytron acutely bi- spinose at apex ... parvus NN. Suture only acutely spinose. O. Elytral clothing with a sublineate ap- pearance ... fuscus Gn part) OO. Elytral clothing not at all lineate .. corrugicollis ~ SCOLECOBROTUS. This genus was originally distinguished from U rbegetbies by its twelve-jointed antennae, many of the joints being multi-dentate in the male; by the addition of srmplez, how- ever, the late Rev. T. Blackburn reduced the distinction simply to an arithmetical one. SCOLECOBROTUS WESTWoopI, Hope. A female from the Crawford Collection has a conspicuous obtuse tubercle cn each elytron near the base, but not being symmetrical they are probably accidental. The species occurs in Victoria, Tasmania, South and Western Australia. SCOLECOBROTUS VARIEGATUS, Blackb. Typical specimens of this form are readily distinguished from typical ones of the preceding species, by the more rugosely sculptured base of elytra, the rugose portion sud- denly becoming clouded with black or dark-brown, and glabrous; from the black subbasal patches a slight infuscation is usually continued along the sides, almost or quite to the apex. But evidently the late Rev. T. Blackburn considered that these were insufficient distinguishing features, as there are specimens from Eyre Sand Patch and Birchip (obtained long after the description of varegatus was published) of specimens of that form labelled by him as westwoodi, although he does not appear to have published anything to that effect. At any rate, even if only to be considered as a variety, it is one well deserving a name. It occurs in New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia. A male labelled as from the Katherine River (Northern Territory) in Mr. French’s collection has the elytral punc- tures about the base quite as coarse as on variegatus, but the elytra are nowhere stained with brown. N2 388 SCOLECOBROTUS UNIFORMIS, n. sp. ¢. Dark piceous-brown, almost black. Densely clothed with short, depressed, ashen pubescence. Hiead with median line narrow and deep, base finely granulate. Antennae not extending to apex of elytra, fifth to twelfth joints and part of fourth multi-granulate and somewhat serrate on lower-surface, twelfth about three- fourths the length of eleventh. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides bisinuate and nodose in middle, base con- siderably wider than apex, densely but irregularly trans- versely corrugated, and subnodose on each side of middle. Elytra about one-fourth wider than prothorax, sides feebly decreasing in width to apex, where each is widely emarginate and acutely bispinose; with very minute punctures and remnants of feeble elevations. Length (¢, @), 36-44 mm. @. Differs in being rather more robust and with shorter antennae, on which the granules and serrations are less distinct. Hab.—-South Australia: Ouldea (R. T. Maurice). Type, I. 5688. 3 A large, dark, uniformly-coloured and clothed species, of which five specimens were taken by the late Mr. Maurice. Although tabulated with validus, it is not close to that species, being much larger, darker, and with different clothing, first and twelfth joints of antennae longer, and the twelfth con- spicuously separated from the eleventh. The serrations of the antennae are due to granules and not to numerous irregular teeth, as on westwood: and variegatus. The hind femora of the male are not clothed with special pubescence. SCOLECOBROTUS BIMACULATUS, Nn. sp. Piceous-brown, in places almost black. Densely clothed with short ashen pubescence, on each elytron condensed about middle to form a large pale spot. Head with a narrow median line: base finely granulate. Antennae thin, two apical joints passing elytra, joints after the third obtusely granulate, with lower edges very feebly serrated, twelfth about three-fourths the length of eleventh. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides rather strongly dilated in middle, strongly but irregularly transversely cor- rugated throughout, but subnodose on each side of middle. Elytra about one-fourth wider than prothorax, sides moderately decreasing in width to about middle, and then very feebly to apex, where each is rather widely emarginate and strongly bispinose; each with two feeble elevations, dis- appearing about base and towards the apex; between median 389 ‘spots and base with dense and rather large punctures, else- where with very small ones. Length, 29-33 mm. Hab.—Western Australia (W. du Boulay), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May), Kalgoorlie (C. French). Type, I. 5689. A rather large dark species. To the naked eye, each elytron appears to have a large pale spot (slightly longer than ‘the prothorax), but this is entirely due to the pubescence there, being more crowded and slightly paler than elsewhere. ‘There are some long straggling hairs at sides of prothorax. ‘The four specimens before me appear to be all males. The species of the genus may be tabulated as follows :— Most joints of antennae of male multidentate. Elytra unicolorous we a ae 2 | Westwood. Elytra bicolorous ... 2 --. variegatus No joint of antennae multidentate. Apex of elytra unarmed . eh ne .- sunplex Apex of each elytron bispinose. Elytral clothing not uniform ... a .. bimaculatus Elytral clothing uniform. Derm of elytra pale ins re he validus Derm of elytra dark-brown o .. = uniformis APOSITES. ‘This genus is certainly very close to Veostenus, as stated by Pascoe, but it is quite as close to Uracanthus. Lacordaire (VIII.—203) widely separated them on account of the middle cotyloid cavities being open at the sides in A posites and closed an Uracanthus. They appear to me, however, to be open to ‘very much the same degree in both genera. A posites has the prothorax wider at the base than in most species of Ura- canthus, and somewhat shorter elytra, more narrowed ‘posteriorly ; but it is not always easy to place some apparently ‘connecting species. APOSITES MACILENTUS, Pasce. Four specimens (from South Australia and Victoria) before me appear to belong to this species; they are all males (the hind femora are densely clothed with yellowish pubescence along their under- surface), and have the suture spinose at apex and each of the four basal segments of abdomen with two glabrous spots on each side. APOSITES NIGER, Blackb. This species varies considerably in size, but is readily distinguished from the preceding species and from /anaticollis by each-of the four basal segments of abdomen having but one glabrous spot on each side. It occurs at Eucla, Mul- lewa, Murchison. and Tennant Creek. 390 BRACHOPSIS CONCOLOR, Saund. The reference to the figure (omitted altogether from Masters’ Catalogue) in the original description was errone- ously given. It should have been pl. 1, fig. 4; not pl. iv., fig. 4. EARINUS PURPUREUS, Nl. sp. Purple; head, prothorax, and under-surface purplish- blue, tip of antennae reddish. Clothed with long straggling hairs, mostly blackish on upper-surface, mostly whitish on under-surface; elytra with short, sparse, whitish pubescence... Head with dense and rather coarse punctures; median line well defined between antennae. Antennae thin, four basal joints with distinct punctures, third joint slightly longer’ than first and distinctly longer than fourth, eleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorar about as long as greatest width, sides subparallel on apical half, then rapidly increasing in width towards base, but near base abruptly narrowed, with the extreme base scarcely wider than apex; with dense and coarse punctures, but on disc with five small impunctate spaces. Lilytra no wider than widest part of prothorax, sides rather strongly narrowed to middle, thence parallel-sided to near apex; with subgeminate rows of coarse punctures, becoming irregular posteriorly, the interspaces with minute: punctures. Legs long and thin. Length, 10-11 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Nuriootpa, Ardrossan (J. G. OD Wepper) Type, 15706. Readily distinguished from all others of the genus by its entirely dark prothorax and elytra. The four basal joints of antennae are distinctly purple, the following joints are more or less black, but with the tip of the eleventh reddish. ‘Phere are about eight rows of punctures on each elytron near the base and four or five about the middle, but only two extend to the apex. As the abdomen is without special clothing on two of the segments the typical specimens (two) are prob- ably females. EARINUS MINOR, 0. sp. Flavous ; head between and behind eyes, clypeus, a large discal patch on prothorax, scutellum, mesosternum, most of metasternum, antennae, and most of legs black, parts of elytra and of abdomen rather deeply infuscated. Clothed with long straggling blackish and ashen hairs, elytra, in addition, with short, pale, sparse pubescence. Head with dense and coarse punctures, becoming rather sparse on clypeus; median line well defined. Antennae long oui and thin, four basal joints shining and with distinct punc- tures, third joint slightly longer than first and fifth, and much longer than fourth. VProthorar with sides triangularly ‘dilated on median half; with irregularly distributed punctures varying from small to fairly large, but nowhere very dense. Elytra no wider than widest part of prothorax, sides rather lightly diminishing in width to middle; with dense and somewhat rugose punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly and sparser about base and on shoulders. Leqs moderately long, with distinct punctures. Length, 7 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection). Type (unique), 1. 5707. The smallest described species of the genus, and allied to poctus, but elytra with very different markings. The large black patch on the pronotum is of irregular shape, but is ‘triangularly notched in front and less conspicuously so behind; the infuscate parts of the elytra are the shoulders, apical sixth, and a large postmedian spot on each side vaguely extended towards the suture; on the under-surface ‘there are three disconnected pale spots on the head, there is an infuscate streak from each of the front coxae, the basal half (or more) of each of the four basal segments of abdomen is deeply infuscated, the basal third of the femora is con- spicuously flavous. As the abdomen is without special clothing on any of the segments the type is probably a female. EARINUS MIMULUS, Pasc. The typical form of this species has bifasciate elytra, but the abdomen varies from entirely dark (the base of the second segment obscurely diluted with red excepted) to the second, third, and fourth segments almost entirely red. The male has a large rounded patch on each of the third and fourth abdominal segments, very densely clothed with short depressed blackish pubescence, and with numerous long hairs. Hab.—South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, ‘Queensland. 7 Var. UNIFASCIATUS, n. var. Differs from the typical form in having but one elytral fascia, the apical one of the typical form being entirely absent. The second, third, and fourth abdominal segments vary from entirely red to more or less narrowly margined with black at their tips: on two specimens the red is extended to ‘the apex of the basal segment. The sexes vary as those of ‘the typical form. Hab.—South Australia, Victoria. 392 EARINUS KREUSLERAE, Pasc. On the males of this species the third and fourth: abdominal segments are densely clothed in the middle with whitish, woolly-looking pubescence. Hab.—South Australia, Western Australia. EARINUS PICTUS, Pasc. The abdominal clothing of the males of this species is: very similar to that of the preceding species. Following is a table of the described species of the genus :— | Prothorax entirely dark _... Bi ay ... purpureus Prothorax entirely pale. ; Elytra pale about scutellum —... by .: kreuslerae Elytra dark about scutellum. Elytra bifasciate J Cae. sg .. mimaulus (typical) Elytra unifasciate ve ... var. unifasciatus Prothorax pale, with lack “markings. Elytra entirely dark ae is ... bimaculatus Elytra partly dark. Humeral markings continued to suture... pictus Humeral markings isolated. Antennae with three joints pale at base humeralis Antennae entirely dark YA ¥, we MINOT PORITHEA OBLIQUA, NL. Sp. Reddish-brown, appendages somewhat paler; elytra with: the apical fourth flavous, and each with a conspicuous oblique flavous fascia, commencing at or near the suture just before the middle, and ending on the side.behind the middle. Clothed with very short “pale pubescence; elytra with rather numerous hairs, and rather dense on antennae. Head with small, dense, rugose punctures; clypeal suture: foveate on each side; median line just traceable posteriorly, but distinct elsewhere. Antennae considerably longer than body in male, not much in female; spine on the third joint. short, on the fourth and fifth very short. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides rounded ‘and widest almost in exact middle, with an obtuse and rather short median elevation,. and with four small discal tubercles; with dense, small,. rugose punctures. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax, feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is obtusely rounded; with punctures of three kinds. /emora clavate. Length, 64-12 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron) ; Queens- land: Mount Tambourine (R. Illidge “and A. M. Lea). Type,. I. 5490. 390 In general appearance fairly close to plagiata, but with ‘apex of elytra pale and median markings reduced to a con- sspicuously oblique fascia on each, the two combined forming a wide reversed V. The markings are fairly constant, but the general colour varies from a rather bright rusty-red to dark (almost piceous) brown. The spine ‘at the tip of the fifth antennal joint is so short as to be almost invisible. The four discal tubercles on the pronotum are placed, as it were, at the corners of an exact square. The elytral punctures are of three kinds—(1) moderately large ones, dense at the base but becoming smaller and sparser pos- teriorly ; (2) some larger seriate ones, usually backed by small granules; (3) very dense and small ones throughout. The male differs from the female in having longer antennae and legs, with front tibiae moderately curved at the base and wider at the apex, and the prothorax slightly longer. PORITHEA APICALIS, Nl. sp. Reddish-brown, appendages bright reddish-castaneous, apical third of elytra flavous but partly infuscated. Moderately clothed with very short pale pubescence, on the under-surface somewhat sericeous in appearance; a few hairs on the elytra and sides of prothorax and numerous ones on the appendages and muzzle. Head with very dense, small, rugose punctures; clypeal suture subfoveate on each side; median line fairly well defined, except posteriorly. Antennae thin, considerably passing elytra, finely granulate-punctate; spine at tip of third joint rather short, on the fourth and fifth much shorter. Pro- thorax considerably longer than wide, sides feebly rounded in middle, with a very feeble median elevation, and four feeble discal tubercles. H/ytra not much but distinctly wider than widest part of prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width to apex, where each is obtusely rounded; with three kinds of punctures. /emora clavate; front tibiae lightly ‘curved at the base. Length, 94 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 5489. The prothorax is narrower than in plagiata, and the elytral markings are very different. The apical two-thirds of the flavous apical portion are somewhat infuscated, so that in certain lights the elytra appear to have a narrow subapical, very pale fascia, bounded posteriorly by a somewhat longer and slightly darker one; the apical half of the femora is somewhat darker than the rest of the legs, and the abdomen is somewhat darker than the metasternum. The four pro- thoracic tubercles are placed, as it were, at the corners of a 394 somewhat irregular square, the two front ones being rather more apart than the two hind ones. The elytral punctures are much as on the preceding species, except that the larger subseriate ones are almost confined to the suture. The type appears to be a male. PORITHEA PLAGIATA, Blackb. The type of this species was from the Tweed River, and was described as having on the elytra “‘maculis singulis later- alibus antemedianis magnis et fascia communi undulata ante- apicalz sat lata testaceis.’’ In the Blackburn Collection there were four specimens marked as belonging to the species, but not as co-types (the type is in the British Museum) ; they were all from Northern Queensland. There are other specimens before me from Dorrigo, in New South Wales, to the Endeavour River in Queensland, and these demonstrate that the elytral markings are variable; in general, however, the pale markings on each elytron consist of a subtriangular or very irregular median blotch, usually not touching the suture,. but occasionally doing so, and containing towards the side a dark spot, but this spot may be so continued as to divide the blotch into two unequal spots; the sinuous apical fascia may occupy from a little more to a little less space than the derm behind it; or the pale markings may be so extended as to occupy most of the surface, when the darker parts appear as a subtriangular basal space (followed or not by a few small spots), a wide postmedian fascia, and a shorter apical ene. The male (I took a pair im cop. in the Cairns district) is usually smaller than the female, with longer antennae, prothorax somewhat longer in proportion, and front tibiae more curved and wider at apex. The species of the genus (excluding :ntorta, unknown to me as such) may be tabulated as follows :— Pale portion of elytra confined to apical third apicalis Pale portion not so confined. : Apex of elytra dark +) Ae Ae a. “plaguata Apex of elytra pale. Pale apical portion connected with other pale portions ... xd .. parenthica Pale apical portion disconnected... aw ..obhquwa GASTROPHACODES, Nn. g. Head moderately large. Eyes rather large, coarsely faceted, semi-circularly notched, upper portion much smaller than lower portion. Clypeus and labrum membranous.’ Mandibles short, strong, semi-circularly incised near apex. Antennae moderately long, inserted in front of ocular exci- sions, second joint very short, the following ones somewhat 395 flattened, and to the tenth feebly produced on one side at apex, all unarmed. Palpi small. Prothorax transverse, unarmed. Hlytra almost parallel-sided to near apex. J/eta- sternum with episterna wide and narrowed posteriorly. Abdomen considerably produced beyond the elytra, all the segments long. Legs moderately long; front coxae moderately separated, front coxal cavities open behind, obliquely pro- duced at their sides; tibiae bispinose at apex, tarsi with claw-joints lightly dentate at base. Excluding the abdomen, the general appearance of the remarkable insect described below is somewhat suggestive of Phacodes, near which genus it may be provisionally placed, despite the unarmed antennae (unarmed also in Oebarina and Aesiotyche). The elytra do not nearly cover the abdomen, and this is due, not to their abbreviation (as in Hesthesis), but to the great development of the abdomen. I was under the impression that the first specimen seen (from Mullewa) was a female captured before full maturity, but Mr. Brown took numerous specimens, all of which have the abdomen considerably prolonged, and on the specimen figured an oedeagus is protruding. The upper-surface of the abdomen is margined on each side (as on most Staphylinidae). GASTROPHACODES VENTRICOSUS, I. sp. Ply =xxigahon Black, parts of elytra, antennae, and legs obscurely reddish-brown. With very short and sparse setae, but with straggling hairs on sides of prothorax, on muzzle, and on antennae and legs. Head with median line deep and irregular in middle, but scarcely traceable to base; with coarse and irregular punctures: lower face transversely sculptured. Antennae with second joint (excluding its socket piece) about one-fourth the length of third, third to seventh subequal in length, eighth to tenth slightly decreasing in length, eleventh dis- tinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax about one-fourth wider than long, apex with a narrowly-impressed line across under- surface and sides, but scarcely traceable across middle, sides somewhat irregularly swollen about middle; with coarse, crowded, and irregular punctures, but leaving an impunctate median line on basal half (sometimes traceable to apex). Scutellum shagreened, about as wide as long. LHlytra about as wide as widest part of prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near apex, where each is widely separately rounded; basal portion with coarse and rather crowded punctures, becoming much smaller and shallower posteriorly. Under-surface with punctures varying from coarse and irregular to sparse and 396 small, head between eyes coarsely vermiculate, medio-basal' portion polished and almost impunctate. Abdomen polished, first segment (along middle) as long as hind femora, the three: following slightly shorter, fifth slightly longer. Length, to apex of elytra, 22-34 mm.; of abdomen, 33-64 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Ankertell, Yalgoo (H. W. Brown), Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). Type, I. 5769. The elytra are without distinct costae, but to the naked eye appear to have two feeble longitudinal elevations on each; the apical half is thinner than the basal half, and on several specimens appears to be almost membranous, an appearance: heightened by irregular shrinkage. The male differs from the female in having the abdomen somewhat shorter and thinner and antennae and legs somewhat longer. On some specimens there is a small polished space on each side at the base of the prothorax. CHRYSOMELIDAE. EUCOLASPINUS, new name. Hucolaspis, Lea, n. pr. The name Hucolaspis was used by Dr. Sharp in 1886 (Tr. Dubl. Soc.), so that the above substitute is proposed for the name Hucolaspis, recently used in the Hwmolpides (ante,. 1915, pecole): Subfamily CHRYSOMELIDES. The Australian genera of this subfamily may, for the present purpose, be regarded as belonging to two divisions— 1. Paropsis, and the genera or subgenera proposed (usually on trivial grounds) at its expense. 2. All other genera. Whilst the species of Paropsis may usually be readily identi- fied as such, there are members of other genera that super- ‘ficially might easily be mistaken for same, but these may usually be distinguished by the claws, palpi, antennae, and elytral -epipleurae. Whilst hoping later on to deal with Paropsis, for the present my task has been confined to the second division. Some of the genera of this division are very distinct and may be easily recognized, but the claws and palpi are so important that considerable manipulation of specimens is cften necessary before they can be critically examined. In a previous paper (28) I did not attach sufficient importance to these, with the result that several species of Chrysomela were referred to Calomela. (2°) Some of the 28) Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, 1902. (29) Some species of Chrysomela so strongly resemble some of Calomela that even as species they are hard to distinguish from same. out genera have been proposed on very slight grounds, so that it is sometimes difficult to be sure as to which of several genera a new species should be referred. All the new species here described, however, ‘may be placed generically by the appended table, which, as far as possible, is based on charac- ters previously used by Baly. As regards the dentition of the claws, with most of the species whose claws are truly armed, if these can be seen at all clearly there is usually no difficulty in noting the armature, but where the claws are very feebly armed, or are unarmed, closer examination is necessary, and in such it is usually necessary to examine several claws, as with old, greasy or dirty specimens a small amount of dirt may easily cause a claw to appear armed when it is really simple. A. Apical joints of antennae flattened and conspicu- onsly produced outwardly — yh ... Johannica AA. Antennae not as in A. B. Clypeus of male asymmetrical ... Be .. Cyclonoda BB. Clypeus of male symmetrical. C. Tip of abdomen multidentate ... ay! ... Ateratocerus CC. Tip of abdomen not dentate. D. Claws simple. a. Elytra tuberculate. b. Tubercles large and few in number ... Richmondia ' bb. Tubercles numerous and small ... Strumatophyma aa. Elytra non-tuberculate. c. Intercoxal process of prosternum bilobed at base. d. Apical joint of maxillary palpi securiform 8 ses .. Chrysomela dd, Apical joint not securiform. e. Of large size and elongate form ... Aesernia ev. Much smaller and semiglobose ... Chalcomela cc. Intercoxal process rounded or truncate at base. f. Form elongate. g. Elytra with post-humeral depressions Lamprolina ° gg. Elytra without such Rn: ... Ethomela #f. Form short and round Lae — h. Elytral margins inflated near ‘ shoulders ... ays ae ... OCyclomela hh. Elytral margins evenly rounded. i. Elytral epipleurae conspicuously concave ... ah: oe .... Pseudoparopsis u. Elytral epipleurae gently convex Geomela DD. Claws not simple. E. Sides of prothorax crenulate es ... Paralepta EE. Sides not crenulate. F. Apical joints of maxillary palpi not securiform. 7. Middle of metasternum produced and overhanging base of prosternum ... Grammicomela 398 77. Middle not so produced. k. Intercoxal process of Dicer very wide and flat ea .. Ithaebomela kk. Intercoxal process not as in k. 1. Antennae moniliform ... ... Phyllocharis ll. Antennae subfiliform. m. Base of intercoxal process of prosternum decidedly below i middle it a ... Chalcolampra mm. Base level or almost level with middle ... Re Oomela FF. Apical joint of maxillary palpi securi- form. G. Elytra epipleurae very wide, con- tinuing the lines of the upper- surface Poropteromela GG. Elytral epipleur ae very different to those of G. H. Intercoxal process of prosternum not bilobed at base. . Form elongate .~.. Ek ... Platymela nn. Form short Acacicola HH. Intercoxal process bilobed at base. I. Elytral punctures nowhere seriate in arrangement a ... Clidonotus II. Eiytral punctures, at least in parts, seriate in arrangement lie Antennae filiform =e EKulina JJ. Antennae incrassate or sub- incrassate. ' K. Intercoxal process of pro- sternum not conspicu- ously elevated in front Calomela KK. Intercoxal process con- spicuously elevated in front. L. Antennae comparatively Shore | pees .. Augomela LL. Antennae comparatively ( Stethomela long i e, . |Aesernoides Nores on TABLE. i E. From diagnosis; genus not represented in Museum. / and ll. The characters used by Baly in his table; not very satisfactory, but I know of none better. The species of _ Phyllocharis are mostly conspicuously marked and frequent shrubs; those of Chaicolampra are mostly more or less black and have terrestrial habits; many also have aborted wings. Land LL. Very unsatisfactory. Baly regarded Awgo- mela and Stethomela as subgenera of Australica (Calomela). The species of A wgomela are all metallic; those of Stethomela and Aesernoides are usually less or not at all metallic, and frequently are partly red or with reddish markings; the only species hitherto referred to Acsernoides is a strikingly-distinct one, but its generic separation from Stethomela is dubious. 399 CHRYSOMELA JANSONI, Baly. Calomela amethystina, Lea. In describing C. amethystina I overlooked the fact that its claws are simple. It, therefore, belongs to Chrysomela, and appears to be a synonym of (. jansoni. A specimen from North-western Australia differs from the typical form in having the head entirely pale; another has a metallic blue tinge only on the basal half; both have the metasternum metallic-blue, but the rest of the under-surface is uniformly pale. CHRYSOMELA FULVILABRIS, Germ. This species also has simple claws, so should not have been referred to Calomela. Specimens were standing in Blackburn’s Collection as (. fulvilabris, and one of these was named by Chapuis as Caristea sapphiris (Mast. Cat., Sp., No. 6711). CHRYSOMELA VIRIDIPENNIS, Lea (formerly Calomela). This species has also simple claws. CHRYSOMELA INTERCOXALIS, N. sp. Flavous, apical six joints of antennae black, the two or three preceding ones more or less infuscated. Head with punctures varying from small to fairly large, and larger between eyes than elsewhere, with a feebly-im- pressed median line; clypeus with rather dense and small punctures, suture distinct. Antennae rather short and stout. Prothorax about thrice as wide as the median length, sides lightly bisinuate, front angles conspicuously produced, front margin rather strongly incurved to middle; near sides with coarse and rather dense punctures, much smaller and much sparser elsewhere. Hlytra slightly wider than prothorax, but at extreme base no wider; with regular rows of not very large punctures, smaller on apical slope and larger behind shoulders than elsewhere, interstices with minute scattered punctures. Inter-coxal process of prosternum grooved and densely punctate along middle, base deeply notched. Length, 6-6) mm. 1. Hab.—Quveensland: Cairns (Blackburn’s Collection, from — Cowell, E. Allen). Type, I. 2566. In general appearance strikingly close to Cualomela pallida, but with the claws simple instead of conspicuously armed as on that species. A specimen from the Northern Territory (Blackburn’s. Collection, from J. J. Walker) apparently belongs to this species, but has antennae entirely pale. 400 This and the two following species, in general appear- ance and in structure, so closely resemble many of the pallid species of Calomela, differing (generically) only in the claws being simple, and many of the metallic species are also so closely allied in structure, differing also only in the claws, that to maintain the two groups as distinct genera appears almost absurd, more especially as there are forms whose claws might fairly be regarded as intermediate. CHRYSOMELA ACACIAE, 0. sp. Flavous, apical half (or mcre) of antennae black, tips of tibiae and parts of tarsi sometimes infuscated. Head with dense and rather coarse punctures between eyes, much smaller and sparser elsewhere, with a feeble median line; clypeus with rather dense and small punctures, suture deep. Antennae rather short and stout. Prothorar more than twice as wide as long, basal two-thirds almost parallel-sided ; sides with dense and coarse punctures, much sparser and smaller (but still fairly large) elsewhere. Lytra distinctly wider than prothorax, sides very gently rounded; with rather coarse punctures in irregular geminate or sub- geminate rows, becoming smaller posteriorly, interstices with sparse and minute punctures. Inter-coxal process of pro- sternum grooved along middle, base notched. Length, 5-64 mm: Hab.—South Australia: Nuriootpa, Rocky Gully (J. G. O. Tepper), Murray Bridge (H. H. D. Griffith and -A.. AE. Lea). Type,.1.. 2596. Smaller than the preceding species and with coarser punctures, on the elytra the lines of punctures are without the beautiful regularity of those of that species. On all the specimens in the Museum the apical half of the elytra is distinctly paler than the basal half, but the two shades of colour are not sharply defined; living specimens, however, are of a uniform delicate pale leek-green. Specimens are fairly common on a dwarf species of Acacia. CHRYSOMELA PUBICEPS, 0. sp. Flavous; elytra (punctures excepted), sides of prothorax, and abdomen paler than elsewhere; apical third (or more) of antennae black or infuscated. Head with short but distinct © pubescence. Head with crowded but not very large punctures, with a feeble median carina; clypeal suture distinct. Antennae rather short and stout. Prothoraz more than thrice as wide as long, basal two-thirds almost parallel-sided, front angles rather acutely produced; with dense and coarse punctures 401 throughout, the interspaces with minute ones. Hlytra at base not wider than prothorax, sides very gently rounded; with irregularly geminate rows of fairly large punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly, interstices with rather numerous minute ones. Inter-coxal process of prosternum with a few punctures, then grooved along middle, with the base deeply notched. Length, 6-74 mm. Hab.—South Australia: Oodnadatta (Blackburn’s Col- lection) ; Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardcastle). Type, I. 2604. The claws are considerably thickened towards the base, but as they are without dentiform processes they must be regarded as simple. The head is clothed with short but distinct pubescence, of which there is not a trace on either of the preceding species; the under-surface (except abdomen) and legs are similarly clothed. The punctures on the disc of the prothorax are almost as coarse as those on the sides—an unusual feature in the genus. The elytral punctures, although irregularly geminate, are seen to be distinctly seriate in arrangement; on the Cunnamulla specimen, how- ever, they are less conspicuously so. CALOMELA CURTISI, Kirby, var. A specimen from the Capel River (Western Australia) differs from the ordinary form of this species in having the green vitéa on each elytron represented by an outer ellipse only, the inner portion being exactly the same colour as the lateral and sutural regions. CALOMELA AENEONITENS, Clark. A specimen from Beverley (Western Australia) possibly belongs to this species, but differs from the description in having the head bright brassy-green, and the prothorax, scutellum, and elytra uniformly greenish-blue or violet-blue (according to the point of view); the under-surface also has a distinct metallic-green gloss and the antennae are infuscate towards apex. In general appearance it is close to Chryso- mela fulvilabris, but each of the claws has a stout basal appendix; it differs also from that species in being thinner, head with denser and coarser punctures, elytral punctures more numerous and still more irregular, and legs somewhat ‘thinner. CALOMELA PULCHELLA, Baly, var. A specimen from Toowoomba (Queensland) evidently belongs to this species, but its head and prothorax have a distinct coppery-green gloss, superimposed upon the red of the normal form. 402 CALOMELA WATERHOUSEI, Baly. C. lauta, Blackb. As the descriptions of the above read as if founded upon but one species, Mr. Arrow was asked to compare the types. In reply he wrote: —‘‘C’. lauta, type, agrees with a specimen named waterhousei, by Baly, but apparently not the actual type, which I cannot fnd..7; CALOMELA RUFICEPS, Bol. Australica pyrrhocephala, Clark. Mr. Arrow was asked if he considered pyrrhocephala to be a synonym of ruficeps. Of the type he wrote :—‘‘Agrees exactly with a specimen which appears to be a type of ruficeps from the Dejean Collection in this (British) Museum.’’ CALOMELA LATICOLLIS, Nn. sp. Of a dingy testaceo-flavous, head somewhat darker, punctures with a purplish gloss. Head wide, with dense punctures of fairly large or moderate sizes, on clypeus denser and smaller than elsewhere. Prothoraz more than twice as wide as long, sides gently increasing in width to near base; punctures larger than on head but not so dense, larger towards (but not on) sides than elsewhere. Hlytra elongate, parallel-sided to near apex; with almost regular rows of deep punctures, somewhat*larger and more irregular along middle than elsewhere. Inter-coxal process of prosternum conspicuously bilobed at base, with a few scattered punctures. Claws somewhat obtusely dentate. Length, 74 mm. “Hab.—North-west of South pola (H. Basedow). Type (unique), I. 2600. At a glance close to lauta, but elytral punctures very different. In many respects it agrees with the description of waterhouser, but that species is noted as having ‘‘whole upper- surface closely covered with deep punctures,’ whereas on this species the majority of the elytral punctures, even to the naked eye, are in regular, or almost regular, series. The greatest width of the prothorax is slightly more than that of the elytra. The antennae (except the basal joints) are missing from the type. CALOMELA TENUICORNIS, Nn. Sp. Dark bronzy-green or brassy-blue, under-surface brassy- green, labrum and appendages (apical third or more of antennae infuscated) of a dingy-flavous, knees infuscated or bluish. 403 Head wide with crowded punctures of median or rather small size, becoming larger and denser on clypeus. Antennae thin, extending to about middle of metasternum. VProthoraz more than twice as wide as long, basal two-thirds parallel- sided, thence gently rounded to apex; punctures in middle much as on head, but less crowded, becoming denser and larger towards sides. /lytra elongate, parallel-sided to near apex ; towards suture with a few irregular rows of punctures, but elsewhere larger and crowded. Prosternwm with coarse punctures in places, the sides transversely or obliquely strigose; inter-coxal process with a row of large punctures, its base conspicuously bilobed. Length, 6-8 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue, Ankertell (H. W. Brown), Sandgate (H. J. Carter). .Type, I. 2598. There is a subdentiform swelling at the base of each of the front claws, so that these could not be regarded as simple, but on the other claws the swelling, although trace- able, is not dentiform in character, hence the species might have been referred to Chrysomela; but as it 1s quite obviously allied to Jawta, and to the preceding species, it appears better to refer it to Calomela; from lauta is differs in being more metallic, narrower, and by the conspicuous row of punctures on the inter-coxal process of prosternum (on a specimen marked as /auta by the late Rev. T. Blackburn, and on others of the species, the process is wider and without such a row). The antennae are thinner than in most species of the genus. Although the specimens could hardly be described as black with a metallic gloss, their upper-surface is certainly not of the bright metallic-blue or green (wholly or in part) of others of the genus, and there are no sharply-defined bands of colour on the upper-surface, but on the same specimens some of the punctures are bluish and others are purplish and greenish. The elytral punctures are deep and well defined, but (except towards the suture and on the margins) many of them are so closely placed together that they appear to be transversely or obliquely confluent, and the ma jority are slightly wider than long. ' Some specimens from Cue are much smaller (44-43 mm.) and have the punctures on the inter-coxal process fewer in number and the groove containing them deeper; but they appear to represent a variety only. CALOMELA PROSTERNALIS, 0. sp. Black, with a bronzy gloss, becoming bronzy-green on parts of the under-surface; labrum, antennae, palpi, and parts of legs, more or less obscurely diluted with red. 404 Head with crowded and distinct but rather small punc- tures, with a shining median line; clypeus with denser but not smaller punctures than on rest of head, its suture very distinct. Antennae not very stout, extending almost to apex of metasternum. VProthorax shagreened, fully twice as wide as long, sides rather strongly and evenly rounded; with crowded punctures, somewhat larger than on head, but very sparse and irregular on middle. //ytra shagreened, shoulders gently rounded, with subgeminate rows of rather small punc- - tures, becoming irregular on apical slope. Prosternum with dense and coarse punctures, inter-coxal process conspicuously bilobed at base. Length, 84-83 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (MH. W. Brown). Type, i oreoO18 In size and sculpture much like imperzalis, but the upper-surface finely shagreened and without the beautiful play of colours of that species. In general appearance, at a glance, somewhat like enlarged and widened specimens of Chrysomela australica, but the elytral punctures are very dif- ferent. The claws on the four front tarsi are conspicuously dentate, but on the hind ones are feebly so, although the teeth are fairly distinct from certain directions. CALOMELA MINIMA, N. sp. Flavous, with smoky-brown markings. Head with irregularly-distributed punctures, not very large towards base, but somewhat larger in front; clypeus very short, its suture irregular. Antennae extending to middle of metasternum, joints sixth to tenth transverse. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, basal two-thirds almost parallel-sided; with well-defined but not very large punctures, moderately crowded towards (but not on) sides, but sparser elsewhere. /Hlytra not wider than prothorax, parallel-sided to near apex; with regular rows of distinct but not very large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, interstices with a few minute ones. Inter-coxal process of prosternum with a row of punctures on each side, base obtusely bilobed. Length, 34-35 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 2606. Much smaller and with colour pattern different from those of any previously-described species, but with the ordinary outlines of a Calomela or Chrysomela, and the armed claws of the former (the claws from certain directions appear to be unarmed, but from others they are seen to be distinctly, although rather obtusely, dentate near base). The darker 405 parts are sharply defined but somewhat variable; on the head they consist of a transverse bilobed space at the base and an irregular one in middle, two fairly large angular spots on prothorax (slightly nearer base than apex, and distinctly nearer sides than each other), most of elytra, apical half (or more) of antennae, knees, tarsi, and tips of tibiae; on one specimen the scutellum, clypeus, and a spot on each palpus are dark, and parts of its under-surface are obscurely mottled. On each elytron the paler portions are roughly and irregu- larly circular, so that they enclose dark spaces, of which one is basal and the other subapical. CALOMELA (PLATYMELA) STICTICOLLIS, Baly. The ground-colour of the prothorax and under-surface of this species varies from pale-flavous to reddish-castaneous, the six prothoracic spots are usually conspicuous, but occasionally the two outer ones are absent, occasionally the legs are entirely pale. Baly described the inter-coxal process of the prosternum as truncate; it is certainly not conspicuously bilobed as on most species of Calomela, but as it certainly is gently incurved to its middle the expression (as a generic feature) might be somewhat misleading. He also recorded the species as from Melbourne, but probably in error; the species is fairly common from the Richmond River in New South Wales to the Coen River in Queensland. CALOMELA (PLATYMELA) RUFOCASTANEA, Nl. Sp. Reddish-castaneous, labrum and basal third of antennae (the apical two-thirds infuscated) flavous; tarsi, and some- times parts of tibiae, more or less deeply infuscated. Head with irregularly-distributed punctures, varying from moderately large to small, and larger between eyes than elsewhere; clypeus not depressed, with dense and rather small punctures, its suture distinct but not deep. Antennae rather long and thin, none of the joints transverse. Prothorax more than twice as wide as long, sides gently decreasing in width from base to apical fourth and then more rapidly to apex, front margin gently bisinuate; with irregularly-scat- tered punctures of moderate size and ‘with numerous minute ones. Hlytra very little wider than prothorax, with regular rows of not very large punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly, the interstices with fairly numerous minute punctures; with a vague depression behind each shoulder. Inter-coxal process of prosternwm with a row of punctures in a groove on each side of basal two-thirds, base gently incurved to middle. Claws strongly and acutely dentate (almost bifid) . Length, 8-103 mm. 406 Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (F. P. Dodd and E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 2610. The uniform colour of the upper-surface, with the entire absence of metallic gloss, will readily distinguish this species from sticticollis and wnilineata, the prothoracic punctures are also more conspicuous (these are denser on each side of base than elsewhere, but towards the sides themselves they are not quite as dense as in the middle); but the general outlines and the base of the prosternum are as on those species. STETHOMELA POROPTERA, Baly. S. foverpennis, Jac. Two specimens in the Blackburn Collection were labelled as poroptera, but as they appeared also to agree with the description of foverpennis Mr. Arrow was asked for his opinion as to their identity, and it was pointed out to him that, although there were slight differences in the descrip- tions of the colours of the antennae and legs, the elytral punctures are so very different to those of ordinary species that the differences might well be varietal. In reply he wrote:—‘‘I think there is no question that these are one species. The antennae are practically the same in both ‘types, and the difference in the legs 1s of no importance.’’ STETHOMELA SUBMETALLICA, Baly. Var. fraternalis, Baly. The form described as the typical one of this species has the prothorax red, more or less stained with metallic-brown. Such a form.is rather rare. One specimen in the Museum has the prothorax uniformly red and the elytra obscurely diluted with red, but several have the prothorax dark metallic-green, obscurely diluted with red; on others the head (except in front) and pronotum are entirely dark metallic-green. The under-surface, whilst usually reddish, is sometimes metallic-green in parts, occasionally it is almost black, with metallic-green in parts. The punctures usually have a purplish or greenish glitter. Var. A. This is perhaps the commonest form of the species. . Var. B. Possibly described from an immature specimen. Var. C,n. var. Bright coppery-green, clypeus, labrum, scutellum (occasionally with infuscate margins), antennae, palpi, and legs more or less reddish, under-surface more or less red, but in places with a metallic-green gloss, or metallic- green, some parts reddish. This is the common form about ‘Cairns. @ 407 Var. fraternalis, Baly. I cannot regard fraternalis as more than a variety of swhmetallica. Baly noted the punc- tures on each elytron as being in eight double rows, but (excluding the short single subscutellar and the marginal rows) they are really nine in number. : Var. femoralis, n. var. Metallic purplish-blue (some specimens bluish-green with a slight coppery gloss), clypeus, labrum, scutellum, antennae, palpi, and legs (femora metal- lice-green in middle) more or less red; under-surface metallic- green, sides of sterna reddish, parts of abdomen more or less conspicuously diluted with red. The four specimens under examination are longer and wider (11x8 mm.) than the typical form and the other varieties, but structurally are so close that it does not appear desirable to describe them as representing more than a variety, but which should be named. Hab.—Coen River (H. Hacker) and Prince of Wales Jsland (H. Elgner). STETHOMELA PARRYI, Baly ( ?) Two specimens from Dorrigo (the type was from “‘Aus- tralia’’) perhaps belong to this species; they have the elytral punctures widely spaced in series, resembling (except in their much smaller size and rather less irregular distribution) those of Chdonotus gubbosus. But Baly described the prothoracic punctures as ‘‘large’’; although distinct and deep, those of the specimens in the Museum could hardly be regarded as large, but he said they were of similar size to those on the. elytra, these being much smaller than on gibbosus. He also. described the head as ‘‘impressed just above the epistome with a few deep foveae.’’ There are a few deep punctures (similar to those on the prothorax) close to the deep clypeal suture, but as many species of the genus differ considerably in the punctures, and the curiously-distinct elytral punctures, the size and colour agree with the description, it is better to regard the specimens as possibly belonging to parryi. STETHOMELA PRASINA, Bally. Living specimens of this species are of a pale non- metallic-green, except for the tarsi, tip of palpi, and the greater portion of antennae, which are more or less deeply infuscated or blackish. But shortly after death the undér- surface and legs become flavous, and frequently the head and prothorax as well. The size is usually smaller than that (5 lines) of the type, and the large shallow prothoracic foveae are often absent; the type also appeared to have uniformly pale antennae, but I have not seen such a specimen. The 408 ‘species 1s fairly common in the northern coastal districts of New South Wales and the southern ones of Queensland. Although noted as being larger than swhmetallica, its average size is less than the average size of that species. STETHOMELA FLAVICORNIS, Jac. (formerly AUGOMELA). S. cuprupes, Lea. This species varies somewhat in size, and the general colour of individuals varies from metallic- blue to violet, with ‘a shght golden gloss. Jacoby referred the species to Augo- mela, but its general outlines, with the comparatively long antennae and the front of the inter-coxal process of proster- num strongly elevated above the adjacent parts, appear to me to be conclusive that it should be referred to the closely- allied genus Stethomela, to which cupripes (a synonym of flavicornis) was referred. STETHOMELA CORNUTA, Baly. Some specimens of this species are of a brassy-green and rather smaller than the typical form; the upper edge of the mandibles of the male is also less conspicuously grooved and more sloping. STETHOMELA OLIVACEA, Jac. Numerous specimens from Cairns agree with the descrip- ‘tion of this species, except that they are slightly larger (8-9 mm.) and have three instead of two of the basal joints ‘of antennae pale; on most of them portion of the base of the prothorax is feebly stained with dull-green. STETHOMELA PURPUREIPENNIS, N. sp. Reddish-castaneous, elytra purple. Head with small scattered punctures, with a distinct but rather feebly-impressed median line; clypeus with rather ‘dense but small punctures, suture well defined, an oblique impressed line from each end of suture to hind margin of eye. Antennae rather short, eighth to tenth joints transverse, ‘eleventh slightly wider than tenth but not transverse. Pro- thorax almost thrice as wide as long, basal three-fourths almost parallel-sided ; with minute punctures and some of larger size (but not very large) irregularly scattered, and denser towards sides than elsewhere. /Flyira with outlines subcontinuous with those of prothorax; with regular rows of not very large punctures, becoming smaller posteraay interstices each with a row of minute punctures. Length, 5-6 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (H. Hacker); North- western Australia: King’s Sound (W. W. Froggatt). Type, ie 2676. 409 A briefly-elliptic species, in general appearance fairly close to caudata, but entirely red except for the purple elytra (in certain lights almost any part ot these may appear to have a coppery-green gloss); head with much smailer punc-. tures, prothorax with much smaller ones, becoming very minute on disc (on the disc of caudata they are almost as large as on the sides), and the inter-coxal process of prosternum of very different shape (on caudata it is elongate-subtriangular’ in shape, bounded by slightly- elevated walls, which meee in front; on the present species the process is narrower, the groove is distinct throughout, and its walls diverge in front). On many specimens the scutellum has infuscated margins. The elytra are without pcsthumeral impressions. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is less securiform than usual in the genus. On close examination a feeble subdentiform swelling may be seen at the base of each claw, so that it could not be regarded as simple, as at first it appears to be. STETHOMELA RARA, 0. sp. Flavous; elytra dark metallic-blue, except the suture (very narrowly), margins (but just behind the shoulders infuscated), and epipleurae ; a small infuscate spot on each side of base of prothorax, tarsi, parts of tibiae, and tips of palpi more or less infuscated, antennae obscurely bluish, three basal joints more or less flavous. Head with rather small punctures, sparser and smaller between eyes than elsewhere, median line well defined; clypeus with moderately dense punctures, suture well defined but not very deep, a shallow oblique impression extending trom near each end of same to the hind margin of the eye. Antennae moderately long and fairly stout, none of the joints transverse, second about half the length of third. Pro- thorax about thrice as wide as long, sides feebly increasing in width from base to apical third and then rapidly decreasing to apex; with small scattered punctures and a few of larger size at extreme base towards each side. E/ytra subovate, distinctly wider than prothorax; with regular rows of moderately large punctures, becoming much smaller pos- teriorly, interstices with numerous minute punctures. Claws each with a large suboblong basal appendix. Length, 9 mm. Habl.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type (unique), I. 4866. ; In some respecés close to some of the varieties of /imbata, but head with numerous small punctures instead of a few large ones, prothorax with rather minute and scattered, but rather numerous, punctures instead of a few large ones. @ 410 elytra with numerous small ones on the interstices; apical joint of maxillary palpi less securiform, and inter-coxal pro- cess of prosternum very feebly grooved. From olivacea it is also readily distinguished by the punctures and by the elytral margins. The inter-coxal process rapidly slopes downwards from its middle, so that at its apex it is not conspicuously elevated above the adjacent parts, simply being the summit of two sloping sides. STETHOMELA FLAVOMARGINATA, Nl. Sp. Dark reddish- (almost chocolate-) brown, parts of under- surface and of legs. more or less obscurely diluted with red; palpi, basal joints of antennae (the others almost black), and parts of elytra flavous. Head with numerous but rather small punctures; clypeus almost on the same plane and with similar punctures to rest of head, suture fairly distinct but rather feebly depressed. Antennae long and thin, none of the joints transverse. Prothorax more than thrice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded, front angles acute, a shallow depression near each side ; with numerous small or medium-size punctures somewhat irregularly distributed, some large ones on each side in front. Hlytra at base slightly wider than prothorax, sides gently dilated to beyond the middle and then widely rounded; with regular rows of not very large punctures, and with numerous small but distinct punctures on the interstices. Claws strongly and acutely dentate. Length, 74-84 mm. Hfab.—Queensland: Cairns (F. P. Dodd, E. W. Fer- suson, and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 4874. A very aberrant species, for which perhaps a ‘new genus should have been proposed; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is unusually wide, and the subapical joint (which is somewhat triangular) of different shape to that of any other species that I have seen. At first glance it appears like an aberrant form of Paropsis, ©) but the palpi, inter-coxal process of prosternum, and elytral epipleurae are very dif- ferent to those of that genus. The shape and punctures of the head and prothorax are much like those of rafimana. The inter-coxal process of prosternum is unusually wide and almost perfectly flat throughout; in front it appears to form the flattened culmination of two slopes, instead of being conspicuously elevated above the adjacent ‘parts; its base is gently incurved to middle. The elytra are without post- humeral impressions; their epipleurae ar@ flat towards the (30) From examination of the upper-surface only, it might have been referred to Group 5 (formerly 6), Subgroup 1, of that genus. Re i 411 base (where they are pale) and then become almost vertical, with a narrow gutter, where they touch the abdomen. On one specimen the labrum is conspicuously paler than the adjacent parts, on another it is slightly paler, but on two others it is uniform with them. Each elytron appears to have a large suboblong chocolate-brown patch, almost com- pletely bordered with flavous; the flavous part commences abruptly on the margin slightly before the middle, margins the base (for a space about equal to half the length of the prothorax), is deflected near (but not on) the suture almost to apex, and then curves round near (but not on) the side almost to its starting-point. AUGOMELA IRIDEA, Baly. There are five specimens before me (from Brisbane and Mackay) that appear to belong to this species; they vary in length from 7 to 84 mm., and with markings (although of the same kind) more sharply defined on some than on others. Baly described the head as “‘deep metallic blue, with a golden-green reflection.’’ On the specimens before me the head is mostly brassy or brassy-purple, becoming green about the base; four specimens have the legs as described, but on one the femora and tibiae (knees excepted) are both con- spicuously reddish. The middle of the prosternum is more densely clothed with hairs than on any other species known to me, and this character alone wil! readily distinguish it from them; each elytron also is without the conspicuous ‘purple cross so typical of ornata, of which at first 1t appears to be a variety; on ornata also the process is flatter and wider, very sparsely clothed, and much less conspicuously notched at the -base. AUGOMELA HYPOCHALCEA, Germ. This species is common in parts of South Austraha and of New South Wales, it occurs also at Stradbreke Island and elsewhere in Southern Queensland, and a specimen was in the Blackburn Collection, labelled as from King Sound. AUGOMELA MULTISERIATA, 0. Sp. Black with a slight bronzy-green gloss, labrum, antennae, palpi, tibiae, and tarsi more or less reddish. Head with minute punctures and a vague median line; clypeal suture conspicuously trisinuate. Prothorax more than thrice as wide as long, sides gently rounded, front angles produced ; with minute punctures, and with some larger ones sparsely distributed towards sides, but fairly numerous on extreme base. Hlytra almost as wide as long, each side with =)? 412 a subhumeral swelling; each with about twenty rows of dis- tinct punctures, the interstices with a few minute ones, with some rather coarse punctures across basal third, but com- mencing some distance from suture. Inter-coxal process of prosternum strongly elevated above the adjacent parts, sides feebly incurved to middle, apex obtusely rounded, and base distinctly notched. Claws strongly dentate. Length, 7% mm. | Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type, I. 4871. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is less conspicu- ‘ously securiform than on most species of the genus. The antennae are moderately long, and the species might quite as well have been referred to Stethomela as to dugomela, but its general outlines are somewhat as in Chalcomela tricolor and C’. viridimicans ; the rows of elytral punctures are almost twice as numerous as on other species of the allied genera. A second specimen from Bundaberg (Blackburn’s Collection) has the upper-surface of a dark brassy-green, with the tibiae almost black. AUGOMELA TIBIALIS, 0. sp. d. Colours brightly metallic and variable; labrum, four or five basal joints of antennae (the others more or less blackish), and palpi (tip infuscated) more or less reddish. _ Head with small, irregularly-distributed punctures, median line rather feeble; clypeal suture deep, a narrow impression connecting each side of it with middle of an eye. Antennae not very long, but no joint transverse. Prothoras scarcely thrice as wide as long, basal two-thirds almost paraliel-sided ; with fairly numerous, scattered, distinct punc- tures, larger at extreme base than elsewhere, and with numerous very minute ones. //ytra slightly wider than pro- thorax, sides feebly dilated behind shoulders, with regular rows of fairly large punctures, becoming small posteriorly, interstices with minute punctures. Inter-coxal process of prosternum grooved towards and strongly notched at base. Four hind tzbiae strongly curved towards apex, with a con- spicuous ridge on lower-surface. Length, 73-85 mm. Q. Differs in having four hind tibiae almost straight and basal joint of each tarsus somewhat narrower. Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd and H. Hacker), Cape York (H. Elgner). Allied to hypochalcea, but with more conspicuously- armed claws, the tooth of each claw is large and very distinct ; on that species the tooth is but moderately distinct from certain directions and quite invisible from most ; h ypochaleea also has a foveate expansion of a puncture (or of two or three 413 punctures) in the fifth (counting the short scutellar one) row of punctures at the posthumeral depression, and sometimes one in the fourth as well. Both species vary considerably in colour, but whereas on hypochalcea each elytron (when not uniformly coloured) has a blue transverse vitta occupying the posthumeral depression, and no other; on the present species there is a wider blue vitta there, and an oblique postmedian one as well. But the four hind tibiae of the male readily distinguish the species from hypochalcea and from all other described ones of the genus. The most abundant form has the upper-surface mostly of a fiery-red or golden, with parts of the clypeus and a median line on head, an irregular part of base, and the extreme lateral and apical margins of prothorax, scutellum, suture, the two vittae on each elytron (the first. transverse and at the basal third, the second oblique and from just - beyond the middle to near the apex) purple, but where the two colours join the surface is more or less of a golden-green; the under-surface and legs are more or less golden-green or fiery, overlaying blue or purple. But many specimens are more or less brassy-green, with purple markings as noted, and with the under-surface and legs almost entirely purple. Var. 1. Purple, with a greenish gloss replacing the fiery-golden colour of the upper-surface, but head (labrum excepted) and under-surface entirely purple. One male of this form with the green but feebly indicated was sent by Mr. Dodd as having been taken 7” cop. with a normal female; other specimens have the green so faintly indicated that they might have been regarded as belonging to the following variety. Var. 2. Entirely purple (except for the labrum, anten- nae, and palpi). This form has a deceptive resemblance to Stethomela flavicornis, but the prosternum is very different and antennae with only some of the basal jomts partly pale, ete. CYCLOMELA NITIDA, Baly. On the form of this species with brassy elytra the tibiae are usually uniformly red, on the form with coppery-green elytra they are usually black at the base; one specimen before me has purplish-blue elytra, with no black on the tibiae ; another with brassy elytra has knees black at the base and the prothorax (except at the sides) deeply infuscated. CYCLOMELA NIGRICOLLIS, n. sp. Head, basal joints of antennae (the others black), palpi, and legs reddish: flavous; prothorax, scutellum, and under- surface black, elytra metallic-green. 414 Head with sparse and small punctures and a feeble median line; clypeus with small but more numerous punc- tures than elsewhere, suture somewhat curved, and a vague depression extending from each end to middle of an eye. Antennae moderately long and thin. Prothoraz about thrice as wide as the median length, base widely lobed in middle, basal three-fourths almost parallel-sided, front angles pro- duced and strongly rounded; with minute punctures and with some rather large scattered ones on sides and at extreme base. Hlytra with sides conspicuously inflated near shoulders, with regular*rows of moderately-large punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly, a much larger puncture or fovea in the eighth row near shoulder, interstices with numerous minute punctures. Inter-coxal precess of prosternum obtusely pointed in front, middle depressed towards base. Claws simple. Length, 9 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (Blackburn’s Collection). Tv pe (Ung we) mln 2018: Practically the only feature distinguishing Cyclomela from Chalcomela is the rounded base of the inter-coxal pro- cess, and on the type of the present species the pin has passed through the mesosternum forcing its middle on to the prosternal process, but this appears to be rounded. From nitida it differs in being slightly less rounded, with conspicu- ous punctures on. sides of prothorax, and in colour. Structurally it is fairly close to Chalcomela viridimicans, but the head is reddish and prothorax black. In some lights the elytra have a purplish gloss. CHALCOMELA EXIMIA, Baly. Var. cupreosplendens, Lea. The typical form of this species has the prothorax more or less golden or golden-green, with the extreme apex and a rather wide basal fascia purplish-blue; the elytra are purplish- blue with golden or golden-green markings, forming on the left elytron an irregular figure 6 (and, of course, reversed on the right), all the golden markings where they join the purple ones are more or less conspicuously bordered with green. The figure that accompanies the original description is a very poor one and somewhat misleading. With a fairly- extensive series of specimens it becomes evident that there are many colour varieties, one of which was previously named as distinct. On the prothorax a common variation is for the purple or purplish-blue marking to be so extended that the golden band of the typical form is broken up into three large spots—a somewhat wedge-shaped one on each side and 415 a transversely-elliptic or rounded one between, all three, however, sometimes obscurely connected in some lights. On the under-surface and legs the golden markings also vary in extent. The species occurs from Northern Queensland (including some of the adjacent islands) to Roebuck Bay in North-western Australia. Var. A. Golden markings of prothorax in the form of three disconnected spots, on elytra irregularly margining the base and sides, and turning up for a slight distance along suture, but not touching the suture itself (on all the speci- mens before me, both of the typical form and of the varieties, the suture is invariably purple or blue, although sometimes _very narrowly so). Var. B. Like A, but with golden zone of prothorax not broken up into spots, although with undulated margins. Var. C. Each elytron with golden markings connected along (but not touching) suture, as well as side, and enclosing two large purple spots, the first irregularly curved, the second irregularly subtriangular. Var. D. . With markings as on typical form, but of a fiery golden-red, not margined with green. Var. cupreosplendens, Lea. Golden markings of elytra confined to base and sides. ; CHALCOMELA VARIEGATA, Jac. A specimen from Dorrigo / probably belongs to this species, but it has the prothorax coppery-green and purple, instead of cupreous and green; the elytra also have obscurely purplish markings, but these are common variations in the subfamily. Two other specimens, from Gympie, probably also belong to the species, but differ in having the under- surface, legs (except for a metallic-green gloss in places), and antennae dull-red, the labrum also is of but one colour (instead of two as on the type and the Dorrigo specimen) ; one has the prothorax entirely metallic-green, on the other it has obscurely-defined patches of purple. On all the suture is narrowly purplish. On these specimens, on close examina- tion and from certain directions, a feeble subdentiform swelling may be seen at the base of each claw, but it could easily be overlooked, even when searched for; so that, as the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is not securiform, it appears better left in Chalcomela than transferred to Awgo- mela, to several species (/typochalcea and allies) of which it bears a strong resemblance. (31) Near the Richmond River, probably the original. locality, although such was given as Richmond. 416 CHALCOMELA TRICOLOR, Lea. Several specimens from Cairns differ from the type in being considerably smaller (down to 53 mm.); one has the upper-surface entirely black, except for a slight greenish gloss, another has it purplish- -black, also with a greenish gloss, and another has elytra black with a vague purplish gloss, but the prothorax of a beautiful bright-purple. The prothoracic punctures (except on the sides, where there are always some large ones) are usually dense and small, but still distinct, but on some specimens they are so small as almost to reach the vanishing point. CHALCOMELA FULVIPES, Jac. Two specimens from Brisbane probably belong to this species, but Jacoby described the elytra as ‘‘strongly and regularly punctate-striate,’’ and again as ‘‘very regularly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed, nearly obso- lete at the apex.’ The specimens in the Museum are very regularly seriate- (not striate- (52)) punctate, but the punc- tures are (for the group)-rather small, although distinct. He described the terminal joint of the palpi as being “‘nearly as long as the preceding one,’’ whereas on these specimens it is distinctly shorter and narrower. He also described the clypeus as ‘‘not separated from the face’’; the specimens in the Museum have the clypeal suture marked by a thin coloured line, but not by a deep groove, as in many species of the group. CHALCOMELA SIMULANS, N. sp. Black, in certain lights with a vague purplish or greenish gless; antennae, palpi, and legs (femora excepted) flavous. Head with sparse and minute punctures, median lne feeble; clypeus with rather dense punctures, suture distinct and somewhat curved, a narrow depression connecting each end of same with the middle of an eye. Antennae rather thin, none of the joints transverse. Prothorar about thrice as wide as median length, sides feebly diminishing in width to apical fourth, and then more strongly to apex: with numerous sharply- defined, but rather small, irregularly-dis- tributed punctures, Se eee larger at extreme base than elsewhere. “H/lytra very little longer than wide, shoulders strongly rounded, and sides feebly dilated beyond same; with regular rows of not very large but sharply-defined punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly ; interstices almost or quite impunctate. Inter-coxal Butea oe _ Piegeernae Scarocly (32) Many deseribers have used the word ‘‘striate’’ when true striae are absent from the elytra and the word ‘‘seriate’’ should have been used. 417 elevated in front, grooved along middle, base bilobed. Claws simple. Length, 6; mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Tee 09. Structurally close to dludens and variegata, but Pace more rounded, with somewhat smaller punctures and very differently coloured. In general appearance it is clese to Stethomela atra, but which has conspicuously armed claws ; there is'also a strong general resemblance to Augomela multi- sertata, but, apart from several generic features, each elytron has but eleven rows of punctures. The elytra are entirely without transverse posthumeral depressions, and the punc- tures at the usual position of same are not larger than elsewhere. A second specimen (from the Blackburn Collec- tion, without locality label) is almost entirely without metallic gloss. LAMPROLINA GRANDIS, Baly. The large size and absence of foveae from the pcst- humeral depressions render this species a very distinct one. It was named from a single damaged specimen from an unknown locality. Some specimens from the Northern Terri- tory were identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn as belong- - ing to the species and agree with the description; they have the antennae dark metallic-violet, and the three basal joints and the tarsi are entirely dark; but some specimens labelled as from Central Australia have most of the antennal joints black. LAMPROLINA SIMILLIMA, Bally. On the typical form of this species the elytra have a distinctly coppery tone, without the least trace of blue or green; it may occasionally be taken near Sydney with (the there abundant) aenerpennis on Bursaria spinosa. Var.(7) Some specimens from Mount Tambourine may represent a variety; they differ in having the elytra of a rather obscure metallic bluish-green, with rather more dis- tinct series of punctures, although still small. It is quite . possible, however, that they belong to jansonv. LAMPROLINA DISCOIDALIS, Baly. On each of four specimens that appear to belong to this species (including two standing in the Blackburn Collection as such) the. prothoracic marking consists of an irregular blotch occupying the median half of the apex and terminated before the base, with its posterior edge quadrilobed (the two median lobes nearer the base than the others). On the head the markings consist of two rather large inter-ocular spots, O 418 sometimes conjoined. The elytral punctures, although small, are quite distinct, and readily traceable almost to the apex. LAMPROLINA SIMPLICIPENNIS, Nn. Sp. Brassy-purple or coppery-green ; head, prothorax (a wide median brassy-green vitta excepted), legs (tarsi and parts of tibiae blackish), and part of abdomen more or less reddish, antennae purplish, part of basai jomt obscurely reddish. Head almost impunctate, with a wide subtriangular depression in middle and a shallow one close to each eye; clypeus depressed, suture rather deep. Antennae stout, extending almost to apex of metasternum. /Prothorax about twice as wide as long, with two rather small irregular foveae on each side, a tew punctures at base on each side, elsewhere inpunctate. lytra distinctly wider than prothorax, sides gently rounded; with a shallow post-humeral depression, in which are two or three large punctures, elsewhere impunctate - or almost so. Length, 63-7 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron); Queens- land: Mount Tambourine (H. Hacker and R. Illidge). Type, ILPVASSIU5 os In general appearance strikingly close to discordalis, but differs in the head being immaculate, the prothorax with a wide median vitta continuous from base to apex, the lateral -foveae considerably smaller, but in particular by the elytra, these at first appearing to be without series of punctures, and only on close examination may a few seriate ones be seen inwards of the posthumeral depression; on discoidalis, although for the genus rather small, the rows of punctures are quite distinct. : LAMPROLINA FOVEILATERA, 0. Sp. Reddish-flavous; elytra, tarsi, and apical parts of tibiae metallic greenish-blue, antennae purple, the basal joints metallic-green, palpi black with a metallic gloss. Head with a subtriangular depression in middle and a shallow one close to each eye, with a few large and some smaller punctures scattered about; clypeal suture semi- circular and rather deep. Antennae rather long and stout. Prothorar not twice as wide as long; with two coarsely- punctured foveae on each side, about base with some coarse punctures, becoming crowded towards each side at extreme base, with scattered and rather small but distinct ones else- where. L/ytra elongate, widest at about apical third; with rows of distinct and moderately large punctures, becoming minute posteriorly, basal three-fifths on each side with some 419 coarse punctures, occasionally conjoined to form foveae, the first on the fifth row inwards of the (rather feeble) post- humeral depression, two on the sixth row before same, four or five on the subouter row, the intervening rows with from one to three. Length, 11-114 mm. Hab. —Queensland : Mount Tambourine. Type, L. 2631- Allied to aeneipennis, but much larger and elytra blue; the coarse elytral sculpture is suggestive of Johannica. A specimen from Cairns (H. Hacker) has the elytra more purplish (ibs suture with a greenish gloss), and the two basal segments of abdomen and base of the third metallic bluish- green, with purple reflections. A specimen from Gosford (H. W. Cox) is still more aberrant ; it is paler, with its elytra, two basal segments of abdomen, and base of the third brassy, somewhat as on simillima, but Wik a more golden tone, not the brassy-green of aeneipennis; it is also larger ‘(12 cin than any of the others. PHYLLOCHARIS. In a subfamily many of whese species are conspicuously variable, this genus stands pre-eminent for variability. Some are so inconstant that it is difficult, if not impossible, to find two exactly alike, and others have forms with conspicuous and apparently typical markings, yet wrth long series all these apparently distinct forms have distinct connecting varieties ; in this respect cyanicornis and jansoni are the most remarkable. PHYLLOCHARIS BLACKBURNI, Jac. (formerly PLATYMELA). In Blackburn’s Collection 9) there were two specimens of this species, one, evidently a co-type, labelled as having been received from Jacoby. They differ from the descrip- tion in having but two joints of antennae whitish. Jacoby, Pa ae ; - in his description, said ‘‘thorax bifoveolate,’’ and again, “thorax . . . the sides with a deep fovea.’’ On the specimens in the Museum, however, the pronotum is without fovea, but each flank of the prosternum has a depression. PHYLLOCHARIS MARMORATA, Lea, var. A specimen from Blackburn’s Collection (without a locality label) is evidently a variety of this species. It differs from the description in having but two apical joints of antennae and part of the preceding one pale, and the pale apical portion of elytra with an obscure, infuscate fascia. (33) Standing under Phyllocharis, its correct genus. 02 420 PHYLLOCHARIS 10-MACULATA, Lea, var. A specimen, from Cape York, evidently belonging to this species, has a large subquadrate medio-basal dark patch on the pronotum. PHYLLOCHARIS CAERULEA, N. sp. Deep metallic-blue, head sometimes with a greenish gloss, under-surface dark purplish-green or bluish, legs red, tibiae and tarsi dark metallic-green; seven basal joints of antennae more or less purplish, three following joints and part of the next whitish, apical parts of eleventh deeply infuscated. Head with a wide median excavation and some small scattered punctures. Antennae with fifth, sixth, and seventh joints wider than the others. Apical joint of palpi wider than long, somewhat shorter than the preceding joint. Pro- thorax scarcely twice as wide as long; with a few scattered punctures and some conspicuous ones on each side of base, with two deep foveae towards -each side. lytra subelliptic, with rows of distinct but not very large punctures, becoming smaller and irregular posteriorly ; behind each shoulder with two transverse rows of foveae or large punctures, the first row extending to the second longitudinal row, and the second to the sixth. Inter-coxal process of prosternum with a few large punctures, obtusely een at apex, base conspicu- ously bilobed. Length, 84-8} mm. Hab.—Queensland : Ges CEE etodd). Taaenwas 2635. The entirely dark prothorax and elytra readily distin- guish from all known species of the genus except fulvifrons, which is described: as having a fulvous head and differently- coloured antennae, besides being structurally different. In. general appearance, except for the antennae, it is quite close to the species of Johannica. PHYLLOCHARIS DELICATA, 0. sp. Flavous; a bilobed spot at base of prothorax, six spots on elytra, antennae (basal joint reddish), legs (in parts reddish), and parts of under-surface black, with a metallic gloss. ~ Head impunctate; rather strongly convex in middle of base, a conspicuous oblique line near each eye joining in with the clypeal suture near its middle. Antennae moderately long, five basal joints shining, the others densely pubescent. Protharad more than thries |. AB wide as long, sides rounded towards apex, front margin distinctly incurved to middle; with a few conspicuous punctures about middle and some Jarger ones on each side of base. H/ytra with shoulders evenly 421 and sides gently rounded, a deep oblique impression between each shoulder and scutellum, and a shallow one behind each shoulder; with regular rows of distinct but not very large punctures, becoming smaller and irregular posteriorly, inter- stices impunctate or almost so. Inter-coxal process of prosternum not conspicuously ridged in front, basal half deeply grooved, base conspicuously bilobed. Length, 45 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type {unique), J. 2681. A beautiful little species, not close to any other of the genus, although at first glance apparently close to impressi- collis, but markings different, ;prothorax wider in proportion, and very differently sculptured. From some directions each side of the prothorax appears to be obtusely dentate about the middle, this really being due to the rapid downward slope of the margins. The scutellum at a glance appears to be black, but is really of a rather dark-red; there are four subangular spots across the basal third of the elytra, the outer ones about twice the size of and somewhat to the rear of the others, the two other spots are transversely elliptic, and placed at the apical third: the dark parts of the under- surface are the basal segment of abdomen, flanks of the mesosternum and metasternum, and a subtriangular space on each side of the metasternum, extending from its hind corner to the middle coxa. ; CHALCOLAMPRA CHALYBEATA, Baly.. On some specimens of this species (which appears to be confined to Tasmania) there is a large, round, sharply-limited black spot on the reddish head, but on others the two colours are more diffused, so that the head appears to be mottled. The colours of the rest of the body and of the appendages are generally like those of some specimens of rufipes, but the species 1s decidedly narrower and the punctures are not the same. CHALCOLAMPRA QUADRIFASCIATA, Nl. Sp. Flavous, apical half (or more) of antennae cmijgeueal- elytra with.four scarlet fasciae. Head almost impunctate, with a vague median line and a fairly-conspicuous fovea near each eye. Antennae rather long, third and fourth joints subequal and slightly shorter than the following ones. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, apex gently incurved to middle, sides evenly rounded ; with a few large punctures about sides, but none elsewhere. Elytra elongate, distinctly wider than prothorax at base, sides gently “rounded, with numerous minute, almost evenly- distributed punctures. Inter-coxal process of prosternuin \ 422 narrow between coxae, wider and bilobed at base. Each claw with a large subacute basal appendix. Length, 5-55 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (H. W. Brown), Bris- bane (Dr. A: J; Turmer))” Type, iaeeso. At a glance, apparently not even belonging to Chalco- lampra, but structurally it certainly appears to belong to the same genus as 1S-guttata and marmorata. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is not securiform, but is slightly larger than the subapical one. The elytral fasciae differ slightly on the four specimens under examination, they are almcst equi- distant and do not extend to the sides, the first is sometimes not continucus across the suture, the second is distinctly interrupted by the suture, and the third and fourth are continuous and narrowly connected along the. suture; the third is the longest, the fourth the shortest, and the second the narrowest. The elytral punctures are really very small and not at all seriate in arrangement, but.owing to ‘‘water- logging’’ they appear to be of moderate size, and in places subseriate in arrangement. The colours of this and of the following species are now as described, but probably on living specimens the grcund- colour is more or less green. CHALCOLAMPRA TENUIS, Nn. sp. Flavous, most of antennae infuscated; elytra with scarlet markings. Head with a few small punctures, median line feebly impressed, clypeal suture conspicuous, an oblique impression extending backwards from each side. Antennae almost as in preceding species. rothorax not thrice as wide as long, sides almost parallel; with some fairly large, irregular punc- tures on sides, minute ones elsewhere. WH/ytra long and thin, distinctly wider than. prothorax at base, shoulders rounded, sides parallel to beyond the middle; with rows of moderately large punctures, larger in the fifth, eighth, and ninth rows near basal third than elsewhere; interstices with minute punctures. Inter-coxal process of prosternum obtusely bilobed at base. Claws strongly appendiculate. Length, 5 mm. Hfab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique), I. 2692. Structurally close to 18-guttata, but with totally different markings. From the preceding species it is readily distin- cuished by the elytral punctures, apart from the markings, which are probably subject to variation; the prothorax is also considerably narrower. The elytral markings on the type appear to consist of four abbreviated equi- -distant fasciae, not extending beyond the fourth interstice, but all connected along the suture. - 423 POROPTEROMELA, Nl. g. Antennae long and thin. Apical joint of maxillary palpi widely securitorm, distinctly longer than the preceding ene, which is equi-laterally triangular. Prothorax short, apex moderately emarginate and much narrower than base, sides oblique and (as seen from below) in the forms of wide flanges. Hlytra very wide, sides strongly rounded, epipleurae very wide and thin, continuing the slopes of the upper- surface. Inter-coxal process of prosternum sloping in front, erooved along middle, base bilobed. Claws each with a strong and acutely-armed basal appendix. Owing to the great width of their epipleurae (curiously suggestive of the Cassidides) the elytra are actually wider than long; they might almost be regarded as a great exag- geration of the concave ones of Paropsis (near which the genus should perhaps be placed), their upper-surface is punctured as the rest of the elytra, and even on the under-surface the pitting is quite evident. JI have known the Richmond River specimen for some years, but its general appearance being so very unlike any other Australian Chrysomelid had doubts as to its being really Australian until the sight of the Dorrigo specimen removed those doubts. PoOROPTEROMELA EPIPLEURALIS, Nn. Sp. Of a dingy livid-flavous throughout. Head with dense and fairly-large punctures, becoming smaller towards base. Antennae with third joint almost as long as first and second combined, fourth shghtly shorter than fifth, the others slightly decreasing in length, but éleventh slightly longer than tenth. Prothorar about four times as wide as long, front angles slightly produced; punctures denser and slightly larger than on head. Scutellum subtriangular, impuncetate. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax at base, sides strongly and evenly rot unded ; strongly convex, with very dense punctures. Legs: rather thin ; first and fourth joints of about equal length. Length, 7-9 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: eee (W. Heron), Acacia Creek (H. J. Carter), Richmond River. Type, I. 4867. The colour is now as described, but as with so many similarly-coloured ones was probably more or less green in living specimens. Seen from the side, the body appears to be at its greatest height in the middle, this being at about the basal third of elytra: from this point the elytra appear to slope off in three planes, a somewhat rounded one towards the base, ending on each shoulder, and an almost even plane ending on “each margin. The abdomen of the male is 424 flatter than that of the female, and the apical segment is feebly depressed in middle; the basal joint of the frent tarsi is also somewhat larger and more rounded on sides. GRAMMICOMELA, Nh. g. Antennae rather long, subfiliform. Apical joint of maxillary palpi shorter than the preceding one, inner side slightly shorter than the outer, apex elliptic in outline. Inter- coxal process of prosternum not conspicuously elevated in front, base depressed and feebly bilobed, middle depressed. Metasternum with middle produced between middle coxae, concealing inter-coxal process of mesosternum and overhang- ing base of prosternum. Claws with a wide basal appendix. The general outlines are somewhat suggestive of Paropsis, but the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is not securifcrm, and the elytral epipleurae are flat or feebly convex through- out. In some respects it approaches Stethomela, but the remarkable way the middle of the metasternum is produced, so as to take the place of the inter-coxal process of the mesosternum, should prevent it from being confused with oO any other Australian genus of the subfamily. GRAMMICOMELA QUADRILINEATA, Nn. Sp. Reddish flavous; elytra flavous, with four conspicuous black lines; antennae (parts of two or three basal joints excepted), tarsi, and apex of tibiae black or infuscated. Head with small and irregularly-distributed punctures ; clypeal suture conspicuous, with three impressions from its hind margin: a median one extending to the forehead, and lateral ones extending to the hind margins of the eyes. Antennae extending to hind coxae, third joint almost twice the length of second, the succeeding ones somewhat flattened and dilated, and usually with a vague bluish gloss. /ro- thorar more than thrice as wide as long, sides rather strongly rounded in front, with the front angles lightly produced ; with small scattered punctures, but a few of large size at extreme base towards each side. Sceuwtellwm triangular, impunctate. H/ytra not much wider than prothorax at base, almost parallel-sided for more than half of their length; with recular rows of conspicuous but not very large punctures, the interstices with small scattered cones. Legs moderately long and stout. Length, 8-9} mm. Hahb.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (H. J. Carter and W. Heron). “Type, I. 4868. The four black stripes commence at or close to the base of the elytra (on some specimens the two inner ones appear to AX 495 commence on the -base of the prothorax), and are usually, but not always, conjoined close to the apex, they are situated on the third and seventh interstices, but partially extend on to the adjacent ones; the upper portion of the two basal joints of tarsi are pale along the middle, so that at first glance the tarsi appear to be grooved there; on two specimens the narrow prothoracic margins and the extreme margins of the basal half of the elytra are infuscated. On three of the specimens the seriate punctures on the elytra, owing to “waterlogging,’’ appear to be much larger than they really are, rounded and close together; but they are really neither very large nor close together. ETHOMELA, 0. g. Hyes transverse, coarsely faceted. Antennae long, joints more or less filiform. Apical joint of maxillary palpi conical, slightly longer than the preceding joint. Epipleurae of elytra narrow, feebly concave, disappearing before apex. Inter-coxal process of prosternum narrow, not keeled in front, base truncate, with the sides gently rounded ; coxal cavities closed. Legs not very long; claws unarmed. The species described below is quite an ordinary-looking ‘one, with an elongate-elliptic outlne much as in Chrysomela, Calomela, and some species of Chalcolampra, and like the species of those genera it is without the posthumeral depres- ‘slons SO conspicuous on many of the subfamily; but its structural features forbid its being referred to any of the three named. From Chrysomela (near which it should be placed) it is distinguished by the non-securiform apical joint of palpi, and truncate apex of inter-coxal process of proster- num; from the others it is distinguished by the unarmed claws; there is a feeble swelling at the base of each claw, but it is not at all dentiform in character, and is seen with difficulty, so that the claws should rightly be regarded as unarmed. The front coxal cavities are each closed behind by a narrow ridge, obliquely cleft at its narrowest. In the table of genera it is associated with Lamprolina, with which, in general appearance, it has httle in common. ETHOMELA DECIPIENS, Nn. sp. Reddish-castaneous, appendages somewhat paler, anten- nae lightly infuscated towards apex; elytra coppery-brown. | Head with numerous rather small punctures; clypeal suture well defined. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded and almost as wide at apex as at base; with numerous small scattered punctures, and some fairly 426 large ones towards sides. Scutcllum semi-circularly triangular and impunctate. lytra very little wider than prothorax, parallel-sided to near apex; with regular rows of not very large but conspicuous punctures, becoming smaller pos- teriorly: interstices with very few punctures. Length, 33-5 mm. | Hab.—Austraha (C. French); Western Australia: Lake Austin and Cue (H. W. Brown). Type, I. 3398. Structurally apparently close to description of Chryso- mela micans, but elytra (on the six specimens in the Museum). not at all green, and antennae pale almost throughout. The basal joint of the front tarsi is wider than the third on the- male and about the same width on the female. JOHANNICA METALLICA, Nl. sp. Metallic-blue or purple; in places bronzy or brassy. Head with irregular punctures dense only on clypeus;. with a fairly large median fovea, and near each side of same a narrow deeply-impressed line, a less deeply-impressed line almost touching each eye. Antennae stout, third joint longer than first or fourth, sixth joint slightly inflated on one side, seventh more noticeably so, the three following joints strongly inflated, eleventh joimt rather short and rounded, but semi- double. Lrothorax about twice as wide as long, with coarse irregular punctures, and towards each side with from one to three irregular depressions. /ytra with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, but each elytron with about nine much larger punctures or small foveae (some semi-double) on the basal two-thirds. Jength, 94-11 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Stannery Hills a Annan River (H. W. Brown). Type, I. 4857, in South Austrahan Museum ; co-type, K. 18797, in Australian Museum. The head is mostly brassy; the antennae are almost entirely deep-purple; most of the prothcrax is brassy or brassy-purple, only small parts of the base being bluish, the scutellum is entirely brassy or bronzy; on the elytra the shoulders and a large subapical patch (but not the. extreme apex) are brassy, with the colour rapidly changing through coppery-green to the general purple tone; the larger punc- tures or foveae are more or less metallic; parts of the sterna, base of abdomen, and middle of femora are more or less coppery. The depressions on the sides of the prothorax are not alike on any two of the five specimens before me, and sometimes differ on the sides of an individual; they are mostly due to clusters of large punctures. The antennae are very ‘similar to those of ge mellota. but the colours of the- prothorax and elytra are very different : the elytral punctures 427 are much larger and the foveae much smaller, the prothoracic punctures are also considerably larger; in these respects it also differs from striata, and that species has some of the antennal joints still more conspicuously inflated. GEOMELA, 0. g. Eyes rather coarsely faceted and prominent. Antennae ‘of variable length, third joint rather long. Maxillary palpi rather short, apical joint subconical and longer than the pre- ceding one. Epipleurae of e/yira not very wide at the base and disappearing before apex, gently convex, or at most flattened in parts. Inter-coxal process of prosternum wedge- shaped in front, base truncate or gently rounded; front coxal cavities widely open behind. Abdomen with a conspicuous lamella or plate behind each hind coxa. Legs moderately stout; claws unarmed. A genus of small beetles, whose species have the outlines of the head, prothorax, and elytra forming an almost con- tinuous oval or ellipse. The species all live on or close to the ground, or in moss or fallen leaves; the typical species may be seen in myriads during floods in the Hawkesbury River; it has been known to me for miany years, but was previously passed over owing to doubts as to its generic position; some specimens of it were sent to the late Rev. T. Blackburn for his opimion, and especially as to if he thought they repre- sented an aberrant species of Chalcolampra. In reply he wrote:—‘‘The small Chrysomelid cannot be placed near ‘Chalcolampra on account of its front coxae open behind. It is very close to Piagiodera, but differs, inter alia, by the form of its elytral epipleurae, the smaller third joint of its tarsi, and the peculiar carina on its ventral segments. The third joint of its tarsi is unusually emarginate for a Chryso- melid, but this is the case also in Plagiodera. I cannot make its claws anything but simple, though I have had them under a microscope.’’ The examination of several additional species has convinced me that a new genus is required for it, and although in its habits and general appearance (resembling on a small scale, several of the more rounded species) it ‘certainly appears to be alhed to Chalcolampra, in the table of genera it is rather widely separated from same and associated with Pseudoparopsis (the genus ptoposed by Blackburn for the reception of the Australian species pre- viously referred to Plaqiodera). In the species where specimens have been available for destructive examination, the front coxal cavities are seen to be widely open behind, but normally the four front coxae are so close together that unless the prothorax be separated from the mesothorax it “is 428 often difficult to be sure of this point. In Chalcolampra, for the entire width behind each of the front coxae, there is a narrow process whose narrowest portion is obliquely cleft ; the process is fairly distinct on many of the larger species, but to see it clearly on some of the smaller specimens some manipulation is necessary. There is a curious marked-off division on each side of the abdomen behind the hind coxa, much as in many Coccinellidae; in that family they are some- times called abdominal lamellae or plates, and the term, being a convenient one, I shall call them abdominal lamellae ; smaller but somewhat similar lamellae are to be seen in the ground-frequenting species of Chalcolampra, but are prac- tically absent from /S-guttata and allied species; they are also present on Cyclonoda. The clypeal suture is sometimes represented by a distinct but scarcely-impressed line, but usually by a more or less distinct and isolated fovea on each side. The antennae vary from moderately short and with fairly-wide subapical joints to decidedly long and thin. There is a slight swelling about the base of each claw, but it does not appear to be in any way dentate, so that it must be regarded as simple. Typical species, blackburni. - GEOMELA BLACKBURNI, 0. sp. Black, with a coppery gloss; five or six basal joints of antennae, lees, and tip of abdomen more or less reddish. Head with numerous distinct punctures between eyes and very feeble ones elsewhere; with a small round foveae on each side in front. Antennae slightly passing base of prothorax, first joint stout, third as long as fourth and fifth combined, seventh to eleventh rather wide, the seventh to tenth trans- verse. Prothorax more than thrice as wide as the median length, base gently sinuous; with conspicuous punctures on sides and across apex, but very minute elsewhere. Scwtellirm with rounded sides. /lytra with sides gently rounded and continuous with those of prothorax; with regular rows of fairly large punctures; interstices with minute punctures. Inter-coxal process of prosternum elevated and wedge-shaped in front. Abdomen with basal lamellae large, each with a narrow process projecting obliquely backwards and terminated some distance from apex of segment. Length, 24-3 mm. Hal.—New South Wales: Windsor, Sydney; Victoria : Emerald; South Australia: Mount Gambier (A. M. Lea), Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt). Type, I. 3393. The abdomen is usually pale only at the tip, but some- times the red is obscurely continued on the sides and towards the base; the sides of the elytra are also occasionally diluted 429 with red. The sexual differences, apart from a greater con- vexity of the abdomen in the female, are but slight. Var. A. Four specimens from Windsor differ from the typical form in being of a dark metallic-green, with the femora rather deeply infuscate in middle and with a greenish gloss. GEOMELA BIFOVEATA, Nn. sp. Black, with a slight bronzy gloss, under-surface (includ- ing elytral epipleurae) more or less conspicuously diluted with red, appendages almost flavous, but apical half of antennae lightly infuscated. ' lead with very small punctures; a fairly large but not sharply defined and somewhat oblique fovea close to the base of each antenna. Antennae moderately long and rather thin, first joint (excluding a short basal portion) globular, third slightly longer than fourth and fifth combined, the others gently increasing in width, but none transverse. Prothorax almost four times as wide at the base as the median ‘length ; with numerous small but distinct punctures, rather larger about base than elsewhere. Alytra with regular rows of fairly large punctures; the interstices with rather sparse and small but fairly distinct ones. Inter-coxal process of pro- sternum gently convex, dilated at each end. Abdomen with basal lamellae large and rounded posteriorly. Length, Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, in moss (H. H. D. Griffith), Hobart, in moss, Latrobe, in flood debris (A. M. tied) Type, 1. 5668. From some directions the Meas foveae appear to be feebly connected, but from most directions they seem to be completely isolated. The elytra are rather more convex and with the sides more strongly rounded than on dblackhurnz. A specimen, from the old collection, differs in having the cephalic foveae more pronounced, upper-surface almost with- out punctures (except for the seriate ones on elytra), but those on the abdomen rather more distinct, the antennae are distinctly longer and thinner, but the proportionate lengths of the jomts are the same. It possibly represents a new species, but being without a locality label it is undesirable to describe it as such. GEOMELA CIRCUMFLAVA, 0. Sp. Black, with a coppery gloss; front of head, sides of prothorax and of elytra (including epipleurae), and a stripe on each side from apex almost to summit of apical slope on third interstice conspicuously flavous; under-surface dark reddish-brown, becoming paler outwardly; appendages more or less flavous. 430 Head witn small and rather indistinct punctures; clypeal suture curved deep and non-foveate. Antennae’rather long and thin, none of the joints transverse, third as long as fourth and fifth combined. Prothorar more than thrice as wide as long; with numerous minute punctures and a few of larger size irregularly distributed. lytra with regular rows of fairly large punctures; the interstices with sparse and minute ones. Inter-coxal process of prosternum rather narrowly elevated in middle. Basal segment of abdomen with lamellae moderately large and rounded posteriorly. Length, 3 mm. Hab.—South Australia: South Para Hills (J. GO. DRepper) 9) Dype Cuniquey, EO S35048 The general outlines are much as those of blachburni, but the conspicuously flavous margins should render the species easy of recognition. GEOMELA BRYOPHAGA, N. sp. Blackish-brown or black, with conspicuous markings; under-surface variable in colour, appendages flavous or reddish-flavous, the knees infuscated. Head with minute punctures. Antennae rather long and thin, third joint very little longer than fourth, eleventh about as long as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorarx about four times as wide as long, base gently and evenly rounded; with irregularly distributed and rather minute punctures. Scutellwm very small. Hlytra with small and vaguely impressed punctures in feeble striae; the interstices impunctate. Inter-coxal process of prosternum rather nar- rowly elevated in middle. Basal lamellae of abdomen small and rounded posteriorly. Length, 2-24 mm. Hab.—-Tasmania: Mount Wellington, from moss: and fallen leaves; Hobart, from moss (H. H. D. Griffith and Ay Moa eae Dye ml B66 2: The colour of the upper-surface varies from a dark piceous-brown to deep-black, with a slight metallic gloss; the head is more or less obscurely reddish, each front angle of the prothorax is flavous, the marking usually almost square and sharply limited (extending to about one-third from the base), but occasionaily not sharply defined internally, the margins of the elytra are narrowly flavous, with the marking continued along the suture almost to the summit of the apical slope. On some specimens almost the whole of the under- surface is reddish or flavous, but the front angles of the prosternum and the elytral epipleurae are flavous on all those before me. From some directions the head appears to have a conspicuous median line, but it is really feeble; the clypeal suture, according to the point of view, appears very distinct, 431 very feeble, or represented by a small depression at each end. From some directions the prothorax appears to be feebly shagreened. ‘The outlines of the elytra are continucus with those of prothorax, but more rapidly narrow to the apex than in all other species of the genus. OoMELA, 0. g. Hyes rather coarsely faceted. Antennae rather long, joints more or less filiform. Maxillary palpi short, apical joint briefly conical, the subapical joint distinctly wider. Epipleurae of elytra narrow, flat, or gently concave. Inter- coxal process of prosternum rather narrowly triangular in front, rather widely dilated and flat at base, with the middle feebly notched; front coxal cavities closed. Legs rather short; claws each with a rather large basal appendix. A genus of small species, several of which at first sight appear to belong to Paropsis, but they are readily distin- euished therefrom by the non-securiform palpi and elytral epipleurae not overhanging. ‘The general characters are those of Chalcolampra, but the small size, oval outlines, and general appearance are very different to those of most species of that genus; the eyes, as a rule, are slightly less prominent and rather less coarsely faceted, and the outlines of the prothorax and elytra are more or less continuous (but so they are on some species of Chalcolampra), the inter-coxal process of the mesosternum 1s gently produced in the middle, fitting into a slight notch on the prosternal process, but unless the pro- thorax and mesothorax are separated both process and notch are difficult or impossible to be seen; the base of the prosternal process, however, is subtriangularly dilated on each side and flat, and level or almost level with the middle ; in Chalcolampra the base is always depressed below the middle and more or less rounded, merging into the general sculpture instead of distinctly elevated above same. There are abdominal lamellae somewhat as in some species of Geomela, but smaller, so that it is necessary to force the hind legs aside to see them clearly. The front coxal cavities are each closed behind by a very narrow ridge; but when the prothorax and mesothorax are separated the lower parts of the front coxae are readily seen. Type of genus, varzabilis. OoMELA VARIABILIS, Nn. sp. Reddish-castaneous, usually with some parts black or infuscate. Head almost impunctate, a shallow depression close to each eye. /rothorax more than thrice as wide as long, sides { 432 gently rounded and decreasing in width to apex; with small scattered punctures. Llytra ‘at base very little wider than prothorax, sides gently rounded; with regular rows of rather small punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly; inter- stices with very sparse punctures. Length, 3-4 mm. Hab.—Queensiand: Mount Tambourine (Henry Hacker and C. Wild); New South Wales: Acacia Creek (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 5684. Of the eight specimens before me no two are exactly alike; but as two are almost alike, one of these has been selected as the type; its head is almost entirely black, with the apical two-thirds of antennae blackish; the elytra have the sides from the middle and the apex rather widely infus- cated and with indications of a median fascia. One specimen has the head, prothorax (a fairly-distinct reddish spot towards each side excepted), apical two-thirds of elytra (a large, somewhat irregular, completely-enclosed spot on each excepted), and the legs black with a bluish gloss, the antennae are black, except a few of the basal joints. Another specimen is very similar, except that the legs are not so dark. Two specimens have the basal portion of head blackish, apical half of antennae and apical sides of elytra infuscated ; with, on one of them, vague indications of remnants of a median _ fascia. Another specimen, except for a slight infuscation of the antennae, is entirely pale. The eighth specimen, except for its elytra, agrees with the preceding one, but the elytra are marked with ten conspicuous rounded spots: four near base, four just beyond the middle, and two near apex. There are small abdominal lamellae, but to see these clearly the legs must be pushed aside. OoMELA TRIMACULATA, NL. sp. Bright, reddish-castaneous, about three-fourths of anten- nae deeply infuscated, elytra with three conspicuous black spots: one, common to both, touching the scutellum, and a large obliquely oval one on each side beyond the middle. Head scarcely visibly punctate. Prothorax at base fully four times as wide as long; with sparse and very minute punctures. lytra with sides rather strongly rounded and widest at basal third; with rows of minute and rather distant punctures, the interstices impunctate or almost so. Length, — 4-24 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Blackburn’s Collec- tion and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3396. Two specimens have elvtral markings practically identical, but on a third they are reduced to infuscate stains and 433 somewhat differently placed, each elytron having an obscure stripe close to the suture behind (but not touching) the scutellum, and the stripe obscurely connected with remnants of the post-medio-lateral spot. The seriate punctures on the elytra are actually very small, but owing to ‘‘waterlogging’’ they appear to be of considerable size. The abdominal lamellae are small and usually concealed. OoOMELA ELLIPTICA, 0D. sp. Bright red or reddish-castaneous, elytra more or less black, with a shght metallic gless, apical three-fourths of antennae rather deeply infuscated, middle of base of pro- thorax moderately infuscated. “ Head with fairly numerous but shallow and ill-defined punctures, becoming denser and more distinct on clypeus. Prothorax almost four times as wide as long, sides rather strongly rounded in front; with numerous small punctures becoming more distinct (but not very large) about base. Elytra (except at extreme base) with outlines continuous with those of prothorax, sides almost parallel for most of their length ; with regular rows of conspicuous but not very large punctures, becoming small posteriorly; interstices with very minute punctures. Length, 34$-33 mm. Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s Collection), Cairns (HE. Allen), Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). Type, T. 3397. The three specimens before me differ somewhat in the colour of the elytra; on the type these appear to be deep black with a slight greenish gloss, but on close examination a portion about the middle appears to be very obscurely diluted with red; on the second specimen the greenish gloss is more evident and the paler median portion is fairly dis- tinct; but on the third each elytron has a large, round, conspicuous red spot just before the middle. On the type the tibiae are rather strongly infuscated apically. The abdominal lamellae are very short. The general outlines are . rather more elliptic than on most species of the genus. OoMELA PULCHRIPENNIS, UN. sp. Bright red, apical two-thirds of antennae infuscated ; elytra deep purple. Head yvather strongly convex, with a few small punc- tures in front and with a conspicuous depression in middle of clypeal suture. Prothorar about four times as wide as long, sides rather strongly rounded, but front angles slightly pro- jecting laterally; with numerous rather small (but for the 434 genus fairly large) punctures. 4/ytra at base slightly wider than prothorax, sides gently rounded; with regular rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly; inter- stices with very minute punctures. Length, 4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (umique), i 2677. Despite great superficial resemblance, on a reduced scale, of this species to Stethomela purpureipennis, 1t seems impos- sible to refer it to Stethomela, the apical joint of the maxil- lary palpi being so different. Under a Coddington lens the maxillary palpi appear to have the apical joint elongate- conical, but on closer examination the apical jcint appears to be really very short, but continuing the lines of the subapical one. The hind femora are unusually stout (much as on many of the Halticides) and quite conceal the small abdominal lamellae. BXPLANATION: OF “PIRATES. PrateE XXXII. Ebro te oe . Eutermicola sculpticollis, Lea. a De . Phyllotocidiuwm pictum, Lea. Be 3. . Eupsalis pictipennis, Lea. ne ek . Gastrophacodes ventricosus, Lea. a 5. . Uracanthus insignis, Lea, W 6. i dubius, Lea, tips of antennae. za rhe ae ae fuscus, Lea, tip of elytron. ns Sand 9. ‘ discicollis, Lea, tip of elytron. pete eerandalals a pertenuis, Lea, tip of elytron. sie ttle ae - parvus, Lea, tip of elytron. P AG Calo aly. date LOT 4b sili? tr Srl esls: Head, from the premaxillary symphysis to the end of the opercular lobe, 4°3 in the length to the hypural joint. Depth of the body 2°1 in the head. Eye a little wider than the bony interorbital width, half as long as the snout, and 6°8 in the head. Pectoral fin 2°5, fourth dorsal ray 4°5, and third _ anal ray 3°2 in the head. Body subcylindrical, a little compressed, thickest in the middle of its length and tapering at each end. Snout pointed, the mandible projecting and conical anteriorly. Maxillary reaching to below the anterior margin of the eye, pointed behind, and entirely hidden by the preorbital. Lips broad. Nostrils minute simple openings, supero-lateral. Eye with a well-developed adipose lid. Angles of the preoper- culum and operculum expanded into broad lobes, which are produced backwards. Head naked, with a subcutaneous muciferous system opening into minute pores, which are largest on the limb of the preoperculum. Jaws and palate without teeth; a large bony knob at the symphysis of the premaxillaries, and a smaller one on the mandible. Gill- openings very wide, the membranes free from the isthmus, 448 and the slit between them extending forward to below the eye. No longitudinal skin-fold on the side of the abdomen. A skinny, pointed lobe behind the operculum above the base of the pectoral; vent well behind the middle of the body, with a rounded flap covering the urinogenital orifice. Seales.—Body covered with scales, which are largely rudimentary and enveloped in skin-folds extending obliquely across the body. A longitudinal row at the base of the dorsal fin is differentiated from the following two or three between it and the lateral line; the row directly above the lateral line is marked with a vertical tubule on each scale posteriorly, but the tubules become small and interrupted, and finally disappear anteriorly. Scales of the sides completely enveloped in the skin-folds, those of the ventral surface free. Scales cover the base of the caudal fin and extend up between the rays. Lateral line formed of simple tubes extending over 107 scales, subparallel with the back for the greater part of its length, and terminating on the upper part of the caudal peduncle. Fins.—Dorsal and anal fins placed in shallow grooves. Dorsal originating behind the base of the pectoral and formed of slender, subequal rays, most of which are bifurcate; the third and fourth are higher than those immediately following them, but the succeeding ones gradually increase in length again. Anal originating about midway between the base of the pectoral and the end of the caudal fin, and terminating well behind the end of the dorsal; its third ray is the longest, the next two or three decrease rapidly, and succeeding ones become gradually shorter. Pectoral pointed, the fourth upper ray longest; 1t can be received into a depression in the side when adpressed. Caudal deeply forked. Colour.—Uniform sandy-yellow in formaline, the opercles blackish. Described and figured from a specimen 166 mm. long. It is closely allied to B. gilli, Bean, and may be identical with that species, but has 112 instead of 97 scales between the origin of the lateral line and the hypural joint, and 3, 1, 18 across the middle of the body instead of 3, 14 trans- verse rows. Loc.—Lord Howe Island; collected for the Trustees of the Australian Museum by Mrs. Thomas Nichols. The habitat of B. gilli is unknown, but the specimens on which the species was founded were supposed to have been collected in the Pacific by Dr. Stimpson. (6) Bean: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii., 1895, p. 629. \ 449 Family BLENNIIDAE. Genus GiLLias, Evermann and Marsh. Gillias, Evermann and Marsh: Rept. U.S. Fish. Comm., xxv., 1899, p. 357 (G. jordani, Everm. and Marsh). This genus is usually regarded as synonymous with Tripterygion, Risso, but it apparently differs in having the head more or less scaly, while scales cover the abdomen and breast. GILLIAS SQUAMICEPS, N. sp. Pl. -xhppenesa: Tripterygion nigripenne, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., v., pt. 3, 1904, pp. 182, 224 (mot T. nigripenne, Cuv. and Val.). eave mayne? > A. 22-23% Pie. Scala) ee tae Okie 5. LL. lat. 21-24; Scales 34-36; L. tr. lee Head 2°9-3°4 in the length i te “hypural joint. Hye longer than the snout, 31-3 ‘3 in the head. Snout 1°1-1°2 in the eye. Depth 1'5-1'7 in the head. Body elongate, tapering from the head to the caudal peduncle. Head pointed anteriorly, subcylindrical pos- teriorly. Snout conical, the jaws equal. Mouth slightly oblique, the maxilla expanded posteriorly and reaching almost to below the middle of the eye. A small nasal tentacle, and a larger branched one on the upper portion of the eye. Teeth in broad bands in both jaws anteriorly, becoming uniserial laterally, the outer row enlarged, curved, cardiform ; a curved row of minute teeth on the vomer, the rest of the palate apparently toothless. Scales extending forward to the hinder orbital borders on the upper-surface of the head and on to the opercles and cheeks below, where they are arranged in about five rows; in the smallest specimen the cheeks are naked. Rows of minute, spine-like cilia are present around the orbital margins, across the nape, and on the preopercular and suprascapular mar- gins; these are most developed in the largest specimen. Entire body, including the abdomen, breast, and pectoral base, covered with large, strongly ctenoid scales. The lateral line is almost straight and extends to the vertical of the anterior dorsal ray. It is separated by two series of scales from the median row on the side of the tail; each of these has its margin excavated into a deep notch, the notches ex- tending forward a varying distance in advance of the end of the lateral line. There are 24 scales between the lateral line and the back, and 7 between it and the anal fin. Fins.—First dorsal commencing just behind the vertical of the preoperculum; the first spine is the longest, the others decreasing backwards. Second dorsal originating behind the P 450 base of the pectoral ; its spines increase in length to the eighth or ninth, and then decrease again. The third dorsal is highest anteriorly and is composed of simple rays. Anal fin much longer than the second dorsal and formed of simple rays, which are curved and thickened towards their tips; they increase in length to about the twentieth, and the last is behind the vertical of the hinder dorsal ray. Pectoral large, the longest upper simple ray reaching well beyond the origin of the anal; the six or seven lower rays are simple and thickened, those above them are bifid. Ventrals jugular, each consisting of two simple free rays, the inner of which is the longest. Caudal rounded, the two outer rays of each side simple, the others bifid. Colour.—-Light-grey in alcohol, each scale with a dark margin of microscopic black dots ; five dark cross-bars descend from the back to the middle of the sides, where they divide into irregular intermediate bands on the lower half of the body. A broad dark bar crosses the cheek from the eye, and there are several less definite ones crossing the lips. Anterior dorsal almost black, second and third dorsals crossed by irregular dark oblique bars. Anal with about eleven dark spots at its base, from which oblique bars extend on to the fin; a broad white marginal band. Pectorals and caudal with numerous irregular brownish cross-bars. Described from three specimens 25-55 mm. long, the largest of which is figured. and is selected as the type. Two of these are the specimens which were doubtfully recorded by Waite as 7. mgripenne, but his recent paper upon some species of T'7ipterygion \ proves that they cannot be identified with that species. They are allied to G. striaticeps, Ramsay and Ogilby,‘®) but consistently differ in the increased number of spines in the first and second dorsal fins. Loc.—The two larger examples were collected at Lord Howe Island, and the smallest at Norfolk Island, taken by Mir. A. Mo tuea. Family TETRAODONTIDAE. Genus SPHEROIDES, Dumeril. SPHEROIDES ALTIPINNIS, Ogilby. Tetrodon altipinnis, Ogilby: Rec. Austr. Mus., i., pt. 6, 1891, p. 110. Amblyrhynchotus oblongus, Waite: Rec. Austr. Mus., iii., 1900, p. 207 (not Tetrodon oblongus, Bloch.). Tetraodon hypselogeneion, Waite: loc. cit., v., 19038, p. 38 (not Tetraodon hypselogencion, Bleeker). (7) Waite: Rec. Cantb. Mus., 1i., pt. 1,.1913, p. 1. (8) Ramsay and Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), ii1., 1888, p. 419. \ 451 Spheroides altipinnis, S. oblongus, and S. hypselogeneion, Werte: loc. ctw, 1904, p. 21d. . . Tetrodon pleurogranima, Regan: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902 (1903), ie p00, plemaxiv., flo, 2. 2 Spheroides pleurogramma, McCulloch: Rec. W. Austr. Mus., Fe L904 np 220 The typical specimen of S. altipinnis is in the Australian Museum collection ; it 1s stuffed and in very poor condition, but such of its characters as are retained indicate that it is the adult form of the species described and figured by Regan as S. pleurogramma. A series of specimens of different sizes shows that the colour-markings change with growth, larger examples losing the dark lateral band and the cheek-markings which are characteristic of younger specimens. According to Ogilby’s description, the type had no lateral fold on the tail, but this appears to be incorrect. Waite recorded these adult and young forms from Lord Howe Island as S. oblongus, Bloch, and S. hypselogeneion, Bleeker; but the species bears little resemblance to the former, while according to Regan it also differs from the latter. Loc.—The Australian Museum includes specimens from near Sydney, New South Wales: Moreton Bay, Queensland ; and Lord Howe Island. The South Australian Museum possesses an example taken by Mr. Lea at Norfolk Island. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Pirate XL. Fig. 1. Glyphisodon sordidus, Forskal. A specimen 74 mm. long, Se = . from the New Hebrides. » 2. Congermuraena howensis, n. sp. A specimen 143 mm. long, from Lord Howe Island. 5 8 Atypichthys latus, n. sp. A* specimen 128 mm. long, from Norfolk Island. Prats XUL: Fig. 1. Gillias squamiceps, n. sp. Type, 55 mm. long, from _ Lord Howe Island. | », 2. Labracoglossa ntida, n. sp. Type, 157 mm, long, from Lord Howe Island. Prate XLII. Paracaesio pedleyi, n. sp. Type, 336 mm. long, from Lord Howe Island. Prats XLII. ae Fig. 1. Bleekeria. vaga, n. sp. Type, 166 mm. long, from Lord Howe Island. : » 2. Cheilodactylus ephippium, n. sp. Type, 348 mm. long, from Norfolk Island. 452 A LIST OF THE FISHES OF NORFOLK ISLAND AND INDI- CATION OF THEIR RANGE TO LORD HOWE ISLAND, KERMADEC ISLAND, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND. By Epear R. Warirz, F.L.S., Director, South Australian Ecce [Contribution from the South Australian Museum.] [Read September 14, 1916.] Puates XLIV. to XLVI. During a visit paid to Norfolk Island in December, 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, Entomologist to the South Australian Museum, made a collection of fishes, an examination of which enables me to add materially to the known fauna of the island. Two of his fishes, representing the genera Archamia and Chironemus, do not appear to have been hitherto described. In 1910, when in New Zealand, I published a list of the fishes then known from Norfolk Island, but stated that the list was unsatisfactory, inasmuch as specimens received in Sydney some years previously had been only roughly listed, and could not then be again examined. Mr. A. R. McCul- loch has since kindly looked over nearly the whole of this material, preserved in the Australian Museum, and has cleared up many of the questions involved; he further adds several species received after my list was published, and the results of his inquiries are embodied herewith. The following list purports to be complete for Norfolk Island as far as the fishes are at present known, and their range to Lord Howe Island and Australia on the west, and the Kermadecs and New Zealand on the east and south respec- tively, is likewise indicated ; to visualize reference the columns are arranged in geographical sequence, with Norfolk Island in the middle. The presence of a Norfolk Island species in Australia or New Zealand is represented by x in the respective columns; the letters in the three middle columns indicate the initials of the authors who first recorded the species for the island in which column it appears, and the bibliography may be consulted for reference to further details in connection with the records :— Bl. Bleeker F. Forster O. Ogilby Bg: Boulenger G. Giinther ~R. Richardson CV. Cuvier and Valenciennes M. McCulloch W. Waite Q Waite: Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xii; 1910, p. 370. 453 Most of Mr. McCullo¢ vs records for Norfolk Island are first published herewith, and the specimens obtained by Mr.. Lea at Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands are indicated in their respective columns by ah asterisk : — : | bas S “ 5 | org 2\/ ee! 23 |sal"s Ah | ~ N Mustelus cus. Giinther ee) x * x Chanos chanos, Forskal _... p x Bl. x Anguilla australis, Richardson Me Oe he W x Gymnothorax nubilus, Richardson ... Wer | ake _ thysoideus, Richardson OA SONNE flavimarginatus, Riippell ... | We iG: Muraenichthys nicholsae, Waite ip Ea iaesete! Hyporhamphus intermedius, Cantor ee Oe WV, x Scombresox forsteri, Cuv. and Val. ROL WD NWN 3 Mugil cephalus, Giinther ee Wen! ME x Myzus elongatus, Giinther se poze e On W. Sarda chiliensis, Cuv. and Val. | x M. | x OCybium clupeoideum, Broussonet Civ: | Oaranz georgianus, Cuv. and Val. . Be Ooh Bi) Wie fox » ferdau, Forskal ves ae eae Bathystethus cultratus, Forster Oe i eRey | ~Kuhla taeniura, Cuv. and Val. ey Wie ONY.) Schedophilus maculatus, Giinther Ba ereeny We itrvL. }) WVs Amia novae-guinea, Giinther | c- », norfolcensis, Ogilby ... Es: Pe Opie 'O), IEG LCOt tt) Sp... ... Uae a | as Epinephelus demacli, Giinther ... By ae Oe | Be OW eek 45 new, Bloch’... "oe Oy. | ¥ fasciatus, Forskal ... -:. i sip «sf | a rhyncholepis, Bleeker .. | RNR ae Aulacocephalus temmincki, Giinther | | M. | W. Trachypoma macracanthus, Giinther =O. = GoW Acanthistius cinctus, Giinther ... “One Gow. Pharopteryz nigricans, Riippell >. Oe) an i ay Arripis trutta, Forster TS icabataee 2 1 sen gO le Bae Ves Yo: Labracoglossa ‘nitida, McCull. and Waite Mes eM Oplegnathus, sp., Richardson R. Pagrosomus auratus, Forster Pee pe Oem eas rN: Lethrinus chrysostomus, Richardson x R. Kyphosus fuscus, Lacépede ' M. | M. Girella cyanea, Macleay ite ye ee. Ot WLW, Monodactylus argenteus, Linnaeus ... Lae | BL. Scorpis violaceus, Hutton ... . ea pexane ©. Bie AN. Wiat: x Atypichthys latus, McCull. and Wathen. M. * | A plodactylus etheridgii, Ogilby O. = Chironemus microlepis, n. sp... oes 2 .-.| *M. Cheilodactylus ephippium, MecCull.. and | | Waite i | M.-| M. Chromis, sp.(2) | | W. (2) This specimen having been mislaid, its identity cannot now be determined. 2) BS eee e/ge se|Seles el ce Sa |Feias e ais | we or NS Se sh Pomacentrus fasciolatus, Ogilby cn Os Parma polylepis, Giinther lO ane Glyphisodon polyacanthus, Ogilby Om ous | B sordidus, Forskal . } ; | ‘m a coelestinus, Cuv. and /V als Oe ae glaucus, Cuv. and Val. gra: Thalassoma lunare, ‘Linnaeus Mah etal es WO le ee vt purpureum, Forskal . i OBA evil aneitense, Giinther hen ore Ro een Sa eh Halichoeres opercularis, Giinther ... ...| x | W. * NV} | Coris aygula, Lacépéde Uses: ake de eae see aa NG “CO re" Hn as * trimaculata, Ogilby | * 0. Anampses elegans, Ogilby Oras | Pseudolabrus inseriptus, Richardson O...:) * Raed Ls luculentws, Richardson ...| x | O. |* Bi) We Scorpaend cooki, Giinther Bet Sen pes 22 * O.|* G.| G@ Leptecheneis naucrates, Linnaeus ... ...| X Mz Tammichthys fasciatus, Waite’ %.) .). ~ se | W. > Wee Gobius aeiosoma, Ogilby See gee OF th 2 Hiiaka wits | Wale aay Phat teaee. eLasee | NV oe Salarias quadricornis, Cuv. and Val. Oe eae Petraites roseus, Giinther fr eae |* O): * Gillias squamiceps, McCull. and Waite ... Wo | Tripterygion rufopileum, Waite O. * Dinematichthys longifilis, Ogilby FS O. - Peltorhamphus novae-zelandiac, Giinther Gs x Spheroides altipinnis, Ogilby ... ee | 0) * Balistapus rectangulus, “Bloch and Sch. en Chilomycterus, sp) a. ... | W. Bea 2 (3) The example on which this record was based has beer: destroyed. Family MUGILIDAE. Myxvus ELoncatus, Giinther. . Pe sed ve: Myeus elongatus, Ginther: Cat. Fish, Brit. Mus., i1., 1861, 466. Cestraeus norfolcensis, Oilby : Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ae SOTA p. SO: Aganostomus, sp... Waite:* Trans) N.Z. Inst.) xlieaetOmie p.- 381. The following notes, based upon specimens in the Aus- tralian ingsearn have been forwarded to me by Mr. McCulloch :— “An examination of the type of Cestraeus norfolcensis, Ogilby, which is preserved in the Australian Museum, shows it to be identical with IM/yrus clongatus. Ogilby described the vomer and palatine bones as smooth, but they each bear © 455 distinct teeth. Since the specimen agrees in all other details . with his description, and has a label ‘Agonostomus norfol- censis tied to it, which is in his own handwriting, there can be no doubt of its authenticity. “Other smaller specimens in the Austrahan Museum collection are labelled “A gonostomus, sp.,’ and are doubtless those upon which the record of this genus from Norfolk Island is founded. They are also J/. elongatus.” The accompanying plate (xliv.) representing this species is reproduced from my Preliminary Report upon the Fishes of the ‘Thetis’ Trawling Expedition. Family APOGONICHTHYIDAE. ARCHAMIA LEAI, N. sp. Plicxlye Baye iea vite i. 9; Aerie tS Va 8) Co Lt 6; ee abe eee tr 2 7. Length of head 2°76, height of body 2°65, and length of caudal 3°63 in the length. Diameter of eye 2°5, inter- orbital space 3°84, and length of snout 5°0 in the head. Head and body compressed, profile of head from snout to the highest point, which is just in advance of the dorsal fin, almost straight, slightly tumid above the eye. The profile from the highest point to the origin of the soft dorsal is shghtly concave; it thence falls more rapidly. The ventral pro- file is more even and convex; interorbital space nearly flat. The snout is rather blunt, the jaws equal; the maxilla reaches to below the middle of the eye, and its distal extremity is pointed above and rounded below, its width being 3°3 in the diameter of the eye: opercles finely serrated. Gulls four, a slit behind the fourth; gill-rakers long and thin, twenty-five in number on the first arch, of which twenty are on the lower limb. Pseudobranchiae present. Vent one-third nearer to the anal than to the ventral fins. Teeth.—Villiform teeth in the jaws, on the vomer and palatines; none on the tongue. Fins.—The first dorsal originates a little in advance of the opercular margin; the first spime is small and applied to the second, which is shorter than the fourth: the third is the longest, one-half the length of the head: the first ray is one-half longer than the longest spine; the anal has a long base arising in advance and continued posterior to the second dorsal; its second spine is higher than that of this fin: the pectoral is long, extending to the fourteenth scale of the lateral line: the ventral is placed almost wholly in advance of the pectoral, it reaches to between the vent and the anal 456 fin, and its spime is as long as that of the second dorsal. The caudal is shghtly emarginate ; its peduncle is long and slender ; its length above being twice, and its depth less than the diameter of the eye. Scales.—The scales are large and finely ctenoid; there are two in advance of the first dorsal. The lateral line closely follows the dorsal profile; it does not run medially along the caudal peduncle, but falls to below the middle, where it is lost at the base of the caudal rays; its scales are branched wicca ae but become simpler on the tail. Colour.—The upper half of the head is dark-brown, the lower portion yellow, becoming silvery on the opercles; the two areas are separated by a dark horizontal bar which extends from the snout through the middle of the eye to the margin of the opercle. Below this is a narrow white bar, which broadens slightly on the opercle. The body is pale- brown above and silvery-yellow beneath, with a large brown blotch in the middle of the depth beneath the spinous dorsal, this is split up by three narrow vertical silvery bars; a broad brown band passes from the base of the anterior dorsal rays obliquely forward to the space in front of the anal; the dorsals are dusky, the other fins colourless. Length.—88 mm. Four specimens obtained. These specimens differ from typical examples of the genus. lrchamia only in having seven in place of six spines in the first dorsal fin. They apparently approach the characters of A. zosterophorus, Bleeker,“ but in that species the white facial band and the anterior body-blotch are absent, and the eomplete band includes the whole base of the second dorsal. Family CHIRONEMIDAE. CHIRONEMUS MICROLEPIS, n. sp. Pls aly, Chironemus marmoratus, Waite: Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi.) 1910, p. 381 (mot of rN as Br wi.;..D: xiv WB Ay aa 6s ee, 6 3) VW va L. lat. .68. Depth 3°9 in the length to the hypural joint; head 3°2 in the same. Eye subequal to the interorbital width, shorter than the snout, 4°3 in the head. Snout 3°3, longest pectoral ray 1°2 in the head. Fourth dorsal spine and second dorsal ray 2°3, second anal ray 1°4 in the head. Snout conical, the upper jaw longer than the lower. Mouth almost horizontal, maxillary reaching to below the (4) Bleeker: Act. Soc. Nedérl., i., Manado, p. 36. 457 anterior orbital margin. Nostrils large, close together before the eye, the anterior with two fimbriate skinny lobes. Inter- ocular space concave ; the orbital margins breaking the contour of the head, and each forming a blunt tubercle posteriorly. Preorbital smooth. Preoperculum broadly rounded, entire. ‘Operculum with two flat spines. Nape rugose, naked. Teeth.—Broad bands of villiform, depressible teeth on each jaw, and a few forming a curved series around the head of the vomer; palatines toothless. Scales.—The greater part of the operculum is covered with small scales; similar but smaller scales extend on to the cheeks almost to the end of the maxillary, leaving a broad area on the opercular border and around the eve naked. Body-scales very small on the nuchal region and back, base of pectoral, breast, and abdominal surface. Lateral line running down from the shoulder to the middle of the body below the anterior dorsal rays, thence straight to the base of the tail. There are about eighteen scales between the pos- terior dorsal spines and the lateral line, excluding the dorsal ‘sheath. Dorsal and anal sheaths well developed. Fins.—First dorsal commencing above the operculum; the spines increase rapidly in length to the fourth, after which they become gradually shorter backwards; the last two spines are subequal in length. The anterior rays are as long as the highest spines, and the succeeding ones decrease regularly backward, leaving the margin of the fin straight. Anal with three strong spines, the second and third subequal, and the third in close apposition to the first ray, which is thickened and simple; second ray longest, as long as the ventrals. Pectoral pointed, the longest simple ray reaching beyond the middle of the ventrals, which over-reach the vent. Caudal ‘ssubtruncate. Colour.—Light purplish-brown in alcohol, checkered with well-defined darker markings which subdivide the ground- colour into subquadrangular patches. Head marbled with the same dark colour, and somewhat speckled with light dots. All the fins are marked with a reticulate, dark pattern, enclosing more or less rounded light spots (McCulloch). A small example of this species was obtained by Mr. Lea at Norfolk Island, but ‘the foregoing description is based upon a specimen 218 mm. long in the Australian Museum, from which also the accompanying plate is prepared. It differs from C. marmoratus, Giinther, under which name I have previously recorded it, in having much smaller scales, the cheeks and opercles more densely scaly, and in being _ rather more elongate. CO “Vo O'R CO NW 458 BIBLIOGRAPHY. . Forster, in Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 343_ . Forster: Descr. Anim. ed Lichtenstein, 1844, p. 292. . Richardson: Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1845 (1846), p. 247. . Richardson: Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1844-1848. . Bleeker: Verhand. d. Konig. Akad. v. Wetens, 1855. . Gtinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1859-1870. . Giinther: Fische der Mus. Godeffroy. -Ogilby: Proc) hinn. Soc. NS: Wales (2), 11:) VOSte pee 990-993. . Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii., 1897, p. 80. . Boulenger: Cat: Fish. Brit. Mus. (2), 1., 1895. > Waite: Rec. Aust. Musi, ii., 1900, p. 215. | Waite: Trans. IN:Z. Inst.) xln., W940" pp. 380=saer EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Pratt XLIV. Myxus elongatus, Giinther. Pruate XLV. Archamia leat, n. sp. Prate XLVI. Chironemus microlepis, n. sp. 459 ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA No. 10. By J. M. Buiacx. [Read October 12, 1916.] Piates XLVIE--anp XLVIIL. The district placed in brackets after the name of a locality | aneans that the record is a new one for that plant in one o1 more of the botanical districts defined in Tate’s ‘‘Flora of Extra-tropical South Australia.”’ Some interesting new records were made by Mr. Rodney Cockburn, Secretary of the Railways Standing Committee, while travelling in the Far North-east in June last. GRAMINEAE.—Vragrostis leptocarpa, Benth. Between ‘Goyder Lagoon and the Queensland border (R. Cockburn). This handsome grass, whose panicles become purple with age, has the flowering glume obtuse when spread open (not ‘‘rather acute,’’ as described by Bentham) and the palea almost glabrous, with the nerves produced upwards into two acute lateral lobes. CHENOPODIACEAE.—-I have found it impossible to deter- mine satisfactorily the number of spines in Bassia paradoxa (R. Br.), F. v. M., either in the flower or fruit under ordinary conditions. However, by macerating one of the fruiting heads in lime-water all the wool was removed, and it then appeared that the head consisted of eight connate fruits, of which one was 2-spined, one was 3-spined, two were 4-spined, and four were 5-spined. It is clear, therefore, that this species will not fit into the genus Sc/erolaena (2 dorsal spines), in which it was placed by Brown and retained by Bentham, or into Amisacantha (3-5 dorsal spines). AMARANTACEAE.—A Ilternanthera angustifolia, R. Br. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cock- burn) ; Oodnadatta (Miss Staer). A new record for the State. CRUCIFERAE.—Alyssum linifolium, Steph. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). Capsella pilosula, F. v. M. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). LEGUMINOSAE.—Psoralea eriantha, Benth. Oodnadatta (Miss Staer) ; between Goyder Lagoon arid Queensland border (R. Cockburn; Dist. C). Crotalaria Cunninghamu, R. Br. Mulka (R. Cockburn). This plant, with its showy golden and 460 dark-striped flowers, is locally known as the ‘‘Stuart Pea.’ C. dissitiflora, Benth., var. eremaea, F. v. M. Mulka (ies Cockburn ; Dist. C). Stipes of pod almost as long as calyx. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. — Zygophyllum fruticulosum, DC. Specimens from Bell Rock, on the Murray, have smaller flowers and fruit than usual and slender diffuse stems, each capsule containing, by abortion, only one or two seeds. ‘RUTACEAE. Phebalium builatum, sp. ova. (tab. xlvii.). Fruti- culus erectus vix metralis, fois cuneato-linearibus 5-12 mm. longs rigndis crassis margine glanduloso-bullatis supra viridi- bus acutiuscule canaliculatis subtus argenteo-lepidotis et nervum medium. prominentem ostendentibus, umbellis ter- minalibus, ramulis pedicellis calycibusque lepidotis, calyce obtuse et breviter dentato, petalis intus flavis extus squamulis: rufescentibus et albis vestitis, staminibus exsertis, filamentis glabris flavis, antheris caducis glanduld terminatis, stylo basin versus stellato-piloso, carpellis dense lemdotis. South Australia: River Murray (Tate Herbarium, labelled ‘‘Hriostemon lemdotus, F. v. M., var. amiefolius’’ ) > Ninety-mile Desert (Tate Herbarium, collector, J. Gudge, labelled ‘‘Hriostemon sediflorus, F. v. M.’’); Wilkawatt (T. G. B. Osborn); between Murray Bridge and Callington ; Karoonda (J. M. Black). Victoria (localities kindly supplied by Professor Ewart) : Near Lake Hindmarsh (Mrs. Captain Rowan); north-west of Lake Hindmarsh (C. French, sen.) ; north-west of Lake Alba- cutya (C. French, sen.). Flowers September and October. Seems to have been first included by Baron von Mueller under Hriostemon sedi- florus (Phebalium glandulosum, Hook.), and later under /. stenophyllus, F. v. M., which was originally considered by Mueller to be merely a variety of #. lemdotus, F. v. M. (Ph. sqguamulosum, Vent.). The varietal name quoted in the Tate Herbarium seems to have been given by Mueller, but not published; I do not understand the word ‘‘amiefolius”’ ; it is perhaps a transcriber’s error for ‘‘erassifolius.’’ The new species differs from its three East-Australian allies (Ph. glandulosum, squamulosum, and stenophyllum) in the leaves linear-cuneate, more or less acutely channelled above and with a prominent midrib below, never recurved or revolute on the margins, and with very conspicuous glandular tubercles and silvery scales on the margins and underside. The style is stellate-hairy towards the base, while in the other three species: it is glabrous. 461 EUPHORBIACEAE.—Phyllanthus trachyspermus, F. v. M. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cock- barn ; Dist, 7G). LYTHRACEAE.—Ammanma multiflora, Roxb. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First record for South Australia proper. Given by Tate for Northern Territory (Dist. F). BoRRAGINACEAE. — Hritrichium australasicum, DC. Government Farm, Minnipa (Dist. L or W). SCROPHULARIACEAE.—Mimulus gracilis, R. Br. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn: Dist. C). 7 CUCURBITACEAE.—Cucumis trigonus, Roxb. Between Goyder Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn; Disé iC). CompositaE.—-Gnaphalium indicum, L. Between Goy- der Lagoon and Queensland border (R. Cockburn). First record for South Australia proper. Brachycome basaltica, EF. v. M. Same locality (Dist. C). Gnephosis eriocarpa, Benth. Same locality. Our specimens have all the partial heads 1-flowered, with about six oblanceolate, scarious bracts, united by the wool growing on the green midribs, and with light-yellow (not pink) tips. Sphaeranthus hirtus, Willd. Same locality. First record for South Australia. Hitherto found only in Queensland and tropical part of Northern Ter- ritory. Hrigeron sessiltfoluus, F. v. M. (pl. xlviii.). Pandie Pandie Hills, near the Queensland border (R. Cockburn). Discovered by Alex. Forrest on the Daly River, N.T., and described by Mueller in 1881 (Fragm. xi., 100). It does not appear to have been observed elsewhere since then, and the distance from the Daly River to Pandie Pandie is about 900 miles. The involucral bracts are unusually broad for the genus Lrigeron, but I cannot see that they are ‘“‘connate below in a broad lamina,’’ as stated by Mueller. It seems to me that the outer circuit of the very broad, concave recep- tacle was mistaken for the base of the involucre. Since the above was written, Professor Ewart informs me that the Victorian National Herbarium contains, in addition to the type from the sources of the Daly River, a scrap of the same plant, unnamed but marked “‘Near Hyre’s Creek, 1889; Alfred Henry.’ Eyre Creek is an affluent of the Warburton and traverses portion of Queensland and South Australia, passing near the Pandie Pandie country. STYLIDIACEAE. In the valuable ‘‘Census of New South Wales Plants,’’ by Mr. J. H. Maiden and the late Mr. E. Betche, the authors 462 follow Mueller in substituting Candollea, Labill., for Styli- diwm, Swartz, and say (p. 162) :—""The genus Candollea was founded by Labillardigre in 1805; one year later the same author apphed the name Candollea, apparently by an over- sight, to another genus (Dilleniaceae). As both genera could not stand, Swartz changed Candollea (Candolleaceae) in 1807 into Stylidium, and consequently the order into Stylidieae, but in doing so he made the twofold mistake of changing the name of the plant that has undoubtedly the claims of priority and of selecting a name (Stylidium) already applied by Loureiro in 1790 to a genus of Cornaceae. There can be no doubt that F. v. Mueller was right in restoring the name Candollea to the genus first named so by Labillardiére (Can- dolleaceae). abillardiere’s second genus, Candollea (Dil- lenaceae), of course, had to go, and is now united with Hibbertia.”’ ; The whole question is of great importance to Australian systematic botany, and therefore the following comments will not be out of place :— 1. Labillardiere did not apply the name Candollea in 1806 to a genus in Dillemaceae ‘‘by an oversight,’’ but because he found that the genus in Stylidiaceae which he had named Candollea in 1805 had, earlier in the same year, been published as Stylidium by Swartz in Willdenow’s Spec. Pl. iv., 146. This was the first description of that genus, the second being in 1807. The Stylidiwm of Swartz has, therefore, a clear priority over the first Candollea of Labillardieére. 2. Thus the only question to determine is whether the Stylidium of Loureiro, published in 1790, is a valid genus in Cornaceae and therefore invalidates the Stylidiwm of Swartz. To this the reply is that the Styldiwm of Loureiro is con- sidered by all the great botanical authorities (Bentham and Hook., Gen. Pl.; Index Kewensis; Engl. and Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam.) as a synonym of JMJarlea, or of Alangium if Marlea be considered a section of that genus. It is not even certain whether it can be identified with Marlea. H. Harms, in the Nat. Pflanzenfam., ili., 8, 260, says:—‘‘Stylidiwm chinense, Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. ed. Willdenow (1793), p. DT osnus generally quoted as a synonym of Marlea begonitfolia, ee ; but as Loureiro speaks of a ‘corolla infera’ and ‘drupa supera,’ the description he gives does not agree with JJarlea hegontifolia. In any case, it now seems to me questionable whether Loureiro’s diagnosis can be referred to JMJarlea.”’ 3. Mueller, after he had attempted to restore Labil- lardiére’s first Candollea and Loureiro’s Stylidium, renamed the Australian plant, Marlea vitiensis, Benth., as Stylidiwm vitiense, F. v. M., but in the ‘‘Census of New South Wales 463 Plants’? Bentham’s name is retained and Mueller’s treated merely as a synonym. 4..As the Stylidiwm of Loureiro has fallen into complete disuse and become only a synonym, the way is cleared for the adoption of Swartz’s Stylidiwm. Article 50 of the Vienna rules says:—‘‘No one is authorized to reject, change, or modifyaname . . ._ because of the existence of an earlier homonym which is universally regarded as non-valid.’”’? This was evidently the view taken by Bentham in the ‘“‘Flora Aus- traliensis,’? and more recently by Dalle Torre and Harms in their “‘Genera Siphonogamarum,’’ and by Miuldbraed in ‘“‘Engler’s Pflanzenreich, Stylidiaceae.’’ = DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Prats XLVIEL.- Phebalium bullatum, n. sp. 1 and 3, upper-surface of leaves; 2 and 4, under-surface of leaves; 5, transverse section of leaf; 6, seale from under-surface of leaf; 7, pistil; 8, petal; 9, stamen. Pirate XLVIII: Erigeron sessilifolius, F. v. M. 1, half of receptacle and involucre, spread out and seen from below; 2,- bisexual flower; 3, female flower; 4, stvle-branches; 5, stamens: 6, hairs. 464 A RESEARCH ON THE EUCALYPTS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND THEIR ESSENTIAL OILS. By R. T. Baxsr, F.L.S., and H. G. Surru, F.C.S., Technological Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Communicated by Prof. E. H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., Lond.) [Read October 12, 1916.] Puates XLIX. to TE. ConTENTS. Pag 1. Acknowledgments Te a aM ane i Stee 2. Introduction— (ay Botanical a) aes dst Bor ..< 469 (b) Chemical - ; af it elas 3. General Grouping of South eee Species ... 468 4. Species, with their Systematic, Technological, and Chemical Data eh oe), OS 5. Tabulated Results obtained w ot ciae Oils ies 6. Botanical Survey of Species ... ae ra $i 7. Census of Species vee Ts. se sek 1 pai a 1.—ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. We have to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. Walter Guill, F.L.S., the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, for kindly furnishing material for distil- lation of several of the species, and to Mr. E. Burgess, of Kangaroo Island, who at considerable personal effort for- warded material for distillation of the Kangaroo Island species. We have also to tender our thanks to the Education Department of South Australia for kindly granting permission to circularize the teachers under its jurisdict’on, asking them to aid in the preparation of this paper. We received material and general information from this source, and wish to express our thanks to those correspondents whose indi- vidual names are given at the end of this paper. The list of localities from which the material was collected is also given. 465 2.—INTRODUCTION. (a) BoTANIcat. The systematic side of the South Australian Eucalypts has received a fair amount of attention at the hands of botanists, and the ‘‘Census’’ of Professor Tate in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 1889, p. 93, leaves little to be desired up to that date. No special work, how- ever, has been published on the economics of these Eucalypts, especially as regards the chemistry of their essential oils, and it is these desiderata that form the main object of this paper. The species are arranged according to the plan laid down in our work, ‘‘A Research on the Eucalypts and their Essen- tial Oils,’ Sydney, 1902. It may be stated that those species occurring in the Northern Territory are not included in this list. A few alterations from Tate’s list are as follows :— FE. albens, EF. calycogona, FE. elaeophora, EF. Bosistoana, E. Lansdowmana, and F. acervula are added, whilst £. amygdalina, EB. paniculata, EF. gomocalyxz, EB. Stuartiana, BL. Gunnu, HL. Sieberiana are omitted, as there is not suffi- cient evidence forthcoming of their occurrence in South Australia. The number of Eucalypts deeded for South Australia falls much short cf those for the other States, except perhaps Tasmania, a fact probably due to its geographical position in regard to the main mountain ranges of the continent, where the species are found to be more numerous. The species show perhaps a closer botanical connection with those of Victoria and Tasmania than of other contiguous States, while the greatest differences exist between them and those of New South Wales and Western Australia. What may be regarded as the introductory group of the genus Eucalyptus—the ““Bloodwoods’’—1is. practically unrepresented, and this fact again illustrates the argument which was advanced by us in a paper on the Victorian Eucalypts (Reports, A.A.A.S., vol. xiv., p. 296-7) concerning the period of development of the Eucalypts in Australia. Although the most numerous group of the South Australian Eucalypts is the ‘‘Mallee,’’ even this numbers less than a dozen species, probably due to the greater uniformity of the topographical features from those of the neighbouring States. The next largest group is the “‘Gums,’’ and here we have a very interesting specimen, /. acervula, which was originally described from Tasmania, and is now shown for the first time to also occur on the mainland. On morphological grounds it has previously, in South Australia, gone under the name of ? 466 LE. Gunn, but xylogically and chemically the relationship cannot. be established with that Tasmanian species. The salient species of this group is the “‘Murray Red Gum,’’ #. rostrata, a characteristic feature on all the water- ways in the State. | The group known as ‘‘Boxes,’’ so prominent in New South Wales, is also not wanting in South Australia, and i. Woollsiana and EL. albens are good representatives. The “Stringybark” group has likewise a good representative: in 2. obliqua, which is restricted to the South-eastern ranges, where it is found growing along with the other “‘Stringy- barks,’ #. capitellata and #. macrorhyncha. Such distinctive groups as ‘“‘Peppermint’’ and ‘“‘TIron- bark’’ are quite absent—not a single species of either being so far recorded. Of these groups, the best timber trees are /. rostrata, EL. oblaqua, H. lewcoxylon, H. microtheca, and #. largi- florens ; while the best oil-producing species are 1. eneorifolia,. E. odorata, and KE. oleosa. It thus appears that these are the best of the South Australian species of Eucalypts for re-afforestation, or for commercial oil-production. The following lst gives the approximate number of | representatives of the several groups:—Stringybarks, 3; Gums, 9; Mallees, 11: Boxes, 8: Jronbarks, 0: Blood- woods, 0; Peppermints, 0; Ashes, 0. (6) CHEMICAL. The chemical investigation of the Essential oils of a number of species which are considered in this paper for the first time shows that, taken as a whole, general agreement may be traced between the constituents of these species and those of certain groups growing in the eastern portion of the continent. None of them, however, is referable to the large group of phellandrene-bearing oils which occurs so plentifully in the highlands of New South Wales and Victoria, and in Tasmania. The characteristic constituent of the oils of these latter species is the ketone .piperitone, and in no case was this constituent detected in the oils of the ten species now investi- gated for South Australia. The distinguishing constituent most frequently occurring in these oils is aromadendral—the high-boiling laevorotatory aldehyde so frequently found in the oils of the ‘‘Mallees’’ and in those species allied to them, as, for instance, the typical ““Boxes’’ (H. hemiphloia, EL. albens, etc.). The quantity of oil obtained from the leaves of some of the species described is particularly small, and in no instance 467 was a yield of 2 per cent. of oil obtained. The-_oils of two species from Kangaroo Island (#. cneorifolia and EL. odorata) are almost identical in composition with that yielded by £. polybractea, the ‘‘Silver-leaf Mallee’’ of Victoria, and the ‘““Blue Mallee’? of New South Wales; and the oils of these three species may be considered as being amongst the richest in cineol content of all the oils yielded by the genus Euca- lyptus. Most of the rectified oils of the species now described for the first time were tinged yellow, and none was water-white similar to those of the ‘‘Peppermints’’ and of the ‘‘Ashes.”’ This colour is traceable to the influence of the particular phenol occurring in this group, which evidently forms a quinone structure at certain stages. It does not appear to contain a methoxy group in the para position similar to Tasmanol—the phenol of the “Peppermint group’—and is crystallizable. _ The oils of all the species contain esters, as do all crude Eucalyptus oils, although in some cases very small in amount. The esters in the oil of #. fasciculosa represented 7:7 per cent., if the alcohol had the C,,H,,OH molecule, and the acid acetic. The alcohol did not appear to be geraniol; but the amount of oil at our disposal was altogether too small for it to be isolated and determined. The ester, geranyl- acetate, was present to the extent of about 14 per cent. in ’ the oil of #. acervula. Pinene was a constant constituent in practically all the oils, although in some of them the amount was but small. Limonene was also detected in the oils of a few species, as also was phellandrene. Cymene was deter- mined as occurring in the oil of /. rostrata in some quantity, and a good deal of work was done on the aromadendral, which also occurs in this oil in fair amount. The oil from FE. rostrata from Kangaroo Island was of particular interest, and analysis shows it to be in close agreement with those we distilled from material collected many years ago at Albury, and at Hay, in New South Wales. The results were pub- lished in 1902 in our work, ‘‘A Research on the Eucalypts.’’ The oil distilled from the variety borealis of this species, while being as comparatively constant in itself as that of the type, has differences in constitution particularly marked, the two forms being in this respect quite distinct. We have now investigated material from both forms collected from several localities widely separated, and quite recently oil distilled in Victoria from the variety borealis has been analysed. It will be observed that only a few South Australian speci- mens now remain of which the oils have not been investigated, and we should be glad to receive material of these for distil- lation and investigation. 468 3.—GENERAL GROUPING OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN KUCALYPTS. STRINGYBARKS : — BoxeEs : — E. obliqua FE. olaeophora E. capitellata E. Bosistoana EH. macrorhyncha E. albens EF. Woollsiana MALLEES : — FE. hemiphlora HE. Behriana E. largiflorens E. gracilis EF. microtheca EF. odorata _ EB. santalifoha FE. oleosa FE. Blackburniana E. unecinata E. cneorifolia Gums : — E. dumosa E. acervula E. calycogona BE. viminalis EH. inerassata FE. rostrata E. pachyphylla EF. cosmophylla E. Lansdowneana E. fasciculosa E. leucoxylon E. coriacea E. corynocalyx 4._SPECIES, WITH THEIR SYSTEMATIC, TECHNO- LOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL DATA. (Arranged in order of sequence.) 1. EUCALYPTUS CAPITELLATA, Sm. (Bot. New Holl., 42, Trans ihinn’ Sock ain, 28): “Stringybark.’’ This species is one of the best known of the ‘“‘Stringy- barks’’ in the three States—South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales; in the latter it is called ‘“Brown Stringy- bark.’’ In South Australia it attains the greatest height of all the ‘‘Stringybarks,’’ and is one of the most valuable timber-trees in the State. Brown, in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures and gives a full account of the features and economics of the species. Its botanical and chemical characters are fully described in our ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 149. 2. EUCALYPTUS MACRORHYNCHA, F. v. M. ‘Red Stringybark.”’ Tate, in his ‘‘Census’’ (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. - xll., 1889, p. 94) records this species for South Australia, td - 469 but Maiden (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., vol. xxxil., p. 285) states that a specimen in the University Herbarium of Ade- laide, labelled by Tate “HL. macrorhyncha . . aH 1S E. obliqua, L’Her. If #. macrorhyncha has been admitted to the Flora of South Australia on the authority of that specimen, it should be removed.’’ We, however, have received a specimen from Mount Templeton (C. N. Grenfell) which is undoubtedly #. macrorhyncha. Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, ‘“‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 146. 3. HUCALYPTUS SANTALIFOLIA, F. v. M. ‘‘White Mallee.’’ This species was described by Baron von Mueller in Trans. Vict. Inst., 1854. Bentham, in his ‘‘Flora Austra- liensis,” vol. iii.., 1866, recognized its validity as a species, and Mueller in his “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, gives a figure. J. H. Maiden, in his “‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,’’ suppresses it as a synonym under L£. diversifolia, Bonpland, which Bentham regarded as a variety of JZ. vminalis (“Flora Australiensis,’’ 11., p. 240). It is apparent from this that the systematic placing of this tree is now surrounded with difficulty. Mueller, in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia,’’ under his HL. san- taltfolia, synonymizes Bonpland’s #. diversifolia, remarking that ‘‘as the plant defined by Bonpland represents that very young state . . . in which the leaves pass from the broad form of juvenile plants into the narrow shape of the leaves, . . . normal for adult trees, the name had to be discarded.’’ The figure illustrating Bonpland’s plant, which Mueller states was done by Massa, we have not seen. As Bentham places Bonpland’s FE: dwversifolia under £. viminalis, the inference is that there must have been some “espn nen ee to that species, and then, in spite of this, we have Mueller bringing it under his #. santalifolia. Bentham fully describes F. santalifolhia, F. v. M. (vol. i11., p. 206), and does not allude to its resemblance to F#. diversifolia, and he probably saw specimens of both. Bentham, when mentioning this species (2. santalifolia) under #. viminalis, states that ‘‘the flowers are rather numerous in the umbel and the fruit large.’? Now six flowers are the most we have seen in /. santalifolia; Mueller’s figure shows only three at the most. The leaves, at least, and certainly not the fruits, can hardly be said to resemble those of #. viminalis, so that it appears Bentham must have had material differing from ZF. santalifolia, as now under- stood, when he matched #. diversifolia with LF. viminalis. 470 - The late Rev. Dr. Wools named specimens of what is now L. rubida for one of us as L. diversifolia—a very good name for the tree—specimens of which Bentham may have . had when identifying #2. diversifelia of Bonpland. Unfor- tunately, no one seems to have described the “‘sucker’’ or abnormal leaves of #. santalifolia, or, for the matter of that, EL. diversifolia, so that it is difficult to understand how the latter name apples to Mueller’s tree, as the leaves are not diverse. Maiden, in his “‘Gritical Revision of the Eucalypts,’’ Part i1., reproduces in full Bonpland’s description of JZ. diversifolia, but unaccompanied by Massa’s plate. The more experience we have with Eucalypts the more the fact is impressed upon us that it is more often than not almost impossible to identify Eucalyptus trees or material from descriptions alone, and this is the difficulty with Bonpland’s description. In this connection it brings to mind the words of Caley in ‘Flinders’ Voyages,’’ vol. 11., p. 547, under “‘Kucalyptus’’:—‘“‘Fifty species of Eucalyptus, most of which are distinguished and have proper names applied to them by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in colour, texture, and scaling of the bark, and in the ramifica- tion and general appearance of these trees, more readily distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do.’’ Of the identity of H. santalitolia, as now established, there can be no doubt, and as the chemical data are made on that species there is no other alternative but to retain that name for the result of this investigation. Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected’ at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The average yield of oil was 041 per cent. The crude oil was of a lemon-yellow colour and had a terpene-like odour, which almost entirely masked that of the small amount of cineol. Although chiefly a terpene oil, and highly laevo- rotatory, yet phellandrene was absent. ‘The oil also contained nearly 20 per cent. of sesquiterpenes. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°884; rotation 4%»—37°7°; refrac- tive index at 20°=1°4736, and required 8 volumes 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 4°9. On rectification a few drops of acid water came over, but the volatile aldehydes were present only in very small amount. Between 168-175° (corr.), 38 per cent. distilled; A471 between 175-200°, 39 per cent. came over; and between 260-275°, 17 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sper. at 15° eC Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°.. enh eee 08674. vi B86? || 1:4670 Second fraction 08701 —52°2° | 1°4691 Third fraction 0°9295 — 1°4963 —— The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the portion distilling below 200°, and the result gave 12°5 per cent. of that constituent for the crude oil. The oil is thus shown to consist largely of terpenes, so that redistillation of the two first fractions was under- taken. Three per cent. of the first fraction was removed, which boiled below 162°. The second fraction was ther added and the whole fractionated, in order to further separate the lower-boiling terpenes: Between 162-172°, 34 per cent. distilled (=second fraction); between 172-175°, 16 per cent. distilied. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C- Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 0°8597 —29°6° 1°4673 Second fraction 0°8574 —48-0° 1°4693 Third fraction 0°8574 = 636° 14711 Thaw rusulie suggest ihaee as s phellandrene is 1s : albsent the principal terpene in the oil of this species is laevorotatory limonene, and that pinene is only present in small quantity. For industrial purposes the essential oil of this Eucalypt has: little commercial value at present. 4A. Eucanyerus Bosistoana, F. v. M. (Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, October, 1895.) “Red “Box? This species probably occurs in South Australia, as material received by us from Mount Templeton (C. N. Gren- fell) and Seven Hills (Clara A. Chesterman) resembles this Eucalyptus more than any other. The material, however, was hardly perfect enough to speak definitely. Its botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 61. ¢ 472 5. EUCALYPTUS GRACILIS, F. v. M. A. ‘‘Mallee.’’ This species was described by Mueller in 1884 in Trans. Vict. Inst., 1., 35, and Frag. i1., 55.) Bentham) im bigs sere Australhensis,’’ acknowledges the specific rank of this Euca- lyptus, as well as Tate in his “‘Census of South Australian Plants,’’ 1889. Maiden (Crt. Rey. Gen.).Huc., voleueaeems &1) synonymizes this species under #. calycogona, Turez. The material of H. calycogona has not been investigated by us, so that we cannot speak as to the synonymy of these species. The material examined is #. gracilis, F. v. M. The botanical and chemical characters are given in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,” p. 129. 6. Eucatyprus oporata, Behr. (Sch. Linnea., xx., 657). ‘“Peppermint.”’ Pik Behr’s species is acknowledged in Bentham’s ‘‘Flora Australiensis’’ and Mueller’s ‘‘Eucalyptographia,’’ and later by Maiden in his ‘‘Critical Revision of the Eucalypts,”’ vol. ll., part 1., p: 26, as well as in the Trans. Roy.) Soc. S. Aus., 1903, where he goes fully into the synonymy of the species. With most of this latter synonymy we are not in accord, especially placing #. Lansdowniana under F#. odorata. Brown, in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ figures both species, and if any reliance can be placed in delineation greater differences could not be better illustrated. Brown’s figure is what we regard as #. Woollsiana. | The species, as understood in this paper, is restricted to the tree commonly known as ‘‘Peppermint,’’ found in the neighbourhood of Adelaide and elsewhere in the State, in- cluding Kangaroo Island. To assist in its identification a figure is here given (pl. 1.). The results given in our work, “‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’? p. 210, were obtained from an oil submitted by ’ Faulding & Co., of Adelaide, under that name, and was not of our distillation. Yssential Oul. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. This species is considered by Eucalyptus distillers of Kangaroo Island to be of equal value with 2. eneortfolia for oil distillation. 473 The origin of the name “‘Peppermint’’ for this species could not be traced, and it seems to be altogether a misnomer, as the ketone of peppermint odour (piperitone) appears to be absent in the oil, the characterstic high-boiling constituent being aromadendral. The name ‘‘Peppermint’’ is also given to Eucalyptus species in New South Wales, the oils of which do not contain piperitone, nor do their oils have a peppermint odour. The oils of the true ‘‘Peppermint’’ Eucalyptus species contain the terpene phellandrene, in addition to the pepper- mint ketone. The average yield of oil was 1°87 per cent., but as the material was collected in the winter this may be taken as the minimum yield. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint, indicating but a trace of phenol, and had an odour similar to those belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with a secondary cdour indicating aromadendral. Volatile alde- hydes were pronounced. The oil was very rich in cineol, and | phellandrene was absent. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9193 ; Totanionsm—i-l-- refractive mdex abt 20° =— 154639, ‘and was soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation shown by this oil is due to the aromadendral. The saponifi- cation number for the esters and free acids was 8°5. On rectification a. few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 173° C. (corr.), showing the com- parative absence of the lower-boiling terpenes. Between 173-185°, 82 per cent. distilled; between 185-215°, 8 per cent. came over, and between 215-230°, 4 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. |, Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°. es ae = = — First fraction 0°9153 = (vile 1°4619 Second fraction 09161 SEM (aie 1°4639 Third fraction 0°9219 = eo 1°4794 The high laevorotation of the third fraction is due to the aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol methed in the fractions distilling below 185°. The results. from two determinations showed that 86 per cent. of cineol was present in the crude oil, which proves it to be one of the richest cineol-bearing oils of the whole group. The rectified oil was slightly yellow in tint, due to the particular phenol present. 474 There is a very strong resemblance between the oil of - this Eucalypt and that of ‘‘Narrow Leaf,’’ #. cneorsfolia, and for commercial purposes no marked differences should be detected between the products of the two species. ee EvcaLyerus oLeosa, F. v. M. (Neder Kruid. Arch., 132). ‘‘Red’’ or ““Water Mallee.’’ Ply de This Eucalyptus species, one of the large group known as ‘‘Mallees,’’ preserves its specific botanical and chemical characters throughout its geographical distribution. It is fully described, both systematically and chemically, in our work on the ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 118. Ch) 8. KUCALYPTUS UNCINATA, Turcz. A ‘‘Mallee.”’ In this State it occurs on Kangaroo Island, as well as the mainland, and is fairly constant, in its characters, ap te always found as a ‘‘Mallee.’ This is a species that so far has eluded us, and we have not yet been able to procure material for chemical investiga- tion. ‘9. EUCALYPTUS CNEORIFOLIA, DC. (Prod., 11. p. 220): “‘Narrow-leaf Mallee.”’ (needa, The specific rank of this Eucalypt has so far been unchal- lenged. It is the “‘Narrow-leaf Mallee’’ of Kangaroo Island, although it,is not uncommon to find it in small tree form. A figure is given of it in DC. Mem» Myrt., t.p., according to Bentham (loc. cit.), but so far it has not been depicted in any Australian publication. A figure is, therefore, given with these results, which will more definitely place it for future reference for botanical workers, both in and outside Australia (pl. xlix.). % Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. This species is the principal one on the island from which Eucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical purposes is distilled. It is one of the ‘‘Mallees,’’ or shrubby Eucalypts, and is a very common species on Kangaroo Island. 475 The species. known as ‘‘Peppermint’”’ on the island seems to be closely related chemically to L’. enecorifolia, and the oils distilled from these two trees show great resemblances. The principal constituent is cineol, and pinene is only present in comparative small amount. The high-boiling aldehyde, aromadendral, is a characteristic constituent in this oil, even more so than in that of the ‘“‘Peppermint.’’ The rectified oil is- slightly yellow in tint, as is usual with the oils of this group. This colour is due to the influence of the particular phenol present. The product of this species is one of the mest pronounced cineol-bearing oils obtainable from the whole genus, but requires rectification, so that the aromaden- dral may be removed as much as possible. The average yield of oil was 1°8 per cent., but this may be taken as the minimum yield, as the material was collected in mid-winter. The crude oil was orange-brown in tint, and had an odour similar to the cineol-pinene oils of this group, with a secondary odour of aromadendral. Volatile aldehydes. were present, but phellandrene was absent. Mhe erude-oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9229; rotation, 2>—3°3°; refractive index at 20°=—1°4664, and was soluble in 14 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The laevorotation of this oil is largely due to the aromadendral. On rectifica- tion a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 174° (corr.). Between 174-185° C., 81 per cent. dis- tilléd ; between 185-220°, 9 per cent. came over; and between 220-237°, 5 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction | 0°9166 | eet 1°4632 Second fraction | 09172 / — 471° 14678 Third fraction | 0°9291 | —16°2° 14866 The high laevorotation of the third fraction is due to the aromadendral. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the fractionated oil. When calculated for the crude oil the result showed that 87 per cent. of cineol was present. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 7°4. It will be noticed how closely the above results agree with these obtained with the oil distilled from the species known vernacularly on Kangaroo Island as ‘‘Peppermint’’ ‘ (E#. odorata). 476 10. Evcatyptus pumosa, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Walp. Rep., u., p. 925, 1843). “‘Red Mallee.’’ We are in favour of keeping this species distinct from #. incrassata at present, in opposition to Mueller (“‘Eucalyto- graphaia,’’ Dec. V.), where it is synonymized under that species, while Maiden (‘“‘Crit. Rev.Gen. Euc.,”’ vol. 1., p. 95) only gives it varietal rank to 2. wncrassata. The specimens received by us from various parts of South Australia are morphologically identical with many others received from New South Wales and Victoria, thus showing a uniformity over a large geographical area of the mainland, which, we think, warrants its specification. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on “‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 117. The material for botanical investigation for this paper - was obtained from Kangaroo Island, and the fruits differ only shghtly from those of the mainland, being inclined to pear shape and a little longer than the mainland #. dumosa. The chemical results show a little variation, but not anything nearly sufficient to warrant the making of even a new variety. Essential Ou. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The leaves of this species were some- what thick, and the terminal branchlets had quite angular stems, the bark on the branchlets being quite red in places. The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red in colour, particularly the young shoots at the end of the branchlets. This peculiar red colour, given to the steam- distilled leaves, was also observed with those of #. leucoxylon, but not with the leaves of the ‘‘White Mallee’ or of any other species from Kangaroo Island. The average yield of oil was 0°96 per cent. The crude oil was reddish in colour and in odour resembled the oils of the pinene-cineol group. Cineol was present in fair quantity, but phellandrene was absent. The terpene of low-boiling point was dextrorotatory pinene, and the high-boiling fraction con- sisted principally of the sesquiterpene. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15°=0°9041; rota- tion #p+16°4; refractive index at 20° =1°4667, and required one volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear solution. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 3°7. ; 477 On rectification a few drops of acid water with some aldehydes came over below 163° C. (corr.). Between 163- 167°, 32 per cent. distilled; between 167-198°, 53 per cent. came over; the temperature then rose to 245°, and between that temperature and 272° 10 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— | | | | Sp. gr. at 15° ©. Rotation ap__| Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 08854 494°5° | 1°4629 _ Second fraction | 0°9022 paAeye 1°4625 Third fraction 0°9289 —_ | 1°4920 The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the portion distilling below 198°. When calculated for the erude oil the result showed 42°5 per cent. of cineol to be present. The oil belongs to the pinene-cineol class, and does not contain constituents which might be considered of a special character. The species is thus of little value as an oil-pro- ducing tree, particularly as others are available from which a greater yield of oil can be obtained and also much richer in cineol. The chemical resemblance between ‘‘Blue Gum’’ (EZ. leucozylon) and ‘‘Red Mallee,’’ as shown by the formation of © a red coloration to the leaves when steam-distilled, is further exemplified with their oils, and it will be observed that the results obtained with the oils of these two trees are in strong agreement. il. Hucatyerus PAcHYPHYLLA, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soc., pp. BER 9S This species belongs to the shrubby group of Eucalypts, and is found in the dry interior near Lake Amedeus, and the McDonala Range. 12. EucaLyptus LANSDOWNEANA, F. v. M. et J. E. B. (‘Forest Flora of S. Aus.’’). ‘Red Flowering Mallee.’’ This was described and figured by Mueller and Brown in “The Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ published in 1882. 478 It was described from the Gawler Ranges specimens, but the authors give Encounter Bay, Ch. Stuart, 1847, and Port Lincoln, 1851. Tate (Proc. A.A.A.S., Sydney, 1898, p. 535) states it is not a tenable species, and Maiden (‘‘Crit. Rev. Genus Kuc.,’’ vol. u., p. 32) places it as a variety of #. odorata. The fruits figured (/oc. cit.) do not match those of any other South Australian species seen by us (including a larga series of . odorata), and therefore we are inclined to regard it as a valid species, after seeing the specimen in the Adelaide University Herbarium. 13. EucaLtyptus BLACKBURNIANA, Maiden, ined. The Melbourne Herbarium specimen of this species 1s labelled by Mueller ‘‘2’. odorata, Behr., Yorke Peninsula, Teffer, 1879.’ Similar material has reached us from Murray River, Staer, 1911, and also from the Sydney Herbarium,. the latter labelled #. Blackburniana by Mr. Maiden. If this should prove to be distinct from #. odorata, then Mr. Maiden’s name should stand. ‘14. Eucauyprus Beuriana, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. [nst., Li, 34): ‘Bull Mallee.”’ This species of Mueller is found in Victoria and New South Wales, and preserves a morphological constancy throughout its geographical distribution. The botany and chemistry is described in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 69. 15. EucaLypTus cCALYCOGONA, Turcz. Pie te There is a specimen of this species in the Adelaide University Herbarium from Wirrabara, and specimens were also received from Walter Gill, F.L.S., so this should be added to the South Australian flora. 16. Evcatyprus incrassata, Labill. (Pl. New Holland, vol. i1.). A ‘‘Mallee.’’ It was originally recorded by the French author from Cape Leeuwin, but since then has been found to extend very 479 far east from that point, even into the most Eastern State, New South Wales. The fruits are variable in size and shape, but unfortunately Labillardiére does net figure the fruits, so that a certain amount of conjecture surrounds the form published. The large coarse-ribbed fruit and the two smooth capsules are delineated by Mueller in his “‘Eucalyptographia’’ (the three left figures are all found in South Australia). Maiden, in his ‘“‘Crit. Rev..Gen. Euc.,’’ vol. i., under this species describes a large number of varieties, with fruits varying from | in. long and 4 in. diameter to a small pilular specimen about { in. long and } in. diameter, including #. dumosa, which we, however, regard as a separate species. 17. Eucatyptus Woo.uustiana, R. T. B. There appears to have been some confusion in the past between this species and its congeners, for that figured by J. EH. Brown, ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’’ under F. odorata is this species. Specimens were received which match the type collected in New South Wales. It is botanically and chemically described in our work, “‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,” p. 132. 18. EucaLyPTuUs ALBENS, Miq. “White Box.” There is a specimen in the National Herbarium, Mel- bourne, collected by J. E. Brown, with locality Wirrabara, South Australia, so that if this specimen is authentic this species should be added to the South Australian flora. The chemistry of this species will be found in our work, ““Kucalypts and their Essential Oils,’”’ p. 134. ISS HUCALY PLUS” HEMIPHLOIA, (Hyves rae 50 1t.,* p62). ‘“Box.”’ Bentham, in his ‘“‘Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. i1., p. 216, records this species for South Australia, and Tate, in his ““Census;? lists it; but Maiden, im his “Crit. Rev. Gen. Huc.,’’ vol. 11., p. 15, is inclined to think that an error is recorded here, and that it is #. odorata, var. purpurascens, that is indicated. From the material received by us from South Australia ‘only two specimens showed resemblance to this species; the specimens, however, were not in mature fruit. ”) 480 No specimen appears to be extant in Adelaide Herbarium of this species, but in the Melbourne Herbarium there is a specimen of it, labelled ‘“W. Gill, from Mount Remarkable.’’ It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘“Hucalypts and their Hssential Oils,’’ p. 135. 20. EUCALYPTUS LARGIFLORENS, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst., i.,, 134). Ai Red) Bor Professor Tate records this species for South Australia in his ‘‘Census,’’ but Mr. Maiden, in his paper, ‘‘A Contri- bution to the Botany of South Australian Flora’’ (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxii., p. 280), places this species under FH. fasciculosa, F. v. M. Both these species are Muel- ler’s, and the specimens examined by us in the Tate Collec- tion, Adelaide University, is Mueller’s #. largiflorens. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under H. pendula, pa ae 21. KucaLyptus microtHEoa, F. v. M. (Jour. Linn. Soe, ddd paSua)e ““Coolabahtas This interior species of the State, as well as in New South Wales, is easily distinguished from its congeners by its small fruits and the comparatively large exserted valves. It is probably the tallest tree of those parts. The timber is very hard, interlocked, and durable, and is of a pale chocolate colour. It is botanically and chemically described in our work, ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 158. 22. EUCALYPTUS ELAEOPHORA, F. vy. M. (Frag. u1., p. 52). ‘““Bundy.”’ This species is recorded for South Australia by Tate in his ‘‘Census,’’ under the name of £. goniocalyzx, F. v. M., with which species it was first placed by Bentham in his “Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. 11., p. 230, and acquiesced in by Mueller in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia.’? The two, however, are quite distinct, as recognized by all later botanists. 481 It is botanically and chemically described in our work, “Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ under the name of EL. Cambager, p. 113. 23. EUCALYPTUS ACERVULA, Hook. f. (Fl. Tas.). This species of Hooker was fully investigated by us when writing our paper on “‘The Eucalypts of Tasmania’’ (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., October, 1912), where it is also shown in what respects it differs from /#. paludosa of New South Wales. it is the species recorded by botanists of South Australia as HE. Gunnu, and is figured as such by J. E. Brown in his ““Forest Flora of South Australia.’’ #. Gunna, the ‘‘Cider tree’ of Tasmania is, however, quite another species, the botanical and chemical differences being already given by us (loc. cit.). Both botanically and chemically the relationship is complete between the South Australian and Tasmanian trees. Tt is thus shown that #. acervula is not endemic in Tasmania, as was previously supposed. Mr. J. H. Maiden, in his ‘“Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalypts,’’ vol. i1., part 7, p. 133, synonymizes this species under 4. ovata, Lahillardiere, a synonymy with which we cannot agree, as the evidence advanced appears to us altogether insufficient, and Labil- lardicre’s plate and description do not match the #. acerviula of Tasmania and South Australia. Essential Oul. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species were received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, Mr. Walter Guill, in the month of December. The crude oil was somewhat viscid, and had an aromatic odour. It evidently consisted largely of high-boiling con- stituents, such as sesquiterpene: it was dark coloured, and a phenol was present in fair amount for a Eucalyptus oil. A solid paraffin was also present. Phellandrene was absent, and cineol was present only in small amount. The ester content was somewhat high, the saponification number for the esters and free acids, in the cold with alcoholic potash, being 40°7. The separated oil had a marked odour of geraniol, so that the principle éster consisted of geranyl-acetate. The amount of this ester in the oil of this South Australian tree may thus be stated to be 14 per cent. Geranyl-acetate has been isolated from the oils of several Kucalyptus species, and in one instance (#. Macarthuri) over 70 per cent. of this ester has been found. Q 482 The crude oil had specific gravity at- 15° C.=0°9307; rotation, 4»—1°4°; refractive index at 20° C.=T48 ane was soluble in one volume 80 per cent. alcohol, but became very turbid on addition of excess of alcohol. The high specific gravity, refractive index, and colour reactions suggest the presence of a fair amount of sesquiterpene. The large . amount of ester renders the oil somewhat soluble in alcohol, but with excess of alcohol the presence of a solid paraffin in some quantity is indicated. The results of the analysis of this oil, as shown above, very closely resemble those we obtained for #. acervula from Tasmania. This is particularly noticeable through the ester and the solid paraffin, and allowing for differences in yield of oil and a consequent lower specific gravity in the Tasmanian material, the physical characters may be considered in agree- ment. The presence of the aromatic alcohol, geraniol, in the oil of this South Australian tree is worthy of reference, in view of Hooker’s remarks in his ‘‘Flora Tasmaniae,’’ in which he states “‘that the bruised foliage has a much sweeter cdour than is usual in the genus.’’ This observation was made over fifty years ago. 24. EUCALYPTUS VIMINALIS, Labill. (Pl. New Holl., u., 126 to 151). ‘‘Manna Gum.’’ Few species of Eucalypts are so widely distributed in Australia as 2. viminalis, consequently it has several common names, the most general being ‘“‘Manna Gum.’’ It is re- stricted to the south-eastern portion of this State. A full systematic description and plate, as well as other relevant matter on the species, are given in Brown’s ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia;’” 13882. It is botanically and chemically described in our work on ‘‘Kucalypts and their Essential Oils,’ p. 137. 25. EucaLyprus rostrata, Schlecht. (Linnea. xx., 655). “Red Gum.”’ Being a distinct tree, and easily recognized from its loca- tion, very little confusion has occurred in connection with the nomenclature of this species. It is almost invariably found on the banks of rivers, billabongs, and courses of old rivers. Its most common name is ‘‘Murray Red Gum,’’ but it has a much larger distribution than that name implies. 483 It is, perhaps, more largely cultivated abroad than any any other species except 1. globulus. Its specific characters appear not to vary wherever the tree is exotically grown. The oil from the variety borealis of this species (‘‘Re- search on the Eucalypts,’’ p. 75) differs entirely from that of E. rostrata, but in itself is just as constant. We have now had material of this variety from several localities, recently from Victoria, and the oil from all these is in agreement. There are thus two distinct forms of #. rostrata, and it is our intention to eventually raise the variety borealis to specific Tank. ~ Hssential Odl. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distial- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangarco Island in the month of June. The average yield of oil was 0°38 per cent. The crude oil was dark coloured—due to the influence of the phenols— and had a strong secondary cdour of aromadendral. Cineol was present, but in small amount, and a small quantity of phellandrene was detected ; cymene was present in some quan- tity. The oil from this material gave results which were in entire agreement with those published by us in 1902 for this species (‘“Research on the Eucalypts,” p. 139), from material collected at Albury and at Hay, New South Wales localities. The crude oil of the Kangaroo Island F#. rostrata had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9047; rotation, #p—12°4°; fairacuive index at. JO°=1-4890, and was’ soluble im one volume 80 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number of the esters and free acid was 6'1. On rectification a few drops of acid water and some aldehydes came over below 173° (corr.). Between 173-188°, 51 per cent. distilled; between 188-255°, 30 per cent. came over, and between 255-272°, 7 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. gr. at 15° C. Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 0°8710 hone 1°4811 Second fraction 0°9127 —91-2° 1°4929 Third fraction 0°9333 | = | 1°5040 _ The left rotation of the first fraction is partly due to the phellandrene, while that of the second fraction is almost entirely owing to the aromadendral. The high refractive Q2 484 index of the first fraction, taken in conjunction with the low specific gravity, 1s due to the influence of the cymene. The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the first fraction. When calculated for the crude oil the result indicated that 11 per cent. of that constituent was present. For the determination and identification of the low-boil- ing constituents in the oil of this species another portion was distilled. The oil which came over below 185° C. was added to that of the first distillation and the whole redistilled, using a fairly long rod and disc stillhead. Although commencing to distil at 157°, yet only 7 per cent. distilled below 170° C. (corr.); by 173° 38 per cent. had come over: -Mireiiiiees fractions were separated as follows: 157-173°, 38 per cent. ; 173-175°, 31 per cent.; 175-179°, 15 per cent. ; residue boil= ing above 179°, 16 per cent. The results obtained with these fractions were as fol- lows :— Sp. er. at 15°'€: Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. First fraction 08647 = 45° L477 Second fraction 0°8676 — 64° 1°4806 Third fraction 0°87 14. =e 14812 —17°8° 1°4880 HeSTUMe. -... 25s 0°9063 —— It is thus evident that the amount of pinene can be~but small, and that it is either inactive or slightly laevorotatory. The high refractive index, taken with the low specific gravity, suggests the presence of cymene. Cineol was detected in all three fractions, and as this constituent was small in amount an endeavour was made to remove it by agitating each fraction with 50 per cent. resorcinol. The uncombined portions were removed, washed, and dried. The influence of cineol is shown from the follow- ing figures, when compared with those given above :— Sp. er. ater: Ref. index at 20°. First fraction ... O°8613 1°4805 Second fraction ... 08649 1°4842 Third fraction ... 0° 8667 1°4856 85 pfs Cymene. The analytical results suggested the presence of cymene, and to determine the identity of this hydrocarbon a portion of the rectified oil, thought to contain the cymene in greatest quantity, was treated in the cold with a dilute solution of potassium permanganate, and the oil unacted upon re- moved. The oil was then oxidized by an aqueous solution of potassium permanganate (12 grams KMnO, in 330 grams water), as suggested by Wallach; about 2 grams of oil at the time were added, and the solution heated on a rapidly boiling waterbath. When the reaction was completed the MnO, was filtered off, the filtrate evaporated to dryness, the salt boiled out by alcohol, evaporated to small bulk, water added and acidified with sulphuric acid. The separated acid was purified from alcohol; it then melted at 155-156° C. From the method of formation of this substance, and its melting point, there seems little doubt but that the acid formed was p-oxyisopropylbenzoic acid. This result, together with other factors, indicates the presence of p-cymene in the oil of this species. That this hydrocarbon occurs in the oil of #. rostrata in some quantity is thus shown. Aromadendral. Messrs. Schimmel & Co. have not as yet recognized aromadendral' as an aldehyde differing from cumin aldehyde, and in “Die Atherischen Ole,” published by this firm in 1910, they state that cumin aldehyde occurs in the oils of several Kucalypts, which are there enumerated, page 440. Cumin aldehyde may occur in the oils of some Eucalyptus species, and perhaps does, but as this aldehyde does not contain an asymmetric carbon atom it cannot be active to light, and consequently, on theoretical grounds alone, cannot be identi- cal with the laevorotatory aldehyde which occurs in so many Eucalyptus gils; often, as in the case of #. rostrata and FL. salubris, with a very high specific rotation. As this aldehyde occurs in some quantity in the oil of i. rostrata, as well as the oils of several other species here dealt with, it was thought advisable to isolate it in a pure eondition from the oil of a Kangaroo Island tree and deter- mine the properties of the aldehyde from this source. -Aromadendral appears to be a dihydroaromatic aldehyde having the formula C,,H,,O. This formula was originally 486 given to this laevorotatory aldehyde by one of us when it was first announced (Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 286). In Schimmel & Co.’s work, above quoted, p. 449, appears a description of a tetrahydroaromatic aldehyde (Phellandral) obtained from water fennel oil. It thus appears that the three aldehyhes—cumin aldehyde, aromadendral, and phel- ipadral igen the series*C,,H,.0, CaO, ands) anges The two last show optical activity, the ‘former is inactive. That both active forms of aromadendral occur in Euca- lyptus oils is suggested from the fact that the degree of rotation varies oreatly in the several species which contain it, although the predominant dextrorotatcry form has not yet been isolated; also that the oxime prepared with the aldehyde extracted from the mixed high-boiling fractions of numerous Eucalyptus oils in which it occurs, melted at 84-85° C., which is the melting poit for the oxime of aromadendral. That aromadendral is a definite chemical substance is demcnstrated by the uniformity shown by the aldehyde when prepared from Eucalyptus species growing many hundreds of miles apart. Aromadendral was extracted from the higher-boiling portion of the oil of #. rostrata by the aid of scdium bisul- phite in the usual manner. When purified it had an cdour reminding of cumin aldehyde, was almost colourless, being shiehtly yellow in appearance, and was highly laevorotatery. The specific gravity at 20° C.=0°9534; specific rotation, laln— 73°94°: refractive index at 20°=a5066 ; © the*soxaime melted at 84-85°, and the phenylhydrazone at 105-106° C. By arranging these results in tabulated form with those of cuminaldehyde the differences appear distinctly marked. The corresponding figures for phellandral, as given by Schimmel and Co., are also added for comparison :— Cuminaldehyde. | Aromadendral. Phellandral. \ | e ibe sical Ogee 09818 0°9569 | 0°9445 Optical rotation Nil | [alp—73°94° | © ap—36°380° m.p. oxime 58-59° 84-85° 87-88° m.p. phenylhy dra- . zone 126-127° | 105-106° 122-123° Ref, index at 90° a. 15066 1°4911 For further reference in connection with aromadendral see our work, “‘Research on the Eucalypts,’’ 1902, p. 218. 487 26. EUCALYPTUS COSMOPHYLLA, F. v. M. (Trans. Vict. Inst., 32). ‘“‘Serub Gum.”’ So far as known, this Eucalyptus is endemic to South Australia. Though generally a medium tree, yet it cccasion- ally attains large dimensions, according to Mr. Gill. It extends to Kangaroo Island. Essential Oil. Leaves with terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were received from the Conservator of Forests, Mr. Walter Gill. The material was collected in the month of December. The average yield of 01] was 0°62 per cent. The erude oil was hght orange-brown in colour, with an odour indicative of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group, with a secondary odour suggestive of the aldehyde aromadendral. The presence of volatile aldehydes was particularly marked. The slight laevorotation of the crude oil is largely due to the aromadendral, although the pinene is also laevorotatory to a small extent. Phellandrene was absent. This left rotation is unusual with oils of this class, as in most cases the pinene shows a predominant dextrorotation. The cineol content is only fair, and the oil does not contain constituents having special characters. The species has, therefore, little value as an oil-producing tree. The erude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=—0°9108; rotation, 4>—3°2°; refractive index at 20°=1°4659, and was soluble in 7 volumes 70 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 5°6. On rectification a few drops cf acid water, together with some aldehydes, came over below 167° (corr.). Between 167-2709 per.cent. distilled; betweem: 1727198", 75 per . cent. came over, and between 198-270° 11 per cent. distilled. These fractions gave the following :— Sp. gr. at 15°C. Rotation ap. | Ref. index at 20°. | First fraction 0°8909 —2}°6° 1°4612 Second fraction 0°S065 or O° 1°4628 Third fraction 0°9296 —3°3° 14827 The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the rectified portion; the result showed the presence of 50 488 per cent. of that constituent in the crude oil. The rectified oil was tinged yellow, a peculiarity common to the oils of this group. This colour is traceable to quinone influence derived trom the peculiar form of phenol present in the oils of the cineol class, other than those of the “‘Peppermints’’ and the ‘“Ashes.’? The phenol (tasmanol) which occurs in the oils. of these latter groups contains a methoxy group, so that quinone is not ‘an oxidation product, and consequently the rectified oils obtainable from species belonging to these groups are colourless. 27. EUCALYPTUS LEUCOXYLON, EH. v: M. ‘“Blue Gum.’’ This species was described first by Baron von Mueller in the Transactions of the Victorian Institute, i., 33, 1854, and again in 1860-1861 in his “‘Fragmenta,”’ 11., p. 60, but in this. latter he includes the ‘‘Ironbark’’ now recognized as /. sideroxylon, so that that description is a composite one; and Mueller, in- his “Eucalyptographia,” further perpetuates the error. Woolls (Prec. “Linn. See. N’S. Wales, 18386; op seaum details the differences of the two species, so that he is really | the author of the species. J. E. Brown, late Conservator of Forests, South Austra- lia, describes and figures the species with three plates, dividing it into four varieties, viz. :—- (a) The ‘‘Blue Gum,” small fruits and white flowers. (6 and c) “‘White’’ and ‘‘Red Flowering Gum,” with large fruits; var. macrocarpa. (d) 'The ‘‘Scrubby Blue Gum’”’; var. pauwperita. We are inclined to regard, until further investigated, (> and c) as type, (a) just a white variety of the type, and (d) as a distinct form, deserving specific rank. Hssential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. This species grows somewhat plenti- fully on Kangaroo Island, and is stated to have both red and white flowers. It seems to be generally known throughout the island as ‘‘Blue Gum.’’ 489 The leaves, after steam distillation, had become quite red in colour, resembling in this respect those of the ‘‘Red Mallee.”’ The average yield of oil was 0°78 per cent. The crude oil was reddish in colour, due to the influence of iron from the still acting on the phenol. The odour was that ‘given by oils belonging to the cineol-pinene class, and volatile aldehydes were pronounced. No indication was given for the aldehyde aromadendral. Phellandrene was not present. The terpenes present were pinene and limonene, and_ probably eymene occurs also. A fairly large fraction was obtained boiling above 260° C., which consisted principally of a sesqui- terpene. .The amount of esters was small. | Theserude oil had speciie terawity at 15° C.=0°8987; rotation, 9n+9°2°; refractive index at 20° C.=1°4711; and required 1 volume of 80 per cent. alcohol to form a clear soluticn. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 3°8. On rectification a few drops of acid water, together with ‘some aldehydes, came over below 165° C. (corr.). Between 165-172°, 34 per cent. distilled; between 172-225°, 50 per cent. came over, and between 225-276° 13 per cent. distilled. ‘These fractions gave the following results :— Sp. er. ated Sons Rotation aq. Ref. index at 20°. : =r : | ~ =HioK } Sale Porst. traction | Or88i5 +15 g° 1°4650 Second fraction 0°S921 eo, 1*4667 Third fraction 0°9365 | Inactive 1°4964 The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method in the rectified oil and calculated for the crude oil. The result obtained with two closely-agreeing determinations showed that 32 per cent. of cineol was present in the crude oil. The Terpenes. When the cineol in the oil of the first two fractions was combined with phosphoric. acid in excess, the terpenes separated from the thick jelly formed and could be poured from the cineol phosphate. After agitating with 50 per cent. Solution of resorcinol, the separated liquid, after well washing and drying, had specific gravity at 15° =0°8641; rotation, ap +11°8°; refractive index at 20°=1°4756. The oil was tinged yellow, and had an odour reminding somewhat of cymene, and was very mobile. The terpenes were redistilled, when 50 per cent. came over between 157- 490 167° (corr.), and 34 per cent. between 167-172° C. These two fractions gave the following results: —— | | Se ees Bie WATE totation ay, | Ref. index at 20°. | a First fraction 08604 | cals: | 1°4715 Second fraction 0°8569 + 971° | 14746 | The nitrosochloride was readily formed with the first fraction, and this, when purified, melted at 104° C. It is thus evident that the chief terpene in the oil of this species is dextrorotatory pinene. The specific gravity and refractive index suggest that the other terpene is limonene, and probably cymene is present also. The oil of this species is thus shown to contain a predominance of terpenes. 28. EUCALYPTUS FASCICULOSA, F. v. M. A “White Gum.’’ Mueller described this tree in Trans. Vict Inst., vol. 34, but Bentham, 1866, “Flora Australiensis,” vol i1., p. 212, synonymizes it under . paniculata ; Mueller, in his ‘‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, concurs in such a classification, but Maiden, in Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aus., 1908, p. 280, shows: that these two are distinct, and as this is not an ‘‘Ironbark’’ they should be separated. It 1s another instance proving that something more is required in the specific determination of Eucalypts than a morphological comparison of leaves, fruits, etc. J. E. Brown figures and describes it in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’ p. 46, under the name of L. paniculata. There can be no doubt that the flowers, leaves, and fruits there figured much resemble /’. paniculata, and there is also a strong connection in the chemistry of the oils of the two species, but the timbers, bark, and habitat well indicate the specific differences. Essential Oil. Leaves with terminal branches of this species were received for distillation from the Conservator of Forests of South Australia, Mr: Walter Gill, in’ the mompiia: December. The average yield of oil was 0°019 per cent., only one ounce of oil being obtained from 329 lb. of material. The species is thus a very poor oil-producing Eucalypt. The crude oil was somewhat mobile, of a dark-amber colour, and an 49] odour indicating an oi] of the pinene-cineol group. The amount of cineol was small—certainly not more than 15 per cent. of that constituent being present. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 22:1, which, for an alcohol belonging to the C,,H,,OH series, in combination with acetic acid, represented 7°7 per cent. of ester. The odour of the separated oil was not distinctive and did not indicate _geraniol, so that the identity of the alcohol is at present in ‘doubt. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°9041; rotation, 4>+6°3°; refractive index at 20° =1°4789, and was scarcely soluble in 10 volumes 80 per cent. alcohol. The small amount of oil at our disposal did not permit more extensive work being done upon it, and distillation results could not be obtained. The species has no value as an oil-producing tree, the yield of oil being so small. 29. Kueatyerus corracea, A. Cunn. (Schau. in Wdlp. Rep.,/ 15-929). “Cabbage Gum.”’ This species appears to be restricted to the South-eastern portion of the State, near the coast. Sufficient research has not yet been undertaken to determine definitely this South Australian tree’s relationship with #. phiebophylla; so that until this is ascertained, it is impossible to say which data given under the two species in the botanical and chemical descriptions in ‘‘Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,”’ p. 179, and ‘‘Kucalypts of Tasmania and their Essential Oils,’’ p. 27, respectively belong to the South Australian Eucalypt. 30. EUCALYPTUS coRYNocALYx, F. v. M. (‘Frag.’’ u1., p. 43). “Sugar Gum.’’ Mueller, when describing this Eucalyptus in 1860 gave it this name, which was acknowledged by Bentham in his ‘Flora Australiensis,’’ vol. i1., p. 218 (1886). It appears, however, that in 1852 Mueller had already described the same species under the name of /. cladocalyx, but discards this for #. corynocalyx in his “‘Eucalyptographia,’’ 1879, and Bentham follows his wishes. He must evidently have had some sound reasons for such alteration of nomenclature, and now that the name /. corynocalyr runs through Eucalyptus literature of the last fifty years we have decided to fall into line with the author’s wishes and use #. corynocalyx, and not exhume the name of F. cladocalyz. 492 Essential Oil. Leaves and terminal branchlets of this species for distil- lation were collected at the Kingscote end of Kangaroo Island in the month of June. The yield of oil was very small, only three ounces being obtained from 194 lb. of material, equal to 0°096 per cent. The crude oil was of an orange-brown colour, and the odour resembled that of an oil belonging to the cineol-pinene group. The secondary odour was indefinite. Phellandrene does not occur in the oil of this species. The crude oil had specific gravity at 15° C.=0°8945; rotation, 4p+8°1°; refractive index at 20°=1°4779, and was solubie in 4 volumes of 80 per cent. alcohol. The saponification number for the esters and free acids was 7°7. On rectification a few drops of acid water, with some aldehydes, came over below 159° C. (corr.). Between 159-. 167° 28 per cent. distilled, and between 167-205° 53 per cent. came over; the residue thus represented 19 per cent. As the amount of available oil was small, less than half the usual quantity was available for distillation. These fractions gave the following results: SD: ot, ait 15o°C: Rotation ap. Ref. index at 20°. ape ult Ole” dal ok Ree OID Sara P| on First fraction C8718) ..0 |) GODS » iva Second fraction O°8816 | +11°1° 1°4738 R esidue Baa ae 0°9548 | = 1°5007 The cineol was determined by the resorcinal method in the rectified oil, and when calculated for the crude oil the result showed that 20 per cent. of that constituent was pre- sent. The oil of this species thus shows strong resemblance to those distilled from #. microcorys and BE. maculata. The chief terpene is dextrorotatory pinene. The species has little value as an oil-producing Eucalypt. 31. EKucatyptus osiieua, L’ Her. “Stringy Bark.”’ This widely-known species of the Eastern States extends to South Australia, and along with H#. capitellata and J. macrorhyncha 1s the most common species in the ranges of the South-east, extending across to Kangaroo Island. Tt 1s botanically and chemically described in our work on 493 ‘‘Eucalypts and Essential Oils,’’ p. 188, and figured by J. E. Brown in his ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australa.”’ —TABULATED RESULTS WITH THE CRUDE ” OILS. TOGETHER WITH THEIR PRINCIPAL CONSTITUENTS. TABLE (A).—SPECIES NOW INVESTIGATED. The full analysis of the oil of any particular Eucalypt will be found described under that species. Constituents, other than those enumerated, may be present in small amount in many of the oils. Volatile aldehydes were present in small quantities in all the oils, and free acid also, because the small amount of water which always came over first on distillation was acid to litmus. The saponification number includes that for the free acid as well as for the esters; it will be noticed that the oil of two species had a somewhat high saponification number. Ali the oils contain phenols in small amount. The alcohol used in determining the solubilities was standardized for percentage of absolute alcohol by weight. The refractive indices were taken with a Zeiss Abbé refractometer and cor- rected for 20° C., the factor 0°00047 being used for this pur- pose. The yields of oil are from material collected as would be done for commercial oil distillation. TABLE (B).—SPECIES PREVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED. The results recorded for the oils of species enumerated in this table are those we had previously obtained from the same species collected in other Australian States. From the numer- ous investigations we have undertaken with authentic material collected in localities far apart, it may be stated as a general rule that an identical species of Eucalyptus, growing under natural conditions, will furnish products chemically in agree- ment. This fact is borne out in this research with both FE. acervula and EF. rostrata—in the former case from Kan- garoo Island and Tasmania, localities hundreds of miles apart. fF. obliqua is also a good instance of this constancy, for we have had material for investigation collected in the New England district of New South Wales, and in several other localities in this State, as well as in Tasmania, and the chemical results are all in agreement. We have, therefore, no reason to sup- pose that the species common to South Australia and the Commonwealth will differ in their comparative chemical con- stancy, and for that reason have given this table of results for their crude oils for referential purposes. Species. Sp. er. ab do? ©, Rotation ap. Saponification Number. TABLE (A). SPECIES | . { il at 20°° G3 E. cosmophylla 0°9108 — 32° 56 E. fasciculosa 0°9041 + °° 22°1 1°4789 E. leucoxrylon O°8987 + 92° 3°8 1°4711 E. rostrata 0°9047 —12°4° 671 1°4890 E. cneorifolia a 65-9229 — 33° 74 14664 E. odorata a 0°9193 — 11° 85 1°4639 E. corynocalyz ... | O°8945 + 81° i. 1°4779 | E. dumosa ree 0°9041 +16°4° a7 1°4667 E. santalifolia say | 0°884 —37°7° 49 1°4736 E. acervula as: | 0°9307 — ]4° Species. Sp. 20 at 15° C; Rotation ap. on ae meee BE. albens 09044 “6 | 9 35 E. Behriana 0°9237 + 3°7° Tigh 1°4709 E. Bosistoana 09078 + 9°25° 3°2 1°4676 E. capitellata 0°9175 i: AD L:A7¢Z E. coriaceae 08947 — 29°3° 4°6 1°4846 K. elueophora 0°9199 + 4:97° 87 1°4664 E. gracilis 0°9098 + 1°34° 62 1471 EB. hemiphloia 079117 — 6°8° 5°8 1°4854 E. largiflorens 0°9155 4 5°5° Sr 1°4676 EH. macrorhyncha ... 0°929 Laevorotatory 83 1°4746 E. microtheca O°8855 -97-9° 4°3 1°4839 E. obliqua 08902 —26°26° g1 | 14878 E. oleosa 0°925 -- J-49° 49 | 14690 E. viminalis | 0°9162 + 3°6° (ha) | 1°4799 : _E, Woollsiana | 0°8956 ae 9-1 | 1°4839 i r NOW INVESTIGATED. = ae Cineol, per cent., | | aan Ha 2 |Resorcinol method,| Yield per cent. | ' Chief Constituents. ; Crude Oil. 1 vols. 70% | 53 | 0°62 Pinene, cineol, aromadendral, ses- | | _ quiterpenes 0 yols. 80% | 15 07019 || Pinene, cineol, esters m™ vol. 80% | ay 0°78 ‘Pinene, limonene, (7) cymene, ses- | . quiterpenes, cineol = vol. 80% | 11 C38 Cymene, aromadendral, cineol, phel- a Oy | _landrene, pinene M2 vols. 70% | ae 1°8 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral m2 vols. 70% 86 = 1°87 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral vols. 80% | 20 0°096 Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes = vol. 80% 42 . 0°96 | Pinene, cineol, sesquiterpenes B vols. 80%| 12 | 0°41 Pinene, limonene, cineol, sesquiter- _ penes ; — vol. 80% Small | 0°03 Pinene, geranyl-acetate, sesquiter- i | quantity only pene, paraffin PREVIOUSLY INVESTIGATED. Cineol, Phosphoric Solubility in Acid method, Yield per cent. Alcohol. ; approximate Chief Constituents. per cent. vol. 80% 30 0°10 | Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral = vols. 70% | Ag 0°61 Cineol, pinene, esters, sesquiterpene | vols. TOS | 38 | 0-97 Cineol, pinene, sesquiterpene | vol. 80% | 28 0°10 Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, ses- | : quiterpene ; ; Mm vol. 80% | 5 ) 0°45 Phellandrene, piperitone, cineol, 4 ) £55). + sesquiterpene 13 vols. 70% | 58 / 0°73 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral, act | _ esters, eudesmol vol. 80%! 15 | . 0°90 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral 2 vols. 70%: NS ea a 0°55 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral “ a | , : LZ vols. 70% | 50 | O67 Cineol, pinene, esters 1 vols. ZO0%, | 30 | 0°27 Cineol, phellandrene, pinene, eu- f eb5 desmoi, esters _ fy nsoluble in | 5 0°23 Phellandrene, pinene, cineol, 10 vols. 80% | ‘ | cymene, sesquiterpene me vol. 80% | 5 | 0°67 Phellandrene, cineol, aromaden- oR et m _dral, esters LG vols. 70% 50 | 0°97 Cineol, pinene, aromadendral, ses- iF | q quiterpene 35 | 035 Cineol, pinene, phellandrene, ses- AI vol 80% ‘e ; quiterpene, esters Revol. 80% 10 | 0°50 Cineol, pinene, esters, aromadendral 6.—BOTANICAL 496 SURVEY OF SPECIES. (Localities from which Specimens were received from South Australia for the preparation of this paper.) Specimen. Eucalyptus capitellata E. macrorhyncha E. santalifolia E. Bosistoana i oe BEB. oraewis ... E. odorata E. oleosa E. uncinata E. cneorifolia E. dumosa E. Blackburniana E. calycogona E. Woollsiana E. hemiphloia E. acervula E. viminalis | Nackara For. Locality. S.E. corner of S.A. Dowlingville re Mount “Templeton Near Adelaide Kalangadoo ... | Glencoe Kangaroo Island Mount Templeton Sevenhills ee Res. Mount Templeton Hd. of Lindley South Australia . Nuriootpa Mount Templeton Gulnare : Blumberg . Clinton North Middleton Brownlow Queen’s Own Town Palmer 22 ‘ Sheaoak Log Kangaroo Island Clinton North Rosy. Pine sie Brightwood ... Brownlow “(eae Hog Bay, Katie Kangaroo Island Port Augusta Mount Templeton Clinton North Callington Gulnare } Queen’s Own Town Kangaroo Island Murray River Mount Templeton Rosy Pine , Pinnaroo Adelaide Sheaoak Log Callington ... EK. part of S.A. Kalangadoo , Mount Muirhead — Prospect Hill . Kalangadoo ... Glencoe Name. Walter Gill, F.L.S. Mabel F. B. Tapp C. N. Grenfell Walter Guill, F.L.S. W. K. Bednall Edward H. Galle E. Burgess C. N. Grenfell Clara A. Chesterman Walter Gill, F_L.S. C. N. Grenfell K. R. Edmonds Walter Gill, F.L.S. Dr. J. B. Cleland C. N. Grenfell Adeline Adcock W. D. Oliver Kate M. Brazill Julia G. Tucker Annie M. Koop Marian Minns Christian G. Zadow Johann F. Schultz EK. Burgess Kate M. Brazill Essie Edwards B.. O. St. B. Ayittfe Annie M. Koop Sidney C. Kelly EK. Burgess Walter Gill, F.L.S. C. N. Grenfell Kate M. Brazill D. A. Melbourne Adeline Adcock Marian Minns EK. Burgess J. Staer C. N. Grenfell Essie Edwards Walter Gill, F.L.S. K,..28e Cambage Johann F. Schultz D. A. Melbourne Walter Gill, F.L.S W. K. Bednall E. Smith Grace McD. Bell W. K. Bednall Edward Galle 497 E. es ey Specimen. Locality. Name. rostrata Mount Templeton C. N. Grenfell | Kalangadoo ... W. K. Bednall . cosmophylla . leucoxylon . fasciculosa corynocalyx ... . obliqua | Prospect Hull Mount Torrens Kanmantoo Blumberg Castle Springs Uroonda Lower Inman Vv ‘alley | Quorn oe Keyneton Naracoorte Palmer Beetaloo Queen’s Own Town Kkangaroo”® Island Sheaoak Log South Australia ... Prospect Hill Beetaloo Keyneton Blumberg fe Kangaroo Island Prosvect Hill Middleton Prospect Hill South Australia . Glencoe Kanmantoo Sevenhills ; | Rendelsham ... World’s End Cr eek Beetaloo | Callington * Queen’: s Own Town n Sheaoak Log Kangaroo Island Smithfield 4 Prospect Hill LD, | Marian Minns Grace McD. Bell pep ae M. Tuck J. O'Leary a D. Oliver Elizabeth Prior The Teacher M. M. Smith John C. Nadebaum Elsie A. Whitehead William J. Gunn Christian G. Zadow Maude A. Hannan Marian Minns E. Burgess Johann F. Schultz Walter Guill, F.L.S. Grace McD. Bell Maude A. Hannan Elsie A. Whitehead W. D. Oliver | EK. Burgess Grace McD. Bell Julia G. Tucker Grace McD. Bell Walter Gill, F.L.S. Edward H. Galle HH. J: O Leary Clara A. Chesterman Maude M. Williams Florence EK. Malcome Maude A. Hannan A. Melbourne Johann F. Schultz _ E. Burgess Herbert J. Deeble Grace McD. Bell foul feet pi SO AID Sr 9 NO E. capitellata E. macrorhyncha E. santalifolia E. Bosistoana E. gracilis E. odorata E. oleosa E. uncinata E. cneorifolia E. dumosa E. pachyphylla 12. FE. Lansdowneana 13. FE. Blackburniana 14. FE. Behriana 15. FE. calycogona 16. E. incrassata 17. FE. Woollsiana 18. KH. albens 19. E. hemiphloia 20. EF. largiflorens 21. E. microtheca ._ CENSUS OF SPECIES. 22. EF. elaeophora 23. E. acervula 24. EK. viminalis 25. EF. rostrata 26. E. cosmophylla 27. E. leucorylon 28. EF. fasciculosa 29. E. coriacea 30. EF. corynocalys 31. E. obliqua DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Plate salix. ] Eucalyptus cneorifolia. L. vee odorata. h. ns calycogona. jiu. ee oleosa. 498 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILY TORTRICIDAE. By A. JEFFERIS TuRNER, M.D., F.E:S. [Read October 12, 1916.] When Mr. Meyrick undertook his revision of the Australian Jortricina, since published in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales for 1910 and 1911, I sent to him for determination every species in my collection of which I had two or more examples. There remained a number of unique examples, and these, together with more recent captures, form the subject of the present paper. All the types, with the exception of those otherwise specified, are In my own collection. Mr. Meyrick’s papers form an admirable groundwork for the study of this group. The genera are well characterized, and with proper care there is no great difficulty in their discrimination, but the species of this family will always prove a difficult study, owmg to their general uniformity of pattern, together with a frequent puzzling extent of variation. Family TORTRICIDAE. Subfamily CARPOSININAE. BONDIA NIGELLA. Bondia nigella, Newm.: Tr. E. S. @. s.), 111., 289; Meyr. : P.-L: S. N.S. Wales, 1882, p. 182: Mr. W. W. Frogeatt has sent me two female examples from Moruya, New South Wales, with the note that they were bred from larvae found in plum-root galls. CARPOSINA SMARAGDIAS, n. sp. (apapaydos, emerald). 2, 31 mm. Head brown mixed with whitish; face whitish. Palpi very long (5), terminal joint } second; brownish. Antennae brown. Thorax bright-green, anterior margin, a transverse median line, a second line behind this, a posterior spot, and some scattered scales on patagia brown. Abdomen pale-brown. Legs brown-whitish; anterior pair brown, with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched at base, thence nearly straight, apex rounded, -termen slightly oblique, nearly straight, rounded towards tornus; bright-green, with scanty 499 brown irroration; markings brown; a large spot on base of costa containing some green scales; an incomplete fascia from % costa obliquely outwards, then bent longitudinally to middle of disc, upper edge of discal portion blackish; a brown dot between discal portion and costa; a brown dot on midcosta, and three similar dots at equal intervals between this and apex; a pale subterminal fascia not reaching margins; a terminal series of dots; cilia pale-grey, obscurely barred with brownish. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. The hindwings have 3 and 4 separate but approximated at base, not stalked as is usual in this genus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. CARPOSINA EULOPHA, Nn. sp. (e’Aodos, well tufted). 36, 18 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 5; dark-grey, internal and upper half of external surface grey-whitish, the latter with a few darker scales. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male 1. Thorax grey-whitish, irrorated with dark-grey and ochreous. Ahdomen ochreous-whitish; from each side of base arises in male a strong pencil of long hairs directed dorsally, their apices ochreous-tinged. Legs grey; tibiae annulated with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings very elongate-triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex pointed, termen straight, very oblique; whitish unevenly suffused with grey and with ochreous, and irrorated with dark-fuscous; some fuscous dots on costa; a moderate crest in disc at 4, and a second beneath and beyond, both dark-fuscous anteriorly, whitish posteriorly; numerous small tufts of raised scales; cilia grey-whitish, with an obscure darker median line. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey. This species should be easily known by the long basal abdominal tufts of the male. Hab.—South Australia: Blackwood, near Adelaide, in November; one specimen received from Oswald Lower. CARPOSINA APLEGIA, nl. sp. (azAyy.os, plain, simple). 9, 18 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey. Palpi 6; fuscous, upper edge whitish. Antennae whitish- grey. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings rather -narrow, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round- . _ pointed, termen nearly straight, rounded beneath, oblique; whitish grey, with some darker grey irroration towards dorsum and termen; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, near Katoomba, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. 500 Subfamily PHALONIANAE. Gen. PHAULOPHARA, nov. (davrAodapos, meanly clothed). Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint with loose spreading hairs anteriorly forming an apical tuft; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong posterior crest. Forewings with 2 from before angle, 7 and 8 long-stalked, 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 separate, parallel. PHAULOPHARA BELOGRAMMA, 0. sp. (BeXoypapyos, inscribed with darts). 36, 12mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous- whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish; ciliations in male 1. Thorax fuscous; patagia, except bases, ochreous-whitish ; pos- terior crest very long, ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous at and before apex. Abdomen dark-grey, beneath ochreous- whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; antennae, femora, and tibiae fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish, with patchy fuscous irroration; a large basal patch, its pos- terior edge convex ; indications of a median fascia; posterior area of disc suffused with fuscous, except on four longitudinal subterminal bars, and a small triangular spot on termen shortly beneath apex; cilia ochreous-whitish, with a sub-basal fuscous line, which is interrupted opposite terminal spot. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Evelyn Scrub, near Her- berton, in January; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. Type in Coll. Lyell. Gen. TANYMECICA, nov. (ravupnxcos, elongate). Palpi very long, porrect; second joint extremely long, thickened with roughly-appressed hairs above and beneath ; terminal joint short. Thorax with a posterior crest. Fore- wings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 3 and 4 stalked, 7 separate to termen, 8 and 9 stalked. Huind- wings with 3,4, 5, 6, and 7 equidistant and remote at origin ; 4,5, 6, and 7 parallel. TANYMECICA XANTHOPLACA, n. sp. (favOorAaxos, broadly yellow). 2,30 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 4}; whitish, external surface brownish-tinged. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous; all tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior femora and tibiae mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not 501 dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex round- pointed, termen sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale fuscous, with darker fuscous streaks parallel to veins; a few whitish dots. in terminal portion of disc; a dark fuscous terminal line; cilia dark-fuscous, base whitish-ochreous. Hindwings with basal half pale-yellow, terminal half dark-fuscous, the line of junc- tion irregularly dentate; cilia dark-fuscous, on tornus and dorsum pale-yellow. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in February; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. Gen. HUSTHENICA, nov. (evoferixos, stout). Antennae of male very shortly ciliated. Palpi moderate, ascending, thickened with smoothly-appressed scales; terminal joint short, bent forwards. Thorax with a posterior crest. Forewings without raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 3 and 4 approximated at origin, 7 separate, to termen. Hind- wings with 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 separate and parallel; forked vein in cell well-developed. EUSTHENICA MEGALAUCHA, 0. sp. (meyaAavyos, arrogant). é, 26 mm. Q, 36 mm. Head fuscous-brown, with some whitish scales between antennae. Palpi fuscous-brown. Antennae brown-whitish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax fuscous-brown, posterior # of patagia and posterior aspect of crest brown-whitish. Abdomen brownish. Legs fuscous- brown ; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen scarcely rounded, slightly oblique; whitish-brown, with numerous fine transverse. lines and three fasciae fuscous-brown ; first fascia from + costa to 4 dorsum, nearly straight; second fascia from # costa to 2 dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; third fascia from ¢ costa to tornus, nearly straight, expanding towards tornus; cilia brownish with whitish apices. Hindwings grey; cilia grey- whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. : Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January; Coolangatta, in January. Two specimens. HELIOCOSMA DISCOTYPA, n. sp. (dvoxotu7os, disc-marked). gd, 12 mm. Head. ochreous-whitish. (Palpi broken.) Antennae ochreous-whitish; in male thickened, ciliations imperceptible. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen grey, to- wards base tinged with reddish-brown, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs pale-fuscous ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa slightly ,arched (apex broken), termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey; costa tinged with reddish-brown; markings reddish-brown, narrowly edged with: 502 ochreous-whitish; a basal patch bounded by an inwardly oblique line from + costa to + dorsum; a transversely oval spot resting on mid-dorsum and reaching % across disc; a large apical blotch bounded by a strongly inwardly-curved line; cilia reddish-brown, on tornus ochreéous-whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey. /Tab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in March; one speci- men. HYPERXENA ZIROPHORA, 0. sp. (Cetpodopos, loose-robed). 2, 17 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi 5; whitish-grey. Antennae whitish-grey. Abdomen grey- whitish. Legs. pale-grey. Forewings elongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique; pale-grey, towards base grey-whitish ; a pale-brownish subdorsal blotch, undefined towards dorsum, sharply defined towards costa, where it reaches beyond middle of disc as a bidentate process, and is margined by a whitish suffusion; an undefined pale reddish-brown terminal suffusion ; ellia whitish, bases mixed with pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in June; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. Gen. TRYCHNOSTOLA, nov. (tpvxvoctoAos, rough-robed). Palpi moderate, ascending, thickened with smoothly- appressed scales; terminal joint moderate. Thorax with a posterior crest. Forewings with numerous tufts of raised scales; 2 from shortly before angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to termen. Huindwings with basal pecten on median vein; 3 and 4 connate, 5 closely approximated to 4 at origin, 6 and 7 remote, roughly parallel, converging somewhat after origin, diverging somewhat towards termen, 7 to costa. The presence of a basal pecten on median vein of hind- wings is exceptional in this family. Type, 7. lichenitis. TRYCHNOSTOLA LICHENITIS, n. sp. (Ae.xyviTis, MOSsy). Q@, 28 mm. Head whitish; face and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax whitish, bases of tegulae and patagia and posterior crest fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-grey- whitish. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa slightly sinuate, arched at base and beyond middle, apex rounded, termen bowed, slightly oblique; greenish, costa and central part of disc suffused with whitish, generally strigulated with fuscous ; a small median tuft of scales near base and a larger tuft at 4, 503 a large tuft at # at lower angle of cell, and many smaller tufts; cilia fuscous. Hindwings pale-fuscous; cilia pale-fusc- ous, on dorsum fuscous-whitish. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, m December: one specimen. TRYCHNOSTOLA PHAEOSTICTA, Nl. sp. (pavootixtos, dusky speckled). Q, 15 mm. Head grey-whitish; face pale-grey. Palpi pale-grey ; inner-surface grey-whitish. Antennae grey-whitish, irregularly speckled and banded with fuscous. Thorax and abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated with cchreous-whitish ; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; grey-whitish, closely strigulated with fuscous; a number of fuscous dots on costa; a transverse ridge of elevated scales at 4 from dorsum nearly to costa, anteriorly fuscous, posteriorly grey-whitish ; a number of small tufts of scales in disc; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings pale- grey; cilia grey- inet Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one specimen. Subfamily TORTRICINAE. _[sOCHORISTA EUDROSA, n. sp. (evdpocos, bedewed). 3, 9, 12-14 mm. Head pale-ferruginous. Palpi 21; pale-ferruginous. Antennae pale-grey; cihations in male minute. ‘Thorax with a well-marked posterior crest; pale ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior tibiae and tarsi grey, annulated with whitish-ochreous. -Fore- wings not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round- pointed, termen straight, oblique; in male without costal fold ; ochreous-whitish, with a lustrous sheen; markings bright-fer- ruginous; a fuscous dot on costa near base giving rise to an irregularly-dentate line, sharply angled on fold, representing basal patch ; o fine outwardly- -oblique line from 4 costa curved inwards to 4 dorsum, dilated towards dorsum ; a strongly- marked median fascia from + costa, at first narrow, below middle strongly dilated and extending on dorsum from middle to tornus, dilated portion with an acute projection upwards; a large semioval partly-fuscous spot on 3 costa; a subapical costal spot; a slight subterminal suffusion ; cilia brown-whitish, on tornus narrowly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey. Nearest /. cerophanes, Meyr. Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; Gayndah, in September; Rosewood, in April. Three specimens. o04 Gen. CAaTAMACTA. Catamacta, Meyr.: Tr. N. Z. T,, 1911, p. 81; Gens imgees. ars... px 9. Antennae of male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint thickened with rough scales above and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax smooth. Forewings with 7 and | 8 stalked, 7 to termen. Huindwings with 3 and 4 separate, but approximated at origin, 4 and 5 connate, 6 and 7 stalked. Distinguished from Acropolitis by the absence of a thoracic crest, from Paraselena by 3 and 4 of hindwings not remote at origin, and from Procalyptis by the stalking of 6 and ¢ of hindwings. The genus has not been previously recorded in Australia, though known in New Zealand and India. : CATAMACTA HEDISTA, n. sp. (ydurT0s, very sweet). 3$, 20mm. Head whitish. Palpi 24; ochreous-whitish, | external surface fuscous-tinged. Antennae pale-grey; cilia- tions in male 4. Thorax whitish, anteriorly tinged with greenish-ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. egs ochreous- whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a costal fold reaching beyond middle, broad towards base, thence narrow; whitish; costa barred with fuscous ; a moderate basal patch crossed by lines of greenish-ochreous, best marked towards dorsum; a suffused greenish fascia, grey in middle, from midcosta_to dorsum beyond middle, strongly dilated towards dorsum, becoming ochreous, with three fuscous dorsal dots; a greenish and grey suffusion beyond and parallel to this, from # costa to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey sub-basal line, apices greyish. Hindwings and cilia grey. /Tab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen. ACROPOLITIS TETRICA, ni sp. (tetricus, harsh, gloomy). 3, 28 mm. Head fuscous-brown, side tufts whitish- brown. Palpi 24; fuscous, towards base ochreous-whitish. Antennae pale-brownish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax whitish-brown mixed with fuscous-brown. Abdomen pale- grey. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi annulated with ochreous- whitish ; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings rather narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded beneath; a tuft of scales on dorsum near base; in male with a narrow costal fold extending to +; whitish-brown suffused and irregularly spotted and blotched with dark fuscous-brown ; 505 a large irregular-edged blotch in middle of disc giving off a precess towards base, and another to } costa; a broad longi- tudinal streak from near beyond central blotch to mid- termen; cilia fuscous brown, on apex and towards termen mixed with whitish-brown. Hindwings pale-grey, with faintly darker strigulae; cilia whitish-grey with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—South Austraha: Adelaide, in August; one speci- men, feceived from Dr. Pulleine. LAMYRODES ARGILLACEA, n. sp. (drgillaceus, clay-coloured). 3d,12mm. Head and thorax pale ferruginous-ochreous. Pdlpi whitish, external surface of tuft fuscous. Antennae erey; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey; tuft ochreous-whitish; anterior pair fuscous; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight, apex pointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; in male without costal foid; pale ferruginous-fuscous; costa strigulated with whitish and fuscous; a whitish fascia irrorated internally, with ground-colour from 4 costa obliquely outwards to fold, there constricted, bent inwards, and continued by a whitish line to mid-dorsum; a similar but narrower fascia from mid- costa to # dorsum; a double whitish line from 4 costa, con- tinued as a silvery-grey outwardly-curved line to tornus; a double whitish mark on costa beyond this, and another before apex, its inner limb giving rise to a short silvery-grey line to termen above middle; some blackish scales on termen; cilia ferruginous-ochreous, on costa interrupted with whitish, and also benéath apex and on tornus, on termen with a broad basal whitish line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Glen es in March; one specimen. Gen. GLYPHIDOPTERA, nov. (yAvdidorrepos, notch-winged). Palpi long, porrect; second joint very long, with rough projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint mederate. Thorax with a strong bifid posterior crest. Forewings with termen deeply incised beneath apex, forming a broad notch opposite veins 5 and 6; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHind- wings with discocellulars strongly angled, the end of cell having the form of a W; 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approximated at base, 6 and 7 short-stalked. A developoment of Capua distinguished by the strongly- notched forewings. The form of the cell of hindwings, the long palpi, and the strongly-crested thorax are additional peculiarities. 506 GLYPHIDOPTERA POLYMITA, N. sp. (zoAvputos, many threaded). OQ, 22 mm. Head reddish-brown mixed with whitish. Palpi 34; outer-surface reddish-brown, inner whitish. An- tennae fuscous-brown, towards base whitish. Thorax reddish- brown. Abdomen pale-grey; tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous; posterior pair whitish. Forewings dilated pcsteriorly, costa strongly arched near base, thence nearly straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen deeply and broadly notched beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; whitish, suffused and streaked with reddish-brown; these streaks are specially marked in cell and between posterior veins; cilia reddish- brown, with some whitish bars, best marked in notch. Hind- wings and cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Glen Innes, in Qctober; one specimen, beaten from a sapling Hucalyptus. Gen. BaTopgEs. Batodes, Gn.: Kur. Micro., po 40; Meyr:: Gen ineece Tortricidae, p. 10. - Asthenoptycha, Meyr.: P: l. SS) 3NoS.- Wales, TSSi yee and 110. pie: BATODES HEMINIPHA, 0. sp. (7puidos, half-snowy). 3g, Q, 14-17 mm. Head and palpi brown. Antennae brown; ciliations in male {. Thorax brown. Abdomen brown, tuft whitish. Legs brown; tarsi with pale annula- tions; posterior pair brown-whitish. Forewings «strongly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight or shghtly sinuate, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; dorsum with a strong crest near base; brown, more or less strigulated with dark-fuscous; some whitish irroration towards dorsum ; apical 2? of wing white, with some strigulae and a dorsal dot before tornus dark-fuscous; anterior margin of white area irregularly waved and concave; cilia pale- brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in November; two specimens. | BATODES OCHROCHYTA, n. sp. (@ypoxuTos, suffused with pallor). > 3, 12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi fuscous; inner-surface whitish. Antennae whitish, with fine fuscous annulations; ciliations in male 4. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous; tibiae and tarsi with whitish annulations; posterior pair whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa 5OT rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; costal fold in male moderately broad, extending to 4; fuscous, median area suffused with whitish; a fuscous basal patch, containing several fine dark-fuscous transverse lines, interrupted by a median whitish suffusion; a fine dark- fuscous line, suffusedly bordered with brownish, from 3 costa, soon bifurcating, anterior limb ending on 4% dorsum, posterior on tornus; similar lines from ? costa to tornus, a short line from costa beyond this, and a line on termen; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey. Nearest B. craterana, Meyr.; distinguished by the median whitish suffusion. Hab.—Queensland: Toowoomba, in September; one specimen. Gen. AUTHOMAEMA, nov. (aiOopaios, akin). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi mederate, porrect; second joint with projecting scales above and beneath; ter- minal joint short. Forewings with 3 and 4 stalked from angle, 7 and 8 stalked,.7 to termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approximated, 6 and 7 stalked. A development of Capua, distinguished by the stalking of 3 and 4 of forewings. Type, A. pentacosma, Low. CAPUA NAIAS, n. sp. (valas,a water-nymph). : yinph ¢.12mm. Head white, slightly ochreous-tinged. Palpi whitish, external and anterior surface of second joint blackish, except towards apex. Antennae whitish, annulated with blackish ; ciliations in male $. Thorax white, tegulae blackish. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male without costal fold; white; markings blackish ; a large spot on base of dorsum with a short posterior process reaching fold; a spot on base of costa, ‘sometimes double, another at 4, and a dot at 4; an oblique fascia from midcosta to dorsum before tornus, interrupted above middle, dilated beneath interruption, constricted above dorsum; a dot on 2 costa; four small spots on apical fourth of costa; several dots on termen; cilia white, with a few basal blackish dots. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. This pretty and delicate-species is not lke any other. Hab.—New South Wales: Ebor, in December and Janu- ary; two specimens taken in a damp cave beneath a small waterfall. 508 CAPUA ACROGRAPHA, Nl. sp. 'dxpoypados, inarked at the apex). Q. 12 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous-whitish. Antennae greyish, towards base ochre- ous-whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated; costa nearl straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; ochreous-whitish ; basal third of costa narrowly fuscous; an ochreous-brown, moderate, inwardly oblique fascia from costa before middle to 4 dorsum, becoming fuscous on dorsum; disc beyond this coarsely reticulated with ochreous-brown; a blackish dot in disc beyond middle; two or three blackish dots before termen above middle; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apex broadly dark-fuscous. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia ochreous- whitish. Allied to (. decolorana, Wlik.; distinguished by the inwardly oblique fascia and apical dark spot in cilia. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in June; one specimen. CaPUA DASYCERCA, N. sp. (dacuKepxos, bushy-tailed). 3d, @, 12-13 mm. Head and palpi pale-brown. Antennae brownish, obscurely annulated with dark-fuscous; ciliations in male 2. Thorax brown, posterior crest dark- fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-grey; tuft dark-fuscous, very large in female. Legs pale-brownish; anterior pair fuscous, with pale annulations on tarsi. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen straight, slightly oblique; male with a slender costal fold to +; pale-brownish ; a large basal patch outlined with dark- fuscous, rather acutely angled outwards below middle; a dark-fuscous median fascia, indented anteriorly and slightly projecting posteriorly in middle; a fuscous tornal spot; a dark-fuscous fascia from costa near apex, broad on costa, narrowing to its termination on termen above tornus; a fine fuscous transverse line between basal patch and median fascia, and two fine lines between that and subterminal fascia ; cilia pale-brownish. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab. — Queensland: Killarney, in November; five specimens. CaPUA TETRAPLASIA, N. sp. (TetpavAacwos, fourfold). @, 11mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2; ochreous- whitish. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax ochreous- whitish tinged with ferruginous. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish. _ Forewings not dilated, costa moderately arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, slightly oblique; whitish, with a small basal patch 509 and four fasciae ferruginous, mixed with fuscous; first fascia from } costa to 4 dorsum, slightly outwardly curved; second fascia straight, outwardly oblique, from midcosta to 3 dor- sum; third fascia from ? costa, confluent on dorsum with preceding; fourth fascia from costa beyond and continuous with third to tornus; cilia ferruginous-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab. — Queensland : Stradbroke Island, in August; one specimen. CaPUA ACRITA, nN. sp. (dxpitos, confused). ¢, 13 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 2; fuscous- brown. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax dark- fuscous. Abdomen dark-grey, basal segments brown-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male without costal fold; whitish mixed with reddish-brown and a few scat- tered fuscous scales; markings dark-fuscous, with a few reddish- brown scales; a large basal patch limited by an irregular line from + costa to mid-dorsum; median fascia sharply defined anteriorly, posteriorly suffused, broad on costa, indistinct towards termen; costal area beyond this grey, with an included dark-fuscous costal dot; a broad inwardly-oblique streak from costa before apex; a broad line from tornus 3 length of termen, cilia whitish-grey, bases partly fuscous. Hindwings pale-grey, faintly strigulated with whitish; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Victoria: Gishorne, in February; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. CAPUA EUCYCLA, 0. sp. (edxv«Aos, well rounded). 3,17 mm. Head pale-grey. Palpi grey, inner-surface white. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 1. Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs grey; tarsi with whitish annulations. Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a moderate costal fold extending to 4; grey, with fuscous markings and irrora- tion; basal patch ill-defined; median fascia from + costa to mid-dorsum, anterior edge clearly defined, posteriorly suf- fused, with a median projection; a second fascia from % costa to termen above tornus, anterior edge irregular, well defined ; cilia whitish, obscurely barred with grey, and with a dark- fuscous median line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River, in November; one speci- men received from A. M. Lea. 510 CaPUA CYDROPIS, n. sp. (kvdpwris, of glorious appearance). 2, 18 mm. Head fuscous-brown; face pale-ochreous. Palpi fuscous-brown; inner-surface pale-ochreous. Antennae fuscous-brown. Thorax with a strong posterior crest ; fuscous- brown. Abdomen fuscous-brown. Legs whitish-ochreous ; anterior pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings not dilated,. costa strongly arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, shghtly oblique; whitish- brown; markings reddish-brown, partly edged and spotted with dark-fuscous; a moderately basal patch, produced and obtusely angled outwards in middle; a subtriangular dorsal spot from + to middle; a rather broad fascia from costa before middle obliquely outwards, greatly dilated below middle, but deeply indented on posterior edge above dorsum ; a triangular spot on costa about 2, its apex confluent with fascia ; subterminal and submarginal dark lines; cilia fuscous, mixed with brown. Hindwings deep ochreous towards termen, irrorated with fuscous; cilia grey, with a darker subbasal line. Conspicuously ‘distinct. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in March; one specimen. CaPUA DISCOTYPA, Nn. Sp. (d.rKoTUTOS, disc-marked). Q,12mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 3; brown. Antennae pale-brownish, with narrow blackish rings. (Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulations. Fore- wings rather narrow, strongly dilated posteriorly, costa straight, towards apex gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; brown-whitish, closely set with fine fuscous transverse lines and some dark-fuscous irroration ; costa finely strigulated with dark-fuscous; a circular fuscous-brown blotch above 2 dorstim, to which it is connected; a fuscous-brown fascia from 3 costa, narrow on costa but rapidly widening, anterior edge to tornus, posterior to midtermen ; three fuscous streaks from costa beyond this; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, in January; one specimen. CaPUA EUCAMATA, 0. sp. fetKaparos, well-wrought). 3,14 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. (Antennae broken.) Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish-. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; in male with a rudimentary costal fold to +; fuscous, mixed with 511 whitish and in places slightly tinged with ferruginous-brown ; markings clearly defined, whitish, narrowly edged with dark- fuscous and ferruginous-brown ; a fascia from + costa to dorsum, Slightly outwardly curved: a second fascia from costa to 2 2 dorsum, interrupted in disc; two whitish costal dots before apex; a third fascia, subterminal, ill-defined in middle portion ; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Victoria: Beaconsfield, in October; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. CaPpUA VULPINA, n. sp. (vulpinus, foxy-red). 3, 12mm. Head and thorax fuscous, with a purplish gloss. Palpi 5; fuscous, tinged with brown. Antennae pale- grey; ciliations in male $. Abdomen pale ochreous-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair pale-fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa arched near base, bent at 2, thence sinuate, apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold to #; fuscous, with a dull purplish gloss, suffused, except near base, with reddish-brown ; costal edge narrowly and interrupted whitish beyond middle; cilia fuscous, mixed with reddish-brown. Hindwings whitish, indistinctly strigulated with whitish-grey; cilia whitish. Hab.—New South Wales:-Stanwell Park, near Bulli, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. Cobo vals TORTRIX HAEMATEPHORA, 0. sp. (aiuarqdopos, blood-stained). 36, 9, 20-23 mm. Head whitish, brownish-tinged. Palpi 3; fuscous, inner-surface whitish. Antennae grey; cilations in male 14. Thorax brownish-fuscous, with a post- median white spot. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa arched near base, thence nearly straight, apex pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish, finely strigulated with pale-grey; mark- ings grey, partly suffused, especially on margins, with bright- ferruginous, and blackish; a large basal patch, sharply toothed posteriorly below middie; a moderate fascia from 4 costa to beyond middle of disc, there expanding into a large blotch, which extends from 3 dorsum to tornus, and whose posterior edge is sharply toothed upwards; an elongate mark on costa from middle to near apex, containing two whitish costal dots; a fine terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with an interrupted dark sub-basal line. Hindwings grey-whitish, with faintly darker strigulations; at apex grey; cilia grey- whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in February and March; eight specimens. . 512 TORTRIX ERYSIBODES, n. sp. (epvor3wdys, mildewed). 3d, 18-20 mm. Head ochreous-brown; face fuscous. Palpi 3; pale fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1}. Thorax fuscous, tegulae, patagia, and a posterior spot ochreous-brown. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; pcsterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly oblique, towards tornus rounded; grey, with a few whitish scales; five or six irregular ochreous-brown transverse lines, containing some fuscous scales, partly connected in disc; these lines commence from fuscous costal spots ; short whitish fasciae from + and midcosta, lost in disc; cilia whitish, barred with pale-grey. Hindwings pale-grey, with faint darker strigula- tions; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to 6,000 ft.), in February and March; eleven specimens. This species was abundant in the neighbourhood of the hotel. TORTRIX TEPHRODES, n. sp. (redpwdns, ashen-grey). od, 18-20 mm. Head grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae grey; ciliations in male very short (4). Thorax and abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore- wings not dilated; costa arched to middle, thence straight, apex tolerably pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; costal fold narrow, to 2; whitish, closely irrorated with grey; markings grey, with patchy ferruginous irrora- tion; sometimes also some ferruginous irroration between markings; an ill-defined basal patch dentate outwards above middle; a short oblique fascia from costa before middle, ter- minating abruptly in mid-disc; a blotch on dorsum before tornus, reaching to middle of disc; an elongate mark on costa at #, followed by two costal dots; a short erect mark from termen just beyond tornus; a dark grey. terminal line; cilia whitish, with an interrupted grey sub-basal line. Huind- wings grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (3,500 to 5,000 ft.), im January and February; eight specimens. TORTRIX EURAPHODES, n. sp. (etpadwdys, well-embroidered). 3, 15-16 mm. Head whitish; face grey. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male very short (4). Thorax fuscous, with some whitish scales. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair whitish. Fore- wings not dilated, costa arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish, sometimes with 513 slight patchy pale-ochreous suffusion; markings fuscous; a rather large basal patch, angled outwards below middle; two or three dots on dorsum; a short outwardly-oblique fascia from 4 costa, ending abruptly before mid-disc; a large blotch on tornus; a streak along costa from middle to apex, some- times connected with apex of fascia; a triangular spot on middle of termen, its apex sometimes connected with tornal blotch; cilia grey, apices whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. Ground-colour whiter than in the preceding species, the markings much more distmct, with a triangular spot on termen, and without costal fold. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000 ft.), in March; four specimens. TORTRIX HAEMATODES, 0. sp. (aiwatwdns, blood-stained). 36, 9,15-19mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, straight beyond middle, apex rounded-rectangular, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold; fuscous, sometimes dotted with dark-fuscous, usually more or less reticulated with bright- ferruginous; cilia fuscous. Huindwings and cilia pale-grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000-6,000 ft.), in February and March; nine specimens. Among these is only one female, which is distinctly smaller than those of the other sex. TORTRIX BALIOPTERA, n. Sp. (Badvorrepos, with speckled wings). g, 15mm. Head and thorax ochreous-brown. Palpi 3; ochreous-brown. Antennae ochreous-brown ; ciliations in male 2. Abdomen grey, tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated, costa strongly arched near base, thence straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath; in male without costal fold ; whitish, closely strigulated with pale ochreous-brown:; a basal patch and median fascia faintly indicated; the latter strongly oblique from costa before middle to tornus; cilia whitish. Hindwing grey-whitish, faintly strigulated’ with grey; cilia whitish. This species belongs to the sobriana group. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in September; Warwick, in October. Two specimens. R 514 TORTRIX CELATRIX, n. sp. (celatriz, a concealer). 3, 9Q, 19-20 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-brown. Palpi 24; fuscous-brown. Antennae fuscous-brown; cilia- tions in male 24. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous- whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; in male without costal fold; dark fuscous-brown, finely strigulated with reddish-brown ; costal edge strigulated with fuscous; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings whitish, strigulated with grey; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line. This species nearly resembles 7. ferrea, but the much longer antennal ciliations show that it is distinct. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine and Toowoomba, in September; three specimens. TORTRIX ORIOTES, Nn. sp. (6pewrys, a mountaineer). ¢o, 14-20 mm. Head fuscous, irrorated with white. Palpi 25; fuscous, with some white irroration; base white. Antennae dark-fuscous with whitish annulations; ciliations in male 14. Thorax dark-fuscous, with some white scales on margins. Abdomen grey; under-surface whitish. Legs fuscous irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with whitish ; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, beyond middle straight, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold ; grey; basal patch faintly indicated, mixed with dark-fuscous, pale-ochreous, and white; markings white, broadly edged, with a mixture of dark-fuscous and pale-ochreous; three outwardly oblique fasciae from 4, 3, and 2, reaching to and the first slightly beyond middle of disc, the third fascia inter- rupted; a white costal dot beyond third fascia; a white sub- marginal line from apex: a dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish, with a fuscous sub-basal line, on tornus fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia whitish, with a grey sub-basal line, towards tornus wholly grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in January and March; six specimens. MERITASTIS ANISOCAUSTA, n. sp. (dvuroxavoros, unevenly scorched). 3, 9, 11-12 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish ; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae grey-whitish ; ciliations in male 1. Abdomen pale- grey. Legs grey-whitish. _ Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely 515 rounded; grey-whitish; a large but variable fuscous basal patch, obsolete towards dorsum, sometimes faintly marked, bounded by a line from } costa towards mid-dorsum ; a semi- oval pale-centred costal patch extending on costa from middle to #, sometimes obsolete; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Its small size, obtusely rounded forewings, and whitish- grey forewings are characteristic, but the dark markings are inconstant. Hah.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October, Decem- ber, and January; three specimens received from F. P. Dcdd, of which one is in Coll. Lyell. | EPICHORISTA PLEUROSEMA, N. Sp. (zAevpooypos, with costal markings). ¢, 11 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, with a few fuscous scales externally. Antennae whitish, finely annulated with dark fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Thorax fuscous, patagia whitish. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; whitish, with fuscous irroration and markings; numerous dark-fuscous strigulae on costa, some of them giving rise to short fine oblique lines; basal patch obsolete; a defined fascia from mid- costa to tornus, strongly dilated and more suffused towards tornus; a terminal line not reaching tornus; cilia whitish, with a well-marked median dark-fuscous line. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked; grey; cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Rosewood, in April; one specimen. EPICHORISTA HYPERACRIA, N Sp (t7epaxpuos, upon the heights). o,12-16 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 1. Thorax fuscous, with some pale-ochreous irrora- tion. Abdomen dark-grey, tuft whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, not dilated, costa slightly arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with pale-ochreous; an ill-defined white costal streak; a similar median streak from 4 to #, then bent upwards and suffusedly connected with preceding at apex; a third similar streak from base along fold, not reaching tornus, connected with origin of median streak; cilia white, on apex grey. Huindwings grey; cilia white, with a grey basal line. R2 516 This and the following allied species are peculiar in their elongate forewings, with strongly oblique termen and simple pattern of longitudinal streaks. There is some variability in the neuration of the hindwings; 6 and 7 may be separate or stalked, and 3 and 4, although usually separate, may be con- nate. They must, I think, be referred to this genus, though somewhat intermediate between it and TJortriz. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (6,000 to 7,000 ft.), in January; nine specimens. EPICHORISTA LEPTOSTICHA, N. sp. (Aerroorttxos, with slender streaks). 3, 9, 17-21 mm. Head and,thorax dark-grey. Palpi 24; grey, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male $. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish. Legs fuscous; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow, elongate, not dilated; costa slightly arched near base, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, strongly oblique; in male without costal fold; grey, irrorated with pale-ochreous; a white costal streak, rather broad at base, gradually narrowing, and not quite reaching apex; costal edge dark-fuscous near base, thence grey; a slender white median streak from 4 to termen; sometimes short white streaks to termen above and below this; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish. Larger than the preceding, the antennal ciliations shorter, the streaks more defined, median streak reaching termen, and without any streak on fold. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 to 6,000 ft), in March; seven specimens. » AROTROPHORA HEMIPLECTA, n. sp. (€uirAextos, half-netted). ¢,15 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 5; fuscous with a median reddish-brown streak on external surface, lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male markedly dentate with fascicules of cilia. Thorax pale-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous- brown. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Fore- wings strongly dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, not oblique; ochreous- whitish densely strigulated with brownish-fuscous, which forms fine wavy transverse lines in basal half of wing, and again towards apex; a darker more distinct line from ¢ costa to midtermen, in certain lights partly edged with silvery- white; cilia fuscous mixed with pale-brown. Hindwings ochreous-whitish, towards apex, termen, and tornus coarsely reticulated with blackish; cilia whitish-ochreous with some fuscous admixture at apex and tornus. 517 Hab.—Queensland: Coolangatta, in August; one specimen. : CNEPHASIA TRISSOCHORDA, 0. Sp. (tpurcoxopoos, with three chords). 2, 17 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen grey. Legs grey; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa arched to 4, thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish-grey, with a few fuscous strigulae; markings dark-fuscous; a series of dots or short strigulae on costa; a line from 4 costa to + dorsum, slightly outwardly curved, not angled, representing edge of basal patch; a rather narrow oblique fascia from 2 costa to # dorsum, its centre paler, constricted in middle; a second hourglass-shaped fascia from 3% costa to tornus, expanded on margins, much con- stricted in middle; cilia whitish-grey. Hindwings whitish, faintly strigulated with pale-grey; cilia whitish, with a pale- grey basal line. Allied to C. rupicolana. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 ft.), in January; one specimen. SCHOENOTENES MICROPOLIA, n. sp. (yuxpovodAvos, small grey). Q, 12 mm. Head whitish-grey; lower part of face whitish. Palpi whitish; external surface of second joint fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax grey. Abdomen whitish- grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings with small tufts of raised, scales, not dilated; costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, finely strigulated with pale-fuscous; cilia whitish, with a very fine antemedian grey line. Hindwings whitish, towards apex tinged with grey; cilia whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. SCHOENOTENES. CRYMODES, Nn. sp. (kpupodys, icy). 3, 12 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 1$; whitish, with some fuscous scales on external surface. Antennae whitish; cilliations in male 1. Thorax whitish. Abdomen ochreous- whitish. Legs whitish: anterior pair with some fuscous irroration. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, more strongly towards base, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, with pale-grey strigulae forming very ill- defined markings: numerous dark-fuscous dots on costa; basal patch faintly indicated; median fascia from costa before middle to dorsum beyond middle, scarcely traceable in disc, 518 on dark-fuscous on margins; indications of a second fascia from * costa to tornus; followed by a third incomplete fascia’ from costa before apex to termen above tornus; cilia whitish, with a few -fuscous scales before apices. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Stanwell Park, near Bulli, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell. Gen. GYNNIDOMORPHA, nov. (yuvvidopopdos, of weak form). Head rough-scaled. Palpi moderately long, porrect ; second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath ; terminal joint short. Forewings without raised scales; all veins present and separate, 7 to ccsta. Hindwings with 3. and 4 separate, 5 rather widely remote, 6 and 7 stalked. In the costal termination of vein 7 of forewings this. genus agrees with Peronea, but differs in the absence of scale-tufts and the separation of 3 and 4 of hindwings. The latter character separates it also from Dichelopa. GYNNIDOMORPHA MESOXUTHA, Ni. sp. (necoovGos, tawny in the middle). Q,11mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax whitish- ochreous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous ; markings ochreous-brown; a rather large basal patch, pos- terior edge nearly straight; an inwardly oblique, moderately broad, median fascia from midcosta to middorsum, con- stricted above middle; a fascia from 2 costa to tornus, moderately broad on costa but soon narrowing to a fine line; cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. Hlab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. DICHELOPA HETEROZYGA, n. sp. (érepoévyos, unevenly yoked). d, 12mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brownish-fuscous. Antennae fuscous, with whitish annulations; ciliations 1. Abdomen dark-brown. Legs pale-brownish. Forewings nar- row, not dilated, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded ; reddish- brown mixed with fuscous and crossed by numerous broken silvery transverse lines; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark-brown. QO, 16 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax bright reddish- brown. Forewings with ground-colour bright reddish- brown without fuscous admixture. Hah.—Queensland: Warwick, in October ; two specimens. 519 Gen. APuRA, nov. (dzovpos, distant, unlike). Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint generally smooth- scaled, but with rough projecting scales above and beneath towards apex; terminal joint rather long, stout, smooth-. scaled. Thorax without crest. Forewings with tufts of raised scales; 2 from 2, 3 and 4 short-stalked from angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa. Hindwings with cell short (about - 4), 3 and 4 stalked, 5 parallel, not approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 stalked. An anomalous genus. The termination of 7 of fore- wings in costa 1s very unusual, and the structure of the hindwings is also peculiar. In general appearance the fol- lowing species resembles a Laspeyresia, but there is no trace of a submedian pecten. APURA XANTHOSOMA, h. sp. (favGocwpos, yellow-bodied). Q@,20 mm. Head and thorax brownish-grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae grey. Abdomen ochreous-yellow. Legs fuscous ; tarsi annulated with whitish; posterior pair, except tarsi, whitish-ochreous. Forewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen slightly sinuate, not oblique; some tufts of raised scales in disc, especially large towards base; fuscous mixed with whitish and suffused with ochreous-brown especially in median area; basal patch fuscous, well defined by a slightly sinuous line from + costa to # dorsum; beyond this is a broad suffused whitish trans- verse line, and beyond this again a broad median ochreous- brown area, bounded by a fine sinuous fuscous line from # costa to ~ dorsum; terminal area strigulated with fuscous and containing a broad ochreous-brown line edged with fuscous from ¢ costa to termen above tornus; cilia fuscous, with minute white poimts and bronzy-purple reflections. Hindwings and cilia grey; dorsal cilia and hairs ochreous- tinged. Hab.—-Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in December; one specimen received from’ F. P. Dodd. Gen. TRACHYPTILA, nov. (tpayumriXos, rough-winged). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi rather long: second joint subascending, smooth beneath, thickened with scales on upper-suriace before apex; terminal joint moderate, curved downward. Thorax not crested. Forewings with tufts of raised scales: 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen. MHind- wings with 3 from well before angle remote from 4, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base; 6 and 7 stalked. 520 Similar to Paraselena im neuration, but with tufts of scales on forewings, and really a development of the Peronea group. The palpi are rather peculiar. TRACHYPTILA MELANOSTICHA, Nn. sp. (weXavootixos, black-lined). $, 21 mm. Head and thorax grey, with fine whitish irroration. Palpi 3; grey, internal surface whitish. Anten- nae grey; ciliations in male 2. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; femora and anterior coxae whitish posteriorly; tibiae and tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-grey, with fine blackish strigulae and irroration; a blackish streak along fold from near base, thicker towards origin; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings: and cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Victoria: Birchip, in December; one specimen received from D. Goudie. Gen. PARANEPSIA, nov. (zapavednos, akin). Antennae in male ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrect; second joint with rough projecting scales above and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax without crest. Forewings with small tufts of raised scales; 3 from angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to apex or termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4 separate, but approximated at base, 5 approximated to 4, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked. Differs from M#pichorista only by the raised scales on forewings, but really belongs to the Peronea group. Type, PP amydra; Torn, PARANEPSIA AMYDRA, nh. sp. (apvdpos, dark). ; ] [LAVOE 3, 16 mm, Head and~ thorax @inscous. Palpyeete fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male 4. _Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded, 7 to termen; in male without costal fold; fuscous; markings dark-fuscous; a large basal patch, posterior edge from 4} costa to 2 dorsum, acutely angled outwards in middle, and again on dorsum; a fine line from costa slightly beyond basal patch to dorsum, dilated somewhat towards dorsum ; a second approximate and parallel line from costa to mid-disc; costal edge cchreous-whitish, interrupted by dark-fuscous strigulae; terminal fourth of disc finely reticulated with dark-fuscous; cilia fuscous, a darker 521 basal line interrupted by brown-whitish. Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate; fuscous; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August; one specimen. PARANEPSIA PHAULERA, Ni. Sp. (favdAepos, mean, paltry). 3d, 12 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey. Antennae grey-whitish annulated with dark-fuscous; cilia- tions in male 1. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior pair pale-grey. Forewings not dilated, costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; 7 to apex; whitish-grey, with slight fuscous irroration; a rather large basal patch indicated by fuscous irroration, bounded by a straight line from + costa to + dorsum; median fascia indicated by two fine parallel fuscous lines from about middle of costa to dorsum before tornus, very indistinct towards dorsum; a squarish fuscous spot on # costa, and some fuscous irroration above tornus; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked; grey- whitish; cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Townsville, in June; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. SCOLIOPLECTA ARAEA, 0. Sp. (dpaos, weak, slight). , 10mm. Head and palpi whitish. Antennae whitish, with some fuscous annulations towards base; ciliations in male minute. Thorax whitish, anterior margin ochreous. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and all tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; whitish, with some fine fuscous strigulae; costa barred with many fuscous dots at regular mtervals; some ochreous irroration towards base; an ochreous transverse fascia from + costa to + dorsum; a second similar but broader fascia from mid- costa to dorsum beyond middle; a third fascia from 3 costa to termen above tornus, ochreous near costa, but mainly composed of fine fuscous strigulae; an oblique subapical fuscous costal bar joining a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish, on costa with fuscous apices. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in March; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. SCOLIOPLECTA OCHROPHYLLA, 0. sp. (d@ypodudAdos, pale-winged). @, 14 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous- whitish, apex of second joimt broadly fuscous. Antennae 522 fuscous. Thorax ochreous-whitish, with some fuscous admix- ture. Abdomen ochreous-grey-whitish. Legs ochreous- whitish; all tarsi and middle tibiae annulated with dark- fuscous. Forewings scarcely dilated, costa moderately and evenly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; whitish; markings dark-fuscous, mixed with brownish-ochreous; a line from base of costa, confluent on dorsum, with an outwardly curved line from } costa; a line from } costa to 4 dorsum parallel to the preceding; two or three dots on costa before middle; a narrow fascia from mid- costa to dorsum beyond middle, ill-defined and partly inter-_ rupted in disc; a costal dot beyond this; an outwardly curved line from # costa to tornus, showing in oblique light some leaden-metallic dots; a submarginal line from costa before apex to midtermen; cilia ochreous-whitish, with an oblique dark-fuscous basal bar at apex and two dark-fuscous. dots above tornus. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish, with a dark-grey sub-basal line. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in October; one specimen received from F. P:: Dodd. EBODA CYCLOPLEURA, Nn. sp. (kuxAorAevpos, with rounded costa).. d, 12-14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi reddish-fuscous, internal surface and lower edge whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey, towards base whitish tinged with reddish-ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior pair, except coxae, fuscous. Forewings not dilated,-costa strongly and evenly arched, but more strongly towards base, apex obtusely rounded, termen straight, not oblique; grey, with fine transverse fuscous strigulations; a broad, interrupted purple-fuscous line on costa, becoming continuous on termen; a large ill-defined dorsal blotch whitish strigulated with ferruginous in one example, in a second example this is not developed; cilia pale-ochreous, apices grey. Hindwings pale-grey; cilia grey- whitish. | Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; two examples (one imperfect and of uncertain sex) received from F. P. Dodd. Subfamily EUCOSMINAE. BATHROTOMA DELOSCHEMA. Spilonota deloschema, Turn.: P. Ll. S. N.S. Wales, 1914, 554- Bathrotoma catapasta, Turn.: l.c., 1915, 192. Hab.—New South Wales: Ebor. 923 BATHROTOMA MELANOGRAPHA, 0. Sp. (weAavoypados, inscribed with black). ¢, 16mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi 3; dark-fuscous, upper edge and terminal joint whitish-grey. Antennae grey: in male slightly serrate, thickened and notched at 4, minutely ciliated. Thorax whitish-grey, with a pair of dark-fuscous dots near posterior angle, bases of patagia brown. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish, middle femora, middle and posterior tibiae grey-whitish. Forewings narrow-elongate, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique: ja male with a broad costal fold extending to middle; whitish, mixed with fuscous-grey, middle of disc suffused with brownish; a blackish median streak from 4 to middle, bifur- cated at anterior end; this is followed by a blackish spot, and this again by an oblique blackish streak towards, but not reaching, apex; all these markings are suffusedly edged with brownish; a narrow, interrupted terminal fascia of alternate dark-fuscous and whitish striae; cilia grey, with fine whitish striae, bases whitish interrupted by dark-fuscous, with a longer bar at 4+ from apex. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—New South Wales: Hornsby, near Sydney, in June; one specimen received from R. J. Tillyard. ACROCLITA CHLOREIS, n. sp. (xAwpyis, greenish). Q, 10 mm. Head pale-greenish, side tufts partly brownish-tinged. Palpi 24; fuscous, internal surface whitish. Antennae fuscous. Thorax greenish; patagia whitish, bases brownish-tinged. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; tarsi grey, with whitish annulations. Forewings narrow, not dilated, costa moderately arched to middle, thence straight, apex rectangular, termen slightly excavated beneath apex, thence obliquely rounded; greenish; markings brownish, edged and mixed with dark-fuscous; three transverse lines from basal part of costa as far as fold; a broad band from 4 dorsum, somewhat outwardly oblique, ending in a rounded extremity above middle of disc; a larger blotch with very irregular 9 outline on dorsum from = to tornus, reaching more than half across disc; a spot on midcosta and another slightly larger a little beyond this; a small tuft of raised scales before middle of disc, between two dorsal blotches; an elongate subapical spot narrowly connected with a dark-fuscous dot at apex; a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia grey-whitish, with an obscure fuscous median line, on apex fuscous. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. - 524 Not near any other species, unless it be the following. The small tuft of raised scales on disc is a peculiar character. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. ACROCLITA NEOTHELA, 0. sp. (veoOyXos, fresh-budding). Q, 11-13 mm. Head pale-green. Palpi 2%; greenish, inner-surface whitish. Antennae pale-grey. Thorax pale- green. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior tarsi annu- lated with fuscous. Forewings narrow, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, somewhat produced, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; green, with some scattered dark-fuscous scales; some dark-fuscous costal dots; median fascia dark-fuscous, from midcosta to tornus, interrupted below middle, above interruption broadly connected with a dark-fuscous apical spot; cilia pale-greenish, apices grey, on apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale- grey; cilia pale-grey. ab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in August and November ; two specimens. ; ANCYLIS ACROGYPSA, 1. sp (dkpoyviyos, with chalk-white apex). gd, 9mm. Head fuscous. Palpi fuscous, internal sur- face whitish. Antennae fuscous; in male slightly serrate, ciliations imperceptible. Thorax dark-fuscous mixed with whitish. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi fuscous; middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings narrow, some- what constricted posteriorly, costa strongly arched near base, thence straight, apex acute and strongly falcate, termen strongly sinuate, not oblique; dark-brownish-fuscous; a large whitish suffused blotch at + extending from costa to fold; beyond this are three short oblique whitish costal strigulae ; several transverse whitish strigulae in dorsal area; a large terminal whitish area sharply limited by a nearly straight transverse line, immediately preceded by some leaden-grey suffusion and by a whitish spot above middle of disc; apex, two ante-apical strigulae, and a fine terminal line dark- fuscous; a small spot before apex and a larger above tornus leaden-grey ; cilia ochreous-whitish, on apical process fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns; two specimens received from F. P. Dodd. EUCOSMA PHAEOSCIA, n. sp. (davooxios, darkly shaded). +, 14 mm. Head and thorax whitish, with some dark-fuscous scales. Palpi 24; whitish, external surface of 525 second joint with two broad dark-fuscous bands. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. (Abdomen broken.) Legs whitish, irrorated with grey; tibiae and tarsi annulated with dark-fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen obliquely rounded; in male with a strong but narrow costal fold extending to middle; fuscous; costal fold barred with dark-fuscous; a dark-fuscous basal patch; a broadly-suffused grey-whitish dorsal streak from this to 2; a large dark-fuscous blotch in disc before middle, succeeded by a small ochreous-brown suffusion towards dor- sum; a white spot in disc at 2; a whitish suffusion at tornus ; cilia white with dark-fuscous dots, one at apex, two beneath apex, one at tornus, one above tornus. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey, thinly scaled; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Queensland: Nambour, in August; one specimen. EvcosMA PACHYNEURA, 0. sp. (zaxvvevpos, thick-nerved). 3, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous- brown. Antennae pale ochreous-brown, annulated with dark-fuscous; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen dark-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulations. Forewings slightly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded- rectangular, termen sinuate, slightly oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold extending to #; pale ochreous-brown ; costa strigulated with dark-brown; a dark-brown patch on + dorsum, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly sharply defined by a slender whitish line; a narrow semi-oval dark-brown patch on dorsum before tornus, partly outlined with whitish; a brown suffusion on posterior part of costa, apex, and upper part of termen; cilia fuscous-brown, with a pale basal line. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; semi-translucent, thinly covered with fuscous scales; veins densely outlined with dark- fuscous; cilia pale-fuscous, with a darker sub-basal line. Hab.—Queensland: Sandgate, near Brisbane, in Sep- tember; one specimen. EUCOSMA PERFIXA, 0. sp. (perfivus, pierced through). 3d,14mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 3; grey, internal surface whitish. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male minute. Thorax pale-grey. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused with pale-grey. Fore- wings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa straight to middle, thence gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; in male with a narrow costal fold to 4; gerey-whitish; costal fold grey; some dark-fuscous dots on costa beyond this; a dark-fuscous subcostal dot near base, 526 and another beyond this; a fine dark-fuscous longitudinal streak above middle from 4 to apex, interrupted in centre; six or seven pale ochreous-grey oblique streaks from costa; ocellus ochreous-grey, limited by two obscure leaden-grey transverse lines; a short dark-fuscous longitudinal mark in mid-disc, preceding first transverse line; cilia grey-whitish with fuscous apices, at apex dark-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, in August; one specimen. | EUCOSMA MELANOCOSMA, Nn. sp. (weAavoxocpos, adorned with black). dg, 15mm. Head and palpi fuscous-whitish. Antennae pale-grey; ciliations in male minute. Thorax whitish, bases of patagia fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arthed, apex round-pointed, termen slightly sinuate, slightly oblique; in male without costal fold; white; markings dark-fuscous; numerous fine costal strigulae; a central sub-basal spot, closely followed by a second spot; a narrow erect triangular mark from 2 dorsum half across disc; a similar but broader mark from ~ dorsum; a subterminal line crossing a rather large subapical spot; an apical spot; cilia fuscous. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 stalked; pale-grey; cilia pale-grey. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in October; one specimen. EUCOSMA PERPLEXA, n. sp. (perplexus, confused, intricate). 3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-brown. Antennae whitish-brown; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair suffused with fuscous. Forewings moderately broad, slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, slightly produced, termen straight, scarcely oblique; in male without costal fold; whitish-brown ‘finely strigulated with brown and fuscous ; a large basal patch darker than rest of wing, bounded by a line from + costa to # dorsum, slightly angled on fold; median fascia represented by a dark line from midcosta to before tornus; an interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line; ciha brown. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey; cilia rey. 5 Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in December; Killarney, in November. Three specimens. EUCOSMA AELLAEA, n. sp. (deAAawos, stormy). Q, 12mm! Head and thorax brown. Palpi 24; brown- whitish, middle and apex of external surface fuscous. 527 Antennae grey. Abdomen brown, towards apex fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi dark- fuscous, annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings some- what dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen sinuate, rounded beneath, slightly oblique; pale ochreous-brown, with numerous transverse dark fuscous-brown lines; costa with alternate fuscous-brown and whitish strigulae; the latter give rise to short, slender, very oblique leaden-grey lines; a paler area on mid-dorsum; ocellus ochreous-brown with dark fuscous centre, bordered by anterior and posterior transverse leaden- grey lines; cilia fuscous, with several pale ochreous-brown bars. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; brownish-fuscous, towards base paler; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line. Hab.—Queensland: Beerburrum, near Nambour, in December ; one specimen. BacTRA PSAMMITIS, n. sp. (Wapputis, sandy). 6, 9, 14-15 mm. Head and thorax whitish-brown. Palpi 3; whitish-brown. Antennae grey-whitish; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey-whitish ; posterior pair whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi sometimes annulated with fuscous. Forewings slightly dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale ochreous-brown; numerous darker strigulae on costa, those on apical portion forming short oblique streaks; some minute fuscous-brown dots on dorsal edge; a fuscous-brown terminal line; cilia pale fuscous-brown, with a whitish basal line. Huindwings and cilia whitish. Characterized by the long palpi; pale forewings without fuscous markings, and whitish hindwings. Hab.—South Australia: Adelaide, in March; two speci- mens received from Oswald Lower. BACTRA PASSERCULA, n. sp. (passerculus, a little sparrow). @, 16-20 mm. MHead whitish-brown. Palpi 23; whitish-brown, with a dark-fuscous streak along lower-half of external surface. Antennae grey-whitish. Thorax whitish-brown or brown. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous- whitish; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round- pointed, termen straight, oblique; whitish-brown or brown ; numerous fine oblique fuscous costal strigulae; a few minute fuscous dorsal dots; a fine fuscous terminal line; sometimes several fuscous dots in anterior 2 of central area of disc; cilia ochreous-whitish or whitish with two or three fine 528 fuscous lines. Hindwings whitish, with slight greyish suf- fusion on terminal edge; cilia whitish, with a pale-grey basal line. This species varies in colour of forewings; in the paler examples there is a tendency to the development of fuscous spots in disc. . Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in January, March, and May; Stradbroke Island, in September and April. Five specimens. BACTRA ANTHRACOSEMA, 0. Sp. (dvOpaxoonpos, marked with charcoal). Q@, 15 mm. Head brown-whitish. Palpi 24; fuscous. Antennae grey; basal joint brown-whitish. Thorax pale- brown. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale-brownish; markings dark-fuscous; a broadly suffused median streak from near base to apex, interrupted in disc before middle, indented on costal border at 2, and from thence with costal edge sharply defined ; numerous fine short oblique costal strigulae; some minute dorsal strigulae; a terminal line; cilia pale-brown, on apex narrowly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in December; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. BACTRA TESTUDINEA, n. sp. (testudineus, like a tortoise). 3, 9Q, 20-25 mm. Head reddish-brown or fuscous- brown. Palpi 24 to 22; brown. Antennae grey; ciliations in male 4. Thorax reddish-brown or fuscous-brown, some- times with a fuscous mark across patagia. Legs brownish or fuscous; tarsi with pale annulations; posterior pair whitish- ochreous. Forewings slightly or not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; pale- brownish, more or less suffused with fuscous-brown, more so in male; numerous dark strigulae on costa and dorsum; usually some darker suffusion in mid-disc; cilia fuscous or pale-brownish. Hindwings grey; paler towards base; cilia whitish, more or less grey towards apex. Larger than B. passercula, the forewings darker and the hindwings grey, not whitish. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November, December, March, and April; four specimens. Gen. ALYPETA, nov. (dAvmyrTos, joyous). Antennae in male shortly ciliated. Palpi porrect or somewhat ascending ; second joint with projecting scales above 529 and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with strong pos- terior crest. Forewings with a dorsal crest of scales; 7 and 8 separate; 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base, connate, or stalked, 5 approximated to 4 at base, 6 and 7 closely approximated at base. A derivative of Argyroploce, distinguished only by the dorsal crest of forewings. Type, A. delochlora. ALYPETA DELOCHLORA, n. sp. (d7A0xAwpos, distinctly green). dé, 18mm. Head green. Palpi 24; green. Antennae grey-whitish, annulated with blackish; ciliations in male 4. Thorax green. Abdomen dark-fuscous. Legs _ ochreous- whitish; tibiae and tarsi fuscous, the latter with pale annu- lations. Forewings slightly dilated, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen straight, slightly oblique; deep-green, partly suffused with bluish-green; a strong fan-shaped crest of scales from dorsum at 4, fuscous, its dorsal edge green; an obliquely triangular blackish mark from costa, near base, to fold, its dorsal edge somewhat dentate; some fuscous suffusion in middle of disc towards termen; some fine fuscous costal strigulae; a dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia fusccus, apical half barred with greenish, around apex ochreous-whitish barred with fuscous. Hind- wings with 3 and 4 closely approximated at base; dark- fuscous, thinly scaled towards base; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane; one specimen received from FEF. Py Dodd. ALYPETA LEPTOCHLORA, Nn. sp. (AextoyAwpos, faintly green). O, 12 mm. Head greenish. Palpi 24; greenish. Antennae grey-whitish, annulated with blackish. Thorax fuscous; tegulae, patagia, and base of crest greenish. (Abdomen and legs broken.) Forewings posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, shghtly oblique; fuscous; a small crest of scales on dorsum at +; costal edge green, strigulated with fuscous; apical portion of wing whitish, with a few greenish and fuscous scales, sharply limited by a straight line from 2 costa to tornus; cilia pale-fuscous. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate; fuscous, towards base thinly scaled; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Cairns,. in July; one specimen. ALYPETA ACLYTA, nl. Sp. (dKAvTos, INconspicuous). 3, 14 mm. Head and thorax pale-fuscous. Palpi 2; pale-fuscous. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. Thorax grey-whitish, with a sub-basal ochreous-whitish band. 530 Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous, the latter annulated with ochreous-whitish. Fore- wings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, moderately oblique; whitish, closely irrorated with fuscous; a small dark-fuscous crest of scales on mid-dorsum; posterior half of costa barred with fuscous; an indistinct fuscous line from 2 costa to tornus ; cilia fuscous, with whitish points and a whitish basal line. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked; grey-whitish; cilia grey- whitish. Hlab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in November; Rosewood, in September. Two specimens. ARGYROPLOCE EURYPOLIA, Nn. sp. (eipytodos, broadly grey). Q@,19mm. Head fuscous-brown ; face upper half purple- fuscous, lower half ochreous-whitish. Palpi purple-fuscous,. inner surface whitish. Antennae’ fuscous. Thorax reddish- brown. Abdomen fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair ex-- cept coxae fuscous, tibiae and tarsi annulated with reddish-. brown ; middle tibiae expanded with scales towards apex, pale ochreous, base and a subterminal bar purple-fuscous; middle: tarsi blackish with ochreous-whitish annulations; posterior tars! grey with whitish annulations. Forewings strongly dilated, costa at first straight, very strongly arched in middle, apex rectangular, termen bowed, not oblique; pale ochreous- grey; a large basal patch, reddish-brown mixed with purple- fuscous, its outer edge nearly straight, but produced along costa to middle, where it joins a triangular apical patch of similar colour; six very oblique leaden-metallic striae from costa beyond middle, the last two longer and reaching termen 3. cilia fuscous, towards tornus ochreous-grey. Hindwings and’ cilia fusccous. . Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen received from R. Illidge. Type in Coll. Lyell. ARGYROPLOCE EURYPHAEA, 01. Sp. (etpuvdacos, broadly dusky). Q, 18 mm. Head and thorax brown-whitish. Palpi 31; brown-whitish, basal half of external surface brown, lower edge towards base whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey, dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous.. Legs brown; tarsi annulated with whitish; middle femora whitish; posterior pair wholly whitish. Forewings dilated: posteriorly, costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, not oblique; fuscous-brown; some darker costal’ strigulae; a broad sharply-defined brown-whitish dorsal streak, above tornus its outline becomes irregular, it then extends sharply-defined to apex, so as to include the whole: 531 terminal area; a brown spot on mid-termen, with some brown terminal dots above and below it; a series of dark-fuscous dots on dorsum; cilia whitish, three brown dots on apices above middle of termen. Hindwings dark-grey; cilia grey, apices whitish, except towards termen. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Herberton, in January; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE TENEBROSA, n. sp. (tenebrosus, dark). ©, 16 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, mixed with brownish. Palpi 3; fuscous mixed with brownish, lower edge ochreous-whitish. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey, dorsum of third and fourth segments whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous; posterior pair grey; all tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded-rectangular, ter- men sinuate, scarcely oblique; pale brown with patchy fuscous suffusion and dark-fuscous broken transverse lines; several leaden-grey transverse broken lines in basal half; a similar broader line from # costa to termen above tornus, interrupted in disc; another from # costa to termen above middle; a leaden-grey subapical dot; cilia leaden-grey, with. a dark-fuscous basal line. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous, apices whitish, except towards tornus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in June; one specimen. ARGYROPLOCE SIDEREA, n. sp. (avdnpeos, steely). 2, 17 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 14; brown, upper part of sceond joint fuscous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous-brown, anterior edge brown. Abdomen ochreous-brown, towards apex darker. Legs fuscous; pos- terior pair pale-grey: all tarsi annulated with whitish. Fore- wings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; brown, with _dark-fuscous transverse broken lines; some whitish costal strigulae; several leaden-grey or steely-grey transverse lines or fasciae ; several basal lines; a fascia from 4 costa to mid- dorsum, a second from % costa to # dorsum, and a sub- terminal fascia from tornus not reaching costa; the ocellus © between these contains three or four longitudinal blackish striae; cilia fuscous, towards dorsum pale-brownish, with a fuscous basal line. Hindwings and cilia grey. Hab.—Queensland: Stradbroke Island, in February; one specimen. 532 ARGYROPLOCE INTRICATA, 0. Sp. (intricatus, confused, entangled). 9, 14 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen fuscous, with pale- ochreous irroration. Legs fuscous; tarsi with whitish rings ; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rectangular, termen sinuate, rounded beneath, not oblique; ochreous-fuscous, with dark fuscous transverse broken lines; a small crest of reddish- ochreous scales in mid-disc at 4+ and another in middle; ocellus brown-whitish, with some irregular central dark- fuscous markings, succeeded and followed by leaden-metallic striae; a leaden-metallic roundish blotch outlined with fuscous before mid-termen; an interrupted terminal reddish-ochreous line; cilia brown, mixed with dark-fuscous. Hindwings pale reddish-ochreous, broadly suffused with fuscous towards margins; cilia pale reddish-ochreous, with a fuscous sub-basal line. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in April; one specimen. ARGYROPLOCE PHAEOSIGMA, Nn. sp. (pavoorypa, with dusky sigma). 2, 18mm. Head reddish-purple, mixed with ochreous- whitish. Palpi 24; reddish-purple mixed with ochreous- whitish. Antennae pale ochreous-grey. Thorax reddish- purple, with median and postmedian whitish transverse lines. Abdomen ochreous-brown. Legs reddish-purple; posterior pair and middle femora mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; reddish-purple, mixed with whitish and intermediate shades; a large circular dark-fuscous blotch beyond middle, touching costa, with a short process towards termen, the whole resembling an inverted o; an incomplete whitish fascia from costa containing a few reddish- purple strigulae precedes this blotch; some whitish costal strigulae beyond blotch; a grey bar, surrounded by whitish suffusion from below # costa to midtermen; a similar bar, crossed by some purple striae, from tornus nearly meeting the: preceding; a reddish-purple terminal line; cilia reddish- purple. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-brown. Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin, in June; one specimen received from G. F. Hill. ARGYROPLOCE EXEDRA, n. sp. (é&edpos, strange, extraordinary). ¢, 18 mm. Head fuscous, with some whitish scales. Palpi 2; fuscous, lower-edge towards base and apex of second joint whitish. Antennae grey; ciliations in male minute. a : 533 Thorax fuscous, mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey, paler towards base, tuft grey-whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi annu- lated with whitish; posterior pair and middle femora whitish. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly, costa strongly arched beyond middle, apex rectangular, termen straight, rounded beneath, not oblique; fuscous, mixed with brownish and whitish; costa with alternate dark-fuscous and whitish strigulae; a whitish spot in disc at 4 below middle, closely followed by a second spot; a squarish brown spot in disc at 3, nearer costa than dorsum; a tranversely oval . white spot, edged with fuscous, immediately following this; a brown-whitish subterminal shade, partly crossed by six dark- fuscous striae; (cilia abraded). Hindwings dark-grey; cilia grey, on dorsum whitish. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in April; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE MYSTERICA, 0. Sp. (wvornpixos, mystical). 3, 17-18 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, mixed with whitish. Antennae grey; cillations in male minute. Thorax fuscous, somewhat greenish-tinged, with an incomplete transverse whitish line before middle and some whitish points. Abdomen fuscous, apex of tuft whitish. Legs fuscous, with some whitish irroration, and whitish rings on tarsi; posterior pair mostly whitish. “Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique : whitish, partly purple-tinged, with some green and fuscous irroration ; markings dark-green, partly mixed with dark-fuscous; a squarish spot on i costa, preceded and followed by minute costal strigulae; an irregular spot at 4 on fold; a large irregular blotch beyond middle extending to costa, but not to dorsum, sharply defined anteriorly and dorsally, where it forms a sharp angle, but fading posteriorly into a fuscous shade; three pairs of white strigulae on apical half of costa; a subterminal fascia com- mencing in a rounded extremity beneath costa and extending to ttornus, its edges irregularly dentate; a small irregular dark-fuscous blotch on midtermen, with two dark-fuscous terminal dots above and two beneath it; cilia purple-grey, towards tornus grey-whitish. Hindwings fuscous; cilia whitish, with a grey basal line, at apex purple-tinged. Hap. —Northern Cuenca? - Kuranda, near ras, in June; Stannary Hills. Two specimens. Gen. ANALDES, nov. (dvaddys, feeble). Antennae of male minutely ciliated. Palpi rather short, obliquely ascending; second joint with projecting scales above 534 and beneath; terminal joint short. Thorax with a strong posterior crest. Forewings with 3 and 4 approximated at origin, 7 and 8 short-stalked, 9 connate with 8, 10 and 11 strongly sinuate. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 stalked. A development of Laspeyresia. ANALDES HYPOLEPTA, N. sp. (t7oAertos, somewhat delicate). d,11mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 14; brown. Antennae pale-brownish, with fine fuscous annulations; ciliations in male minute. Abdomen grey-brown, paler towards base. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi fuscous-brown, the latter with pale annula- tions. Forewings narrow, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen rounded, slightly oblique; whitish, closely suffused and strigulated with brown; costa with numerous fine fuscous-brown strigulae; a fuscous-brown spot at + on fold; an inwardly oblique suffused fuscous-brown fascia from } costa to mid-dorsum ; cilia brown, towards tornus brown-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish- orey. i ese ea a ep Brisbane, in September; one specimen. LASPEYRESIA AMPHITORNA, Nn. Sp. (audutopvos, well rounded). 3, 10 mm. Head fuscous; face brown-whitish. Palpi 14; brown-whitish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male imperceptible. Thorax and abdomen fuscous. Legs brown- whitish; anterior and middle tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings spathulate, broadly dilated posteriorly, costa straight, strongly bowed beyond middle, apex rounded, ter- men obliquely rounded, slightly indented beneath apex; brownish-fuscous, towards costa with dull purple lustre; costa faintly strigulated with ochreous-whitish, two strigulae more distinct before apex; a leaden-metallic hne starting from a whitish costal strigula at 2 obliquely outwards, bent in middle, and continued parallel with termen to _ tornus; between this and termen is a pale area with five short blackish streaks; a second metallic line from # costa to subapical indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, with some brown suffusion in middle of disc; cilia grey. Best distinguished from its allies by the peculiarly- shaped forewings. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in December and Janu- ary; two specimens. D909 ' LASPEYRESIA FERRARIA, n. sp. (ferrarius, relating to iron). Q, 12 mm. Head reddish-brown; face brown-whitish. Palpi 14; brown-whitish, with some fuscous irroration. Antennae fuscous. Thorax reddish-brown. Abdomen fuscous, towards base reddish-brown. Legs fuscous; posterior pair fuscous-whitish. Forewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa nearly straight to middle, thence slightly sinuate, apex round- pointed, termen bowed, oblique: fuscous, with reddish-brown suffusion, especially near base and fold; five fine dark-fuscous oblique costal streaks, rather broadly margined with reddish- brown, second and third streaks moderately long, the others short; three oblique leaden-metallic costal streaks, of these the two posterior are long, angled in disc, and broadly pro- longed to tornus, enclosing a reddish-brown ocellus, which contains three short blackish streaks; cilia brown, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings fuscous, towards base paler; cilia fuscous. Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen. LASPEYRESIA DYSERASTA, n. sp. (dvcepacros, unlovely). 2,9mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous. Palpi 34; fuscous, lower-edge whitish. (Antennae broken.) Legs fuscous; posterior pair grey; under- surface whitish; tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings very strongly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen indented beneath apex, scarcely rounded, oblique; fuscous; a suffused whitish spot in disc at 2; a series of whitish costal strigulae increasing in distinctness towards apex; a dark- fuscous line from midcosta, very obliquely outwards, sharply angled in disc, ending on # dorsum; this is preceded and followed by imperfect dull bluish-metallic lines; a similar dark-fuscous line from 2 costa to indentation, there angled and continued as a subterminal line to dorsum before tornus; a dull bluish-metallic line follows this as far as termen; a dark-fuscous subapical dot and three others on termen beneath indentation; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in November ; one specimen, received from F. P. Dodd. LASPEYRESIA POLYMETALLA, N. sp. (woAvpetadAos, richly metallic). 6, 8 mm. Head fuscous; face whitish. Palpi 2; whitish, towards apex greyish. Antennae fuscous; ciliations in male imperceptible. Thorax fuscous; patagia mixed with whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; antericr tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings scarcely dilated, 536 costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, slightly oblique; whitish, mixed with brown and fuscous; four, irregular transverse leaden-metallic lines; an ill-defined brown and fuscous median transverse fascia, its posterior edge partly enclosing a whitish discal spot; a reddish-brown and fuscous line from # costa to termen below middle, followed on costa by a whitish dot; a broad reddish- brown and fuscous line around apex and along termen, enclosing a subapical whitish costal dot; cilia dark-fuscous, on tornus mixed with whitish. .Hindwings grey; cilia grey, with a darker basal line. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, in March; two specimens received from F. P. Dodd. LASPEYRESIA HILARIS, n. sp. (Ailaris, gay). Q, 13 mm. Head yellow, mixed with blackish. Palpi 2, ascending; yellow, base of external surface blackish. Antennae dark-fuscous. Thorax dark-fuscous, towards mar- gins mixed with yellow. Abdomen brown, apex fuscous. Legs whitish-ochreous; tarsi annulated with fuscous. Fore- wings dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex rounded- rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique; basal half yellow, irrorated with blackish; a dark-fuscous line with irregular edges from ‘beneath midcosta to dorsum beyond middle; beyond this ground-colour is dull-purple, with dark-fuscous markings edged throughout with red, except for four yellowish costal dots; two transverse series of spots, partly confluent, not reaching costa, five costal strigulae and a terminal line; cilia dark-fuscous with several reddish bars. Hindwings dark-fuscous, partly suffused with pale-reddish ; cilia pale-reddish, with a dark-fuscous basal line not extend- ing to tornus. Hab.—Northern Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in October; one specimen received from F. P. Dodd. 53t DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA. By OswaLp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.8., etc. [Read October 12, 1916.] TORTRICINA. PHALONIADAE. HELIOCOSMA ARGYROLEUCA, N. Sp. g, 18 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax white, antennae tinged with ochreous, sometimes wholly ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs greyish, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched towards apex; dull shining-white; markings fuscous; an oblique transverse narrow fascia, from above dorsum beyond middle to below costa at about two-thirds, edged posteriorly throughout with silvery-white, and anteriorly with pale ochreous ; a narrow subcostal streak parallel and anterior to first streak ; all veins towards termen finely outlined in silvery- white, the interspaces irregularly filled in with ochreous- fuscous ; an inwardly oblique apical streak, irregularly edged with silvery-white ; from its lower extremity proceeds a curved silvery-white narrow fascia to just above tornus; some silvery- white spots along termen ; cilia silvery-white, with an ochreous bar at tornus. Huindwings very pale-fuscous; cilia whitish- fuscous, terminal half whitish-ochreous. Allied to incongruana, Walk., but distinct by the silvery markings. Hab.—Queensland: Warra, five specimens, in October. TORTRICIDAE. ToRTRIX EVELEENA, 0D. sp. 3, 9; 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous- white, terminal joint of palpi somewhat infuscated. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Anterior and middle legs fus- cous, banded with white, posterior pair ochreous-white. Fore- wings elongate, costa hardly arched, termen oblique, slightly rounded ; pale ochreous-white, with purplish-leaden coloured markings ; three or four small costal dots, between base and anterior edge of median patch; an isosceliform mark on dorsum at one-quarter, reaching about one-third across wing ° 538 three or four short striae on dorsum between this mark and anterior edge of median patch, and one or two similar striae near base; sometimes a few scattered spots above mark; median patch distinct, anterior edge oblique and sharply defined, from costa at one-quarter to dorsum at two-thirds, posterior edge from about middle of costa to dorsum at three- quarters ; some black and ferruginous spots irregularly placed on patch; an irregular patch of striae confluent with lower two-thirds of median patch; an elongate spot on costa at three-quarters; an irregular, somewhat rounded patch on middle of termen, more or less continued to tornus, and con- taining two transverse series of ferruginous-black dots, first series, about five in number, on curve of patch, second series from near apex to tornus, parallel to termen; a blackish line along termen; cilia ferruginous-fuscous, terminal half ochreous. Hindwings bright ochreous; cilia grey-whitish, with a sub-basal ochreous line. /iab.—South Australia: Yatala. Bred freely in November. Larva.—Head shining ochreous-yellow, in earlier stages fuscous. Body cylindrical, pale-green, beneath paler, sparsely clothed with moderately long erect white hairs, dorsal stripe moderately broad, deep-green, lateral stripe pale whitish- ochreous. Legs pale whitish-yellow. The larva is very active when disturbed, feeds on leaves of Pittosporum phillyracoides, pupa in spun-up leaves of plant. Appears to be gregarious. My brother (Mr. Harold Lower), who discovered the species, tells me that he has never met with it on the wing. I have dedicated this pretty species to my sister-in-law (Mrs. Eveleen Lower), in recognition of her keen interest in entomology. TORTRIX: SCIOTAPON.. sp. O.. “L138 maim: Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax ferruginous-fuscous, palpi beneath mixed with whitish. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, tibiae and tarsi obscurely banded with white, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; light fuscous, minutely reticulated throughout with waved transverse dot- like lines of darker fuscous; costa between base and median band dull bronze-fuscous ; a moderately broad fuscous median band, placed obliquely, reaching from middle of costa to tornus, shghtly dilated on lower two-thirds; cilia bronze-fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous, wings spotted with darker. An obscure-looking insect, but at once recognizable by the single transverse fascia. /1ab.—South Australia: Stonyfell, two specimens received from 8. Angel. 539 EKUCOSMIDAE. ACROCLITA CATHAROPTIS, N. Sp. 3d, 14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dull ferruginous, palpi internally white, apex of basal joint black. Abdomen dull ochreous-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, anterior and middle pair sometimes suffused with ferruginous. Fore- wings elongate, costa moderately arched, termen slightly sinuate beneath apex, then somewhat oblique; ferruginous- brown ; costa obliquely strigulated with ochreous, interspaces filled in with bright ferruginous, and sometimes edged with dull leaden; an irregular dark fuscous mark on dorsum at one-third, sometimes absent, reaching fold, posterior edge distinct, anterior edge suffused; a fine leaden-metallic line, from last pair costal striae along termen to tornus; a fine fuscous line along termen; cilia ferruginous-brown, with a fuscous bar below apex. Huindwings thinly scaled, fuscous; cilia light-fuscous, with an ochreous-grey basal line and fuscous sub-basal line. A dull-looking species, but the dorsal patch is generally present. Hah.—Queensland: Cooktown and Kuranda, five speci- mens from Olive and Dodd. ARGYROPLOCE IRROREA, N. Sp. 3g, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax bright ferruginous-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs ferruginous, tibiae and tarsi irregularly banded with dull ochreous, pos- terior pair fuscous, whitish-ochreous beneath. Forewings rather broad ; costa moderately arched, termen nearly straight ; bright rufous-ferruginous, more or less irrorated throughout with dull ochreous-ferruginous spots; costa with five pairs ochreous-ferruginous spots, between base and posterior edge of median band; four more pairs on costa beyond, last one at apex more or less continued along termen and nearly reaching tornus; edges of basal patch and anterior edge of median patch hardly traceable, being merged into general markings, posterior edge of median patch irregularly waved, from costa at about three-fifths to tornus, followed throughout by a dull purplish-metallic line of slightly raised scales ; beyond this are seven short black lines, transversely placed, lower three shortest, upper four enclosing spots of ferruginous and purplish-metallic respectively; a somewhat raised line of purplish-metallic scales, commencing from base of eighth costal pair of, spots along termen to above tornus: a well- marked ochreous spot above middle of wing, just before pos- terior edge of median patch; a similar, much !arger, but 540 suffused double spot on fold before middle: cilia ochreous- ferruginous, mixed with fuscous, and with a darker ferru- ginous basal line. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia pale reddish, becoming fuscous from middle of termen to tornus, and with a darker sub-basal line. /Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from FuP Wedd: TINEINA. OECOPHORIDAE. EULECHRIA HEMICHRYSA, 0. Sp. 3, 9; 23, 25 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous, more or less in- fuscated. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, posterior pair orange-yellow. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous, with hardly traceable darker markings ; two dots, placed obliquely, just beyond one-quarter, above fold; two similarly placed at posterior end of cell; three or four others scattered in disc, sometimes absent; a more or less interrupted blackish line along termen; cilia fuscous, with an obscure row of blackish points at base. Hindwings elongate-ovate, termen rounded ; orange; a fine fuscous line on posterior edge of costa, con- tinued around apex to near middle of termen; cilia dark fuscous. Very distinct by the orange hindwings. Hab.—Queensland: Warra and Mackay, ten specimens, probably in October. TRACHYPEPLA LASIOCEPHALA, Nl. Sp. gd, 14mm. Head white. Palpi white, externally dark fuscous, with a broad white band at apex of first joint. Thorax white, anteriorly fuscous, patagia white. Antennae fuscous, annulated beneath with white. Abdomen silver-grey. Legs white, banded with fuscous, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, finely irrorated with grey- whitish and black ; a large white, somewhat trapezoidal patch, extending from base to just beyond middle and occupying upper five-sixths of wing; a small black basal streak ; a some- what triangular-shaped patch on dorsum before tornus, reaching half across wing and surmounted by a small black dot ; a small black dot immediately above this on costa; cilia white, mixed with some blackish scales. Hindwings and cilia pale fuscous. 541 Hab.—Queensland: Warra, in. September, several specimens. PLUTELLIDAE. SAGALASSA BASICHRYSA, Nn. sp. 6, 16mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax fleshy- brown. Abdomen dark fuscous, annulated with ochreous. Legs fuscous, annulated with ochreous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, nearly straight, termen obliquely rounded; fleshy-white on basal half, rest of wing fleshy-brown, more or less finely irrorated with fuscous; a broad chocolate transverse band, edges straight, from middle of costa to dorsum just before middle, narrowest on costa; a narrow line of fleshy-white, parallel and immediately following; an irregular fuscous blotch on costa at three-quarters; a suffused inwardly oblique fuscous mark from tornus, reaching to above fold, upper portion blackish, and followed by two small flesh-coloured dots; a suffused fuscous patch along termen, obscurely separated from tornal patch by ground-colour, and containing a small dull ochreous spot near apex; cilia fuscous, with a blackish sub-basal line. Hindwings dark-fuscous; a moderately broad median trans- verse orange band, edges irregular, narrowed on termen: cilia du!l orange. Underside of forewing with an orange trans- verse fascia, from beyond middle of costa, where it is narrowest, to fold, with a projection outwards in middle; an elongate orange streak along cell. Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, seven specimens from F. P. Dodd. TINEIDAE. _ CoMODICA DOCHMOGRAMMA, L. sp. 6, 12 mm. Head whitish-fuscous. Palpi and thorax fuscous, palpi white internally. Antennae whitish. Abdomen fuscous-grey. Legs whitish, posterior pair faintly tinged with fuscous. Forewings elongate, apex pointed; whitish, with dull ochreous markings; a tolerably thick longitudinal streak, commencing at base of costa, continued along fold and ending at anal angle, posterior half beneath edged with fuscous ; two very outwardly oblique costal streaks, first from just beyond one-third, somewhat suffused, hardly reaching longitudinal streak; second from three-fifths to anal angle, followed on upper edge by a fine parallel line; a well-marked blackish dot at apex ; a thick irregular ochreous-fuscous dorsal streak, interrupted by four nearly equidistant spots of 542 ground-colour, which are edged anteriorly with short streaks of dark fuscous: an elongate streak of ground-colour at posterior extremity of dorsal streak; cilia whitish, faintly mixed with ochreous. Hindwings lanceolate; dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous, with a whitish basal line. /1ab.—Queensland: Kuranda, three specimens from F. Pe Dodd: CHRYSONOMA(?) MACULIFERA, 0. sp. 3,14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, basal joint with a fuscous subapical spot internally. Antennae whitish, obscurely annulated with fuscous, basal joint white. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs grey. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique; white, minutely irrorated with fuscous, and with blackish markings ; a dot on costa immediately beyond base; a second, obscure, on costa at one-quarter; a third, distinct, on costa at about three-fifths ; a spot in disc, obliquely below last costal spot ; sometimes a small spot on dorsum, close to base; an irregular, suffused row of obscure dots along termen and apical fourth of costa; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey, cilia wth an ochreous basal Ine. /Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from FF. P... Dodd GELECHIADAE. ARISTOTELIA HEMISARCA, N. Sp. 3, 9;16mm. Head and palpi fleshy-white, basal joint of palpi beneath with obscure ochreous bands, terminal joint with black subapical ring. Antennae fuscous, annulated with white. Thorax fuscous,- lighter anteriorly. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs pale ochreous-grey, all tibiae and tarsi banded with fuscous. Forewings narrow, elongate, apex acute; dull fuscous; markings obscure; a moderately broad outwardly oblique transverse whitish-ochreous fascia, from costa at one-sixth to dorsum at one-fifth, where it becomes confluent with a moderate ochreous-whitish dorsal streak, somewhat suffused, from near base to tornus; an obscurely- edged ochreous-whitish transverse fascia, from costa at five- sixths to tornus, separated from dorsal streak by a patch of ground-colour; four or five quadrate spots of ochreous-white on costa, between psterior edge of previous fascia and apex, separated by similar-sized spots of ground-colour; cilia greyish-ochreous, with fuscous basal and median lines. Hind- wings elongate-ovate,. apex acute; pale greyish; cilia whitish, tinged with ochreous. 543 Mr. Meyrick, to whom this and several other species included in this paper were submitted, expresses the opinion that this species partakes more of the American and European forms than Australian. /IIab.—New South Wales: Broken Hill, not uncommon in March and April. CROCANTHES TRIZONA, Nl. Sp. 6, 10 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale yellowish-white, antennae annulated with fuscous. Abdomen and legs paler yellowish-white. Forewings pale yellowish- white, with fuscous markings ; three narrow transverse fasciae, first ea somewhat dot-like, first from costa at one-sixth, second from costa about one-third, both continued obscurely to dorsum ; third shghtly inwards curved, from costa at four- fifths to dorsum at four-fifths; a lunate mark, transversely placed, above middle, just before third fascia; cilia yellowish- white, terminal half ferruginous. Hindwings thinly scaled ; ereyish- white; cilia yellowish-white. Hab. Dep claid: Cooktown and Kuranda, fae speci- mens from Olive and Dodd. COSMOPTERYGIDAE. CoSMOPTERYX CUPREA, N. sp. a d, 8-10 mm. Head fuscous, face metallic-coppery. Thorax dark fuscous. Palpi and antennae fuscous. Abdomen dull coppery-fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, tibiae and tarsi obscurely ringed with whitish. Forewings very narrow, apex pointed; a black basal patch occupying one-third of wing, and containing several very fine longitudinal streaks of metallic-blue; median third of wing orange, anterior edge separated from basal patch by a moderate transverse fascia _of golden metallic; a small golden-metallic dorsal spot, finely edged with black, just before tornus: ground-colour between this and termen blackish; a small golden-metallic costal spot at four-fifths ; cilia blackish, with a few golden-metallic scales. Hindwings linear fuscous; cilia fuscous, paler on basal half. Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, four specimens, taken in October, received from F. P. Dada CosMOPTERYX(?) CYANOSTICTA, n. sp. 3d, 10 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, and abdomen black. Palpi fuscous, basal joint whitish beneath. Legs fuscous, posterior tibiae ringed obscurely with whitish. 544 Forewings elongate, apex pointed; black, with metallic- blue markings; a narrow line, from dorsum at one- third to middle of wing, curved inwards at extremity ; a well-marked spot on costa in middle; a _ second, similar, just before apex, paler than last; two transverse spots, upper smaller, in middle of wing at two-thirds from | base, almost midway between the two costal spots; a small spot on dorsum before anal angle; cilia fuscous, becoming black on basal half. Hindwings lanceolate; blackish; cilia blackish. Hab.-—Queensland: Cairns district, three specimens from BYP. Dodd: F Sc A nay ets = Pi, . ‘ k , ‘ . i ; et . ae q ‘ ; . = ‘i ’ : ; é 5 « a ‘ es ail * . ~ ‘ ‘ X * ' i © ns . s i - 4 ‘ = Hie =e j ; j ~ » 0 ‘ ) > . : 3 n ' t fi 5 “ ‘ . * ~ f 5 A 4 . ™ 5 5 , i ¥ ¢ ° j : - re 5) 3 ‘ 2 , 3 : i ; rn 3 en ‘ i a - es 7 4 ‘ a a3 4 4 a Saar wey = ~ ar yp 1 om tag dilantin ita a ae me Ot a a a 545 THE GEOLOGY OF MOUNT REMARKABLE. By Water Howcuain, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and - Palaeontology, University of Adelaide. With Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Turexe, D.Sc. [Read September 14, 1916.] Prates LIT ann Py. CON TENTS. i. INTRODUCTION - ae ae aes ... 046 li. THe GEoLogicaL Swccneere a be i ne ae ag 577) A. LowrER CamMBRIAN : — 1. Lowest (?) Beds Exposed ms Ae te 047 2. The Main Quartzite %. He ae OCH OAS anes Millite 2. pe ae, OAD A. Ribbon Shale (Tapley Hill Series) ... ... 550 5. The Timestones (Brighton Series) . 551 (a) The Limestones in the Western Out- Cropsr 551 Go The Limestones in the Northern Out- Clap Saar 552 (c) The L imestones in the South-eastern Outcrops oy. Eh Ae .. 954 B. Upprr CAMBRIAN : — Purple-slates Series A a ie DOS (a) The Western Outcrops- Bk: a 2 OO9. (b) The Northern Outcrops 559 (c) At the Southern end of the “Mount 560 (d) On the Eastern side of the Mount 561 Ili. Iaengzovus IntRuUsiIoNns 563 Group (a) On Northern de of ihe Ge nodral rock Creek 563 5, (6) On ridge and slopes” on Southern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek 564 » (c) In Creek next above Cathedral-rock Creek 567 5, (dad) On Eastern side of the Mount Remarkable Creek 568 IV. Tectonro STRUCTURE 968 1. The Great (?) Meridional Fault oe as Range aL 869 2. The Great Western Fault ... 572 3. The Great East and West Fault at Northern end of the Mount 572 4, Tectonic Features of the Eastern side of the Mount 574 5. The Great Fault at the Southern end of the Mount 576 V. SuMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 45 aS as £4718 VI. APPENDIX. Petrographical Notes on the Igneous Rocks, by EK. O. Thiele, D.Sc. as Re cil) Vol. XL. Plate 11) GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP MOUNT REMARKABLE BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.s. (Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia, Vol. XL, 1916.) REFERENCE. UPPER CAMBRIAN Purple Slates and Quartzites. ------------------- [artaean| LOWER CAMBRIAN, Main Limestone (Brighton Beds),----------------- Siliceous Limestones and Ribbon Slates. (aD sol) TT cece tere a goss Main Quartzite.-------------~------ VE RECUST ROCKS raereente ne ene SCALE hains 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Vi ING RS. TN M.N. 546 I.—Introduction. The southern Flinders Ranges form a belt of highlands extending from Crystal Brook to Quorn, from which latter town they pass into the more extended hill-country of the northern Flinders Ranges. The southern Flinders, on their western side, exhibit a fault-scarp bordering the sunken area of the great rift-valley of South Australia; and on their eastern side are bordered by the Willochra plains, which also form a sunken area. Mount Remarkable, near Melrose, forms the most distinct and precipitous scarp on the eastern side of the ranges. The mount is eight and a half miles in length, has a height of 3,178 feet above sea-levél, and rises 2,022 feet above the plain at its eastern foot. The view of the mount, as seen from the plains (pl. liv.. fig. 1), with its sudden rise and steep slopes, is very striking, and obtained for it from Eyre, the explorer, in 1840, the appropriate name by which it has since been known. The following geological notes are based on observations made during several visits to the locality. An area so exten- sive and so greatly disturbed would require many months of careful investigation for the mapping of its more detailed features, the time for which I have been unable to spare, but the larger geological features now presented are of such an interesting kind as to justify, I hope, the publication of the same. Previous literature bearing on the subject is limited to Selwyn’s Reports, published as a Parliamentary paper @® in 1859. Selwyn ascended Mount Remarkable, observed ‘‘a small greenstone (hornblende and felspar) dyke on the east flank,’’ and published a generalized geological section of the mount. In this section he shows a major unconformity as existing between the slates (which are represented as the fundamental series) and the quartzite—the latter having a much lower angle of dip and is represented as forming the cap of the range. Selwyn’s hasty examination of the ground may account for his failing to recognize the true structure of the mount, while the great width of the quartzite outcrop might well deceive even a skilled observer in a cursory examination and be taken as evidence of an unconformable series. The slates, instead of being, as shown by Selwyn, older than the quartzite, are really newer and occupy a posi- tion stratigraphically superior to the latter ; and, in the present (1) Journal of Expeditions in Central and Southern Australia, vol. 1., p. 44. (2) Geological Notes of a Journey in South Australia from Cape Jervis to Mount Serle. 547 paper, another explanation is given for the abnormal width of the quartzite on the crest of the ridge. I11.—-The Geological Succession. A geological section taken across the ranges (in an east and west direction) on a line between Melrose and Spencer * Gulf, exhibits a direct Se correspondence with the ee a ae beds that outcrop near Ade- Arenaceous Limestone aide. A typical example Bands of Quartzite of the beds that are included in the Mount Rémarkable es section can be seen in their REE Siliceous Limestones natural order (fig. 1) along a line drawn from the upper slates at Mitcham— across the tillite of the River Sturt—the limestones Ribbon Slate of the Brighton cement ose eal Slate) quarries—and the purple- slates and quartzites of the coast at Marino. Although widely separated in the localities mentioned, the beds in the respective areas eer exhibit the same order of '0.9°47} Tillite occurrence and, lithologic- ally, maintain a _ close resemblance to each other at their corresponding geo- logical horizons. The chief interest in the case of the ee beaded Mount Remarkable occur- Glen Osmond rences is in their tectonic yet CrarEs features and the effects of Fig. 1. earth movements, which Oriecut sucecssion m beds near. /2ave) operated om, a large Adelaide; also at Mt. Remarkable. scale. Up. Camb. RR Brighton Limestone Lower Cambrian = Quartzites A. LOWER CAMBRIAN. 1. Lowest (?) Beps Exposep. The beds which comprise the main portions of the mount, as well as those on its western side, have a very constant dip to the west, while those which form the foot hills on its south- eastern side dip to the east. Between these respective areas of opposed inclination there is a zone of shattered and SZ 548 kneaded rock, chiefly of a slaty character, the exact strati- graphical position of which is doubtful. As the main quartzite of the mount dips westerly the slates that appear immediately on its eastern side should be the equivalents of the slates that, in the neighbourhood of Adelaide, occupy the intermediate position between the quartzite that underlies the tillite on the one side, and the Mitcham and Glen Osmond quartzite on the other. This view is supported by the fact that in some cases noted the slates exhibited a closer litho- logical resemblance to the slates of that horizon than those which occur higher in the series. There is, however, a possibility that some of the broken-up slates may have been derived from the Tapley Hill series which follows, in a naturally descending order, the limestones that outcrop on the adjacent foot hills. The stratigraphical relationship of these broken-up slates to the main quartzite can be best seen in the section exposed in the Cathedral-rock Creek. 2. THE MAIN QUARTZITE. The backbone of the mount consists of quartzite, some- what flagey, and in places carries dark lines, apparently from the presence of granular, clastic ilmenite, the planes of depo- sition often showing current-bedding. The summit of the mount takes the form of a somewhat narrow ridge, from which it is sometimes possible to see the water of the Gulf on one side and the Willochra plains on the other. The mount, in its general outline, converges at both its northern and southern ends, and is widest in a transverse section passing through its highest point from east to west. A _ similar feature is shown by the quartzite outcrops, the latter being narrowed at either extremity but widening at the greatest transverse diameter of the mount, where they show a width across the strike of about a mile in horizontal measurement. The strike of the beds is maintained more or less in the direction of the longer axis of the mount, and the dip, which is westerly, gradually increases in pitch across the strike from west to east. In places the rock makes sheer faces of great height. At the northern end of the mount broken quartzite occupies most of the slopes, and on the north-western portion the road has been cut into the quartzite for a length of 69 yards. The stone carries fine-grained clastic felspar, with occasional dark lines on the bedding-planes, and dips W. 20° N. at 50°. The ‘‘Cathedral rocks,’”’ situated about one mile and a half from Melrose, make a very bold feature on the eastern side of the mount. A sheer face of quartzite, about 200 feet in height, reaches to a shelf from which another pinnacle 549 rises for an additional 100 feet. Another perpendicular face of quartzite is seen on the opposite side of the creek, at a higher level, and from these respective sources very large screes are formed. The stone is slightly felspathoid and, in places, carries clastic ilmenite. From the crushed and highly- jointed condition of the stone the dip is somewhat obscure and variable, but several readings gave W. 20° S. at 70°. At the southern end of the mount another peaked face of quartzite occurs, which is locally known as the ‘‘Gibraltar rock.’’ It has a perpendicular height of about 200 feet, and forms part of the faulted face on that side. The stone is a medium-grained siliceous quartzite, carrying more or less clastic felspar in its constituents. Dip, 8S. 20° W. at 66°. In only one instance, so far as known, does the Mount Remarkable Creek intersect the main quartzite of the mount. It is at the most westerly loop of the stream—the second loop from the southern end of the mount. At first sight the rock appears to have a low angle of dip, but on a close examination the chief divisional lines prove to be joint planes, and the true dip is got from the planes of sedimentation, which, though often obscure, was found in places to give the reading of N. 10° EH. at 80° Inasmuch as the quartzite passes beneath the tillite on the western flanks of the mount, it occupies a similar strati- graphical position to that of the flaggy and laminated quartzites that underlie the tillite in the neighbourhood of Adelaide, and on a question of natural sequence should be regarded as the equivalent of those beds. The abnormal thickening of the quartzite near the centre of the mount will be discussed later. 3. Tae oie, The main quartzite of the ridge ends abruptly at the southern extremity of the mount in a sheer face of rock, 200 feet in height (“Gibraltar Rock’’)—as already described. A quarter of a mile further up the creek the Cambrian glacial beds, or tillite, make their appearance in the left bank, over- lying the quartzite. The “‘spoor’’ of these beds was observed among the detrital material of the creek below Melrose, and was followed up stream till the parent rock was reached. The loose boulders of tillite bear a certain resemblance to the boulders derived from the brecciated rocks, but the matrices of the two kinds of rock are different ; and further, while the erush-rocks are auto-clastic the tillite includes embedded stones of diverse origin. These glacial beds are highly typical of the Cambrian tillite as seen in other parts of the State, but the included 550 erratics are relatively small, the largest observed being about 18 inches in length. The most southerly outcrop of the beds is at the Mount Remarkable Creek, just below the junction of the roads on the southern boundary of Sec. 206. The tillite does not cross the creek to the southern side. The strike of the beds at this point is due north, and for about a mile, going up stream, the creek makes the dividing line between the tillite on its left bank and the Tapley Hill shales on its right. Within this distance the tillite makes some bold features in the outcrop, including two heavy ledges of rock that cause waterfalls and a conspicuous pinnacle of rock on the sky line. On the southern boundary of Sec. 205 the Mount Creek makes a sharp turn to the west (going up stream), from which point the creek, instead of flowing along the boundary-line between the two sets of beds, has the Tapley Hull shales on both sides, while the tillite, with its northerly strike, follows a more easterly line along the higher slopes and passes over the watershed that separates the Mount Creek from the Spring Creek. In passing over into Spring Creek the latter forms the dividing line between the tillite and the Tapley Hill shales for a distance of four and a half miles, when the tillite is cut out by a strike-fault at about a mile up stream from the Spring Creek copper mine. Looking up the valley from the northern extremity of the tillite there is seen to be a clear line of demarcation between the tillite and the underlying quartzite, marked by the vegetation of the respective areas; the former being well grassed, while the latter is almost bare of grass and carries low scrub. Notwithstanding the rise in the valley of the Spring Creek towards its head, the tillite rises along the flanks of the hill still more rapidly until, near its highest point, the middle slopes of the western side of the mount consist of this rock. 4. Rippon SHALE (TapLey Hii Serizs). In the type district, near Adelaide, as well as in some other localities, the beds of this series have developed some measure of cleavage by which they split readily at a high angle to the bedding-plane and are commonly worked on the cleavage. At Mount Remarkable, and in most localities in the northern portions of the State, the corresponding beds have been subjected to less tangential pressure, and conse- quently have not developed slaty-cleavage, but split readily on the bedding-planes; they are, therefore, more appro- priately classified as shales rather than slates. 551 The most extensive development of these beds in the neighbourhood occurs on the western side of Mount Remark- able, where they, rest, for their greater length, on the glacial beds. They begin, in their most southerly outcrop, within the fork of the two roads, already referred to, and almost at the same place where the tillite “begins in the Mount Creek above the Gibraltar Rock, and are bounded by the purple- slates-crush-rock on the one side and the tillite on the other. Northward of Sec. 311 they form the slopes on both sides of the main creek, and maintain a very uniform strike and dip over long distances (dip, W. 10° S. to S.W., at 50°-55°). After crossing the watershed, between the Mount Creek and Spring Creek, they are bounded on the eastern side by Spring Creek and on the western side by the thick (Brighton) limestones, and continue northward beyond the limits of the _ mount. A good section of the beds éan be seen up the ‘Waterfall’? Creek, on the road that rises over the western ridges, about a ale up the valley from the Spring Creek mine. The beds here are very fissile on the bedding, and as jointing is also well developed the rock splits up into cuboidal masses. Above the waterfall the beds become more calcareous and massive, and finally pass into strong limestones. Smaller areas of these beds are brought to the surface by faulting at the northern termination of the mount, and also on its south-eastern side. Further references to these beds will be found below in the paragraphs dealing with the tectonic features of the district. 5. THe LimMesTones (BRIGHTON SERIES). The limestones follow in the series in the same order as in the type district, and with very similar lithological features. They show a gradual passage from the Tapley Hill shales, more or less calcareous in the lower members, to impure siliceous limestones, with ‘‘vermiculate’’ structure, in the middle members; passing up into relatively pure lime- stones (sometimes oolitic) in the highest beds. (a) THE LIMESTONES IN THE WESTERN OUTCROPS.» The beds make a very regular outcrop on the western side of Mount Remarkable, not immediately connected with the mount itself, but they form a lateral ridge (or saddle) that is separated from the mount by the valleys of Spring Creek and the headwaters of Mount Remarkable Creek. They have been subjected, in places, to minor faulting and displacement, and vary as to the extent of spread in the outcrop, but in the case of the main limestone attain an average width of about two chains. The less pure and 552 siliceous limestones run parallel with the main limestone, on its eastern side, and cover considerably more ground. Behind the house of Mr. William Gray (situated on Block B, immediately in front of Sec. 202) a cave occurs in the main limestone. The cave is easily accessible, and can be penetrated to a length of 27 yards, when the passage contracts and has not been explored further. The walls, roof, and floor of the cave are covered with a stalagmitic coating of a dull, dirty colour. The limestone in the neighbourhood makes a considerable spread and has a dip W. at 54°. At Mr. Mark Gray’s hut, near the headwaters of Spring Creek, the limestone series forms a hill 200 feet in height, the stone varying in colour, being bluish, whitish, or pinkish at various zones. This belt of limestone forms a continuous outcrop in a north and south direction on the western side of Mount Remarkable for a Sistas of about eight miles. At its southern extremity it is cut off by a fault at the south-eastern angle of Sec. 310, and at its northern end it is also deter- mined by a fault which intersects it in Mallee Creek (a tributary of the White Mine Creek), in Mining Section No. 1521. Throughout its course it is underlain by Tapley Hill shales and overlain by purple-slates and quartzites. (6) THE LIMESTONES IN THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS. The settlement of the beds at the northern end of the mount was accompanied by crustal adjustments which destroyed the continuity of the beds, produced repetition in their occurrence and threw the respective faulted segments into various angles with respect to each other. 1. The most westerly outcrop of the limestone in this area forms a fragment, about a quarter of a mile in length, that has been torn from the limestones in their regular north and south strike on the western side of the mount and placed at right angles to the same. The limestones follow a fairly direct course until they reach the Mallee Creek, in the upper part of which they are undisturbed and make a considerable exposure; but shortly before reaching the White Mine Creek (of which the Mallee Creek is a tributary) the beds are faulted and the severed portions have taken the form of the letter 7 in relation to each other. The faulted fragment has a due east and west strike, rising to the ridge overlooking the Spring Creek, and ends on the slopes facing the Jatter. It is remarkable how little disturbance has been caused in the surrounding beds by this important crust movement. The faulted limestone has a dip to the north and is overlain by thin-bedded shales and quartzites of the purple-slates series, which at a short distance from the plane of fracture have a 553 dip W. 20° N. at 43°. The underlying beds are obscured for some distance by cover, but within the fork of the two limbs of limestone the underlying slates show a dip W. 20° N. at 50°—these readings, both above and beneath the faulted limestone, being very much in accord with the general strike of the country. Near the fault-plane the limestone is some- what altered, being metasomatized with the development of ferric oxide and sporadic crystals of pyrites, while the joint planes of the overlying quartzites are often coated by micaceous hematite. At the angle of disruption there is a little show of copper, mostly carbonate stains, and a little prospecting has been done (the White Mine), but without SUCCESS. 2. The same limestones come to the surface again at a distance of something less than a mile to the eastward, being repeated by a strike-fault which cuts the beds obliquely. The outcrops follow a small valley that extends from the mine road to Spring Creek. On the mine road the outcrops are seen on the eastern side of the highest point where the lower and less-pure beds of limestone make the best show, crossing the road and entering the ground on the other side, where they are obscured by cover. Following down the small valley the main hmestone is well developed on the left bank and the impure hmestone on the mght. Within about 200 yards before reaching Spring Creek the limestones are cut off against the purple-slates, but the main limestone reappears in the northern banks of Spring Creek, the limestone having been shifted out of the line of strike a little to the westward. The limestone in the creek is of good quality, pinkish in colour, about 20 feet in thickness, and has a dip W. at 50°. It is not seen in the southern bank of Spring Creek, and would not have been exposed at the surface but for the channel cut by the creek, the limestone being covered in the bank-face by the purple-slates. At a little distance along the line of strike (on the top of the northern bank of the creek) the limestone comes again to the surface for a short distance, making an exposure 2] yards wide, but is soon cut off again by the purple-slates. These features suggest that the repetitions, which follow a lineal course, have been caused by a strike fault, along the line of which the limestone rolls at or near the surface, making small isolated exposures. 3. The main limestone makes still another outcrop, a little further to the north-east, just below the junction of an important tributary that comes in from the west, having a course almost parallel with Spring Creek. The limestone, which outcrops on the left bank of Spring Creek about 100 feet to 150 feet above the level of the stream, runs nearly 504 parallel with the latter for a time, and then strikes a little north of east. This outcrop was traced over two small tribu- tary streams and for a distance of about a third of a mile, but not quite so far as the main road, circumstances not permitting a further examination in that direction, but it is apparently obscured in that direction by surface wash. 4. The siliceous limestones, which occupy an _ horizon slightly lower than the main limestone, are once more developed in a wide outcrop over the foot hills on the opposite side of the creek to the main limestone just described. At their southern extremity these beds are indistinctly seen on the mine road. In their extension northwards from the road mentioned they occupy the western face of a ridge, forming craggy outcrops. They just touch the angle made by the Spring Creek about a quarter of a mile below where the isolated fragment of the main limestone (2) is seen in the creek, and then swing round to an easterly strike that brings them almost in a line parallel with the creek as well as with the main limestone on the opposite bank. Having reached the creek, they are almost immediately obscured by alluvial deposits that form successive and wide river terraces that blend with the plains. These siliceous limestones, here as elsewhere, exhibit differential weathering dependent on the varying proportions of calcium carbonate in the rock. Alter- nating lines of relief and depression give a_ striking characteristic to the stone, more particularly in that the laminae are much eontorted, frequently making concentric outlines, in domes and basins, which in some cases measure up to six inches in diameter. (c) THE LIMESTONES IN THE SOUTH-EASTERN OUTCROPS. A third area of the limestone series forms the greater part of the foot hills of Mount Remarkable on its south- eastern side. The area forms a faulted segment of triangular shape. The apex of the triangle runs out against the eastern slopes of the mount, about a mile to the north of the township of Melrose. It is bounded, on its western side, by the talus of quartzite fragments of the lower slopes of the mount; on its eastward limits by Campbell Creek and the ‘‘Saddle Hill’ (so named from its saddle-like outline), near Melrose; while the base of the triangle is formed by an east-west fault, which brings the purple-slates up against the truncated lime- stone series. This is the most interesting, but at the same time the most difficult, field to map of all the limestone areas around the mount. It has been subjected to greater distortion than the other faulted segments, and has undergone not only much crushing, through physical strains, but the beds have been 555 intruded by a number of basic igneous dykes, which have still further complicated the geological outcrops. The zone of greatest disturbance follows the foot hills that are situated nearest to the mount; the outer, or eastern, portions of the area are less broken and disturbed than the inner. The small creek that comes in from the west and joins the main creek at the south-western angle of Melrose marks a line of cross-faulting that is of stratigraphical importance. The creek referred to takes its rise near the summit of the mount, and in its course flows at the base of a particularly bold scarp of quartzite (the Cathedral Rock), and affords a useful geographical datum line for the purposes of description. The Man or Top Limestone. The Main Limestone in the south-eastern outcrops exhibits a very regular strike in an approximately north and south direction. Its northern extremity is on the southern bank of the Cathedral-rock Creek, not far from the latter’s junction with the main creek. Here it thins out in a curve to the westward before reaching the creek mentioned, and is presumably cut off by the dip fault that runs in a line with the creek. In its southerly trend it follows, for about thirty chains, the western banks of the Mount Creek, forming a steep face about 200 feet above the creek level. It rises to form the crest of the hill in a steep scarp, facing the main creek just above the first bend that occurs in the stream above the Cathedral-rock Creek. The stone is a good pink- and-white limestone, having a dip E. 20° N. at 75°. The main limestone comes down to the level of the Mount Creek (at a right angle), but is then cut off by the thin- bedded quartzites of the purple-slates series, which are faulted and have a slight shift to the west. The limestone reappears on the left bank of Campbell Creek, at a short distance from where it is faulted in the Mount Creek. The trend is now S. 10° W., and follows the left bank of Campbell Creek, the limestone forming a broad band on the ridge, and is strongly indented by the transverse streams that find their way into Campbell Creek. The out- crops widen as they near the southern extremity of the beds and attain a spread of over 100 yards. On the right bank of the principal tributary of Campbell Creek is a vertical cave in the limestone, known as the ‘‘Blowhole,’’ but it has been but shghtly explored. The limestone ends somewhat abruptly in descending the slope of a cross valley, a little to the north- ward of the bridle track that goes round the southern end of the mount, and is replaced by beds belonging to the purple-slates series. 556 The Siliceous Limestones. These beds form here, as in other parts, a thick series that are more or less calcareous, but varying much in com- position. Sometimes the silica is generally distributed throughout the limestone, while in other cases there are alternating lines and bands of calcareous and _ siliceous material. All the calcareous beds on the north side of the Cathedral-rock Creek appear to belong to this division. The area occupied by them gradually narrows in a northerly direction until, in about a mile from Melrose, the beds run out against the steep slopes of the mount, and the quartzites of the latter come down to the level of the plain, but the rock features at the base of the mount are obscured by a thick veil of talus. The foot hills, immediately opposite to Melrose, form three moderately distinct ridges that run parallel with the mount and have a height of about 300 feet. These hills, in places, are connected with the mount by cross ridges or spurs. With the exception of the eastern slopes of the outer ridge (which consist of the purple-slates series) they are all in- cluded within the siliceous-limestone zone. On account of the broken and disturbed condition of the rocks within this area it is almost impossible to trace con- nected outcrops along the strike, as many outcrops appear to be isolated and to possess very divergent lines of strike in relation to each other. The most northerly extension of the calcareous beds observed was an outcrop of impure limestone in Sec. 339, over the fence, on the right hand side of the road, a little to the south-west of the refuse depot. A little further to the southward slates are seen having a dip to the N.W. at 50° and a strike directed towards the mount. Going southward—about in a line with the police station —on the western side of the first (most easterly) ridge, there are outcrops of brecciated rock, including a limestone with foreign fragments closely cemented in the mass and with veins of calcite. Slates on its western side dip S.W. at 70°. Lower down the same slope is an impure buff-coloured lime- stone, exposing a face 16 feet in thickness, with a dip S.W. at 43°. This bed is overlain by soft sand-rock, passing into siliceous and slaty fault-breccia; a similar rock forms a con- spicuous ridge of outcrop in the valley a little further to the south. On the top of the second (middle) ridge are outcrops of calcareous shale and a calcareous brecciated rock mixed with shaly material; dip, N. 20° W. at 83°. On the western slopes of this ridge there are further brecciated rocks, and B57 on a cross ridge, a little north of the last-named spot, is 2 dark-coloured slate; dip, due N. at 20°. On the third ridge, separated from the base of the mountain by a small creek, are further brecciated rocks— some of which are siliceous—and on its western slope is a considerable fragment of a sheared limestone; dip, E. 20° S. This ridge communicates in one place with the side of the mount in the form of a spur, and consists of micaceous slate; dip, S. 15° W. at 72°. In a position still further to the southward, and not far from the Cathedral-rock Creek, further outcrops of the siliceous limestones occur, the various outcrops showing dis- cordant readings of dip and strike in relation to each other. On the spur. situated behind the Saddle Hill, there is a prominent ridge of broken limestone (spotted with micaceous hematite) and mylonitic grits, with a dip to the N.E. A little further to the southward is a still more prominent dyke-like outcrop of limestone, which ends abruptly on the north side of the Cathedral-rock Creek in a high pinnacle. The limestone, which is slightly mineralized and is penetrated by an old drive, has a dip E. 20° N. at 75°. A parallel outcrop of limestone, on the eastern side of the last described, runs out against the purple-slates of the Saddle Hill in an unconformity caused by faulting: The beds on the southern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek are somewhat less broken in their outcrops than those on the northern side of that creek, and almost the whole- ground between the Mount Creek and the base of the mount is occupied by the limestones together with several basic igneous dykes. The top (or main) limestone is situated nearest. to the Mount Creek, as already described, while the siliceous limestones on its western side are exposed in numerous more: or less parallel outcrcps that continue almost up to the main quartzite of the mount. The greatest thickness of the siliceous limestones in this cross section is on the western side of the calcareous zone nearest to the mount, where the outcrops are about 100 yards in width and show lineal and concentric weathering similar to the features present in the corresponding beds at the northern end of Mount Remarkable. The siliceous limestones follow the general trend of the main limestone, on its western side, over the ridge into the next tributary creek, which finds its affluence with the main creek a little above the place where the main limestone crosses the latter. They then ascend to the rise on the eastern side of the Mount Creek, where they make a great 558 spread, and at the top of the hill they have a dip which is practically at 90°. Some mineralization has occurred in places (chiefly specular hematite), which has tempted the prospector to put in some exploratory work, and near the summit, in a particular zone of these limestones, a curious segregation of quartz has taken place, making hollow spheroids, giving the rock the appearance of a ‘‘pea-stone”’ or pisolitic structure. While the main limestone maintains a moderately direct course to the southward, the underlying impure limestones describe a curve, following the right bank of the creek, and at a distance of half a mile higher up from their first crossing they recross the creek to its western side. In this latter case they strike the creek diagonally and make a striking feature in the bed of the stream, where the limestones exhibit some remarkable contortions and have weathered into irregular masses and outlines that make picturesque features. The erosive action of the stream is also well illustrated by deep gutters, smoothed surfaces, and pot-holes. One of the latter, with one of its sides worn away, is known locally as the ““Armehair.’ The limestones at this spot occupy the banks on bath sides of the stream, but gradually curve round to the west, in a direction almost completely opposite to their strike in the first instance, and after rising on the back of a spur to the top of the ridge make a slight curvature to the south, where they are cut off by the main fault that separates the foot hills from the mount proper. The outermost line of outcrop of these limestones meets the creek at right angles, with a strike W. 20° N., dip northerly at 78°. This limestone was seen to cross the stream to the westward, but could not be recognized on the opposite bank. B. UPPER CAMBRIAN. PURPLE-SLATES SERIES. The belt of limestones described in the preceding sections forms the upper limits of the Lower Cambrian Division of rocks. The beds that follow by sequence and in super- position possess, as a series, characteristic features, and are classed as Upper Cambrian. They consist of thick shales, numerous thin layers of quartzite, arenaceous limestones, and at some horizons develop thick, fine-grained quartzites that are usually subdivided by numerous bedding-planes. The beds possess a characteristic bluish or purplish colour, on which account they have been designated the purple-slates _ series. They are extensively developed in the region now 559 under description and form an outlying and investing circle of outcrops around Mount Remarkable. (a) THE WESTERN OUTCROPS. The hills on the western side of Spring Creek rise in a steep grade to the watershed of the Black Range. The geological section in this direction is comparatively simple: the Tapley Hill slates occupy the slopes next the creek, and are succeeded, in ascending order, by the siliceous limestones -—the main limestone—and the purple-slates series. The latter follow a parallel strike with the limestones in a north and south direction. The lower members of the series consist mainly of slates and thin-bedded quartzites ; but in the Black Range, which forms the greatest elevation on that side of Mount Remarkable and overlooks the littoral of Spencer Gulf, they pass up into strong and prominent quartzites, which make the main feature of the range. (6) THE NORTHERN OUTCROPS. The purple-slates series on the northern side of the mount has participated in the block-faulting that has so greatly dis- turbed the limestones and other underlying beds. The prevailing dip of the limestones is to the westward, but occasionally to the northward, and the purple-slates, which follow next in order, conform to the same general dip—either westerly or northerly, according to the pitch of the faulted segment to which they respectively belong, the prevailing direction being westerly. In ascending Spring Creek from the Wilmington Road. the purple slates make their first appearance immediately on the western side of the top or main limestone seen in the creek, about a mile up from the main road. Here the beds dip W. at 40° and follow the strike of the limestone south- ward to the road that crosses over to the Spring Creek mine. Higher up the creep, just above the weir of the Wilmington _water supply, the purple slates are very characteristically developed, forming extensive dip slopes to the creek; dip, W10° N. at 40°. The beds continue to occupy both sides of the creek, and can be followed up the White Mine Creek and the Waterfall Creek, which unite and form a junction with the Spring Creek at the position selected for the new reservoir. In the lower - portion of the White Mine Creek bluish quartzites and sili- ceous slates make a feature, having a dip W. 10° N. at 48°. Higher up the creek characteristic purple-slates are more in evidence. 560 The presence of arenaceous limestones—or calcareous grits—can generally be noted among the lower members of the purple-slates series. They occur at Marino, near Brighton, at Hallett’s Cove, and at Noarlunga; at the last- named place they are quarried for road metal. They occur over a somewhat wide outcrop on the White Mine Creek, just west of the position where the two faulted segments of lime- stone are opposed at a sharp angle and can be traced down to the creek, adjacent to and parallel with the north and south fence. They are also seen to the northward, across the Waterfall Greek, and on the top of the ridge, on the north side of this creek, and after passing through the east and west fence follow the slope of the bank into the next valley. The faulted segment seen in the Spring Creek a little west of the Wilmington Road, gives a new direction to the beds. The throw which has brought the lmestones into a position almost parallel with the creek has controlled the overlying beds in a like manner, so that the purple-slates have there a strike to the north-east. The latter continue to the northward, as the main surface features, for many miles, by ‘Wilmington, Horrock Pass, etc. The road that passes from Wilmington through Horrock Pass to the coastal plains is in purple-slates throughout, exhibiting very fine rock scenery, and near the bottom of the pass precipitous hills of these slates rise 1,000 feet or more in height. fc) THE PURPLE-SLATES AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT. The southern end of Mount Remarkable is cut trans- versely by a powerful fault, which truncates all the beds coming in from the north, and is bounded on its southern side by the purple-slates series. The line of division made by the fault is very marked, and for some distance is coincident with the bed of the creek. The approach to the southern end of the mount is by Bartagunya sheep-station house. Behind the house there is a rough surface of quartzite (dip, W. at 72°) with under- lying purple-slates. Similar beds are exposed in the small creek close by the house (dip, W. 20° S. at 80°) and at a few hundred yards further down the creek is a strong ridge of whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° S. at 55°). On the left-hand side of the path, rising to the saddle in going over into the Mount Creek, are some large blocks of a reddish slaty-lime- stone very characteristic of the ‘purple-slate beds. Going down, on the other side of the saddle, the slates show a dip to the S.W., but at the bottom of the hill, near the gate, the dip is to the N.E., the beds being much broken and sheared as they near the fault-plane. 561 The purple-slates on the southern side of the fault exhibit extraordinary features of crush and are mylonized over a very wide area. The mash-rock ©) forms hills several hundreds of feet in height (especially in its extension westward), and can be traced southwards from the fault-plane for a consider- able distance. A section across these mashed beds can be followed up Rankine Creek, and irregular and humpy out- crops occur in the bed of the Mount Creek, near the bottom of the path from Bartagunya. (d) THE PURPLE-SLATES ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT. The purple-slates, with interbedded thin quartzites form the outer range of the foot hills at Melrose. On the left bank of the Mount Creek, behind the township, are two quarries that are worked for road metal, but the stone is of inferior quality for this purpose. In the upper quarry the stone consists of white to reddish, rotten felspathoid quartzite and arenaceous slates; while that of the lower is little more than a kaolinized slate. The beds dip HE. at 88°. In both quarries the stone shows ripple-marks on the face of the bedding (a very commen feature of the purple-slates in general), and in the lower quarry of the two they appear on almost every surface of bedding exposed. A well sunk at the side of the creek, between the two quarries mentioned, is in yellow, rotten slate, but has no great supply of water. A little higher up the stream a transverse section of the slates can be seen in the banks where the beds dip easterly at 65°, and almost immediately above, this outcrop is ‘‘Saddle Hill,’’ which consists entirely of beds of this series. At the end of the hill, abutting on the Cathedral-rock Creek, the beds dip E. at 53°. These readings prove that the angle of dip increases as the beds approach the scarp face of the foot hills adjacent to the plain. Continuing southwards, the purple-slates follow the eastern boundary of the main hmestone, and extend in an easterly direction beyond the Survey road. On this road typical examples of these slates are exposed in a small quarry by the road side, about one mile south from Melrose. The slates in the quarry are very fissile and have a dip E. 10° S. at 50°. Purple-slates and quartzites can be recognized in the adjoining paddocks, showing a slightly higher angle of (3) The term ‘‘mash-rock’’ is used with reference to the broken up slates, and ‘‘crush-rock’’ for the brecciated limestones and quartzites, the slates having been more finely broken up than the limestones and quartzites; but the difference in this respect has probably been determined by the relative hardness of the different rocks and their respective powers of resistance to the crushing force. . 562 dip than that just mentioned. It is probable that these beds continue eastward and form much of the sunken area in that direction. At the south-eastern portion of the foot hills of the mount the faulting has been somewhat complex and has led to the breaking up of the purple-slates series into large angular blocks. Three main fault-planes appear to be in- cluded in this system of fractures. One, having a strike north and south—-parallel with the mount; another, with a strike east and west—transverse to the southern end of the mount; and a third, parallel to the last, but with a strike at right angles to the south-eastern slopes of the mount. By the last-mentioned fault the beds of the purple-slates series have been brought in, like a wedge, between the main quartzite of the mount on the one side, and the limestone series on the other. ‘This fault apparently intersects the Mount Creek a little to the southward of the most westerly bend of the creek, where the latter cuts through the main quartzite, as described above. The evidences for this conclusion rest on the sudden change of outcrops from typical siliceous lime- stones on the one side, and equally typical slates and quartzites of the purple-slates series on the other, as described next below. At the next bend to the eastward (up-stream from the great westerly bend) the creek cuts through a very strong purplish-coloured quartzite that dips S. 20° W. at 84°. This rock has at one time formed an imposing waterfall; as the stream now runs through a narrow gap,with precipitous walls 250 feet in height. The stream has almost done its work im this respect, having cut down the stony barrier at its up- stream limits to within a few feet of the normal grade, but: there is still sufficient left to preserve the name of ‘‘the waterfall.’’ This quartzite has all the features of the purple-slate series—its divergent strike, purple colour, black lines of sedimentation, and associated calcareous sandstones— leaving little doubt as to its true geological horizon. The outcrop of this quartzite was followed along its eastward strike. It occupies the northern banks of a small valley that unites with the Mount Creek (just above the waterfall) and follows the ridge to the valley head, passes over the parting into the headwaters of the chief tributary that drains into Campbell Creek, over the next ridge, curving a little to the south, crosses another small creek to the south- ward, and intersects the bridle-path that goes to the south end of the mount. In its progress it splits up into several beds of quartzites, which are separated by slates. The beds, whilst not brecciated (as occurs in the case of the siliceous 563 limestones on their northern boundary), are in places much sheared, and exhibit evidences of great physical strain. It is this belt of country that to the eastward cuts off the main limestone at its most southerly limits. Above the waterfall, at the next bend in the Mount Creek, there are typical purple- -slates, followed by bluish and reddish quartzites, the latter sometimes coarse and gritty (dip, N. 25° W. at 75°); and at the sharp angle, where the creek comes round from the southern end of in ere there are bluish and very siliceous slates (belonging to the same series), with a dip N. 10° W. at 80°. At this angle the purple-slates series is bounded on its western side by crushed slate, which separates the former from the main quartzite of the mount. If!.—Igneous Intrusions. These, so far as observed, are limited to the south-eastern ‘side of the mount, and are included within an area of about a mile long and half a mile wide. The outcrops appear as small disconnected pipes rather than dykes, and may repre- sent small necks or fissure-vents of a multiplex volcanic centre. Considering the greatly-broken field in which they occur it is possible that their fragmentary character arises in part from fracture and displacement similar to that which has occurred with the associated sedimentary rocks. With one or two exceptions, the igneous rocks are of a basic type, and exhibit (with some variations as to texture) a uniform character. All the outcrops have suffered more or less decomposition from weathering. Secondary develop- ments of chlorite, uralite, and epidote are commonly present. Specular hematite, as well as micaceous hematite, frequently occurs in plates or nests, and sometimes in the form of feathery crystals on the face of the joints. Spheroidal weathering occurs, and in some cases the basic rock has become so rotten as to be easily crumbled to fragments by the fingers. More than twenty of these volcanic necks or fragments were noted and mapped, and are briefly described below. The numbering refers to the figures on the map. Group (a)—ON THE NORTHERN SIDE OF THE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. Nos. 1 and 2.—Two outcrops of a rock of gabbro type occur on the crest of the inner foot hills, on the northern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek. They probably form a single mass, but are separated in their outcrops by a small depression of grassy soil-cover that obscures their union. Unitedly they cover a surface of about 100 yards each way. 564 On its eastern side the igneous rock is bordered by a dark- coloured graphitic slate, which has been much broken, healed, and seamed along the lines of fracture. Nearby, this slate has been pushed out of the line of strike, from a north and south to an east and west direction. This igneous occurrence is the only one observed on the northern side of the Cathedral- rock Creek. Group (4)/—ON RIDGE AND SLOPES ON SOUTHERN SIDE OF THE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. Nos. 3, 4, and 5.—The outcrops thus numbered bear certain relations to each other, and collectively form the largest development of igneous rock in the neighbourhood. It is an irregularly-shaped mass, occupying the summit and slopes of the ridge nearest to the mount on the southern side of the Cathedral-rock Creek. No. 3 (forming the portion nearest the mount) is subcircular in outline and measures 90 yards by 80 yards. The limestones bordering the igneous mass appear to have been controlled by the latter, as they follow a circumlinear strike marginal to the igneous intrusion. Following the top of the ridge, in an easterly direction, the impure limestones and calcareous slates occupy the ground for about 30 yards, and then another important outcrop of basic igneous rock is met with, forming a part of Wo. 4. At first sight Vos. 3 and 4 might appear as independent out- crops, but on a closer examination it is seen that they are connected by a relatively narrow neck, just over the crest, on the southern side of the ridge. Near the summit of the ridge the Vo. 4 dyke has a width of about 57 yards, but narrows as it passes down the slope on the south-western side and junctions with the Vo. 3 outcrop. The calcareous beds which separate the two igneous intrusions at the summit of the ridge are squeezed into the form of a triangular wedge between the two arms of the igneous rock. As Wo. 4 passes down the north-eastern slopes of the ridge it increases in width to 88 yards and makes a spur that ends on the terrace formed by the right bank of the creek. The lithological features of this igneous zone (Vos. 3 and 4) are particularly interesting on account of the variation in the texture and form of the rock at different points. Near the periphery the rock is remarkably fine-grained and, to the naked eye, might be crypto-crystalline, while in the more central portions it is conspicuously crystalline and even gabbroid in its appearance. About two-thirds of the distance down the spur forming the Wo. 4 outcrop there is a rounded knoll of porphyrite, which is enclosed in the very heart of the basic dyke. The porphyrite is rendered partially fissile by 565 the development of a system of smooth jointing, by which the rock splits up easily into rectangular pieces, causing the lower slopes of the spur to be strewn with its fragments. In the area surrounding this remarkable porphyritic development the basic dyke has to some extent an amygdaloidal structure. Numerous gas cavities occur in the rock, of various sizes up to half an inch in diameter. Some of these have an elongated outline, suggestive of flow, and many of the cavities have received a secondary deposit, and are now filled by aggregates of small crystals of rhombohedral calcite. It is difficult to account for such a scoriaceous feature in the rock if formed at depth. The dyke, resuming its normal features, follows the slope of the spur below the porphyritic inclusion, cuts through an impure limestone, and ceases to be visible on reaching a grassed terrace about 12 feet above the level of the stream. There is, however, an outcrop of igneous rock seen in the cliff face of the creek, not much out of line with the dyke just described. This is marked on the map as Wo. 54, and is probably an extension of dyke Vo. 4. The exposure is about 18 feet in width, but as the rock is much decomposed it is difficult to define its exact limits. This is the only instance in which an igneous rock was observed to be cut by the Cathedral-rock Creek, and even in this case it did not appear to occur on the opposite bank. No. 6.—This dyke is also seen on the before-mentioned ridge, a little east of Vos. 3 and 4, from which it is separated by a zone of calcareous and slaty rocks, about 80 yards in width. The dyke goes over to the southern face of the ridge for a distance of from 60 yards to 70 yards, having a strike W. 20° S. On the northern side of the ridge a strike is maintained almost parallel with that of the adjoining Wo. 4 dyke. It is in this igneous intrusion that the old Mount Remarkable Copper Mine is situated. At the mine costeen pits have been cut into the dyke, and at a lower level a tunnel has been driven into it for about 50 feet in length. In the section thus exposed the dyke is seen to be greatly broken and mashed under pressure, sometimes even reduced to a crush-rock composed of angular, recemented fragments. Tt is in this broken rock that the copper (in the form of green carbonate) occurs. A shaft, said to be 20 feet in depth, has been sunk in the contact rock, and from the dumps at the surface it is seen to be in laminated and banded shales belonging to the Tapley Hill-Brighton series. These shales have been indurated and heightened in colour by igneous (4) See Records of Mines of South Australia (official), 4 ed., 1908, p. 94. 566 action, with secondary Hewalo eae of specular hematite, chlorite, etc. No. 7.—This is a round knoll of basic igneous rock, on a small rise situated on the north-eastern side of the old mine, and is probably continuous with another outcrop of a similar kind on the next ridge on the eastern side. The two outcrops are separated by a small intervening valley, mantled by. rain- wash. No. §.—On the eastern face of the ridge last-mentioned there is an outcrop of a siliceous igneous rock which makes a peculiar and isolated feature among the surrounding basic dykes. The rock is aplitic in character, very acid, and forms a lenticle, 30 feet in length, margined on all sides by sedi- mentary rocks. There is probably another outcrop of a similar kind in a small valley just below the old copper mine, as two or three surface stones were met with there of an aplitic type, but these contained a little more felspar in their composition than in the other case, and also a few small sporadic crystals of schorl; it was not seen am situ. No. 9.—On the next spur, in an easterly direction, there occurs the most preminent outcrop of igneous rock in the locality. It is situated about 60 yards eastward of the aplite vein, and forms a dyke-like ridge of rock that rises about three feet above the normal level. It is of limited extent, much fractured under weathering, and is bounded on all sides by limestones and calcareous shales. No. 10.—Situated at about 70 yards in an E.N.E. direc- tion from the aplite vein (Wo. 8) is another basic dyke. It is even with the surface of the ground and occupies the slope of a spur towards the Cathedral-rock Creek. No. 11.—This igneous outcrop forms a knoll on the top of the ridge, and is situated in a direction 8.S.E. from out- crop Vo. 9. It is not far distant from the western edge of the main (Brighton) limestone, from which it is separated by a zone of slaty rock that has been somewhat changed by the igneous contact. The ridge, which follows the right bank of Cathedral-rock Creek, forms an angle with a still higher ridge that faces into the Mount Remarkable Creek. The igneous outcrop now under description occurs at the angle of these two ridges, and has a strike N.E. and S.W. It possesses some anomalous features. In the first instance (at its north- eastern end), it has the features commonly presented by the basic dykes of the neighbourhood, but as it rises to the crest of the higher ridge it passes into a peculiar rock of a somewhat acid type. A marked feature at the surface is the presence of numerous empty spaces, giving the rock a honeycomb appearance. ‘It contains some quartz, with phenocrysts 567 of felspar somewhat sparingly developed, and the presence o1 limonite, partly filling some of the cavities in the stone, may point to these spaces having been originally filled with iron pyrites. The dyke, which does not follow the direction of the main limestone or associated beds, is about 200 yards in length and ends abruptly at the crest of the higher ridge, where it is cut off by slates. There is a certain similarity between this dyke and the porphyritic development in Wo. 4, but the intrusion now under description has, apparently, undergone greater alteration. Group (c/—IN CREEK NEXT ABOVE CATHEDRAL-ROCK CREEK. No. 12.—This exposure occurs a little to the westward of the last described (No. JZ) and about 200 yards to the south-east of the dyke (No. 6) at the old mine. The ridge on which most of the igneous dykes so far described occur forms the watershed between the Cathedral-rock Creek and another creek next above it. The present outcrop is situated a little over the ridge on its southern side. It appears to be approximately circular in outline, and is indicated by a large number of broken rocks on the surface. It extends for about one-third of the distance down the slope towards the creek next above the Cathedral-rock Creek. There appears to be a small dyke on the western side of the one just referred to, as a number of dyke stones were noticed in the line of a small depression on the slope of the hill, but they were mixed with other rock fragments and their source could not be definitely located. ~ : No. 13.—There is a small exposure of a basic dyke at the mouth of the last-named creek where it unites with the main stream a little above the spot where the main limestone crosses the Mount Creek. The dyke occupies the left bank of the stream and runs parallel with the same for a short distance, but does not appear to be very thick. No. 14.—-About 100 yards up the same creek a strong exposure of an igneous dyke is seen on both sides of the creek. It has a strike S. 20° W., is about 40 yards wide, and can be traced along the line of outcrop for about 80 yards. No. 15.—-A little higher up the creek than the last- named another dyke makes a prominent feature on the right bank of the stream. It forms a circular knoll that imme- diately attracts attention. The texture of the rock varies from medium-grain to coarsely-crystalline. No. 16.—-On the right bank of the same creek, near its confluence with the Mount Creek, surface stones indicate the outcrop of another basic dyke. It is situated at the back of 568 a rather prominent outcrop of impure limestone, at a height of about 40 feet above the Mount Creek. No. 17.—On the same slope, facing to the Mount Creek, slightly» further up the creek than the conspicuous pillar of crush-rock on the side of the hill, is another basic outcrop. The igneous rock passes up the slope from the river flat to a height of about 50 feet above the stream, and is about 40 feet in width. No. 18.—This is the furthest-south outcrop of the dykes in the igneous field. It is situated about a third of a mile higher up the Mount Creek than the last-described occurrence and on the same side of the stream. It has intruded the siliceous limestones, which are here strongly developed and have undergone extraordinary crush. The dyke is indicated chiefly by surface stones, one of which is two feet in diameter. It appears to have but a limited extension. Group (d)—ON THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT REMARKABLE CREEK. No. 19.—An inconspicuous outcrop occurs on the eastern side of the Mount Creek, a little southward of the great spur of the main limestone, where it comes down to the creek level. A few igneous rocks are seen 2m sata in the bank, on a small piece of road-cutting, about 20 feet above the level of the stream, and loose stones can be traced up the rise for about 20 yards or 30 yards. It lies on the western side of the main limestone, but not in contact with that rock. No. 20.—Exposed by a few surface stones and an obscure outcrop on the slope facing to Campbell Creek. No. 21.—A broadish ridge separates Campbell Creek and the next creek on the right bank of the Mount Creek. A basic dyke outcrops on this ridge, near the centre and about half-way up from the Mount Creek, in a direction south- westerly from Wo. 20. It is in the form of a patch, and nearby the rock is much veined by hematite, which has led to some prospecting for minerals. I1V.—Tectonic Structure. Mount Remarkable forms a great wedge-shaped mass of intimately-jointed quartzite which, although of great width, is almost destitute of massive outcrops. The summit and slopes, of the mount are littered with countless fragments of angular rocks. The eastern side is particularly steep, giving rise to scores of screes, or shoots of loose stones, which in many cases extend from the summit to the base of the mount. The whole mountain is undergoing rapid waste by the break- ing up of the rock on the joint-planes, and then by the loose 569 material gravitating to the bottom. An inpressive illustra- tion of this process will be seen by a walk up the Cathedral- rock Creek to a position above the rock mentioned. Such abnormal conditions, occurring in the case*of a hard rock with an extensive outcrop, suggest that earth movements must have been particularly active and powerful in bringing about such a result. This view is supported by certain attendant phenomena, by which it may be possible to infer the more important movements that have given outline to this truly “‘remarkable’’ mount. 1. THe Great (?) MERIDIONAL FAULT OF THE RANGE. The quartzite not only occupies the crest of the range from end to end, but forms the greater part of the material of which the mount is composed. The western side has a more gradual slope than the eastern, probably arising from the fact of its forming the dip slope of the beds, the dip varying from 65° in the lower situations to about 85° on the eastern side of the summit. When this consistently-high reading of dip is compared with the great width of outcrop of these beds (reaching, as already stated, at their maximum, a mile, at least, in hori- zontal measurement), it must be inferred that a duplication of outcrop has occurred that has greatly increased the surface spread of the stone and given a fictitious appearance as to its true width. What has happened to produce this remarkable thicken- ing of the quartzite forming the axis of the mount is not at all clear. Various tectonic movements, under certain con- ditions, might lead to such a result, as, for example, in the following cases :— (a) An unconformity, with the quartzite (as the upper series) forming a cap, with the beds inclined at a low angle, as shown by Selwyn (loc. cit.). But Selwyn’s geological section of the mount is entirely in error; there is no unconformable series, there are no underlying slates (as shown by Selwyn), and the quartzite, instead of dipping at a low angle (as shown by Selwyn), dips at a high angle and is interbedded with the other beds of the section. (6) A double monoclinal-fold, or “hogback,” with faulting in the septum curves on each side of the upthrow, and the arch worn down to the level of the resisting quartzite, might give a great breadth to the latter bed; but this explanation is not 570 relevant to the case in hand, inasmuch as the uniform high angle of dip proves that the mount forms no part of a monoclinal-fold. (c) A close-fold im an tsoclinal series, in which the quartzite formed the central axis of the fold and thereby became duplicated, would give double breadth to the bed and a high angle of dip. Such a scheme of tectonic structure does not, how- ever, fit in with the surrounding features, as there is little folding throughout the district, other than a uniform pitch to the west on the western and northern sides, and to the east on the eastern side of the hill. (ad) Pressure in a north and south direction on beds at a high angle might cause a vertical puckering, with overlapping and thickening of the beds near the centre. In the Mucra Ranges, near the Mucra Springs, due east from Mount Remarkable and two and a half miles west of the Black Rock rail- way station, there are some very striking quartzite outcrops that have been, under great pressure, turned at right angles to the strike. While such an occurrence is a possible explanation of the thickening of the quartzite at Mount Remarkable, no corroborative evidences were obtained that this was the case there. (e) In looking for an explanation it must be remembered that the tectonic control of the region concerned has been one of fracture, displacement, and read- justment of thé dissevered component parts. It is, perhaps, most consistent with the surrounding tectonic features to assume the existence of a trough-fault (or several of these) with parallel _walls, by which segments of the quartzite were successively dropped to lower levels, as shown in fig. 2. The broken character of the quartzite obscures the structure within its own area, but the features pertaining to the outcrops are strongly suggestive of a major line of fracture that follows the crest of the ridge and has had the effect of duplicating the beds. This view is supported by the high dip of the beds on the eastern side of the summit, the great spread of the quartzite outcrops, and the shattered condition of the stone. A doubt still remains as to the particular quartzite which forms the core of the mount. As already intimated, if the orderly succession seen on the western side of the 571 mount (extending from the purple-slates to the tillite) be continued downwards to the underlying bed, then the quartzite which occupies that position must be regarded as synchronous with the quartzites that underlie the tillite near Adelaide. But at several points in the outcrops of the Mount Remarkable quartzite the stone includes clastic ilmenite, occurring in dark lines, and is current-bedded. In the case of one stone picked up near the Cathedral Rock, the ilmenite forms at least one-fourth of the mass. The only horizon where such current-laid ilmenite is known to occur in the Lower Cambrian of South Australia is in the basal beds of the series, where it is a constant and very characteristic feature. The difficulty in the way of referring the Mount “ ‘ uthhit ae WILLOCHRA y min DAN Oss Fass s| PLAINS vila i A SENG === SES OUNT REMARKABLE CK, . SPRING CK. Y ‘ 3 gees s Geological Sketch-section through Mount Remarkable to show probable duplication of the main quartzite by faulting. P.P’. Purple-slates Series. L.L’. Main (Brighton) Limestone. S.S’. Siliceous Limestones. R. Ribbon (Tapley Hill) Slates. T. Tillite. Q. Quartzites. Sl. Slates. C. Crush-rock. The dotted lines show the extension of the beds over the mount before faulting took place. Remarkable quartzite to the same horizon is very great, as the tillite, which rests on the quartzite of the mount, is from 8,000 feet to 10,000 feet (perhaps more) above the horizon of the ilmenite grits of the basal beds. If a stratigraphical accordance can be established between the respective ilmenite- bearing beds, then it might be found that quartzites of very different geological horizons have united to form the main axis of the mount. 572 2. THE GREAT WESTERN FAULT. The main fault on the western side of Mount Remarkable appears to be coincident with the bed of the Spring Creek, extending from the headwaters of the latter to the Spring Creek mine, and possibly further north. Spring Creek pursues a remarkably straight course. When standing on its watershed and looking down the valley, it has the appearance of an artificial ditch. It has no projecting spurs and scarcely a curve in its course (see map)—a physical feature that is strongly suggestive of a line of faulting. It is true that the bed of the creek follows the junction of dissimilar rocks along their line of strike, but this is scarcely sufficient to explain its remarkable straightness for a distance of five miles. Definite evidence of an important fault on this line is obtained by the gradual narrowing of the tillite outcrop and its final disappearance before reaching the northern end of the mount. The tillite is here cut out by a strike-fault; and the Tapley Hill shales are brought into direct juxtaposition with the quartzite, making a strong stratigraphical unconformity. It is possible that this fault-plane is continued southward beyond the limits of the Spring Creek Valley. The Mount Remarkable Creek runs for the distance of a mile in a straight course on the dividing line between the Tapley Hull slates and the tillite (precisely similar to the course of the Spring Creek), and the tillite narrows into almost nothing in its southern extremity, where it abuts upon and ends at the transverse fault at the southern end of the mount—features which are similar to its disappearance by faulting at its northern extremity. 3. THe Great EAst anp WEsT FAULT AT THE NORTHERN END OF THE Mount. The main fault at the northern end of the mount (which appears to possess a strike a little north of west) truncates the quartzite of the main ridge, for the latter cannot be seen north of that line, and its place is taken by beds that are higher in the series. Notwithstanding the magnitude of this displacement the immediate zone of fracture cannot be seen on account of the great spread of quartzite talus that encumbers the northern slopes of the mount and even en- croaches upon the road, and thereby hides from view the immediate fault-plane. The main road that crosses the end of the mount is very near the fault, and in some of the small cuttings on the road there are evidences of strati- graphical disturbance that show its close proximity. After passing the highest point on the road (immediately to the west of the main limestone outcrop) the purple-slates 573 appear, and can be traced on the descent towards the creek, having a dip W. at 45°. At the most southerly bend in the road the slates are reversed, dipping north-easterly, and are very broken and rotten, with a confused dip. At about half-distance. from the crest of the road down to the creek the main quartzite shows a scarp face and is cut by the road. At the western end of the scarp there is a strike-fault, which hades westerly at 70°, with the quartzite on the one side and purple-slates and thinnish quartzites (having a dip con- formable to that of the fault-plane) on the other. Then the talus once more hides the beds, but at the spur of the hill, near the bottom of the road, there are again outcrops of rotten slates, which dip north-westerly at 30°. At the base of the hill, near the old smelting works, almost at creek level, the slates dip W. 20° N. at 63°. After crossing Spring Creek the fault intersects the lmestones on the opposite banks, the beds being bent to a sharp angle and made to take the strike of the fault-plane. The Spring Creek Copper Mine is situated near the north-western angle of the mount. The ground in which the mine is worked forms a rough, irregular, ferruginous outcrop, making a scar on the face of the hill in bold crags, fifty yards wide. Judging from stone at surface, the ore consists mainly of red oxide and green and blue carbonates, set in a broken fault-rock, which seems to be a mixture of Tapley Hill slates and purple-slates. It is, probable that the mineral deposits occur in the broken country at the intersection of the main north and south fractures with the main east and west fractures (in a multiplex system), which would account for the two dissimilar shale beds being mixed together in the lode-stuff. While the east and west fracture at the north end of the mount is the main tectonic feature on that side, the gravi- tational adjustments that followed on the collapse of the area gave rise to several north and south fractures in the direction of the general strike. This is made evident by the repetitions of the limestone outcrops, as already described. It is prob- able that this area is extensively faulted in this way, but it is only when a well-defined bed comes into contact with the fault-plane that the effects can be observed. The map shows three such lines of fracture :— (a) On the western side of Spring Creek, where the limestone (faulted to the east) 1s cut off by the purple-slates series. (6) About a mile to the eastward of the above, in the small creek the head of which is on the mine road 574 and which joins the Spring Creek where the main limestone is exposed in the northern banks. (c) A few hundred yards further to the eastward of the last, where the siliceous limestones are repeated at the next turn of the creek to the northward; the creek, in this stretch of its course, following apparently the line of the fault. Stratigraphical evidence of the fault-plane is seen at the turn of the creek just mentioned, where on the left bank of the stream the Tapley Hill slates dip W. at 35°, while the siliceous hmestones (much distorted) on the opposite bank dip a few points north of west at 55°. The fact that each of the limestone outcrops on this side of the mount is turned back upon itself and bent in an east- ward direction suggests that the least resistance existed on that side. On the western side there was the great buttress of the quartzites of the Black Range, and to the northward the equally thick and compact purple-slates, which also failed to yield to pressure, while the more extensive and important subsidences of the eastern area (which formed the eastern plains) allowed the gravitating segments to find ex- tension in that direction. The exigencies of the case doubled back the beds against the normal strike, but the pressure could not have been severe, as the beds do not pass into the anticlinal and synclinal folds, but maintain, on the whole, a comparatively uniform dip to the west; while crush-rock, which is such a marked feature of the disturbed field on the south-eastern side'of the mount, is apparently absent in the north. In some instances, however, as in the case of the siliceous limestones that abut against the north- eastern angle of the mount, the grain of the stone is much flexured. 4, Trctonic FEATURES OF THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE MOUNT. The mount is not exactly equilateral. The greatest transverse diameter is along a line that intercepts the highest point of the mount, and is situated about two miles to the northward of Melrose. The great fault-plane that deter- mines the eastern face of the mount is angulated at about the same spot. There are probably two fault-planes, which intersect at an obtuse angle, the one trending south-westerly and the other in a north-westerly direction. The latter follows the base of the north-eastern face of the mount where the main quartzite comes down to the plain, but the exact line of fault is obscured by a wide talus, composed chiefly of quartzite fragments, which forms a gentle slope, extending 575 from the lower slopes of the mount, easterly, to the public road, a distance of about a mile, and having a fall of about 100 feet. A number of springs, in lineal order, follow the base of the mount, and probably indicate the junction between the quartzite and the sunken purple-slates of the pla... The fault which defines the south-eastern side of the mount divides the mount proper from the foot hills, and at its southerm end is cut by the transverse fault that truncates the south end of the mount. The great scarp of the Cathe- dral Rock, 300 feet in height (made in two sections), as well as other prominent scarp faces of quartzite, probably repre- sents the line of fracture. The Cathedral-rock Creek also marks the line of a transverse fault, which is evident from the discontinuity of the beds on either side of it. The two principal faults just described, together with the plains on the eastern side of the mount, mark off a triangular area of foot hills that include features of great geological interest. The stratigraphical succession of the beds within this area has already been described. They are identi- cal with those met with on the western and northern side of the mount, but the tectonic phenomena seen in this segment are unique. The main limestone is but little disturbed, and follows a definite strike (although interrupted at the Mount Creek) till cut off by the transverse fault, but all the beds between it and the quartzite of the mount (belonging to the siliceous limestones and ribbon-slate series) have been subjected, not simply to distortion, but disruption to an extreme degree. The belt of rocks adjacent to the base of the mount, and in places far up the side, is composed of crushed and triturated rock that has become recemented in irregular masses that are now quite destitute of bedding planes. An outcrop of this kind, consisting of mashed material in large dark-coloured rock masses, at a height of 600 feet from the base, can be easily recognized from the township of Melrose, and is known locally as the “Cat Rocks.” (See pl. liv., fig. 2.) The zone of crush-rock includes the two inner ridges of the foot hills (opposite Melrose), while set in the mass of mashed material are larger dissociated fragments of the original rocks outcropping at various angles, but still retain- ing to some extent their natural bedding planes. These are no doubt fragments that have been torn from the parent mass by the earth-creep, and are now mixed up indiscriminately with the more brecciated portions, which accounts for the incongruities that occur in their respective strike and dip. 576 Sections of the mash-rock can be seen in the creek a little below the Cathedral Rock. The crush-rock crosses the Mount Creek a little above the main limestone, where very massive blocks of triturated siliceous limestones occur on the banks, and continue up the rise on the opposite side. The same rock features extend higher up the creek on both sides, the greater crush having occurred within the curve made by the siliceous limestones in their return strike to the mount, and are in evidence almost to the extreme southern end of the range, covering an area of about two and a half miles in a north and south direction, and one mile on the east and west diameter. In this area, as in the northern, there are evidences of on extensive field of fracture, which makes geological map- ping, except after prolonged and detailed work in the field, extremely difficult. The longitudinal fault which exists on the south-eastern side of the mount is not so much a single line of displacement, but a wide zone that is filled by mashed rocks derived chiefly from slates. This fault zone narrows as it approaches the southern end of the mount, and becomes reduced to a disturbed area a few feet in width, impregnated with iron oxides. Between this zone of mashed rock, near to the base of the mount, and the main limestone that runs parallel with Campbell Creek, there is an extensive area of the earthy and siliceous limestones and slates which, while preserving the form of stratification, is for the most part, in the condition of a crush-breccia. The strike of the beds is very divergent at different points, producing a cor- responding variation in the direction of dip. The main lime- stone which outcrops on the eastern side of this disturbed area is not materially affected in the same way, although it is to some extent shattered along its western borders. An important transverse fault can be recognized where the siliceous-limestone series abut against the purple-slates series just below the waterfall in the Mount Creek, mentioned above. Although this fault makes a feature on the eastern side of the mount, it stands related to the great east and west fault at the southern end of the mount, and will be referred to under that heading. 5. THe GREAT FAULT AT THE SOUTHERN END OF THE MOUNT. At the southern end of the mount we meet with another of the major faults that has helped to determine the outline of the main ridge. The fault-plane has a strike 35° N. of W., which cuts off the limestone series on both sides of the mount, as well as the glacial till, in addition to the quartzite 577 which forms the main axis of the mount. The truncated quartzite makes a sheer scarp of about 300 feet (known as the Gibraltar Rock), and a little further to the west the till forms a pyramidal hill of about the same height. The fault follows the bed of the creek from the bifurcation of the road (in Sec. 312) downstream to the sharp bend where the creek turns to the northward along the eastern side of the mount. The mount is on the upthrow side, and the purple-slate series on the right bank of the creek forms the outcrop on the down- throw side. Bartagunya station house, situated about a mile from the south end of Mount Remarkable, is on the purple-slate series. Behind the house there is a rough surface of quartzite (dip, W. at 72°) with purple-slates beneath. Below the house the slates dip W. 20° S. at 80°. Im the small creek, further down from the house, there is a strong ridge of whitish quartzite (dip, W. 10° S. at 55°). A block or two of reddish limestone occur on the left-hand side of the path going up the hill from the house towards Mount Remarkable Creek. On the saddle of the hill, going over into horse- gully on the way to the creek, the strata are disturbed (dip, H. 12° 8.). Going down the hill to the Mount Creek slates show dip slopes nearly parallel with the gully (dip, S.W.). Near the bottom of the path the dip varies from N. 20° W. to N.E. The beds are here within the area of the fault zone, the slates are greatly mashed, and in places show very defined shear-planes, which are made conspicuous by differ- ential composition and bands of colour. Large irregular masses of mash-rock occupy the bed of the main stream just below the Gibraltar Rock, and similar outcrops are seen on either side of Rankine Creek for a considerable distance upstream. Following up the main creek above the Gibraltar Rock, the mash-rock forms hills on the southern side of the creek several hundreds of feet in height. At the south-eastern angle of the mount, a little east of the Gibraltar Rock, the main north and south fault inter- sects the main east and west fault. In the angle produced by this intersection is included a segment of the purple-slates series which, as a faulted block, extends northwards for about a third of a mile, and throughout that length is in juxta- position with the quartzites of the eastern portion of the mount. The relationship of this faulted block to the sur- ‘rounding areas shows an important hiatus in the geological order of succession on two sides—on the northern boundary the main limestone is faulted out, and on the western side, bordering the mount, the main limestone, silicous limestones, Tapley Hill slates, and tillite are missing. A 578 V.—Summary and Conclusions. The leading geological features in the region that has been dealt with in this paper may be summarized as follows :— 1. Mount Remarkable owes its prominent and isolated form to two circumstances:—(1) The hardness and great extent of its quartzitic core, and (2) the position and magni- tude of its faults. | 2. While numerous minor faults are indicated, the principal fractures can be referred to four main systems of displacement, which are, broadly, coincident with the four sides of the PIO ee Evo being lateral and one at either extremity of the mount. 3. The main axis of the mount consists of the oldest rocks exposed, while the mount is surrounded by a ring of purple-slates and associated thin quartzites, which represent the newest and, stratigraphically, the highest members of the series. 4. The greatest displacements have taken place on its southern and eastern sides. Considering the thickness of the strata in the downthrow areas, the mount at one time must have been more than twice as high as it is at present. A meridional fracture split the mount in two, when the eastern half dropped from between 2,000 feet to 4,000 feet in vertical height. The northern and southern segments, under the influence of gravitational adjustments, also dropped to a like extent at either end of the mount. The movements of sub- sidence were gradual and extended over a lengthened period. 5. In the process of settlement of the disturbed areas there ensued differential strains, complex fractures, and general crush that shattered the rocks and recemented the fragments by welding them into a confused mass. These effects are on a very large scale on the south-eastern and southern sides of the mount, and to a less extent on the northern side also. 6. The subsiding segments at the northern end of the mount had greatest freedom of movement to the eastward, which permitted strike-faulting and a repetition of the beds, but the very thick and compact purple-slates extending far to the northward formed an unyielding massif, which com- pelled the faulted limestones to curve back against the strike. The limestones of the south-eastern face were nipped as in a vice—no repetition of beds was possible—they were mostly crushed to fragments and, as in the case of the northern segments, were forced back in a reverse direction to the normal strike. 579 7. The structure of Mount Remarkable, when considered as a whole (possessing, as it does, a hard core or backbone surrounded on all sides by sunken areas consisting of newer sediments), supplies a very fine example of a mountain horst. 8. The tectonic movements that gave Mount Remarkable its peculiar features were not limited to that particular area or produced isolated effects. A continental movement (epeirogenic) first gave a general elevation to the land, which, after reaching a maximum altitude, broke up into regional blocks, which respectively became fissured, tilted, and in places separated from each other by areas of greater subsid- ence. In this way the present physical outlines of South Australia took shape. By the subsidence of the rift-valleys along the lines of the great gulfs the southern Flinders Ranges became scarped to the west; and by the subsidence of a great earth-block that has formed the Willochra plains to the eastward, Mount Remarkable has been scarped to the east. The geological history of Mount Remarkable is, there- fore, only one among many episodes of a like kind in a wider field, where the tectonic forces have operated in shaping the hills and valleys of our land. 9. The geological age in which Mount Remarkable took its present form cannot lave been very remote. The crush that was incidental to the great subsidence came later than the period that witnessed the intrusion of igneous dykes, for the latter were caught in the same mill that pounded the sedi- ments that these dykes had penetrated. The absence of quartz veins from the crush-rock also indicates superficial movements, and proves that there were no deep-seated frac- tures or welling-up of silicated waters that would otherwise have filled up the interstitial spaces caused by the crush. There is little doubt that the southern Flinders Ranges, of which Mount Remarkable forms a part, were elevated as part of the great plateau-forming movements that occurred some time during the later Cainozoic age, and formed the first stage in the development of the southern highlands of South Aus- tralia. The fractures and block-faulting that followed broke up the peneplain into platforms, scarps, and rift-valleys, among which Mount Remarkable took its place. 10. The plains on the eastern side of Mount Remarkable form the watershed of the Willochra Creek, which carries the main drainage of the district and flows northward. On most of the low rises between the mount and Booleroo Centre, and even further, there are highly-siliceous consolidated river sands and gravels which have no relation to the existing channels. Wells sunk on the. plains prove the existence of alluvium to considerable depths. Thick consolidated gravels T2 580 also flank the outer foot hills of Mount Remarkable opposite Melrose, and attain a height of 200 feet above the plain. This extensive alluviation exists on a present-day watershed. Such an anomaly is explained by cognate evidences which prove the former existence of great waterways coming down from the north, and which found their outlet by the valley now occupied by Gulf St. Vincent. The Willochra Creek occupies the bed of this dead river, but instead of flowing south, as of old, it flows in the opposite direction and empties its waters into Lake Torrens. In one of my visits to Mount Remarkable I had the pleasure of being accompanied by my colleague, Dr. E. O. Thiele, who has kindly undertaken to describe the igneous rocks that occur on the foot hills of the south-eastern portions of the mount, and these descriptions will form an appendix to the present paper. The difficulties of mapping the geological features have been considerable on account of the very imperfect and erroneous outlines of the “Hundred” maps covering the region examined. This difficulty was in part met by the courteous assistance of the Surveyor-General (Mr. E. M. Smith, I.8.0.), who kindly placed at my disposal the latest results of the new survey of such portions of the ground that were being sub- divided by the Government for repatriation purposes. I have also to acknowledge the kind assistance of the Geological Survey Department for valuable aid in preparing the map for publication. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puate LITI, Geological Sketch-map of Mount Remarkable and the Foot Hills of the mount. Pratt LIV. Fig. 1. Photographic view of Mount Remarkable taken from the eastern plains ‘at a distance of four miles from the mount. Fig. 2. Photographic view of the ‘‘Cat Rocks,’’ opposite Melrose, at a height of about 600 feet from the base of the mount. These rocks form an irregular outcrop of mashed slates. VI.—Appendix. PETROGRAPHICAL NOTES ON THE IGNEOUS ROCKS OF MOUNT REMARKABLE. By E. O. Turmie, D.Sc. The following observations are the result of the petro- logical examination of a series of igneous rocks occurring in the foothills of Mount Remarkable, near the township of 581 Melrose. The general field occurrence of these rocks has been described by Mr. Howchin, with whom I had the pleasure of spending several days mapping in their relation- ships to the surrounding rocks. The igneous rocks fall into three groups:—(1) Altered Dolerites; (2) Quartz Porphyrites (including Quartz-cerato- phyre) ; (3) Aplites. 1. Dolerites. The ies of this group are the most abundant, occurring in a number of small isolated patches within a relatively restricted area, as will be seen from Mr. Howchin’s map. They vary considerably in texture, from a coarse-grained type, approaching a gabbro, to compact examples of a basaltic character. Both microscopically and in thin section they very closely resemble the, basic rocks of Blinman, which have been described in an earlier volume of this Society’s Transactions by W. N. Benson. SLIDE No. 1.—ALTERED DOLERITE. Macroscome Characters.—This example is a medium- grained holocrystalline rock, with a prevailing greenish-grey colour. Ferromagnesian minerals are dominant and _ the structure is granular. Microscopie Features.—Considerable mineral rearrange- ment has taken place, but in general a definite ophitic struc- ture is recognizable, though as a rule the breaking-up of the original minerals has developed a granular character. The ferromagnesian minerals are the most abundant, and the unaltered forms are chiefly pyroxene, but uralitization has proceeded to some extent. A little granular material of high relief is probably olivine. The felspars, where definitely determinable, are triclinic, giving extinction angles on the albite twin lamellae up to 25°, representing probably labradorite. They generally show con- siderable alteration, passing into epidote and calcite. Iron oxides are present, but are not very abundant. Stipe No. 2.—ALTERED BASALTIC TYPE. This example is a fine-grained, compact rock of a greenish- grey colour. Under the microscope this section shows abundant long, slender, felspar laths, set in a fine-grained devitrified base, crowded with magnetite showing good cubic and octahedral (1) ‘‘The Basic Rocks of Blinman, South Australia, with Notes on Associated or Allied Rocks,’’ W. N. Benson, B.Sc., Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxiil. 582 outlines. Much of the interstitial material is chloritic, and in general the rock is considerably altered, but appears to represent a rapidly-chilled rock, and may, therefore, be a dyke. StipE No. 3.—ALTERED GABBROID-DOLERITE. This is a medium-grained, holocrystalline rock, with abundant’ green ferromagnesian and lighter-coloured inter- stitial material, somewhat altered, chiefly felspar. The thin section shows a holocrystalline and ophitic structure. The ferromagnesian minerals are abundant, with some prismatic outlines, but generally the secondary mole- cular rearrangement has resulted in a confused, granular, and fibrous intergrowth. Much of the original pyroxene has passed over into uralite. Olivine is present, but not abundant. The felspars are, generally, much altered, and in habit are rather long prisms. From the extinction angles they would appear to be probably labradorite. 2. Acid Porphyritic Rocks. These, in general, are pinkish-brown porphyritic rocks, showing abundant phenocrysts of felspar and some quartz. One occurrence of note shows this rock as intruding the dolerite. There is some variation in the character and appearance of this rock in the several outcrops noted; some of the extreme examples presenting rather nondescript fea- tures as hand specimens. Thin sections, however, show that this is due to the introduction of a considerable amount of calcite by percolating solutions from the surrounding impure limestones. This has led to a varying amount of metasomatic replacement. The less altered examples, in thin sections, . show a well-developed porphyritic structure, in which the prevailing phenocrysts are triclinic felspar, with quartz in minor amount. The extinction angles, measured in favour- able sections, range up to about 16°, which, together with the chemical evidence, indicates a fairly pure albite. Ferro- magnesian minerals are rare. There is a little chlorite, pseudomorphic after biotite, and, in one section, there is a little muscovite. The base is typically micrographic, with some spherulitic patches. Calcite occurs in a varying amount in most of the slides examined. Some examples show it arranged along cracks, which have served as lines of percola- tion, and others indicate, in the relic structure still recogniz- able, that the action has been metasomatic. One sample, which was practically free from calcite, was chosen for chemical analysis, and the result is interesting in that it indicates a soda-rich type which compares very closely 583 in composition with a quartz-ceratophyre from the Noyang district of Gippsland. The Victorian rock was formerly described, by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, as a quartz- porphyrite, but later referred to by Professor Skeats as a quartz-ceratophyre. (2) Analyses of some of the Gippsland ceratophyres are given for comparison. 3- Aplites. . It wouid be interesting to have the analysis of the aplite also, for it appears probable that the latter may be genetically related to the ceratophyre; but I have so far been unable to find time for this work. The prevailing felspar in the aplite is a microcline, and the question is raised as to whether it is the normal potash type or the soda variety, anorthoclase. A B C D SUOr whe S.. 10°26 77°66 73°77 72°41 Oe oe. L240 12°30 12°44 14°38 PHO Soy 2) 1:64 0°61 0°95 2°94 MeOrre Sy 2°60 0°17 — 0°85 MeQes 2s ...¢/° trace 0°73 0°02 1°18 C2Oree res.” O28 0°16 0°53 0°87 NRO MN 23 O27 6°96 6°79 6°86 ME Om ies 0) “41° 0°19 0°24 0°13 PO fees ue "12 : 0°04 TO. i ee oe { 0°67 OF i a. brace trace a 0°17 VO ee Fe. ue — — 0°09 Oras os. OU = co ee 216 Migtade ee Ne .. 10050 99°24 100°00 100°85 SperGavers |i. §2°59 | 2°63 A—Spec. No. 13. Quartz-Ceratophyre, Cathedral-rock Creek, Mount Remarkable. Anal., E. O. Thiele. B—Quartz-Mica-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Naviga- tion Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt. C—Quartz-Porphyrite (Quartz-Ceratophyre), Mount Eliza- beth Creek, Gippsland. A. W. Howitt. D—Quartz-Ceratophyre, Nowa Nowa district, Gippsland. E. O. Thiele. (2) ‘The Volcanic Rocks of Victoria,’’ Prof. E. W. Skeats, D.Sc., A.A.A.S., Brisbane, 1909. 584 ABSTRACT! ‘OF PROCEEDINGS Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) FoR 1915-1916. OrpinarRy MrretiInc, NoveMBER 11, 1915. THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Tue Presipent welcomed Mr. G. G. Mayo (Fellow) on™ his return from a lengthened stay in England. REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNOR.—Letter received from the Board of the Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of South Australia, acknowledging advice that Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.8., had been reappointed as Representative Governor on the Board. Kanearoo Is~tanpD REesEeRve.—Letter received from the Secretary to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands, stating that, in view of the alleged destruction of fauna on Kangaroo Island, the inspectors had been instructed to eda and report on the same. Botanic GARDENS.—Dr. PULLEINE moved, Mr. S. Dixon seconded, a resolution embodying certain suggestions for making the Botanic Garden of greater economic value to the State. After discussion it was moved by Professor RENNIE, seconded by Mr. E. Asusy, and resolved, ‘‘That the Society approves generally of the tenor of the proposed resolution, and that the same be referred to a Committee consisting of the President, Dr. Pulleine, Mr. S. Dixon, and Professor Osborn, with power to modify the resolution as they may deem advisable before the same is forwarded to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands.”’ By-Law. Section III]. Papers.—The Hon. SECRETARY reported that the Council had repealed the existing By-law and substituted the following :— 1. No paper which has not been previously approved by the Council shall be laid before the Society. 585 2. Every paper laid before the Society shall be imme- diately delivered to the Secretary. | 3. The Council shall, at its next or a subsequent meeting, decide whether such paper shall be published. 4. If the Council decide to publish the same, in whole or in part, it and all copyrights thereof shall become the property of the Society, such copyrights to include all plates, maps, diagrams, and photographs that are reproduced in illustration of the same; and all blocks used in such reproduc- tion shall be the property of the Society; but original draw- ings and negatives of photographs shall remain the property of the author. 5. If the Council decide not to publish a paper, either in whole or in part, the same shall be returned to the author, if he so desire. 6. All papers and other contributions published by the Society shall be subjected to editing by an Editor appointed by the Council. 7. The author of any paper published by the Society shall be entitled to receive free of cost 25 copies of the same, and to obtain additional copies, not exceeding 75 (unless the Council shall determine otherwise) upon paying the extra cost thereof. Every such copy shall include a statement that it is extracted from the publications of the Society. 8. All communications intended for publication by the Society shall be clearly written on one side of the paper only, and in fit condition for being placed in the hands of the printer. 9. Before printing any paper a proof shall be submitted to the author, who shall be allowed to make any slight amendments without cost; but considerable alterations must be paid for by him. 10. In order to ensure a correct newspaper report, it is advisable that all papers and other communications laid before the Society be accompanied by a short abstract. The suggestions of the Council for enforcing this By-law are as follow: (A) That a copy of this By-law be sent to each author with the following statement for signature :— “T have read the By-law, Section III., Papers, and agree to the conditions contained therein in respect to all papers and contributions herewith submitted [and hereafter 586 to be submitted] by me to the Royal Society of South Aus- tralia (Incorporated). “Date . of. Ba... ake ee ‘‘Note.—If the author so desire, he may strike out the words in brackets.’’ (B) That the copy of the By-law sent to each author be accompanied by such suggestions as the Editor may consider necessary for the preparation of manuscripts in such manner as to ensure uniformity of style when printed. The By-law and suggestions were unanimously approved. Exuisits.—Mr. E. Asupy exhibited the following birds collected on November 1:—AHdllorms (Malurus) cyanotus, Gould, the White-winged Wren, breeding, but with only a few blue feathers, from St. Kilda, South Australia. Also a pair from Leigh Creek for comparison. G'eobasileus hedleyi rosinae, Mathews, the allied Buff-rumped Tit, from the samphire flats, St. Kilda, S.A. Sericormis maculata osculans, Gould, the allied Scrub Wren, from the same locality. Also a very rare epiphyte orchid, collected in the Richmond Ranges, Northern New South Wales, three years ago. The flower spray, about 34 inches across and 8 inches long, con- tained 15 flowers. The locality had not been known, and the plant had been described from the flower only by Bentham as Sarcochilus divitifiorus. Paper.—‘‘The Woworra Tribe of North-western Aus- tralia, with Grammar and Vocabulary,’’ by J. R. B. Love; communicated by Edwin Ashby, M.B.O.U. OrpinAaRY Meetine, Apri 13, 1916. THE PresiDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. THE Presipent referred to the death of the Right Honourable Sir Samuel J. Way, Chief Justice. He was a member of the Adelaide Philosophical Society, to which he was elected in 1859, and so became a Fellow of the Royal Soviety of South Australia when, twenty years later, the former was changed into the latter. He occupied the posi- tion of President from October, 1880, to October, 1882, and for nearly fifty-seven years he gave us the countenance of his membership and the financial help of his subscriptions, 587 and for several recent years he had the honour of being the earliest member on our register. In consequence of Sir Samuel’s regretted death the distinction of doyen of the Royal Society of South Australia now rests upon Mr. Walter Rutt. He was elected to the earlier society in 1869, ten years after Sir Samuel Way. He was for many years our Honorary Treasurer, and when he relinquished that respon- sible office it was only to take up the heavier and more onerous duties of Honorary Secretary, and every Fellow and every Member of the Council will agree that a more capable, reliable, methodical, and punctual officer could not be desired. He well merited the distinction he holds as our venerated doyen. Might he live to wear and enjoy it for many years. Another of our earlier members who had passed away merited more than a formal notice. Mr. Robert Barr Smith was elected to the Adelaide Philosophical Society in 1871, and dying in 1915 held his membership for forty-four years. He had justified his election, shown his practical and sustained interest in our Society, and perpetuated his memory by bequeathing to us the munificent sum of £1,000. This, added to two previous similar donations from other gentle- men, raised our endowment fund to £3,000, thus providing a yearly income sufficient to meet present modest clerical expenses and to pay in part for the binding of the voluminous yearly acquisitions to our valuable library. We felt grateful to our departed Fellow for his timely and appropriate bene- faction. The absence of his name from our register brought next to Mr. Rutt’s that of our honoured member, Mr. G. G. Mayo. He also had proved himself a true friend to the Society. For many years as Honorary Secretary he held office prior to Mr. Rutt, and we all remember his geniality and desire to oblige us in every possible way ; we congratulated him, therefore, as proxime accessit. THE PRESIDENT also referred to the distinction which had been conferred on one of our Honorary Fellows (Professor Bragg) and on his son. Since our last session they had received the Nobel prize in recognition of their valuable scientific researches and discoveries in connection with the X rays and radio-activity. Nor could we overlook the decoration of Sir Douglas Mawson with the Helen Culver Medal of the Geographical Society of Chicago for his achieve- ments as leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. We had hoped to see the scientific results of that visit to the 588 Polar regions published as a set of special Memoirs of our Society; but circumstances seemed adverse, and _ they would probably appear as a work unassociated with any particular institution. But in whatever form they might be made known to the scientific world, and preserved to pos- terity, we should look forward wilh great interest to their completion and publication. He could not refrain from making a few remarks about our last volume of Transactions and Proceedings, the largest the Society had ever issued, with nearly 900 pages of printed matter and 70 plates, besides many figures in the text. Several papers were purely technical, of considerable length, and necessarily of interest only to those studying the same departments of science; but they represented an immense amount of industry and research, were of incalculable value, and would be consulted as long as sclence endured. There were others of considerable interest to general readers, such as those on the expedition to the Everard and Musgrave Ranges, and the ethnology of one. part of New Guinea, enlivened and explained by numerous accompanying photographs. Altogether we might be grati- fied with the production of the past year, and would hope to have a similar volume, as large and as interesting, to distribute at the end of 1916. THe Hon. Secretary reported that the first grant in aid of scientific research, in accordance with the circular issued in 1913, had been made by the Council to Mr. G. H. Hardy, of the Tasmanian Museum, for investigations into the Flight of Birds. THe PRESIDENT reported that the Committee appointed on November 11, 1915, to deal with the resolution with regard to the management of the Botanic Garden had decided that the time was not then quite opportune for taking action. Later on the question was raised again in the Council, who decided that some suggestions laid before them should be supported, and a letter to that effect was forwarded to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands. Nominations.—William Ray, M.B., B.Se., Victoria Square, and H. Lipson Hancock, Manager of Wallaroo and Moonta Mining and Smelting Company, Moonta Mines, were nominated as Fellows. Exuisits.—Mr. Epwin Asusy, M.B.O.U., exhibited the following bird skins collected in the mallee, near 589 Karoonda, South Australia, on November 25, 1915:— Gilbertorms rufogularis (Kastern Red-throated Thick-head), Campbellornis superciliosus (White-browed Wood Swallow), Drymodes brunneopygia (Scrub Robin), Oreoica cristata clelandi (Southern Crested Bell Bird), Hylacola cauta (Rufous-rumped Ground Wren), Acanthiza pusilla hamiltoni (Red-rumped Tit), Senicrornis brevirostris viridescens (Green- ish Tree-Tit), Pardalotus punctatus xanthopygius (Yellow- rumped Pardalote), Leggeorms lambert assumilis (Purple- backed Wren), HLpthianura albifrons (White-fronted Chat), Gliciphila melanops chandlert (Tawny-crowned Honey-eater), Glhiciphila albifrons wmcerta (Kastern White-fronted Honey- eater), Lichenostomus cratitius howe. (Victorian Wattled- cheeked Honey-eater). Also to compare with above :— Amytorns striatus (Striated Grass Wren), from same district, (Pachycephala) Gilbertorms qilberti, from Mannum; also from Cape York, Queensland, Dr. MacGillivray’s new parrot, in which the male has a red face and bright-blue crown, the rest of the plumage bright-green, and the female has a brown crown and face, the rest of the plumage similar to the male. He also showed a growing plant of the fern Aspidiwm wutum, var. propinguum, referred to in his paper of May 13, 1915. Professor Coapman showed a flat bar of steel, on the edge of which a series of crosses had been marked with a punch. The edge had then been filed down until the marks were removed, and then polished. The bar had then been strained in tension beyond the elastic limit, when the marks had become clearly visible, being raised slightly above the surface. A small round bar, similarly treated, but overstrained by compression, showed: similar results, the resuscitated marks’ in this case being slightly depressed. A plain polished bar of mild steel broken under tension had developed two series of lines at right angles to each other, showing the effect of the distortion of the crystals. Mr. Epear R. Warre showed preofs of the maps and plates illustrating his description of fishes, which would form Part I. of the published Scientific Results of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. Mr. A. M. Lea showed the fruiting stems and seeds of four kinds of Kentia palms; also fruit of Pandanus; also lemon seeds which had sprouted inside the fruit—all from Lord Howe Island; also nest of trap-door spider from a tree fern on Norfolk Island; and a very large Egyptian scorpion. Captain S. A. 590 WuiteE showed two skins of the Arctic Skua (Stercorarius parasiticus), the first known to be taken in South Australian waters, although they are often seen by steamers passing down the Gulf; also skin of the Southern Rufous Bristle Bird (Maccoyornis broadbenti whiter), which inhabits the low bush and rushes of Younghusband Peninsula, PapPeR.—‘‘Note on the Occurrence and Method of Formation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Xanthorrhoea quad- rangulata,’’ by Professor T. G. B. Osporn, M.Sc. ORDINARY Meretinc, May 11, 1916. THE PResipENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Tur PRESIDENT introduced Mr. Thiele, M.Sc., who was acting as Lecturer on Mineralogy and Petrology in the Uni- versity of Adelaide during the absence of Sir Douglas Mawson. . Nomination.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, Rundle Street, as Fellow. Exiections.—H. Lipson Hancock, mine manager, Moonta Mines, and William Ray, M.B., B.Sc., Fellows. Exuipits.—Mr. Epwin Asusy exhibited birds, nest, and eggs of the Mistletoe Bird; the nest was in the form of a bag of material resembling woven cloth, with opening on one side, and handle passing over the bough from which it hung. Captain 8. A. Waite showed a White-breasted Cormorant (Hypoleucus fuscescens) from Little Althorpe Island; also two Pied Cormorants (Hypoleucus varius hypoleucus), one in breeding, the other in non-breeding plumage, both females, one from the Coorong, the other from the mangroves north of Port Adelaide; also two tubes of parasitic worms, one from a cormorant’s stomach, the other from the thick coating of fat covering its abdomen; also eight rounded stones, one of granite and seven of sandstone, and shells of four species of molluses from a cormorant’s stomach, doubtless swallowed to aid digestion. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a drawer of weevils of the genus Leptops, many of which attack wattle trees, and a few of which have become very destructive to apple trees and vines in South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales, through the larvae boring into the roots. Papers. —‘‘Australian Hymenoptera (Proctotrypoidea), No. 4,”’ by Atan P. Dopp; ‘‘Prodiscothyrea, a new genus of 591. Ponerine Ants,’’ by Professor W. M. WHEELER, communi-_ cated by A. M. Lea; ‘‘On the Occurrence of Arenicola lovena on the Coast of South Australia,’’ by J. H. ASHworTsH, D.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite, F.L.S.; “A New Species of Leech from South Australia,’’? by W. H. Leicx- SHarpPe, B.Sc., communicated by E. R. Waite; “Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 9,” by J. M. Brack. ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 8, 1916. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Nomination.—Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and bacteri- ologist, was nominated as Fellow. ELEcTtIon.—W. Champion Hackett, seedsman, was elected a Fellow. Exuisits.—Mr. E. R. Waite exhibited a common Adelaide flounder, which was ambi-coloured, the lower side the same colour as the upper. The prolonged dorsal fin had not, as usual, joined the snout, an apparent incision being thus left between the fin and the skull, so that the fish could see on its under-side. Also a somewhat rare pelagic prawn from the mouth of the Gawler River. Captain S. A. WHITE showed some shells (Turbo stamineus), weighing from 8 oz. to 10 oz. each (when alive), and a Pacific Gull (Gabianus pacifi- cus), which was stated to carry these shells aloft and drop them on the rocks to break them. Dr. Morgan had sug- gested that, as the gull could only carry them in its beak, its balance in flight would be disturbed by so doing, and that this work was really done by the Osprey (Pandion haliaétus eristatus), which had talons suitable for the purpose. The balance of opinion amongst the Fellows present was in favour of the gull, but further observation was deemed necessary. He also showed two immature skins of the Mutton Bird (Neonectris tenuirostris brevicaudus), showing the growth of the down on the tip of the feathers, so that when the down came off the bird was fully fledged. Also a new species of Scrub Wren, which he was describing as Sericornis longirostris wylder (Coorong Scrub Wren). Mr. A. M. Lea showed a large moth (Trictena labyrinthica), which laid over 31,000 eggs in captivity, and one of its larvae, which had been destroyed by a curious parasitic fungus. Also some small water beetles (Necterosoma penicillatum) taken out of very 592 salt water, the only case he knew of beetles in a salt-water habitat, although several mosquitoes and some true bugs were found in the open ocean. Dr. Cooke showed photo- graphs of remains of ovens of aboriginals, which had been ' revealed by the shifting of the covering sand. They consisted of groups of stones on which, when heated, the food had been cooked. Several Fellows referred to similar finds, and Mr. Howchin stated that he had recovered fragments of emu eggs from an aboriginal kitchen-midden near Hallett’s Cove. PaprRs.—‘‘Revision of the Genus Stigmodera,”’ by H. J. CarTEeR, B.A., F.E.S.; ‘‘Notes.on the Lord Howe Island Phasma, and on an Associated Longicorn Beetle,’’ by A. M. EAE ES? Oupinany MEETING, Juny 13, 1916. THe Prestpent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Nomination.—Harold Gordon Darling, merchant, was nominated as Fellow. Evection.—Lionel B. Bull, pathologist and_ bacteri- ologist, Adelaide Hospital, was elected a Fellow. Exuisits.—Mr. E. Asupy, M.B.O.U., exhibited three birds—viz., Ptilotis sonora (Singing Honey-eater), Acantho- genys rufogularis (Spiny-cheeked Honey-eater), and Meli- phaga phrygia (Warty-faced Honey-eater). The first two have this June visited Blackwood in large numbers, probably for the first time; the last appeared in that district twelve years ago. Captain S. A. WuitTs, M.B.O.U., exhibited three birds—viz., Ptiloris paradisea (Rifle Bird), from the dense tropical forests of Northern Queensland; Craspedophora magnifica (Lesser Rifle Bird), habitat Northern Queensland and Barnard Islands; and Crconnurus regia (King Bird of Paradise), the Goby-goby of the Aru Island natives, found in New Guinea and the islands of Aru and Mysol, in the thickest part of the forest and feeding on various fruits, often of a large size for so small a bird. Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., showed four mealy bugs, Monophlebus crawfordi, densely covered with a long woolly-looking growth, which continues to grow after the insect’s death, being gradually forced through the pores by the shrinkage of the skin, until thoroughly dry; also a walking-stick insect with two horny growths on the head, and a scorpion, six inches long, from the Flinders 593 Range. Captain 8S. A. WuiTe, referring to his remarks last month about the carriage of heavy shells by the Pacific Gull, stated that both Mr. W. G. Randall, of Port Lincoln, and the second lightkeeper at Althorpe Island, stated that they had seen the gull lift the shells of Turbo stamineus, and the PRESIDENT quoted Dr. Murray Levick as asserting that he had seen Skua gulls carrying carcases heavier than their own weight. Staff-Sergeant A. R. RIppDLE (with the permission of his O.C., Lieut.-Colonel R. 8. Rogers) exhibited a series of X-ray plates made with the “‘Coolidge’’ tube at the Keswick Military Hospital. One ‘‘Coolidge’’ tube can be adjusted to various degrees of hardness. There is also no fluorescence, and the focal spot on the anode or anti-cathode does not wander, and very sharp pictures are obtained. The beautiful bone texture effects are a noticeable feature. Papers.—‘‘Auroral Observations at Cape Royds Station, Antarctica,” by Sir Douctas Mawson, D.Sc. (introduced in the author’s absence by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S.); “Hyalostelia australis, the anchoring spicules of a Hexactinellid Sponge from the Lower Silurian Rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges,”’ by R. Erueripce, Jun. (also introduced by Mr. Howchin) ; “The Australian Ants of the genus A phaenogaster,. Mayr,’’ by W. M. WHEELER (communicated by A. M. Lea, F.E.S.) ; “‘Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant- nests,’’ by NatHan Banks (communicated by A. M. Lea, Ei); Lepidoptera, of Broken Hill,< Part 2,”’ by OswAcp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E.S. OrpDINARY MEETING, AvucustT 10, 1916. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Kiection.—H. G. Darling, merchant, was elected a Fellow. Mr. E. Asusy reported the substance of a letter sent by the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’. Section to the Hon. Commissioner of Crown Lands re Kangaroo Island Reserve and the destruction of Kuros in the Mount Remarkable district. A suggestion that the Fauna and Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section be formed into a separate Section of the Society was referred to the Field Naturalists’ Section and to - the Council for consideration. 594 Tue PRESIDENT, in response to a question, explained the action taken by the Council with respect to the vacant directorship of the Adelaide Botanic Garden. Exuipits.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited some mealy bugs (Monophlebus crawfordi) with some minute parasitic blue flies (Lestophonus iceryae) reared from the same; they are well known as also attacking the cottony-cushion scale (Jcerya purchast); also the strikingly-distinct sexes of a paradise fly (Callipappus), the male having two beautiful gauzy wings and a tuft of glossy filaments for a tail; the female was destitute of wings, tail, or eyes; also two collections of beetles from Northern Queensland. Captain 8S. A. WuitE showed Paradisea apoda (Great Bird of Paradise) from the Aru Islands; Rugicola sp. (Manakin or Cock of the Rock) from South America; Hrythropitta macklotu yorki (Blue-breasted Pitta), from Cape York, Queensland, and Coloburis versicolor (Noisy Pitta), found in Southern Queensland and New South Wales. Mr. WattrerR Howcuin showed consolidated river gravels from pits near Bower, on the Morgan branch railway. The alluvium consists of rounded stones varying in size from a pea to a hen’s egg, and forms a low ridge on both sides of the railway, and apparently trending to the south-east. As.no stream now exists in the neighbourhood, the gravel must have been laid down by a drainage system now extinct, and by a no mean river, now dead. It has been extensively worked for railway ballast. PapEers.—“‘Note on a High-level Occurrence of a Fossil- iferous Bed of Upper Cainozoic Age in the Neighbourhood of the Murray Plains,’’ by Water Howcnin, F.GS.; ‘“Mineral Notes,’’ by Sir Douctas Mawson, D.Sc. ; ‘‘Chemi- cal Notes on Davidite,” by W. T. Cooxz, D.Sc.; “A Note- worthy Occurrence of Biotite-Mica,’’ by Evan R. STanuey, GSS, ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 14, 1916. THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in’ the chair. THE PRESIDENT referred to the bestowment of the Vic- toria Cross upon Captain Blackburn, a son of the late Canon Blackburn, a former president of the Society and a large contributor to its Transactions. Another of the late Canon’s sons was wounded in Gallipoli and is still at the front, while a third son is serving as Lieut.-Colonel in the Army Medical Corps. 595 THE Hon. SECRETARY announced the gift by the Presi- dent to the Society of a handsome presidential chair. Exuisits.—Mr. §. Dixon (on behalf of Mr. G. G. Mayo) showed a specimen of dimorphism in Pttosporum undulatum, which was, he believed, now recorded for the first time. Mr. A. M. Lea showed seed-vessels of the tree, Prsonia brunoniana, the ‘‘Ahmmoo’’ of the Queensland natives. These seeds exude a kind of bird-lime, which entraps insects by the thousand, and has been known to catch nutmeg pigeons, sparrows, and silver-eyes. A species of pirate bug, however, which preys on the trapped insects, suffers no incon- venience from the exudation, and even lays its:eggs on the seeds. Mr. Lea had obtained many curious specimens of insects by removing the bird-lime with turpentine. Dr. PULLEINE showed an aboriginal scraper, from Wilcannia, very similar to two prehistoric scrapers from Zurich, which he exhibited for comparison. PapPeRS.—‘‘Vocabularies of Three South Australian Native Languages,’’ by J. M. Buacx,; “‘List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island,’’ by E. R. Waite, F.L.S8:; ‘‘Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 5,’’ by A. R. McCutiocu and E.R. Waite, F.L.S. ; “Geology of Mount Remarkable,” by Water Howcuin, F.G.8., with “Petrographical Notes on the Basic Igneous Rocks of the Foot Hills of Mount Remarkable,” by EH. O. Tuietz, D.Sc.; ‘‘Notes on Some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Species, Part 2,’’ by Ae Mea. WES: ANNUAL MEETING, OcTroBER 10, 1916. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and adopted. ELEecTIon oF Orricers.—President, J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.; Vece-Presidents, Professor E. H. Rennie, MCA, D.Sc., F.C.S., and Lieut.-Colonel R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D. ; Hon. Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Members of Council, Professor R. W. Chapman, M.A., B.C.E., and W. Howchin, F.G:S.; Hon. Auditors, W. L. Ware, J.P., and H. Whitbread ; Representative Governor on Board Bf Public Library, etc., Walter Howchin, F.G.S. Exuipirts.—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited larvae (recently received from Mr. L. A. Beck) of a saw-fly (Perga dorsalis). 596 These live in clusters on eucalyptus twigs, and when alarmed simultaneously wriggle their tails, from which they exude a slimy liquid. They are distasteful to almost all birds except cuckoos. He also exhibited some interesting specimens from the stomachs of birds. PAPERS. Note on Edenttellina typica, Gatliff and Gabriel. _ By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C°S. [Read October 10, 1916. ] 1911; Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., voli (xxiv. (N:S))3paneeae p. 190; pl alysis, "5; 26. 1911, Verco: Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., vol. xxxvi., Razoo. i 1912, Hedley: Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. viii., No. 3, p. 1384. Taken in shell sand, Guichen Bay; several right and left valves, and oné complete shell. The dimensions of this were 5'1 mm. transversely, 3°25 mm. umboventrally, and 3°35 mm. in its greatest vertical diameter posteriorly ; so that they are nearly equal to 1°75 those of the type. Mr. Hedley was disposed to think the valves were the internal shell of a Tectibranch rather than the right and left valves of a Pelecypod; but the species is plainly a bivalve. The valves are somewhat gaping behind. Only the right valve possesses the horn on its umbo. This horn is opaque-white, is smooth and nearly flat on its right or outer side, where its spiral cannot be seen; but on its left or inner side it is centrally depressed, and its coil can be detected, though here also, as elsewhere, it 1s opaque and smooth, as though covered with callus. The horn sends a white opaque curved offshoot pos- teriorly into the greenish substance of the valve. There is a very slightly-raised collar of the shell substance where the horn is inserted into it. On viewing the closed valves under the lens the dorsum shows no projecting ligament, but a long, narrow, excavated gutter with bevelled edges, about two and a half times as long behind the umbo as in front. Within the right valve, springing from a narrow hingeplate, is an elongate narrow tooth arising somewhat in front of the base of the horn, directed not quite parallel with the border of the valve, but inclining medially and becoming higher and thicker forward, 597 with a groove between it and the border for the reception of the corresponding anterior tooth of the left valve, which consequently lies outside the right tooth and is somewhat longer than this, so as to extend slightly beyond it anteriorly. Just outside the base of the right tooth is a short lanceolate elevation, scarcely to be dignified with the name of a tooth, fitting into a complementary depression in the left valve. In the right valve, in front of the horn, outside the gutter. for the left anterior tooth, is a lmear roughened depression within the border of the valve, for the attachment of a long narrow ligament, which passes beneath the base of the horn, within the margin of the shell, and here gradually widens. Here, too, the area is very slightly hollowed out, and the margin of the hingeplate or hgament-plate is also somewhat excavated, as though the ligament here were thicker and even projected into the cavity of the shell. Beyond the horn, posteriorly, the ligamental depression gradually narrows again until it vanishes, being rather more than twice as long as the anterior part. There is a corresponding rough liga- mental area in the left valve, though the hollowing of it beneath the horn does not seem to be so decided. In the posterior third is a linear depression to receive the sharp margin of the right valve. Judging from the several detached valves, taken at the same spot as the perfect specimen, the following changes would seem to occur with advancing age. The two anterior teeth become much larger and more solid, and especially does that in the left valve, where it bends in ventrally at the end so as apparently to curve round the anterior end of the right tooth. The hingeplate becomes very solid and straight (losing the sub-umbonal depression), except near the left tooth, where it also curves. The ligamental area gets wide and rough and deep, and in some cases winds round the dorsal surface of the left tooth, so as to make a depression in the margin of the valve. The presence of the very valid anterior teeth makes the name of the new genus created for this species, Hdenttellina, inappropriate, as it is by no means edentulous. “Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 10,” by J. M. Buacx; “‘South Australian Eucalypts and their Essential Oils,’’ by R. T. Baker, F.L.S., and H. G. 598 Smitu, F.C.S.; ‘‘“New Australian Lepidoptera of the Family Tortricidae,’’ by A. -JEF¥YERIS ‘TURNER, M.D), FF Bis ‘Descriptions of New Australian Micro-Lepidoptera,’’ by OswaLp B. Lower, F.E.S., F.Z.S. ANNUAE’ REPORT 1915-16: The annual volume of Transactions will show that the work of the Society has been well sustained. It will include further contributions on Geology by Mr. Walter Howchin, on Entomology by Mr. A. M. Lea, Mr. O. B. Lower, and Mr. A. P. Dodd, on Botany by Mr. J. M. Black, and on Ichthyology by Mr. E. R. Waite, as well as information obtained from experts beyond the State on specimens for- warded to them for determination and description from the South Australian Museum. Two valuable papers on Austra- lian native tribes have been brought before the Society—vz., ‘“‘The Wowarra Tribe of North-western Australia, with Grammar and Vocabulary,’’ by Mr. J. R. B. Love, and “Vocabularies of Three South Australian Native Languages,” by Mr. J. M. Black; but owing to the pressure upon both space and funds cer publication will be reluctantly post- poned to a future volume. The evening meetings have been enlivened by the exhibi- tion of many objects of scientific interest. The efforts of the Society to secure the establishment of a Reserve for Native Fauna and Flora on Kangaroo Island have been continued, but the promised Act of Parliament for this purpose has not yet been introduced. The Society has also interested itself in the matter of reorganizing the control of the Adelaide Botanic Garden, with a view to increasing its scientific and economic value. This question is still under discussion by the Government and the Board of Governors of the Garden. Our Honorary Fellow, Professor W. H. Bragg, has received further recognition by the award to him, in conjunc- tion with his son, of the Nobel Prize for their researches in connection with radio-activity, and our Fellow, Sir Douglas Mawson, has been awarded the Helen Culver Medal of the 59g Geographical Society of Chicago for his achievements as leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. It was the wish of Sir Douglas that the scientific results of this expe- dition should be published by this Society, but difficulties having arisen they are being issued independently. Our Transactions will, however, include the valuable Auroral - Observations made at Cape Royds during his former sojourn in Antarctica, when a member of the Shackleton Expedition. Two grants in aid of research have been made during the year—one for investigations into the flight of birds, and the other for the study of the biology of Lobelia gibbosa. The results will be laid before the Society in due course. The growth of the Library continues as the number of our exchanges with other societies increases. It has been found necessary to add to our shelving and to place the stock of our own publications in the basement. The binding of the books has, thanks to the generosity of the President, been continued, but as it is now well advanced, the special fund for the purpose expended, and the cost per volume consider- ably increased, the Council has decided to discontinue this work for the present. We have lost several from our list of Fellows. Amongst these may be mentioned Dr. W. L. Cleland, who has just resigned after a membership of thirty-seven years, during a considerable part of which he filled the position of Hon. Secretary. The Right Hon. Sir Samuel J. Way, Chief Justice, who died early in the year, was the oldest Fellow on our roll, having joined the Adelaide Philosophical Society, as it was then called, in 1859. He filled the President’s chair for the two years 1880-82. Mr. Robert Barr Smith, who died in 1915, had been a Fellow since 1871. He bequeathed _to the Society £1,000, which will be payable shortly, when it will be added to the Endowment Fund, and the income derived from it will be available for the furtherance of the Society’s work. The membership now comprises 10 Honorary Fellows, 5 Corresponding Members, 75 Fellows, and 1 Associate. Jos. C. Verco, President. Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary. September 30, 1916. 0 8 FIT OOP Vite ea 2. eee) 0 0 OOL +e me Od18A “IG POV is —suoryeuog ‘* Wt OL G a ee on QOUBINSUT fe) rai 18 ay Cees © eee a af SUISIP.IAA PV @ 2Eor a a Be puny juow On oP ATSUOTY “MOpUG WOif porrojsuely 4so1ojuy ‘ “819 pue ‘soHuys0q SuUIyUTIg (Or Gee “+ gso1oquy yurg sdurarg “« eG Ee SUTyY SUT pure SULULITD ‘7 ei FL tee see SUOT}RITIGNG jo ales ce —seLIpung GO. 91s SOlpOLNOG 1oY4O Aq ULOOY JO osn IOJ sydtodayy & 81 &é&I eteakoee Gl Lo Syo0g 70 en et Le) puev osvyoing : ce be a a 2 wee pupae 0 0 OGL ‘ SUOlyVsIyseauyT OY1QUaTOG Qmr(eeGG 4 OUINSST pur 63 SUTATOO pues s}10doy Sulyulig 10 yf “OY ‘SuInsopeyeg ‘“ueLrErqrry SD ods eel ; Suorditosqng UG —Sareaqiry “ oa —JUSMUIBAONH, WOIZ szUBIH ‘ oo | aie ages ee O- 0 Se OOo Se tet ey SIN, Pik sO} Wer) ee At Be ce UOTPIOY [BOLSoO[OoUpe DEEL OrE eae ee 0-5 8 ~~ UOTpoos SIST[VInqeN Plety Gis pa cae ae me ie SULYST| GU UF Gi iG - “ie “" AjeTOOg [esoy OFA G.< UGie sas - SUTyVAISNYL] —suondriosqng * O &G L9G sulpulid <-\G Serie GI6L ‘T 10G0}9Q vourpeg oF, —suorpoesuviy, Ag =e AS ae) Sete ARES cents SO eet CAPR ‘OT-SI6[ Wow WYOLIGNAdXY GNV HONAAY (CHLVUYOdYOONT) VIIVULSAV HLOOS AO ALAIOOS IVAOU ‘OI6L ‘9 19940399 ‘oprejepy ; f ‘WaVAA TAA SOLO, UIE ‘QVWUGLIN A, TUVMOFPT “LOINSDILT “WORT “AIOOd “| ‘MA —4901.100 0q 04 Ppunoy puv poIpny v ST L99°CF DV ST L99°Cs Ga-Glaolz ane a JUNODDY oNUdASY OF Jefsuery, OSI (G6 re “* psogqyy vyaqoT Jo Adoporg oyy Uo YorveseyY TOF olUUeY “VW “FT Ssip 0} guearyg “* 0 0 Sf ~_ * Spalg Jo 4YSI,y oy} O7Ur su0T} “BOI{seAUT 10F ApAeH “AR ‘OH “Ap 07 Query “ O10 PLV% Regs a OieONe ieee “* jJunoooy yuvg ssutarg “. iO Ota ain & - 7 SOS Se : O oe WEG seas ee cay = ne YP!O1G HEE JUSWMUMIOA0Y “W's goog “ Qian as “* gsotojuy yUuVg seuLarg 0 OL 2661 ag ae Ee ASOD ie 9 JT 16 “ Y907S JUSUTUTEAOH) UO 4serequy ‘ POTS Joes FUSUIUIOAOY “W'S OUO'SF AA | OL O F's peceese we ee lots PoscnF . ‘0 toqmo}deg—gT GT SO Om eal or Ds F ps F pS F Pp 8 og (POL “80 PlGF “Ivatavy) ‘CNOA LNDWMOGNH ‘9I6L “9 t0q0790 ‘eprefepy ens a i. AVM OT OM SLO TUPIR Yer VOT | ‘QVGUGLIH A, GUVMOF, - —091100 oq 0} punojy pue poyIpny “MOINSDILT “UOH ‘ATOOg “G “AA \ G OL Wee . Ss 20L Wea 6 CP Ge a eee puey ul yseo 6 I PGS whe aby VISB[V.LISNY jo [ued Ge leer ‘W'S JO yutg sduiavg —9I6L ‘0g tequieydeg oourreg ‘ 602 DONATIONS: TO: THE (LIBRARS FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1916. TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC., presented by the respective governments, societies, and editors. AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALASIAN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1911-14. Scientific | reports,‘ serai@) vol. 3, pte Adel 1916. AUSTRALASIAN INSTITUTE OF MininG ENGINEERS. Proc., n.s,, no. 19227 “Melb..4 1915: AvstTRALIA. Bureau of Meteorology. Bulletin, no. 10-13. Melb. 1915-16. Monthly report, vol. 3, no. 9-13; 4, no. 1-2. Melb. 1915-16. Rain map of Australia for 1915. Results of rainfall observations made in N.S.W. during 1909-14. Melb. 1916. . Dept. of Trade and Customs. Fisheries. Loological results of the fishing experiments carried out by F.1.S8. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ vol. 3, pt. 5-7; 4, pt. 1. Melb. 1915-16. NortTHERN TERRITORY. Bulletin, no. 14, 15a. Melb. 1915-16. NEW SOUTH WALES. AUSTRALIAN Museum. Miscellaneous ser., no. 10. Syd. 1916. ——-— Records, vol. 10, no. 11; 11, no. 1-4. Syd. 1915-16. Report, to June, 1915. Syd. 1915. Linnean Society oF N.S.W. Abstract of proc., no. 332- 3a9. Proc., vol. 40, pt..3-4; 41, pt. 1-2. Syd. 1915-16" Maripen, J. H. Critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus, pt. 24-27. Syd. 1915-16. Forest flora of N.S.W., vol. 6, pt. 6-8. Syd. 1914-15. MarpEn and Bercue. Census of N.S.W. plants. Syd. 1916. Narvurauists’ Society oF N.S.W. Journal: Australian Naturalist, vol. 3, pt. 8, 11. Syd. 1915-16. New Sovran Watues. Botanic Gardens and Government Domains. Report, 1914. Syd. 1915. . ——— Dept. of Agriculture. Agricultural gazette of N.S.W., vol. 26, pt. 10-12; 27, pt. 1-9. Syd. 1915-16. Science bulletin, no. 16. Syd. 1915. ——— 603 New South Wates. Dept. of Mfines. Report, 1915. Syd. 1916. —— Geological Survey. Composition and porosity of the intake beds of the great Australian artesian basi Syd. 1915. Memoirs: ethnology, no. 2. Syd. 116. Memoirs: geology, no. 7. Syd. 1915. Mineral resources of N.S.W., no. 20-21, 23. Syd. 1915-16. Southern coalfield: maps, no. 1-10. Fisheries. Report, 1914. Roya Socrety or N.S.W. Proc., vol. 49. Syd. 1915-16. SypDNEY UNIvERSITy. Calendar, 1916. Syd. TECHNOLOGICAL Museum. ‘Technical education ser., no. 18- ZOpaceesyd. 1915-15. QUEENSLAND. QUEENSLAND. Dept. of Mines. Geological survey publica- tions, mo. 240, 252-253:° Brisb. 1915-16. QUEENSLAND Museum. Memoirs, vol. 5. Brish. 1916. Royvat Society OF QUEENSLAND. Proc., vol. 27. Brisb. 1916. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Pustic Lisrary, Museum, anp Art GALLERY oF S.A. Report, 1914-15. Royat GeEoGRAPHICAL Society or AvusTRALASIA (S.A. BRAnew). Proc., vol. 16. Adel> > 1916. South AvstRatia. Dept. of Mines. Review of mining operations in 8.A., no. 22-23. Adel. 1915-16. Geological Survey. Bulletin, no. 5. Adel. 1O15. Report, no. 3. Adel. 1916. Government Geologist’s report, 1915. Woods and Forests Dept. Annual progress report, 1914-15. Adel. 1915. SoutH AUSTRALIAN ScHooL oF MINES AND INDUSTRIES. Annual report, 1915. Adel. 1916. TASMANTA. Royat Society or TasMAniA. Proc., 1915. Hobart. 1916. Tasmanta. Dept. of Mines. Geological Survey. Bulletin, moa 2, 23-24. Hobartgaelot5-16- Mineral resources, no. 1, pt. 1-2. iEfobart. 1916. Record, no. 4. Hobart. 1915. Victoria Museum. Museum brochure, no. 5. Launceston. OL: 604 VICTORIA. Roya GrocrapuicaL Society or AUSTRALASIA (VICTORIAN BrancH). Journal, vol. 32, pt. 1. Melb. 1914. Roya Society oF Victoria. Trans. and Proc., old ser., vol. 9, pt. 2; vol. 10. Melb.- 1869-74. —— Proc., vol. 28, pt. 1-2. Melb. 1915-16. Trans., vol. 16. Melb. 1914: Victoria. Dept. of .Agriculture.. Journal, vol. 13; pe 10-12; 14, pt. 1-9, Melb. . 1915-16. Dept. of Mines. Report, 1914. Melb. 1915. Geological Survey. Bulletin, no. 37-38. Melb. 1915-16. Records, vol. 3, pt. 4. Melb. 1916. VicTORIAN NATURALIST, vol. 32, no. 6-12; 33, no. 1-5. Melb. 1915-16. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. WESTERN AvusTRALIA. Geological Survey. Bulletin, no. 60, 63-64. Perth. 1915-16. ENGLAND. Bapciey, W. F., Electricity and its source. Guildford. TSING:, BirnMINGHAM NatTuraL History AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Proc., vol14; (pty —— Report, 1915. Birmingham. 1916, BritisH AnTaRcTIC ExPEDITION. Reports: geology, vol. 1. Lond. 1914. British Museum (Naturat History). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae, suppl., vol. 1, and plates. Lond. 1914-15. ——— Catalogue of ungulate mammals, vol. 3-4. Lond. 1914-15. Guide to the fossil remains of man in the Museum, Long *Biount and BuioxHam. Chemistry of manufacturing pro- cesses. Lond. jal 90d. CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proc., vol. 18, pt. 4. Camb. 1916. . frans., vol. 22, no..5-9. “Camis LOla= ib: CaMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY. Report of Library Syndicate, 1915; Solar Physics Observatory. Annals, vol. 3, pt. 1. Camby,» 1915. Third annual report to the Solar Physics Committee, 1915-16. Concno.tocicaL Society. Journal of conchology, vol. 14, noi LZ eno; 1-3.+ Londsagtole: *Presented in exchange by Public Library S.A. 605 *DEAKIN, ALFRED. Irrigated India. Lond. 1893. *Farapay, MicwHarn. Researches in electricity, vol. 1-2. Lond. 1839-44. GEOLOGICAL SocreTy oF Lonpon. Quarterly journal, vol. @iape. t-2. ond.) “1915216: stl 916: *GRanT, Rosert. History of physical astronomy. Lond. 1852. *HarsorD and Hatt. Metallurgy of steel. Lond. 1905. ImpeRiaAL InstiturEe. Bulletin, vol. 13, no. 3-4; 14, no. 1. Honda) 1905-16: .*Lewes, G. H. Physical basis of mind. Lond. 1877. Linnean Society oF Lonpon. Journal: botany, no. 285, Zoo-2Oleihend. 1914. Journal: zoology, no. 210-216, 220-222. Lond. MORES Sy, —— list, 1915-16. Lond. ——— Proc., 1914-15. Lond. —— Trans.: botany, ser. 2, vol. 8, pt. 1-8. 1913-15. ——— Zoology, ser. 2, vol. 11, pt. 13; 16, pt. 1-3; 17, pore 1913-16. Lrverpoot Brotoeicat Society. Trans., vol. 28. L’pool. i Sikes LiverPoo, GEoGRApHiIcaAL Society. Trans., 1915. L’pool. MANCHESTER FIELD NATURALISTS’ AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL Society. Mem. and proc., vol. 59, pt. 1-2; 60, pt. fee Manon. 1915-16. NATIONAL Puysitcat LABoraAatTorRy. Collected Researches, vol. 3-4. Teddington. 1908. NortH oF ENGLAND INSTITUTE OF MINING AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERS. Trans., vol. 65, pt. 1-5, 7, and report; 66, pt. 1-2. Newcastle. 1914-16. *OwrENS CoLLeGE, MANCHESTER. Essays and addresses by professors and lecturers. Lond. 1874. OxForRD UNiversity Press. Periodical, no. 83-87. Oxf. 1915-16. *Presse, C. H. Art of perfumery. Lond. 1891. *Proctor, RicHarp. Essays on astronomy. Lond. 1872. *RatTzeL, KF. History of mankind. 3 vols. Lond. 1896-98. *Romanes, G. J. Mental evolution in man. Lond. 1888. Royvar. Botanic Garpens, Kew. Bulletin, 1915. Lond. Hooker’s Icones Plantarum, ser. 3, vol. 3-10; s. 4, ten eH. vol pte ome: 41879-1916. Presented by THE BENTHAM TRUSTEES. Royaut CotonraL Institute. United Empire, vol. 6, no. GAD; no. 1-8), Tondsegd)15-16: Yearbook, 1915. *Presented in exchange by Public Library S. Aus. 606 Royat GEoGRAPHICAL Society. Geographical journal, vol. 46, no. 3-5; 47, no. 1-5; 48, no. 1-2: Lond.) iOihete: Investigation of rivers. Lond. 1916. Roya MicroscopicaL Society. Journal, 1915, pt. 5-6; 19165. pt, 1-4. “ond. 41915-16: *RoyaL OBSERVATORY, GREENWICH. Spectroscopic and helio- graphic results, 1878-1913. Roya .Soctety. Proc., ser. A, no. 633-643; ser, Beno. 611-616) ond. 1915-1 Yearbook 1916. *SCHELLEN, H. Spectrum analysis. Lond. 1872. “STREETER, E. W. Precious stones and gems. Lond. 1884. Tuomas, N. W. Report, Timne-speaking peoples, pt. 1-3. — Specimens of languages from Sierra Leone. Lond. 196; *TuRNER, H. H. Astronomical discovery. Lond. 1904. *WALLACE, ALFRED RUSSELL. Social environment and moral progress. Lond. 1913. *Witkinson, J. G. Ancient Egyptians. 3 vols. Lond. 1878. IRELAND. Royat Dusuin Society. Economic proc., vol. 2, no. 10. Scientific proc., n.s., vol. 14, no. 24-41. Dubl. 1915. Royvat IrtsH AcapeMy. Proc., vol. 32, sect. A, ho. 5-7, B, no: 7-12; C,.no._.17-21; wel. 33, A, no. 1-apeieeee eae, mor 125 + Dulbl gp aeso— b: SCOTLAND. EDINBURGH GEOLOGICAL SocieTY. Trans., vol. 1, pt. 1-3; vol. 233, pt. 25.4, pt. 2-35 vol. 5; 6, pt. lee eae 1-2; 10, pt. 2-3. Edin. 1868-1916. Rovat PuysicaL Sociery. Proc., vol..19, no. 8-9. Edin- 1915-16. RoyvaL Society or Epinspuresw. Proc., vol. 35, pt. 2-3- Kidiny Sos: ARGENTINE. AcADEMIA NACIONAL DE CrENCcIAS. Boletin, tom. 20. Buenos Acres. 1915: Muvsro NAcionaL DE MontEvipEo. Anales, vol. 1, fase. 1, 3; 3, p- 261-276; 4, p. 29-154; 5, p. 33-375; Giapeeeor 216, 1894-1905. UNIVERSIDAD NACIONAL DE LA PuaTa. Serie fisica, vol. 1, entree.» La Platay Eioib: *Presented in exchange by Public Library S. Aus. 607 BRAZIL. Instituto Oswa.Lpo Cruz. Memorias, tom. 3, fasc. 1; 2, fascumon 0, tasc. 2:7, fase. I=). Rio de. Janeiro: 1910-15. Museu Pavuista. Revista, vol. 3-4, 6, 9. Sree eaunle: 1898-1914. OBSERVATORIO NaAcIONAL DE Rio DE JANEIRO. Annuario, AMO oA, LaLG,. CANADA. Canapa. Dept. of Mines. Geological Survey. Memoir, no. J SO O02 OO,- 58, 60, 67-68, 70-72; 74; 76-61. Ottawa. 1914-16. Museum bulletin, no. 22. 1916. Publications, no. 1558, 1565, 1574, Hhvo, 6G] 1915. Mines Branch. Bull., no. 11-13. Ottawa. ———————— —_—_—_—_ 1916. Publications] no, s.29 325-7501 334. 346, 408. ~1915-16. Canapian InstTiTUTE. General index to publications, 1852- [Mermeeronto. 1914. transeever it, pt. 1.. Ottawa. 1915: Nova Scorian INSTITUTE oF ScIENCE. Proc., vol. 13; 14, pia ta falitax. 1912-15. RoyvauL Society oF Canapa. Proc., ser. 3, vol. 9. Ottawa. IG A itays ————— DENMARK. K. Danske VIDENSKABERNES SELSKABS. Oversigt, 1915, no. 2-6; 1916, no. 1-2. Cpng. 1915-16. pkritter:: hist. og fil., ser. 7,,Aid..2, no. 4; 3,.no: 1 Cpng. 1914-15. Skmiter-)nat..og math., ser. 7, Aid: IL nor 6; 12, mone. wer. 6, Afd. Lomo. 1-232) not di a@pne: EOS = 16) FRANCE. SociETE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE FRANCE. Annales, vol. 83, trim. Pvarmeo4 oo, trim. 1. Pare ois ne —— Bulletin, 1914, no. 18-21; 1915; 1916, no. 1-14; and ~lacumae. Par. 1915-16. , INDIA. Inpia. Board of Scientific Advice. Report, 1914-15. Cale. 1946: —— Dept. of Agriculture. Memoirs: bacteriological ser., yomoberno. 6.) 1915: 608 Inpia. Dept. of Agriculture. Botanical ser., vol. 7, no. 5-8; Sy RO ae ey loise tts Chemical ser., vol. 4, no. 3-5, 7. 1915-16. — Report, 1914-15. Cale. 1916. Geological Survey. Memoirs: contents and index, sOlllege 1S) 5) ewe is I boys Palaeontologia Indica, ser. 1-16, except parts out of print; new ser., vol. 1, mem. 1-3; 2, mem. 1-5; 3, mem. 1, 3-4; 4, mem. 1-4; 5, mem. 1-2; 6, mem. 1. Index, 1861-91. Cale. 1861-1915. Records, vol. 45, pt. 3-4; .47,. pio ieae 1915-16. | ——- Pusa Agricultural Research Institute. Report, 1914-15. Inp1AN Museum. Annual report, 1914-15. Calc. Memoirs, vol. 3, no. 4; 5, no. 1-3; 6, no. 1. 915. Records, vol..8, pt. (7-8) 105. pt. 5; v. 115)1 25ers 1914-16. Mapris FISHERIES BurEAv. Bulletin, no. 1, 8-9. 1915-16. MaprAs GOVERNMENT Mvusevm. Foote collection of antiqui- ties. Madras. 1916. Royant Asiatic Society, Bompay Brancn. Journal, no. 1-7, 9-16, 19-21, 24-40, 42-43, 45-47, 49, 52-69. Bombay. 1841-1915. Sarat CHanpRA Das. Introduction to the grammar of the Tibetan language. Darjeeling. 1915. ITALY. MALPIGHIA anno. 24, fasc. °1-45).27, fase. 1-6. 5 @apamuae 1911-16. R. ScuoLa SUPERIORE D’AGRICOLTURA IN Portici1. Bolletino del laboratorio, 9-10. Portici. 1914-16. SociETA ITALIANA DI SCIENZE NatuRALI. Atti, vol. 54, fasc. 2-4: bbe fase. dy.” . Pawia. | leno. Memorie, vol. 8, fase. 45. gue 1. 19%: SocreETA TOSCANA DI SCIENZE NatTuRALtiI. Memorie, vol. 30. ° Bigal: . Weil Processi -vatbali, vol. 24;°25, no. 1. ) 19a JAPAN. AsIaTIC SOCIETY oF JAPAN. Trans., vol. 42, pt. 2; 43, pt- 1-2, and sup. Tokyo. 1914-15. Formosa. bureau of Productive Industries. Icones of the plants of Formosa, vol. 5. Taihoku. 1915. JAPAN. Imperial Farthquake Investigation Committee. Bul- letin, vol. 8, no. 2. Tokyo. 1916. / 609 Kyoto ImperraL University. College of Hngineering. Mem., vol. 1, no. 3-5. Kyoto. 1915. | College of Science. Mem., vol. 1, no. 3-7. 1915. Touoku IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY. Science reports, Ist ser., vol. 4, no. 3-5; 5, no. 1-3; Qnd ser., vol. 3, no. 1; 4, no. 1. Sendai. 1915-16. ToHoKU MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL, vol. 8, no. 2-4; 9; 10, no. 1-2. Sendai. 1915-16. Tokyo IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY. ee of Science. Journal; volo are 1: 35; arty 3917; 936° arte 7-8: 37, art. 2-5; 38, art. 1. Tokyo. 1915- 1G: JAVA. NeEpDERLANDSCH Oost-InpIE. AHoofd-Bureau Mijnwezen. Jaarboek, 1913-14, and atlas. Batavia. 1915. MEXICO. Instituto. GrEOLOGico pE Mexico. Boletin, no. 31-32. SNM TS Parergones, tom. 5, no. 1-9. Mexico. 1913-14. SocrepaD CiENnTiFIcA ‘‘Anronio AuLzaTE.’? Memorias y revista, tom. 33, no. 11-12). Mexieo: . 1914. NEW ZEALAND. AUCKLAND INSTITUTE AND Museum. «Report, 1915-16. New Zeauanp. Dept. of Jlines. 48th annual report of Dominion laboratory. Well. 1915. Geological survey. Bulletin, no. 17. 1915. Handlist of N.Z. tertiary mollusca. LOLD. ———— Reports, no. 8-10. 1915-16. Mimstry of Internal Affairs. Manual of N.Z. mol- lusca: atlas of plates. Well. 1915. NORWAY. NORWEGISCHE METEOROLOGISCHE INSTITUTS. Jahrbuch, 1911-14. Kristiania. StavancerR Museum. Aarshefte, 1914. Stavanger. 1915. PERU. CUERPO DE INGENIEROS DE Minas. Boletin 85. Lima. 1907. RUSSIA. - Soci£Te IMPERIALE DES NATURALISTES DE Moscou. Bulletin, 1898, no. 2-3; 1910, no. 1-3. Moscou. 1898-191F: a Mémoires, tom. 15,, wnt, 3, 5.65 17) live 3-4). 18, livr. 1. 1884-1915. U 610 SWEDEN. EnToMoLoGiIsKA FORENINGEN 1 StockHotmM. Entomologisk Tidskrift, Arg. 36, H. 1-4. Upsala. 1915. GEOLOGISKA FORENINGEN I StockHoLM. Férhandlingar, Bd. 37. Stockholm. 1916. SWITZERLAND. GEOGRAPHISCH - ETHNOGRAPHISCH GESELLSCHAFT. Jahr., £ONS-1 5.4 eZee. © 11915: SociETE VAUDOISE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin, no. 186. Lausanne. 1915. UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA. Dursan Museum, Annals, vol, 1, pt. 1; 2, pt. 3. 1914-16. ‘GrEoLocicat Society oF SourH ArFrica. Trans., vol. 18. Index to vol. 1-13. Johannesburg. 1915-16. Roya Society oF Sour Arrica. Trans., vol. 5, pt. 2-5. Cape Town. 1915-16. SoutH AFRICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF ScIENCE. Journal of Science, vol. 9, no. 10-11; 12, no. 2-8. Cape Town. 1915-16. ‘SoutH Arrican Museum. Annals, vol. 12, pt. 3; 14, pt. 2; 15; pt. 2.. Cape 'Pown. “1915-16: Report, 1915. ‘Cape Town. 1916. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Journal, vol. 15563, ptade2) Pha 192-15" - Prog); vols 67) spt. 2-334) Bbw) “4915-16; AMERICAN CHEMICAL SociEty. Journal, vol. 38, no. 1-8. Easton, Pa. 1916. } AMERICAN GrocraPHicaL Society. Bull., vol. 47, no. 9-12. 1915. - Geographical review, vol. 1; 2, no. 1-2. N.Y. 1916. AMERICAN MicroscopicaL Society. Trans., vol. 34; 35, no. 1. (“Decatur Ti 1915-16: | AMERICAN Museum oF Naturat History. Anthropological papers, vol. 12, pt. 2-3; 13, pt. 2-3; 17, pt. 1-2. 1915. Bulletin,’ vol. 34; Nv¥,) 1915. Guide leaflets, no. 43. 1915. —_ = Jane@pook ser., Nolo. 7 tol. Journal, vol. 15, no. 6-8; 16, no. 1-5. 1915-16. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proc., no. 216-220. 1915. ———- Trans., vol. 22, pt. 3. Philad. 1915. 611 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA. American journal of archaeology, vol. 19, no. 3-4; 20, no. 1-2. 1915-16. ——— Art and archaeology, vol. 2, no. 2-3; 3; 4, no. l. Wash. 1915-16. ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN GEOGRAPHERS. Annals, vol. 4. 191A. BERNICE Pauanui Bishop Museum. Handbook, pt. 1. 1915. Memoirs, vol. 4, pt. 1. Honolulu. 1916. Occasional papers, vol. 6, no. 2-3. 1915-16. BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND ScIENCES. Museum quarterly, vol. 2. Brooklyn. 1915. Museum science bulletin, vol. 2, no. 5. 1915. BUFFALO SocrETyY oF NaTURAL ScIENCE. Bulletin, vol. 11, no. w=2iBuialos 191516. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Proc., 4th ser., vol. 5, prise-ldo. San’ Fran. 1915. CaLiForNnia. State Mining Bureau. Bulletin, no. 70. Sac- ramento. 1915. CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY. Publications in American archae- ology, vol. 10, no. 7; 11, no. 3-4. Berkeley. 1914-15. Geology, vol. 8, no. 8-21 Berkeley. 1914-15. Zoology, vol. 12, no. 8-12; 13, no. 8-10. 1914-15. ConNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Memoirs, vol. 4. New Haven. 1915. Pres. by Yate Unt- VERSITY. Trans.,-vol. 19; 20, p. 1-240. 1915-16. Denison University. Scientific Laboratories. Bulletin,,. volo; AAT, pp. L-LOOmLGs 175 p: 247-487... Gran- ville, O. 1910-14. , Fretp Museum or Naturat History. Anthropological ser., vieleko, mesh.’ Chie! 915) Zoological ser., vol. 10, no. 13. Chic. 1915. FRANKLIN InstTiITUTE. Journal, vol. 180, no. 3-6; 181; 182, No. 122, )Philad. » 1915-16: Inuinois. State Laboratory of Natural History. Bulletin, vole NOvare. (-85 bl, art.cl-5 3-12 Sart. 2). Urbana, 1915-16. Jouns Hopkins University. Circular, 1915, no. 2-10. Studies from the biological laboratory, vol. 1, no. 1, Ano. 2-3:;. 3;.'no./ (li o-Ogmna 4 no. 123, 527 sb. noes.) Balt. - 1879-98: - Studies in historical and political science, ser. 33, no. 1434 no. 1.) Balto gos. Kansas University. K.U. quarterly, vol. 84, no. 2-3; vol. 6p; 7B. Lawrence. 1897-99. Science bulletin, vol. 1, \no. 5-12; 6; 9. 1902-15. U* 612 LELAND StTANFoRD JR. UNIVERSITY. University ser., no. 19-20.) 1925) MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY. Current problems, no. 5-6. 1915. Studies in engineering, no. 2-3. Minneapolis. 1915. ——— Studies in language and literature, no. 2. 1915. ———— Studies in physical sciences, no. 2. 1914. ———- Studies in social sciences, no. 2-3, 5. 1915. Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull., no. 148-152. NationaL ACADEMY OF SciENCES. Memoirs, vol. 1; 8, pt. 1235-0} 12. Spee 2:5. 13. 4 Washer ee 4 6-10 ibe Proc.; ‘voloas; no. 5369-1 26n2 eine: 1-7. . 29s Newewt, F. H.. Irrigation in the United States. N.Y. 1902. | New York ACADEMY OF ScIENCES. Annals, vol. 26, p. 1-394 5 27> ps 1329. dN. Veev Loeb: ' New York Pusriic Liprary. Bull., vol. 19, no. 9-12; 20; no. 1-8 e101 bob: New Yorxk Zootoeicat Society. Zoologica, vol. 2, no. 1-4. SE OBERLIN CoLLEGE. Wilson bulletin, vol. 27, no. 3-4; 28, no. 122. \SOberlinss Ox) 1985-16: ‘Ouro State University. Biological Survey. Bulletin, vol. 2 nodes Columbus.0y 19,16; Ohio journal of science, vol. 16, no. 5-8. 1916. Puitippines. Bureau of Government Laboratories. Publi- cations, no. 21, 24-27, 31, 35-36. Manila. 1904-06. Bureau of Science. Directions for ethnographic observations and collections. 1908. Ethnographical survey publications, vol. 2, pt. 2-3; 4, pt. 1-2; 5, pt. 1-5; 6, pt. 1. 1905-09: ——— Dent. of Public Instruction. Library bulletin, vol. 3, no. 10-11s 4 ono, Ae10: Manila. 1915-16. SMITHSONIAN InstiTUTION. Annual report, 1914. Wash. Bureau of American Ethnology. Bull., no. 57. 1915. Unitep States. Dept. of Agriculture. Bull., no. 186; 189, 230, 240, 245, 248, 259-60, 283, 291-2, 300, 304, 310, Bb, 316; 335.4 Washie goes Farmers’ bull., 640, 644, 652, 658, 666. 1945. Journal of agricultural research, vol. 4, no 6-556, no. 1-20; 22) “sWashe 7 1915-16, North American fauna, no. 37-38. 1915. Yearbook, 1915. Wash. 1916. Bureau of Chemistry. Cireular, no. 61. ———eee + Lon. — Bureau of Entomology. Bull., no. 94, pt. 2. ——__—_ 1915. 613 United States. Dept. of Agriculture. Hawaiu Agricultural Experument Station. Bull., no. 36. 1915. Office of the Secretary. Report, no. 99-100. LOA ——— Geological Survey. Annual report, 36th, 1915. Bull., 544, 559273) 580 EP, 581 BH, 582-96, 598-609, 611-617, 620 A-NP, 621 A-D G-LNO. Wash. 1914-16. Topographic maps issued Mar. 1, 1914-Apr. 30;( TTD Se” Mineral resources, 1914, pt. 1, no. 1a, 1-24; pre emon 1-34; LOI vpupslawmes Law LOL4-15: Monograph, no. 53-54. 1915. Professional paper, 87-88, 90 I-L, 95 A-I. LOLS: Publications of U.S. Geological Survey, March, 1915. Water-supply paper, 312, 331, 338, 340 F-L, 341-3, 345 HI, 349-359, 365-8, 370-3, 375 A-F, 376-9, 385, 388, 397, 400 A. Wash. 1914-15. Iibrary of Congress. Report, 1915. - National Musewm. Annual report, 1915. ; eels, (82) vole ds pis why ors O2. vole te. 1915. — Contributions from the National Herbarium, vol hose at 14 5°17, pb.) 7-3318; pid; 19) TOT5-16: iIProcs, vol. 47-48) 0 Wasi 1 9. ‘WAGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE. Annual announce- ment, 1915-16. Philad. Wisconsin. Geological and Natural History Survey. Bull., scientific ser., no. 2-5, 7-9. Madison. 1898-1914. a 614 LST (OF RE Eat Bakes AS EXISTING ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1916. eres ceeee cee Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub- lished in the Society’s Transactions. Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary. Norre.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to those whose subscriptions are in arrears. t f Dleetion: Honorary FELLows. 1910. *Brace, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Physics, University College, London ’ (Fellow 1886). 1893. *Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris. 1897. *Davip, T. W. EperwortH, O.M.G., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sydney. 1890. *EtHeripce, Rosert, jun., Curator of the Australian Museum of New South Wales, Sydney. 1905. Grit, THomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide. 1905. *HEpiey, Cuas. H. , Assistant Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney. 1892. *MarpeEn, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales. 1898. *Meryricx, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Tohrnhanger, Marl- borough, Wilts, England. 1894. *Witson, J. T., M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy, University of Sydney, New South Wales. 1912. *Truprrr, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood (Corresponding Member 1878, Fellaw 1886). CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS. 1918. *Carrer, H. J., B.A., Wahroonga, New South Wales. 1909. *Jouncock, C. F.; Clare. 1893. *Stretron, W. G., Darwin, Northern Territory. 1905. THomson, G. M., “RES. Dunedin, New Zealand. 1908. *WoonnovucH, W ALTER GEORGE, D. Se., F.G.S., Professor in Geology, University of Perth (Fellow 1902). FELLows. 1895. *AsHBy, Epwin, M.B.O.U., Blackwood. 1902. *BaKER, W.#H., FLL. a Glen Osmond Road, Parkside. 1908. *BENSON, W. Nort, B.Sc. , University, Svdney. 1907. *Bracx, J. McConnetn, iy "Brougham Place, North Adelaide. 1909. Brapiey, Enear J., C. om Hydratilic Engineer’s Depart- ment, Adelaide. 1912. * BROUGHTON, A. C., Young Street, Parkside. 1911. Brown, Epaar a 'M.B., D.Ph., 3, North Terrace. 615 *Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., 286, Ward Street, North Adelaide. — Brummirr, Ropert, M.R.C.S., Medindie But, Lionet B., Pathologist and Bacteriologist, Adelaide Hospital. | : BunprEy, Miss Evien' Minne, 148, Molesworth Street, North Adelaide. *CHapMANn, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics, University of Adelaide. CuristizE, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelaide. *CLELAND, JoHN B., M.D., Government Bureau of Micro- biology, Sydney, New South Wales. *Cooxe. T. W., D.Sc., Lecturer, University of Adelaide. Corpin, H., B.Sc., Forest Department, Adelaide. Cornisu, K: M., Coast View, Adelaide Road, Glenelg. Dartine, H. G., Franklin Street, Adelaide. DarrocH, D. G., Australian United Paint Co., Port Adelaide. Drsmonp, J., Currie Street, Adelaide. *D1xon, SAMUEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg. Dopp, Atan P., Kuranda, N. Queensland. Dutton, H. H., Anlaby. Epquist, A. G., Tate Terrace, Croydon. Frreuson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville, Sydney. Gorpon, Davip, c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place, Adelaide. *GoypER, Groree, A.M., F.C.S., Gawler Place, «sdelaide. *Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of Adelaide. GrirFitH, H., Brighton. Hackett, W. C., Rundle Street, Adelaide. Hancocg, H. Lipson, A.M.I.C.E., M.I.M.M., M.Am.I.M.E., Moonta Mines. Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare. *Howcuin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and. Paleontology, University of Adelaide. Hueues, Hersert W., Booyoolie, Gladstone. Jack, R. L., B.E., Assistant Government Geologist, Adelaide. . James, THomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta. ; *Jounson, BE. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., 295, Pirie Streef, Adelaide. : Lavrig£, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square. *Lea, A. M., F.E.S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Lenpon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in Obstetrics, University of Adelaide, and Hon. Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide. *LoweER, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.H.S., Wayville. MatrHews, G. M., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Langley Mount, Watford, Herts, England *Mawson, Sir Dovetas, D.Se., B.E., Lecturer in Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide. Mayo, Gzo. G., C.E., 90, Hill Street, North Adelaide. Mexrose, Rosert THomson, Mount Pleasant. *Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide. *Osporn, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University of Adelaide. 616 Pootrt, W. B., Savings Bank, Adelaide. a, St: 8: A., malas Bs Register Chambers, Grenfell treet. Porr, WiitiamM, Eagle Chambers, King William Street. Puuteiné, Mayor R. H., M.B., North Terrace, Adelaide. Ray, WirntraM, M.B., B. Se., Victoria Square, Adelaide. *RENNIE, Epwarp H., M.A.., D.Sc. (Lond.), E.C.S., Pro- fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide. Rippue, Starr-Seret. A. R., No. 7 A.G. Hospital, Keswick. Roacu, B. §., Education "Department, Flinders Street, Adelaide. *Rogers, Lirut.-Cot. R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide. *Rurr, Water, C.E., College Park, Adelaide. SAUNDERS, M. E., Wood Street, Millswood. Srtway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide. Simson, Aveustus, J.P., Launceston, Tasmania. SNow, "FRANCIS ae National Mutual Buildings, King William Street. *“Strantey, E. R., Government Geologist, Port Moresby, Papua. *Stirting, Epwarp C., O.M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., I'.R.C.8., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade- laide, Hon. Curator of Ethnology, South Australian Museum. SwerrapeLte, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside. *Torr, W. G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus- tralia. *TurnerR, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. : *Verco, JosrepH C., M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., Consulting Physician Adelaide Hospital and Children’s Hospital. Wainweicut, E. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), Tower House, Glenelg. *Wartt, EK. R., F.L. Sy Director South Australian Museum. Warp, LEonarD Kairu, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist, Adelaide. Ware, W. L., King William Street. Wess, Norn ‘A. Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide. WHITBREAD, Howarp,: c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie’ Street, Adelaide. *Wuitr, Captain S. A., M.B.O.U., ‘‘Weetunga,”’ Fulham, South Australia. *Zintz, F, R., South Australian Museum. ASSOCIATE. ‘Rosinson, Mrs. H. RB , “‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South Australia. 617 APPENDICES: FIELD NATURALISTS&’ SECTION OF THE Boval Society of South Australia (Incorporated), THIRTY-THIRD ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE. For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 19, 1916. Your Committee reports that the work of this Section of the Royal Society has been carried on successfully during the year. The monthly meetings have been well attended and the field excursions have been widely availed of to increase the acquaintance of the members with various branches of natural history. The year opened with a membership of 121; 20 new members have been added and 12 resigned, the roll now standing at 129. The series of winter lectures was continued during the year, and the Committee desires to place on record its thanks to the various gentlemen who have lectured. At the annual meeting, held on Tuesday, September 20, 1915, the following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Tc pic. Captain S. A. White, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U.; Vice-Chairmen, Professor T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc., and Mr. Ale Bu Riddle;>-Hon. Treasurer, Mr. B.-B. Beck; Hon. Librarian, Miss I. Roberts; Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge; Hon. Assistant Secretary, Miss E. Hocking; Com- mittee—Dr. R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D., Mr. W. J. Kimber, Mamie Mellor, B.A.O.U), Mr Bee lock, F.RLES., Mrs. R. S. Rogers, Mr. W. H. Selway, Mr. R. Llewellyn, and Mrs. J. F. Mellor; Auditors, Messrs. Walter D. Reed and A. W. Drummond. The Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge, resigned office on December 17, 1915. The resignation was accepted with deep regret, Mr. Runge having proved himself a most enthu- siastic and painstaking secretary during the three and a half 618 years he had acted in that capacity. On March 17, 1916, the Committee elected Mr. Wm. Ham to fill the position till the annual meeting in September. The following were elected to form the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee :—Chairman, Mr. E. Ashby; Hon. Secretary, Mr. P. H. E. Runge; Dr. R. S. Rogers, Dr: W. Ramsay Smith, Dr. R. H. Pulleine, Messrs. J. W. Mellor, W. H. Selway, J. M. Black, A. G. Edquist, E. H. Lock, A. M. Lea, 8. Angel, J. Willmott, R. Llewellyn, and S. Stokes. The first evening meeting of the year was held on October 21, 1915, when Professor E. C. Stirling, F.R.S., C.M-G.; M.D., delivered a most interesting address on ‘‘Some Aspects of Central Australian Aboriginal Life.’’ The lecture, which was illustrated by a valuable and most interesting series of slides, dealt with the tribal customs and ceremonies of the aboriginals, particularly with those relating to intermarriage and the tribal totems. On April 18, 1916, the meeting took the form of an exhibit evening, the greatest interest being displayed in cases of specimens shown by Mr. A. M. Lea, Museum Entomologist, who showed a case containing 6,666 specimens of beetles, etc., from the little-known Lord Howe Island. Mr. Lea stated that probably half were new to Science. The Kentia palm, the characteristic product of the island, had proved exceed- ingly productive of insect life. Of the many specimens, a phasma, locally termed ‘‘the land lobster,’’ was of great interest. Mr. W. Weidenbach exhibited a case of insects collected from one garden at Glen Osmond during the short period of 18 months, and also a specimen of fire opal (a pseudomorph after a mussel shell), which came from the Stuart Range and formed part of the first parcel of precious opal so far found in South Australia. Mr. H. Barrett exhibited specimens of embolite from Broken Hill, beryls from Williamstown, and a piece of serpentinous marble. Mrs. J. F. Mellor exhibited the sword of a small swordfish, and also a banded snake. Captain White tabled several specimens of birds, including the common Cormorant and Pied Cor- morant, besides the Arctic Skua and the Tippet Grebe. Mr. EK. Drummond showed a sample of barytes (sulphate of barium) from Aldgate. On May 17, 1916, Sergeant A. R. Riddle delivered a lecture on “Tramps with a Camera.’’ It was illustrated by means of a series of slides from most artistic photographs taken by the lecturer himself, indicating the points of geologi- cal and physiographical interest on the coast of Southern Yorke Peninsula and the Far North of the State. These 619 were followed by a series of views of the salt lakes, and the gathering, carting, and shipping of the salt. On June 21, 1916, Mr. William H. Dudley Le Souef, CIEZ.8., M.B. O. Ws; delivered a most interesting address on “The Nidification of Australian Birds.’”’ The lecturer showed a large series of splendid pictures, many of them being works of art, showing the birds of Australia, their nests and eggs, with specimen illustrations representing the colouration of feathers, etc. Professor jHidward H. Rennie, M.A. ‘(Syd.), DSe. (Lond. and Melb.), addressed the members on July 19, 1916, on the subject of ‘“‘Biology and Chemistry.’’ The Professor dealt very fully with the most recent discoveries in synthetic chemistry, illustrating the principles on which the analysis and synthesis of various organic chemical compounds had been conducted. He also dealt briefly with the difficulties surrounding the artificial production of protoplasm, and referred to the recent theories of the chemical bases for the nutrient values of certain food stuffs. On August 15, 1916, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Director of the South Australian Museum, delivered a lecture 1 ‘‘Deep-sea Dredging.’”’ Mr. Waite spoke of his personal experiences in dredging and trawling off the coasts of New Zealand, New South Wales, and South Australia. With the aid of pictures and models the audience was taken over a trawling vessel and shown the gear, the nets, and the crew engaged in the work of trawling. The whole process was explained, from the dropping of the net into the water to the final emergence of the ‘‘cod end,’’ filled with the finny spoils of the deep sea. The experiences of the lecturer were vividly described, and the slides from pictures taken by the lecturer himself added interest to the address. EXCURSIONS. The excursions during the year were well attended, and the thanks of the Committee are due to the gentlemen who acted as leaders on the occasions of the various outings. On September 25, 1915, Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U., led a party of members through the scrub near Teatree Gully, the chief work of the afternoon being the observation of the birds of the district, in which direction the party was very successful. A large number of flowers was also secured. The excursion of October 13, 1915, to Kuitpo Forest Reserve. was undertaken under the leadership of Mr. Walter Gill, F.L.S., Conservator of Forests. Members were shown over the Reserves at Kuitpo Forest, and a very profitable 620 afternoon was spent in inspecting the various varieties of trees, the leader explaining their qualities, mode of growth, and varying treatment. The botanists of the party also secured a good variety of wildflowers. A party of fourteen members of the Section left Adelaide on October 8, 1915, for the Far North. Through the kind- ness of Mr. and Mrs. J. W. Lindo, of Moolooloo Station, in the Flinders Range about twelve miles from Blinman, they were able to spend a most interesting and profitable time in this little-known portion of the State. The members accom- plished a great deal of field work, Mr. and Mrs. Lindo assisting by placing conveyances and horses at their disposal. Among the trips, some of the most interesting were made to the Blinman Mine, Ferguson Gorge, the Nuccaleena Mine, Duke’s Nose, Mount Patawurta, and many other points of physiographical and geological interest in the Flinders Range. As this part of the State had not previously been worked by ornithologists, it proved a most interesting field for investiga- tion, the bird-lovers of the party securing a fine variety of birds, among them one which was new to Science. The discoverer gave it the name of Barnardius barnardi lindor, in honour of their host and hostess. To both geologists and botanists this part of the northern ranges offered a fruitful field for investigation. The Committee feels that it is under a debt of gratitude to Mr. and Mrs. Lindo for their generous hospitality on this occasion. On October 30, 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., led the party on an excursion to Ironbank, when flowers and insects were observed and a profitable afternoon was spent. The leader gave an interesting address on ‘‘Ants.”’ On November 20, 1915, members motored to Houghton, where, by the kind invitation of Mr. R. McEwin, the members visited his establishment and inspected the extensive plant for the manufacture of jam. The party then adjourned to the large orchard, where the Government Fruit Expert, Mr. G. Quinn, addressed the members on the subject of fruit culture. On December 11, 1915, members travelled to the resi- dence of the President (Captain White), at ‘‘Wetunga,”’ Fulham. The visitors inspected Captain White’s varied col- lection of specimens of natural history, particularly of birds from Australia and South Africa, together with specimens of shells from the same regions, and the interesting collection of curios from South Africa collected by Captain White when he was taking part in the Boer War. The members were hospitably entertained by Captain and Mrs. White. 621 On February 5, 1916, the members took part in a dredg- ing expedition to the Outer Harbour. Many specimens of marine life were secured, and the leaders, Mr. Kimber and Dr. Pulleine, gave instructive talks (illustrated by the micro- scope) on the different forms of life secured in the dredges. The outing on March 11, 1916, took the form of a motor trip to the Torrens Gorge, under the leadership of Sergeant A. R. Riddle. The leader drew attention to the geological formation of the gorge, pointed out the varying scenery produced by the differences in the underlying rocks, the rounded hills of the slates giving place to the bold, stern, rugged, and precipitous cliffs produced by the quartzites. The accompanying changes in the botany of the region were also dealt with. The visitors journeyed to the end of the con- structed portion of the new road and walked by the side of the river, studying the effects of river action in the gorge, well illustrated in places by a series of pot holes in the river- bed. Some of the best specimens have been destroyed by making the new road, which, however, will render the beau- tiful scenery of this part of our hills much more easy of access. On April 15, 1916, Mr. E. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., led the party on an excursion from Aldgate, when the members visited the extensive garden of Mrs. F. Caley Smith and admired the wonderful display of dahlias in full bloom. Before leaving Mrs. Caley Smith kindly entertained the party at afternoon tea. A visit was also made to the barytes mine, near Aldgate, where the process of mining and preparation of the material was inspected. On May 8, 1916, a large party travelled by motor to the Millbrook Reservoir, which is in course of construction. The Resident Engineer (Mr. E. J. Bradley), a member of the Section for many years, went up with the party and afforded it every facility for viewing the works. The botanists of the party secured some characteristic plants of the locality. The excursion to Glenelg and Henley Beach on May 13, 1916, was well attended. Mr. W. D. Reed led the party vid the Patawalonga and along the shore from Glenelg to Henley Beach, members securing specimens of various forms of marine life, which formed the text of a short address by the leader. At the conclusion of the walk the members were entertained at ‘‘Wetunga’”’ by the President and Mrs. White, and the specimens secured were examined and _ finally classified. A visit to the South Australian Museum on June 3, 1916, under the guidance of the Director (Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S.), proved of great interest. The new wing of 622 the Museum was inspected and the arrangement of its con- tents noted. The ethnological collections, the magnificently- mounted specimens of Australian fauna, and the little aquaria were all greatly admired. On June 5, 1916, the members spent the day ait Hallett’s Cove, under the leadership of Mr. Walter Howchin, F.G.S. Under his capable guidance the party was shown the permo- carboniferous glacial till of Hallett’s Cove and the famous scratched pavement, still bearing evidences of the movement of the ice and furnishing silent, yet powerful, testimony to the remote existence of glaciers in this locality. The erratics brought by the ice from the south and east were examined, and many other interesting geological and physiographical features of interest were discussed. On June 24, 1916, the Outer Harbour was visited, where, under the leadership of Mr. W. J. Kimber, the members found many objects of interest on Snowden Beach. The leader gave an informative address on the main types of shells, their characteristics, and their modes of growth, illus- trated by carefully-selected and prepared type specimens, as well as by the shells collected by the members during the afternoon. : On July 15, 1916, Mr. R. Llewellyn led a large party along the beach from the Grange to the Semaphore. The tide was unfortunately extraordinarily high, and few speci- mens of value were secured, but the leader, by means of specimens and carefully-executed diagrams, indicated the broad lines of classification of seaweeds and explained their various methods of fructification and reproduction. August 12, 1916, proved very inclement, and but few members braved the elements. They were met by Mr. E. Ashby on the Blackwood railway platform and shown through his gardens, especially admiring the section devoted to the native flora of South Australia, where there were several varie- ties of orchids and other native plants in bloom. An adjourn- ment to Mr. Ashby’s study enabled the members present to look over and admire his fine herbarium, collected from vari- ous parts of Australia. Following on this inspection, the members were treated to a lecturette on some orders of Australian birds, the points being brought out by the actual handling of specimens from Mr. Ashby’s large collection. On September 9, 1916, members motored to the hills above Teatree Gully. The leader (Mr. W. H. Selway) had chosen a most picturesque and productive part of the scrub for the walk, and members found a wealth of floral beauty on which to feast their eyes, as well as giving them the opportunity of securing needful specimens. Ten varieties of 623 orchids were found, and some rather rare species of other flowers were observed. The leader gave a short address on the Acacias, dealing with the characteristics of the more interesting varieties. S. A. Waitzt, Chairman. Witiiam Ham, Hon. Secretary. TWENTY - EIGHTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE. There have been four Committee meetings held during the year, but a great deal of useful work has been done in addition to that dealt with at the meetings of the Committee, ‘some of it of a very confidential character, in which exact data of the illegal destruction of marsupials were obtained and made available to the right authorities with satisfactory results. The Committee has been interested in the will of the late Miss Chewings, of Kent Town, who expressed the desire that her estate, which is valued at about £7,000, should be devoted for a period of twenty-one years to the cultivation of trees and bird life, etc., in the inland districts of Australia. The Committee, desiring to protect its own interests in the furtherance of these objects, authorized the Hon. Secretary (Mr. P. Runge) to obtain legal assistance and contest the case. Messrs. Scammel & Skipper were instructed to act for Mr. Runge. ‘Though a final .verdict has not been announced, it is thought that owing to the faulty construction of the will it 1s not likely that Miss Chewings’ intention (as the Com- - mittee believes it to be) can be carried out. The extensive destruction of Euros and other marsupials in the Flinders Range has been brought under the attention of the Commissioner, but as these animals are only protected for six months of the year—vz., July 1 to December 31— infringements of the law are difficult to sheet home. The Committee has felt that the most important work it has been called upon to undertake is that of the establish- ment of ‘‘Flinders Chase,’’ and, incidental to it, the protec- tion of the native marsupials throughout Kangaroo Island. The Chairman has had, by appointment, a most encouraging interview with the Premier in reference to the early introduc- tion of the Flinders Chase Bill into Parliament, and at the 624 request of the Premier he had, later, a lengthy interview with the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who promised to bring before Cabinet the suggestions of the Committee. Both by memorial and in personal interviews the Com- mittee has urged upon the Government the importance of including Western River in the Fauna and Flora Reserve that it is proposed to call ‘‘Flinders Chase.’’ In addition to the suitability of that part for the preservation of native fauna is that of future harbour and landing accommodation. The Committee has recently urged upon the Government, through the Commissioner of Crown Lands, the desirability of protecting the fauna in the Cape Borda Lighthouse Reserve. To have such an unprotected area abutting on the Fauna and Flora Reserve is obviously most undesirable. The Commissioner has been asked to protect both kangaroos and opossums throughout the whole of Kangaroo Island, pending the introduction of the ‘‘Flinders Chase Bill.’’ Both these matters are now under the consideration of the Department. The Committee acknowledges with pleasure the support of its proposals given by Mr. W. H. Strawbridge, of Kings- cote, Kangaroo Island. The importance of the foregoing proposals has been emphasized by the rediscovery of the ‘‘Brush Kangaroo” in the south-east of South Australia. It is felt that it is highly desirable that specimens should be secured and’ placed in a properly-protected area as soon as possible. The Committee, through the Chairman, offered its assist- ance to Captain §. A. White and the South Australian Ornithological Association in their praiseworthy efforts in getting “‘Carlot,’’ near Mannum, declared a protected area. We are glad that Captain White is able to report the success already obtained, and trust that a further area may be secured. | The Committee has felt that the designation by which it is known—2z., N.F. & ¥F.P.C. of thee F.N.S. of the Res) of S.A.—uis rather cumbersome, and has therefore (as was suggested by the late chairman, Mr. Dixon) suggested that it become either a section or a committee of the Royal Society. Tf the parent section approves, it is believed it will receive the sanction of the Royal Society. Epwin AsHsy, Chairman. PERcIVAL Runce, Hon. Secretary. ‘SLOpIPNY { ‘qNOWWOAUd ‘WV . “Vi aoa ‘aqqay ‘a UALTV A ‘qooI109 punoy pue pojJIpny ‘OIGL ‘ET toquiogdag SSS j 0 Bre | iit tepeateys: ZO 8res WE he 9) oouvleg 4Ipeig “ (Geant) espeiq 0} saredey ‘ 9 J 0 see cues eee ern SUOATICY 074 sd, 66 6 | 0 oats eiere eieve eae wiace SYUSOULYSOLJoyy, ¢. ORO Ge cs BS UE ony, weeyg fo amy “ Cae ep 0 OL cA 22 s oo eR LOTD TOPSELET OT ate Ghee p's F ps F PAVMIOF JYSHOIG oourleg Ag So1V yf WOISINOX eourjeg yipeig Ag “PUNOIIP UWOUWLNID eva 6 9 GLF ; es 6 9 GLd ler iV SME tees @) RY Gee es 6 BL Z SUIST}IOApYy ‘‘ 9) 61 suyuiig “ Ge 6G 2 UTeqUeT pue [TBH JO OA ee SO * ATouorpeyg “ {UL g ig see eee tae sae see So0v4soOg ce Q 9 0 0¢ eo — Pls wi ies mi 916. 0 ¢ && 0 eLoe oF ie ie 7s ad C16L 0 0 & —Aqo100g [eAoy 07 pred suordiiosqng s1oqumey, Of, | 2 FL &% JOP Sie “AUALIGNAAXa = “Sie Ft palwMLOF JYSnoOIg oouRlyeg Ag, qso1ojuy yueg ‘ SUOTIALIOSGNY S104 U9 TAT A}OLOOG [VAOY wolf JuBryH *‘ PIVMIOF IYSnoOIg souVleg yrperg e “SLdIHOUe ‘OTGLT ‘T saquaydagy burpua wna X of aungrpuadeg puv sydraooxyz fo yuawaznig “ALHIOOG IVAOY WAHL FO NOMOAG (SLSTIVUALVNY GTA : 626 MALACOLOGICAL, SECIIGa OF THE Roval Society of South Australia (Incorporated), ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1915-1916. Seven meetings were held during the year. The member- ship remains the same as last year. The average attendance of members was six. During the year over eighty species of shells, pertaining to the following genera, have been identified and classified : — Pyrene, Cominella, Josepha, Pisana, Cantharus, Arcularia, Verconella, Murex, Coralliophila, Typhis, Trophon, Kalydon, Adamsia, and Thais. Some very interesting shells were ealisibed fea Robe by Dr. Verco, and a discussion on the methods in which molluscs deposit their eggs proved very entertaining. Dr. Verco has been elected President for 1916-1917, and Dr. Torr, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. REcEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE FOR THE YEAR 1915-16. Receipts. : Logi To Subscriptions 212 6 », Debit Balance Od FG £2) 16) 70 Hzpenditure. Las By Debit Balance 1914-15... ae 1 ot) CGS aaa , Cash Receipt Book and Postage ra Pee SOON ie ’ Subscription to Royal Society ... aan wae vos. ee £2 16,0 Wir1iam G. Torr, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 627 Galan, Resear Neer 3G. [Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the forms described are new. | Aborigines: Kitchen-middens, 592; Native languages, 595 ; the Woworra tribe, 586. Abstract of Proceedings, 584. Acacia acinacea, 65; aneura, 64; brachystachya, 65; Burkitt, 64; colletioides, 64; continua, 64; dodonaeifolia, 65; frumentacea, 65; iteaphylla, 65; Oswaldii, 64 ; rigens, 64; rupicola, 64; sentis, 64. Acarians from Australian and Tas- manian ants and ant-eaters, 224. Achraea grisella, 246. Aclhstozdes, 11; A. retractus, 12. Acroclita catharoptis, 559; chloreis, 525; neothela, 524, Acropolitis tetrica, 504. Aglossa cuprealis, 248. verticillata, Agrostis quadriseta, 57; 57. Agyrianome spinicollis, 146. Aizoaceae, 62. Alternanthera angustifolia, 61, 459 : nana, O61. Alypeta, 528; A. aelyta, 529; chlora, 529; leptochlora, 529. Alyssum linifolium, 459. Alyxia buxifolia, 70. Amarantaceae, 61, 459. Ammania multiflora, 461. Ammodytidae, 447. Analdes, 535; A. hypolepta, 534. Ancylis acrogypsa, 524. Anerastia distichella, 246; lactis, 246; mirabilella, 246, Angianthus Whitei, 74 Annual meeting, 595; balance-sheets, Antennophoridae, 230. Antennophorus emarginatus, 231. Anthela callispila, 241; clementsi, 241; psammochroa, ‘241 « pyro- macula, 241; stygiana, 241. Anthistiria imberbis, 57. Antigastra catalaunalis, 250. Aotus villosa, 65. Aphaenogaster, 213; A, barbigula. 221; longiceps, 216; pythia, 219. Aphomia pachytera, 246. Apocynaceae, : Apogonichthyidae, 455. Aposites, 389; A. macilentus, 589; niger, 389. . Appendices, 617. Apura, 519; A. xanthosoma, 519. Aramantaceae, 61. delo- metal- report, 596; Archamia Jleai, 455. Arenicola assimilis, 41; cristata, 41; loveni, 38. Argyroploce euryphaea, 530; eury- polia, 550; exedra, 552; intricata, 532; irrorea, 539; phaeosigma, 582; tenebrosa, 581. Aristeis macrotricha, 256. Aristida Behriana, 58. Aristotelia hemisarca, 542. Arisus, 512; ery. ‘ mo. re c 49 aw Are llie bye 2h A aD Ei py ee of PT hus, wh Aix: w te aw Snel + 4 ASE J Vol. XL., Plate XIV. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDS, SO. AUS. peeenena= > PP ge ee gee or mers eta ge ! am ? rw, . p t wy Cs axe * < ares Vok Xi, Plate XV Seer Recs saae Ne ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. SA SHER PUB & Ss INGHAM LIMITED, PRINTER SSEY & GILL HU 7 he od y ' ; ¥ ware 7 : - Se ' _ F; 7 , 7 %4¢ ‘ ‘ ‘ = a i i ¥ *) 4° ’ = * . , As af + ¢ - 7 . fl . “2 - . rt S VR viet 1e4% a cea i bs are , he ~ - a . ? 1 a4 = 7 < : 7 in ae oe * - 2, i a . as weg ¥ a : i N : : ‘ P f : - ¥ ae chs ; a : ; s . r oo ay ‘ pu . ‘i * , , a « - = sa oy ~ 2 a g a ee ee ee re en Pee ¢ r " & f i : ° : ‘ a roe { : i - = vy = ae ’ by 4 7 ay ne j H x " F ‘ F . ae ~~ Pe Pe —— oe a Vol. XL., Plate XVI. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS- - rs * * 248 ‘ - > “ ©) ~ ‘ ‘ ; ‘ . i é < = > ‘ Si a Pe ek ee rat x Vol Xi. Plate XVit SO. AUS. UBLISHERS ADELA!DE, & P. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS Volaexdie late xoveiile HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vole Xue Plate: XOX Volk Xie Plate: Xoxe Nol ie. Riaive, NONE HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO, AUS. Vol. XL., Plate XXIV. WP LN | ae 1 2 ae xP MJ) ———| — SS ee ce Sen ee == 2a —— = Y a So | Ws = a Se ee { = G6 QE oO ye Ie R S SS POC 7 “Te ~ CA eSoere mores 2 ; aN ae aS ; Ue Qe See ow ~ as ~ Vol Nin, Plate Xoxve Zt / WAT HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol. Xi., Plate XXVE Vol, Xie Plate xoxvate Vol> che Plate Xxviliie Vol, -xdhi.5 Plate xXx | | g | / 4 | ¢ \ j 7 ee | 5 ip | é | ; | Violxi. Plato oxeee as HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. Aus, Vol, Xie Plate XOXO: _ HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol. XL., Plate XXXII. Vol Xe Plates xexaniile HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, °RINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol, 2X... Plate XXOXxhve Oe Bi 0%. MW chy om, HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITEL, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. ‘ . rw . A I < S a f Pu fs ‘ 4 , ; pe ed a hot he P \ a . - mi y. “a _ | 1 A y a, % a % # 4 ie i “ - ri « “a ot ate He \ age ee re, en % ie i gene en on tee : ‘ tr i n a > he om - ’ bee i ) dea . a Volo XL, (Pinte xoxexoye ro RR Ry gs PR Ges HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol Xie Plate: XOXON Vale HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Tate ar tire Se eke hee “a ey eee eat ey poe ee 2 ef Fondo ee mate # gon ited: 2 hy ag % Shea 9} hve Avg ed ee oan ER 9. ER a eee tari bo det oe 4 SG. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PR'NTERS & FUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. ’ meme net ~ =» ; : a : # Senses ae 7 a F ‘6 ‘ = 5 Se eas ae ew ¥ et s f £ ) at, “ie Mpc be. . > ‘ = : a St a 5 i 2 £38 . oe os Red C3 enim i ha < ~ Pg! = aie « oes . ed F 4 = ee = ee Ls at ¥ = . Ete Mind ‘ : a we ‘ Vol. XL., Plate XX XVIIT. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vol. XL., Plate XXXIX. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Volo Xi, Plate xa: Congermuraena howensis, n. sp. A. R. McCulloch, del. Atypichthys latus, n. sp. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. ALS. ‘ds ‘u ‘ypigiw Dsso,boov.qgu'yT : G ‘12P “YOOTMDOW “UV Vols xXhty Plate Xin: ‘ds ‘u ‘sdaovmpnbs spyprx) HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. , «@é alt f ye ‘ ~ —— rT © i t . ~~ * h t. _ 5. ial Pe 5 i is + 1 . . - o% $ . { “ 7 ‘ ' * Vol Ol. Pile Xandale ‘ds °U ‘WMappad Osan ‘PPP “WOOTMNOM “WV HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Vols Xk: yaP late Xue ds ‘u ‘wniddvyda snjhpzovpopray,) . ‘10P “USOTINDOW “WV ds -u ‘vhna viuvayoarg SO. AUS. ) HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE , ie 0 a ot C2 ia Wee ees matt “ed Sg ORS 6 he ME ete 1 Oe Sie se ey Vol. XL., Plate XLIV. AN Gs a MATIN . grin i} * “a rm i Pugh pe ysl ap oe NY Mynrus elongatus, Giinther, Edgar R. Waite, del. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. Saw ge Oy Ohi seen Me es oe eet an A i. a eee ser? pak a | ine Vol: Xie, Plate Xan: al, N. Sp. 2 Archamia le Edgar R. Waite, del. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. . * rf ’ 1) eer H { s rae) ey ais ry A Pe M ; “e eve . > i. ‘oan i Sek Ps oH ") - i i: Pereisy yy 4 t‘s i : hale a Sie bs yaw yeaa ® ] i é . ‘ - . n \ Fi ‘ ‘ ' t a xy oa LY ‘ re, o ee or en ee ee ener t i f ; me kee kate cee ce ht ee Oe Api dinten Dee kee) oe : ef out , OL) OS) Capteaery Silk ae eta rd eee a oe ad te. as Vol. XL., Plate XLVI. ‘ds -u ‘sidajowovw snwauo1y) ‘Jap “WoormpoW “Wt V HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE. Sn. aus, Se od oe iy. if J: eee ita Je awe 7 ¥ } i Mae i re ee eee ee eee ares : i" ay ‘ M i Ay: s ‘ os aa wey vo" ’ va tye? *»> “4 Ce ated r i ’ Ate 3 1 ‘ ee OA pre eee it, eee » ve re or oe AT; 1% ‘an ey Sa a é Dy Vol. Xi, Plate INGE AE Phebalium bullatum spn. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS. of & ae =f ahs 4 te PPT RR Oe oes ’ 7 4 . a 1 t . \ Hy . at: ¥ ae = 2 r + j ‘ > * 2 . . *- a 3 i t aes ‘ ry oe | ea) ; Ps) Py ‘ , ‘ * + oe 4 ae | +m = P al + ‘ - pent 's oT — ee ee say i ? * . ‘ Nae nn) f tiie * nl a a " “0 iP ae F ‘ ’ j } " vi . , + . I ‘ ; . « .' - , * : ¢ > hg 4 =f “ue x ase § . ‘ : = ‘ 1a 7 ¢ - 4 . i 4 ils . p ae ,, - mt, . nn sieuma tidedusiirrdcneaiiey ty diet. Vol xi Plate xin valiie Erigeron sessilifolius zum. HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS, *) i ‘ ‘ . + ? 4 ” 4 -~ . - ' as pay iyi he nee ee “ io me . x f fev rm f =F Nath. “at A } 1 4 ‘ bea in L dary) Bi ie Sin % hgh “ uf r a ek Cae i . Mi r * : MH ‘ ; OT RE TES COR ee ate on, ye WA oe oe oat Se ile ea Sa sneeal pee y Mai) A ieee Pansy | y iL i wae 4 1 f - P A 4 ( r ” ; ¥ ma . Ta i) as 4 mu" 4 fF . ek A uy A D iu) f ee Nats a So US Bea I? ee iMod on Vol, XcL., Plate: XLiX del. Cal EUCALYPTUS CNEORIFOLIA, DC. Vol. XL., Plate L. fi erray RO NRO REY ermal. del. R.T.B. EUCALYPTUS ODORATA, BEHR, VoL, XL, PLATE LI. ] r LPHOTO, W. GILL, EUCALYPTUS CALYCOGONA, TURCZ. Voce re PAnralelie [PHOTO, W. GILL.] EUGALYPTUS OLEOSA, F.v.M. Det eva a 4 / i : r é , ‘k “ 0 ‘ , . “ge eo bee! Z t ; : a z ‘ . t y . : 2 * . ' . A + ! . bis 2 ‘4 { - *. * * io 4s H i , - J a a ‘ * = Pat i 3 8 7) i es) t | ‘ ; PO Pe See , vb vy i rie = i - 4% ts J wines , ‘ y ' a ps % 4 . ~ , u : Re : ae Pak ¢ OE a . an Fj \ 4 = ‘ = } Y t } - - Rs aS f . oS j x “ii 5 ’ . + a. y * bd & x i ss ' ‘ * é ; : H 7 bay . . ni ; ‘ 65 Vol. XL, Plate LIV. Photo. W. Howchin. Fig. 1. Mount Remarkable. Photo. W. ‘Howehin. Fig. 2. The ‘‘Cat-Rocks,’’ Mount Remarkable. ‘ HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBL'SHERS ADELAIDE, SO. ALS. CONTENTS. Osporn, Pror. T. G. B.: A Note on the Occurrence and Method of - Formation of the Resin (Yacca Gum) in Xadanthorrhoea vine daet ich Plates i.~to Mi. Dopp, Atan P.: Australian Hymenoptera : Proctotrypoidea, No. “4 WHEELER, W. M.: Prodiscothyrea, a New Genus-of Ponerine Ants from Queensland. Plate iv. Asuwortn. J. H.: On the Occurrence ‘of Arenicola loveni, ‘Kinberg,_ on the Coast of South Australia LeigH-SHarpe, W. Harotp: A New Species of Leech from South Abstrntane Brack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No, 9. Plates v. to viii. Carter, H. J.: Revision of the Genus “Stigmodera, ‘and Descriptions of some New Species of Buprestidae. . Plates ix. and x, ... Lea, A. M.: Notes on the Lord Howe Island Phasma, and on an Asso- ciated Longicorn Beetle. Plates xi. to xvii.. ...’ -Erueriper, R.: Hyalostelia australis, the Anchoring Spicules of an Hexactinellid Sponge from the Ordovician Rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges. Plate xviii. _ Mawson, Dr. D.: Auroral Observations at the Cape Royds Station, Antarctica. Plates xix. and xx. Wueeter, W. M.: The Australian Ants of the Genus A phaenogaster, Mayr. Plates xxi. and xxii. Banxs, N.: Acarians from Australian and Tasmanian Ants and Ant-nests. Plates XxXill. to xxx. Lower, Oswatp B.: The ‘Lepidoptera of Broken Hill, New: South Wales.—Part II. gute pO Warter: Notes on a High-level Occurrence of a Fossiliferovs Bed of Upper Cainozoic Age in the Neighbourhood of the epgahes i ed Mawson, Dr. D.: Mineral Notes. Plate xxxi. Cooke, Dr. W. T.: Chemical Notes-on Davidite ... STANLEY, E.R. A Noteworthy Occurrence of Biotite Mica } Lea, A. M.: Notes on some Miscellaneous Coleoptera, with Descriptions ~of New Species. . Plates xxxii. to xxxix. McCuttocn, Artan R., and Encar R. Warte: Additions ‘to the Fish- fauna of Lord Howe Island. Plates xl. to xliii. Waite, Encar R.: A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Indication of their Range to Lord Howe-island, Kermadec Island, Sind et x and New Zealand. Plates xliv. to slvi. : Buack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 10. Plates xlvii. and xlviii. - Baxer, R. T., and H. G. SmirH : “A Research on the Euealypts of South Australia and their Essential Oils. Plates xlix. to li. . Turner, A. Jzrreris: New. Australian Lepidoptera of the ‘Family Tortricidae ; Lower, Oswatp B.: Descriptions of New Australian. Micro-Lepidoptera Howcnn, Wattrr: The Geology of Mount Remarkable, with Petro- graphical Notes on the Basic Isneous Rocks of the Foot Hills e Mount Remarkable, by E. O. Thiele. Ente: iii. and liv. ... ApsTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS , ae ae Annuat .REportT ae y hus ae ee are Fan Poe BALANCE-SHEETS Donations to LiBraRY List oF MEMBERS - ear 2, vis me APPENDICES— ra Field Naturalists’ Section: Ainge Report, ete. Twenty-eighth Annual Report of the Native . ‘Fauna and Flora Protection Committee ce : act S cs Betaneaaisg Section : Annual 1 Report, ete. INDEX as ne : eT eee i ee my i coe Z e 2 y 7 fe Mae Oey, par tee OS EE roar Ut re Gees Learn bite sian ne 4g aquchesiay 7 a ; x, ¥ ( MAY 1953 wy ry Pa Bb alle SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES “IEA 3 9088 01308 6129